Skip to main content

Full text of "Automobile Repairshop Short-cuts"

See other formats 


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



,VTY Of 




i 



Automobile 
Repairshop Short-Cuts 



Over 1500 time and labor-saving kinks, methods 
and devices, from more than 1000 of the best 
garages, service stations and repairshops in the 
United States.. Ideas that have been developed to 
save a good man's time, covering engine, clutch, 
gearset, ninning gear and body repairs; manag- 
ing and equipping the shop, etc. 

Collected and Edited by 
Motor World's Corps of Experts 



NEW YORK 



U. p. C. Book Company, Inc, 



243-249 West 39th Street 



IlliilllH^^^^^ 



205 



• • 



I 



Copyrighted 1918 

By 

U. p. C. Book Company, Inc. 



r 
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS HI 



t 

re 






I 

9 

S 






PREFACE 



I 



F a motor car repairman could go through more than one 
thousand of the best garages and repair shops in the United 
States and collect the good ideas he saw in them, he would 
have a wonderful fund of information on which to draw 
in solving the problems that come up from day to day. Realiz- 
ing that few mechanics or garagemen have that opportunity, 
however, Motor World employed a corps of trained investigators 
to obtain that very information. In their tour of the country 
these experts visited more than one thousand garages, repair 
shops and service stations and collected several thousand time 
and labor-saving kinks, methods and devices which the various 
shops they visited have found exceptionally helpful in making 
^ engine clutch, gearset, running gear and body repairs, in manag- 

ing and equipping these shops, etc. Fifteen hundred of these 
were picked out after a careful study of the entire lot and these 
are given in the following pages. Mere gimcracks and novelties 
that have no practical value have been omitted. The idea through- 
out has been to give helpful suggestions that will shorten the 
time in which a job can be done, or show a better way to do it. 

While the book unquestionably makes interesting reading 
for an evening by the fire, it is really intended for constant ref- 
erence at the shop and we recommend that you keep it there. Its 
contents have been collected at considerable expense and with the 
sole thought in mind of helping the good mechanic become a bet- 
ter one. Progress comes largely from experience. And here is 
the experience of fifteen hundred experts who found that the par- 
ticular method they explained was a better way to do some job 






IV AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



PREFACE— CowfeViwefl? 

or helped them shorten the time required to do it. A glance at 
the special index given in the front of the book will enable you 
to locate any item at once. 

These methods were first published in Motor World as "The 
Repair Shop Short Cut Department." Garagemen and repair- 
men immediately realized its great value and the Department 
proved a phenomenal success from the very first. In fact, it was 
so popular that the issues of the paper were soon exhausted and 
the demand for them was so insistent that it was finally decided 
to publish all of the data in book form. That was done, but the 
edition was quickly exhausted. A second and then a third edition 
was printed, but these were also rapidly exhausted. 

This is the fourth revised and enlarged edition. It contains 
all of the short cuts which appeared in previous editions, as well 
as some six hundred additional kinks which have subsequently 
appeared in Motor World. 

The publishers will be glad to receive criticisms or sugges- 
tions from interested readers. If you have a method of doing 
some particular repair which you think is better than any shown 
in this book, let us know about it. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



INDEX TO CONTENTS 



Accelerator Connection .... 

Acid Carboy Rocker 

Acid Carboy Tilting Rack . . 
Acid Container, BolderlnB . 

Air Compreuor 

Air Hoae ( 
Air Hoae Pro 

Air Hose Reel , 1 

Air Jack. Quick Actlnc ■ 1 

Air Une Drain 1 

Air Operated Oream Gun 90, ItO, 1 

Air Preaaure Alarm 

Air Pump Drive 

Air Pump ESccentrlc Wrench I 

Air Pump from Une Bhatt 

Air Pump from Old Motor 

Air System, Compreassd 

Air Tank Made from Botler 

Air Tank Switch, Automatic 1 

Alarm Clock Time Switch 

AllgnlnB Haln Bearlnsa 

AllBntns Tool 

Alloys and Boldera, Compoiitlon of Stand- 
ard 1 

Ammeter and Voltmeter Caae I 

Antl-Freeie Container 

Anvil, Bench 

Anvil for Crown Fandera ] 

Anvil for "Pneumatic Riveting 

Anvil (or Stralghtenlns Frame 

Anvil for Via*, amall 

Anvil. Front Cross Mamber 1 

Anvil, Rail 

Arbor Preaa G, 

Arbor Press Fixture ] 

Arbor Press, IS Ton 

AAor Preaa, 10 Ton 

Arbor Preaa, Home Made S, 1 

Arbor Press Stand ! 

Arbor Preas, Vise 1 

Rack 1 

TfBtiuB Stand ! 

KprliiKJtack 1 

Aile, ri.'Vlip Inr Slrslghtening 

Axle Ends, Removlni Broken '. 

Axle Gagre. Front 168, ] 

Aile Houslns Die ! 

A«1b Houalng Dummy J 

Axle Housing StralKhlenlng 1 

Axle Puller Hydraulic 

Axle Rack. Adjustable 

Axle Stand I!. 1 

Axle Stand. Rear 1 

Axle StralKbtener 43. 47, CI, 13*. ] 

Axle Stralghtenlnit, Rear 19, Ot, 1 

Axle. StralKhtenlnc Twlaled : 

Axle Support 

Axle Testing 1 



BablttlnR ConnectinK Roda 

Bablttlng Core 

Babbitt Hammer Mold 

Babbitt Ladle 

Balancing IIoIIitb 

Ball BpHririB Wrench 

Ball Bearlnirs, Sorting 

Bali Cone. JIr for 

Ball Race Puller 

Band Clamp, Tranamlsslon 

Battery Booster. Storage 

Battery CharglnB 

Batterr Charging Connection . . . 

Batler>- ChsrglnK Cutout 

Battery Charging Dynamo Drive . 



Battery Charging. Meter Mounting 

Battery Charging Outfit 

Battery Charging Plug 

Battery Charging Stand, Bmal) 

Battery Charging System 

Battery Compound Urn 

Battery Dlacharglng ■.... 

Battery, DIsllllfnB Water (or 

Battery miine Alarm 

Battery Flushing 

Battery Grid Preaa 

Battery Jar Kink 

Battery Lifting Tongs 

Battery Post Drill 

' Battery Post Shave 

Battery Repair System 

Battery Rheostat 

Battery Service Kit 

Battery Service Stand 

Battery Terminal Storage 

Battery Terminal Tongs 

Battery Work Bench 

Bearing Ad jiistment, Ught for 

Bearing, Aligning ^ain 

Bearing Cap Holder 

Bearing, Emergency 

Bearing l^dwear Adjustment 

Bearing. Ft.rd Running In 

Bearing. Jig for Machining 

Bearing. Puller 2t, 

Bearing Race Puller 

Bearing. Reamer 

Bearing Remover 

Bearing Shims. Board for 

Bearing Testing 

Belt Cutting 

Belt Protection 

Belt Shifter 

Belt Shifter Lock 

Bench Anvil 

Bench, Bulling Wheel for 

Bench Drill 

Bench Drill. Home Made 

Bench for Heavy Work 

Bench Grinder. Small 

Bench Lamp. Adjuatable 

Bench. Ldmp Bracket 

Bench Legs. Improved 

Bench Lock 

Bench, Portable 100. 

Bench, Night Service 

Bench System. Repalrahop 

Bench. Service Car 

Bench. Tire Repair 

Bench, Zinc Covering (or 

Bending Angle Iron In Preaa 

Bending Bar SI. 

Bending Bar, Adjuatable 

Bending Tubing 

Bent Ailea, Straightening 4, 

Bent Parta. Jack tor Straightening 

Bevel Gear Adjustment on Packard 

Bevel Pinion Puller !8. 

Bevel Pinion Rerfiovlng 

Tievelli'd I'lFinij, Removing .,. 

Hicj cl^ ('pmpii for Gaakcta 

Bins for Storage ICi, 

Bit. Extension 

Rloclt nam]), ■Cylinder 

Blower (or Forge 

Blow Torch (rom Pipe Fittings 

Blow Torch. Large 

Blow Torch. Shop 

Blow Torch Stand 4S, 

BloBpipe (rom Pipe Fittings 

Bodies. Methods of Carrying 

Bodies. Removlna H. 

Bodies. Storage System 

Bodv Dolly 



M8 Boring 



Body Hoisting > 

Body Lifting > 

Body Removing, Close 

Body Stand 1 

Body Truok 1 

Bolt and Nut Storage 

Bolt Heads, Slotting 1 

Bolts. Clamp (or Inserting 

Book File, Instruction ' 

Book Rack. Instruction 1 

BooIb, rrfHecllf.n 

Iriiilde 1 

Boring Tool. Sough 

Box. Divided (or Parts 

Boxes (iir Small Paria 

Brace for Die Holder 

Brace Rod Brcnkase Prerentlon, Ford.. 

rirnckel, tar .twinging Light 

Brake Adjusting 1 

Brake Adjtistlng Qage ' 

Brake Adjusting Wrepch 1 

Brake Band Gage ■ 

Brake Bands, R«llnlng 1 

Brake Bands. Sellning Quickly 1 

Brake Drum. Dummy 1 

Brake Drum for Testing 

Brake Drum Truer 

Brake Drum Truing, Lathe 1 

Brake Drums, Triilng TS. 1 

Brake Shoe Srrtpplng ' 

Brake SriHJerR, Removing 1 

Brake Spring Removing 

Brass Paris, Cleaning 1 

Breaker point Grinder 

Breaker Point Grinder 

Breaker Point Jig 

Breaker Timing 

Breast Drill Crutch 1 

Brush. Arid, (or Soldering 

BrunhcB for Starting Motor 

Bucket Improvement 

BuRIng Wheel for Bench 

Buick Clutch Compressor '• 

Buick Valve Puller, Cage i 

Bulck Valve Tool S*2. 1 

Bulb Stock Board 

Bumper Bar ' 

Bumper Kink '• 

Bumper Stralghtener 1 



ng Drift 
: Fixt 



Split . . . 

Ing Puller 7B 

ig Puller. Simple 

ig Remover. Piston . . 

Ing Remover. Spindle ■ 



Cadillac Rotary Scraper 11 

Caliper Making M 

Call System (or Gasoline Pump U 

Can Puller •* 

Cam Gear Puller 1** 

Camshaft Gear Puller >1* 

Camahaft Puller lU 

Camsha(t Stand II« 

Carbon Blowera n 

Carbon Burning Pilot »• 

n Burning Precautions 11 



e Plato 






vlng hy Oxygen lOi 

Carbon, Kcmovlng Dry 94 

Carbon Removing, I 
Carbon Hcraper ... 
Carbon Scraper for 

Carbon Scraper. lEotary M 

Carbon Scraping Tools H* 

Carboy Holder IK 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIKSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Cu-boy TlltlnB Rig J 

Ckrburater Flout Repair 

Carbureter FNoal Jj«vei (lagt ■ ] 

Cuburetsr, for SUtlonary BnKtnM 

Carbureter Jllleage, Tank for Tcatlnc.. 

Carbureter Ndii1« Tool 

Carbureter SprlnK. Winding 1 

Card File, Job ] 

Card Holdere. Parti ! 

Card SVHiem. Time iJ, 5 

Cw Body. RsmovliiB Closed 

Car BlochiDK 1 

Car BuUetln. PInlahed 1 

Car ChTCklnc T«k« l 

Car Cranp, Service 2 

Cap Holfllfng Craille 1 

Car Key SjBtem CuBtomera' I 

Car Lifter n, 2», lOg. i 

Car Utting Device 10, 92, 1 

Car Hack, Tllttns i 

Car Ralalns Hook 

Car RecordinK System 1 

Car Spacing System 

Car Storage System 

Car TestlnB Seata J 

Car WuBhin;: l.lKhM for 

Case Hardening i 

Casing Roller l 

CaatlDK Cracks, aoslng .. i 

CaBiJnt-8. Washins Malleable 

Chain Hotst Support i 

Oialn Hoist Tonga 

Ctlain Tool j 

Chamola, Prolonging Ufe ol 

Chflrgc Card, Labor S 

(Aarglng Battery £>?anomy 

Charging Block l 

Charging Cut Out, Homemade 

Charging System, Battery l 

ChasBfa CleanlnE i 

Chassis, Horxr I 

Chaasts Stand, Portable l 

Chassis Testing 

Chassis Truck, Portable l 

Check System. Employee*' J 

Chipping Kinks 

Chlael Breakage tt. 

Chuck Fitting 

Chuck for Ford Pistons 

Circuit Indicator L.Bmps 

Circuit Testing l 

Circuit Testing Set 1 

Circular Wood Saw 1 

damp Dog 3 

Clamp for Inserting Bolls 

Clamp for Valve Springs 

Clamp, Plalon Ring i 

(leaner tor Windows 

Cleaning Clolh IJnholatery 

Cleaning Ekiulpment. Kerosene 

Claanlnc Files 

Cleaning Motors, Gasoline Sprayer tor. . . 

Cleaning Parts by Gasoline Spray G. 

Cleaning Parts by Kerosene 

Cleaning Parts, Sink tor 32. I 

Cleaning Parts. Table 

Cleaning 6malt Parts 

Cleaning Tank gs. 1 

Cleaning Tank. Keraaene Spray 

Clock Mounting Saw 

Cloth Mounting, Gmery 

Clutch Bearltig Puller I 

Clutch Centering 

Clutch Cleaning 1 

Clutch Compressor, Buick 1 

Clutch Compressor, Ford I 

Clutch Compressor, Falge I 

Clutch Drum Tuller Ford 

Clutch Face rialc 1 

Cnutch Facing Rivet Bet I 

Clutch Offset Dry EHak i 

Clutch Plates, Grinding i 

Clutch Refacing 

Clutch Rivet Set 1 

Clutch Spring Clamp 41, II!. 1 

Clutch Spring Compressor S9. IGS. I 

Qntoh Spring Holder 

Chltch Spring Retainer i 



Clutch Tool, Dodge 1 

Clutch Tool, Reo II 

Clutch Tokes. Drilling l; 

Coil Testing, Ford St. t 

Collapsible Puller 1! 

Compartment Box, Handy 

rompartmenta, Parllocked 

Compoaltlon of Standard Alloys and 

Solders ii 

Compressed Air 1' 

Compreased Air Motor Cleaner 

Compressed Air Syitsni 

Compression Testing i 

Compressor, Clutch Spring IM, li 

Compressor, Paige Clutch II 

Compressor, Plalon Ring 4H. 8J. li 

Cone rlui.hea, Relai-lng t: 

Cong Jor Repalrahop I 

Connecticut Cotia, TcsllnB » 

Connecting Rod Adjustment i 

Connecting Rod Alignment 40, H 

Connecting Rod Alignment Jig li 

Connecting Rod Arbor i 

Connecting Rod, Balancing J 

Connecting RoiJ Gage 

Connecting Kod Jig 104, St4. Z 

Connecting Rod Klnh li 

Connecting Rod Mandrel l: 

Connecting Rod Slralghtener I 

Connecting Rod Testing ..BI, 53, 120, 1«. K 

Connecting Rod Truer i 

Connecting Rods, Truing ( 

Conlalnsr (or Oil and Graphite 

Cooling Tank, Motor i; 

Copper Pipe Flanging 

Copper Tubing, Flanging Ii 

Cork inMBfts, Inserting ! 

Cork Insert Press • 

Cork lr,..-..rl-. Replacing 1. 

Cork Insert Tool TB. 11 

Cotter Box, Shop ; 

Cotter Holes, Jig for i 

Cotter Pin Puller | 

Counterbalance for Telephone II 

Countershatts. Removing 69, 

Cowl Protection i; 

Crane, Adjustable Shock j; 

Crane Car. for I-Beam 1 

Crane. Easily Constructed Jib' ! 

Crane Horse i 

Crane. Portable Shop s 

Crane, Swivelled ' 

Crane, Traveling 

Crankcaee Stand. Ford li 

Crankoase Wrench I. 

(^ranking Stiff Engines v 

ITrankshaft Bearing Lapping I 

Crankshaft Bearing Wrench Ii 

Crankshaft Bracket ! 

Crankshaft Crank i, 

Crankshaft Gear Puller ]2i. S 

Crankshaft Jig i 

Crankshaft Knocking 

Crankshaft tapper i 

Crankshaft Lapping 46, ( 

Crankshaft lapping Tool 

■ Crankshaft lapping. Jig tor i 

Crankshaft lapping Tool 

Crankshaft Reamer t: 

Oankshaft Stand ] 

Crankshaft Supports 1 

Crankshaft Testing li 

Crankshaft Turning Wrench !■ 

Crankshaft Welding I 

Creeper, Durable i' 

Creeper, Indestructible 

Creeper. Simple ji 

Customers' Car Key System e 

Cutout Connection Kink £ 

Cylinder Block Clamp * 

Cylinder Blocks. Replacing tl 

Cylinder Caliper ]; 

Cylinder <'ap Wrench, Cadlllar I' 

Cylinder. E^ipandlng Lap for II 

Cylinder. Fliture for Reborlng i: 

Cylinder Grinding. Using Lathe 

Cylinder Grinding, Using Lathe for 

Cylinder Head Bolts, Ford, Stripping ... i 
Cylinder Head Gasket I 



Cylinder Head, Removing US 

Cylinder Lap . ..1S2. 134. 160. IH. 1>2. ZIO tl4 

Cylinder Lapping M. H. gi 

Cylinder Lapping Fixture ItS 

Cylinder Hatch 134 

<?rllnder Polishing Lap 144 

Cylinder Reborlng 32 

Cylinder Rellnlshlng 70 

Cylinder Regrindlng Fixture 232 

Cylinder Repair Kink 102 

Cylinder, Stand for Ford El 

Cylinder Testing Gage 190 

Cylindrical Parts. Drilling 54 



Danger Signal, Elevator 

Dead Center Tool 

Demountable Rim Holder : 

Demountable Rim Kink 

Depth Stop 

Desk for Workshop 

Die Holder ut, i 

Die Holder for Brace 

Die Press 

Dies. Swinging Cose for 

Distilling Water for Battery 

Distributer Point Grinder 1 

Dog Clutch Anvil 

DoUy Bar, Pneumatic 

Door and Fender. Protectors ; 

Door, Automatic Closing 

Door Closing System 

Door. Elevating 

Door, for Garage 

Door Guard. Garage 1 

Door LAmp. Adjustable i 

Door Latch, Mechanical ! 

Door Latch, Private 1 

Door Opener IB, 61, 72, 

Door Opener, ESectrlc : 

Door Opener, Pneumatic 1 

Door Opening System 17, i 

Door, Paint Room Rolling ] 

Door Release 

Doorway Guards l 

Dowel Puller 1 

Drawers for Small Parts 3S, BO. 

Drawer for Small Tools 

Drill, Battery ! 

Drill Chuck 

Drill Chuck, SmaU 

Drill Clutch. Breast ] 

Drill Depth Stop 

Drill, Elitra Long 

Drill Holder 

Drill, Home Made Bench 

Drill, Portable 

Drill Press. Blectric 1 

I>rlll Press (or Facing Bosses 

Drill Press Guard ] 

Drill Press, Milling for 

Drill Press Vise ; 

Drill Press Wedge 1 

Drill Stand 

Drill Table Centering Pin 

Drilling Chuck 1 

Drilling Clutch Yokes 1 

Drilling Curved Surfaces 

Drllhng Cynndrlcal Parts 

Drilling Difficult Holes 

Drilling, Method of True 

Drilling Overslse Holes 

Drilling. Toi>l for Awkward 

Drip Pan Substitute 

Driveshatt Hook 1 

Eiriveway Protector 

Driving Gear Holder I 

Drop Light Adjustment 

Dumbwaiter for Parts 3, 

I>rnamo Drive Battery Charging 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



VII 



£lectrlcal Testing , , , s ^ . » v . » . » 41, 220 

Electrical Testing Set 71, 208 

Blectricians' Service Kit 240 

Elevator Danger Signal . * « « 51 

Elevator Gate 110 

Elevator Safety Lock 87 

Elevator Shaft Screen 34 

Elevator Warning Signal . « 16 

Elevator Weight Guard 16 

Emery Cloth Mounting 64 

Emery Paper Grinding Wheel 28 

Emery Wheel Balancing 57 

Emery Wheel Guard 30, 112 

Emery Wheel Speeds > 104 

Emery Wheel, Wooden 64 

Employees' C|ieck System 222 

Engine Cleaner 180 

Engine Kinks, Ford 224 

Engine Noises, Locating 166 

Engine Uemoval. Ford 194 

Engine Stand 146« 188, 198 

Engine Stand, Adjustable 128 

Engine Stand, Maxwell 238 

Engine Stand, Overland 174 

EIngine Stand. Tilting 174 

Engine Testing Stand 156 

Exhausting the Exhaust 54 

Eye Bolt Wrench 122 



Fan for Cooling Shop 39 

Fan Pulley Puller 222 

Fan Pulley Remover 74 

Fkn Replacing Device 160 

Feed Line Repair, Gasoline 194 

Fender and Door Protectors 142 

Fender, Anvil for Crown 126 

Fender Painting 25 

Fender Storage 210 

Fender Straightening Tool 26 

Fenders, Straightening 48, 81 

File Cleaner 81 

File Handle 92, 126 

File Holder 63 

Fire Extinguisher Protection 238 

Fire Extinguisher System 13 

Fire Hose Extension 43 

Flange Puller 82. 118, 162 

Flanging Brass Tubing 59 

Flashing Sign 128 

Float Level Gage. Carbureter 200 

Float Valve Testing 106 

Flood Light, Adjustable 230 

Flood Light for Night Repairs 216 

Flywheel Lever 112 

Flywheel Lifting 100 

Flywheel, Removing 96 

Focussing Board 104 

Ford Axles, Straightening Bent 4 

Ford, Brace Rod Breakage E^evention . . 65 
Ford Cards, Auxiliary Hub for Disabled. 7 

Ford Clutch Drum Puller 8 

Ford Coil Testing 56, 240 

Ford. Device for Unloading 34 

Ford DifTerentiai Lubrication 65 

Ford Engine Kinks 224 

Ford. Equal Sized Tires 64 

Ford Front Cross Member Anvil 136 

Ford, Fi*ont Spring Pointer 66 

Ford Lifting Tackle 52, 198 

Ford Motor Speed 65 

Ford Motor Stand 20 

Ford, Oil in First Cylinder 66 

F6rd, Oversized Tires 65 

Ford, Prevention of Skidding 65 

Ford, Raising Rear End 50. 53 

Ford Rear Axle Holder 12 

Ford. Replacing Manifold Gaskets 66 

Ford, Stripped Cylinder Head Bolts 65 

Ford Valve Grinder 13 

Ford Valve Remover 50 

Foreman's Desk 188 

Forge Blower 112, 120 

Forge, Tuyere for 13 

Fountain Brush for Acid 1 

Frame, Anvil for Straightening 77 



Frame Horn Straightener 172 

Frame Straightener 100 

Frame Straightening 21. 124. 168 

h ront Axle Gage 160 

Front Cross Member Anvil 126 

Front Spring Pointer, Ford 65 

Front Wheel Gage 20. 80. 242 

Funnel with Adjustable Spout 52 

Furnace, Bench 44 

Furnace, for Heating Rivets 2 

Furnace for Steel 92 

Furnace from Old Piston 2 

Furnace. Portable 46 

Furnace, l>reheating 44. 220, 232 

Furnace, Small Muffle 138 

Furna<e. Soldering Iron 35 



Gabriel Snubber Kink 228 

Gage Caliper. Wheel 68 

Gage, Simple 90 

Garage Door 7, 10 

Garage Door Guard 144 

Garage Door Latch 126 

Garage I>oor Letter Rack 9 

Garage Door. Self Closing 28 

Garage Door without Hinges 7 

Garage Doors. Releasing 2 

Garage Jack 6 

Garage I^mp. Portable 108 

Garage, Lubricating Oils in 5 

Garage. Mezzanine Floor for 5 

Garage Turntable 18 

Garage. Wedges to Separate Cars in 8 

Gas Blowpipe 8 

Gas Furnace 48 

GaHket Cutter 63, 130 

Gasket Cutter, Circular 94 

Gasket Hole Cutter 77 

Gasket Holes, Hammers for 79 

Gasket Kinks 100 

Gasket Life, Prolonging 100 

Gasket Replacing Clamp 150 

Gasket. Wire 96 

Gaskets, Bicycle Cement for 60 

Gaskets, Ford, Replacing of Manifold 65 

Gaskets. Replacing Manifold 65 

Gaskets, Shelves for 27 

Gasoline Can, Safety 210 

Gasoline Hose Support 108 

Gasoline Pipe Line Repair 65 

Gasoline I»ump, Call System for 55 

Gasoline I'umping from Inside 20 

Qasoline Sprayer for Cleaning Motors... 6 

Gate, Kepairshop 132 

Gear Driver 70 

Gear Holder, Driving 150 

Gear Puller ....18. 23. 70, 73. 102. 172. 206, 220 
Gear Puller Attachment, Transmission . . 198 

Gear Puller. Magneto 4 

Gearbox Brace 100 

Gearbox. Lifting the 83 

Gearbox Removal 102 

Gearbox Stand 104 

Generator Bearing Puller 116 

Generator Brush Care 116 

Generator Gear Puller 140 

Generator Spanner Wrench 140 

Generator Testing 76 

Generator Testing Board 114. 116 

Gland Nut Wrench 188 

Glass Cutter, Headlight 83 

Glass Disk Cutting Tool 33 

Glass Shelving 32 

Gong for Shop 85. 106 

Grapple Tong, Hoist 18 

Grating for Wet Floor 25 

Grease and Oil Rack 148 

Grease Cup Shank Extractor 8 

Grea.se Cup Shanks. Extractor for Brok- 
en 8 

Grease Cups, Replacing 172 

Grease Gun. Air Operated 90, 160. 195 

Grease Gun from Foot Pump 24. 30 

Grease Gun. Heavy 208, 216 



Grease Gun. Large 98 

Grease Gun, Powerful 100. 168 

Grease Gun, Pressure 69 

Grinder Attachment for Lathe 84 

Grinder. Belt Driven 79 

Grinder. Breaker Point 81 

Grinder. Distributer Point 196 

Grinder. Electric 48 

Grinder, Portable 104, 152, 164, 186 

Grinder, Small Bench 90, 216 

Grinding Attachment for Lathe 42 

Grinding Clutch Plates 288 

Grinding, Surface 216 

Grinding Wheel, Emery Paper *. Z9 

Grinding Wheel Guard 144 

Grinding Wheel Mounting lOr 

Grinding Wheel. Small 9Q 

Grindstone Truing 6» 

G\iard, Drill Press 19^* 

Guards, Shop Entrance 22ft 

Guides, Replacing 118 



H 



Hacksaw Stock 90 

Hacksaw Stock Rest 230 

Hammer Improvement 40 

Hammer, Soft 62 

Hammers for Gasket Holes 79 

Handle, Storage Battery 242 

Hand Vise, Simple 186 

Handy Puller U* 

Headlight Frosting IH 

Headlight Glass Cutter 88 

Headlights, Method of Adjusting ^104 

Headrest, Pneumatic 67 

Heating Small Parts 52 

Hinged Stairway 108 

Hoist for Motors 16 

Hoist for Raising Bodies 18 

Hoist for Wrecked Cars 88 

Hoist Grapple Tong 18 

Hoist, Traveling 9, 105 

Hoisting Hook H 

Hoisting Rear End or Ford 60 

Hoisting Sling, Front 160 

Holes, Drilling Difficult 67 

. Hood Repair Stand 220 

Horse Chassis iw4 

Horse, Repairshop 282 

Horse, SubsUntial Shop lOO 

Hose Clamp Tool 800 

Hose Protection, Air 37, 108 

Hose Reel, Air 166 

Hub Cap Speed Wrench 174 

Hub Cap Wrench 170, 188. 210 

Hub Puller 148 

Hub Remover 104 

Hub Wheel Puller 114 

Hydrometer C:?ase 884 



Ignition Tester 47. 104 

Ignition Testing 69 

Ignition Wire, Testing 100 

Inner Tube Roughen 67 

Inspection Lamp, Colored 144 

Inspection Lamp Reflector 190 

Inspection I..amp System 218 

Inspection Mirror 198 

Instruction Book File 180 

Instruction Book Mounting 196 

Instruction Book Rack 228 

Insulation, Emergency 110 

Insulators, Emergency 92 



Jack, Adjustable 168 

Jack Attachment 886 

Jack. Auxiliary ..116. 142, 168, 170, 176. 888 

Jack, Auxiliary Truck 280 

Jack, Backing 180 



AUTOMOBILE RBPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Ja^k, Inserting: Spring Bolts 

Jack. Jrfut Sprlns 

Jack. Porlable Auxillnrj 

Jaoli, Quick AoUiiK. 



31. 1 



I. 110, I 



1. )7fl 



Jack. Qutck Acting. Ftords 

JMk. Quick LlfUDK 

Jack. Safety AuElllary 

Jack. Simple Hub 

Jack. SniHll Screw 

Jack. Steady Standing 

Jack. Bleel Auxiliary 

Jack. Straightening Bent I 

Jack Wrinkle 

Jacking t!p a Car 

Jachshari Alignment 

Jib Crane. Eaellr Connlru'ii 

Jig. Ball Cone 

Jtg. Connecting Rod 

Jig. CrHnkdhnr) LapplngH . 
JlK for Colter Holes .... 
Jls, Machining Bearlnga .. 

JIk> Platon 

Jig, Platon Alignment 

JlK. PIflton Reamlntt 

Jig. Rphoring CyllnifTB ... 

Jig. '■- " ■ - 

Job 

Job Card Fill. 

Junk. Melhoii nf »ai 



16 Lock, Bench IH 

6 Uwk Washer Subatitnte T 

IS Long Reach Wreaab 70 

vD, 1S2 Looseneaa In Steering Wheel, Remedlea. 66 

tot Lubricating HInta ■ IM 

Lubricating Olio In Garage B 

9S, 19B, ZOO. SOE l.ubrlcBtlng Syatem, Testing 128 

« Lubrication, EVird Differential CE 



Card Board tl6 



Kerosene Cleaning Equipment 1 

Kerosene Tub SB 

Key Tag. Shop iBu 

Knife for Switch Test lOR 

Knee Wrench ttl 

Knocking, Detector for az 

Knocking In Crankshaft lo 

Knocks. Locating 7, ijj 

Knots, Non-Jamming gg 



(Bmp Brark«t. Bench .... 

jamp. Colored Inappc-tlon 

Jimp. Eilenalon 

«mib Extension for Ben 
mp Fixture. Sliding ... 
, AtlJuBlahle' 



*mp Lock. Kxi 

MTHO, Portable 

jmp Prolertlon, Resistance . 

*mp Renector. Cheap 

lamp Reflector, Inspection .... 
•amp Straightening Anvil .. .. 

•amp System. InKpectlon 

Amp. Wash Rack 

-^. Expanding 

J. Expanding Lead 

•applng Cmnkshaft 

-Bpplnji Tool .,".■.■.■,'..■."..■,,■.■.■,■.■. 



Machining Rings 

Machining Small Parts 

Magnet Lifter : 1 

Magnet, Lifting 1 

Magnet Pl<-k Up 89. 1 

Magnet for Picking Up Parts 

Magnet, Rechs.rglng 

Magnet Recharser 

MaKni^io Cam Clamp 

Magneto Gear Puller 

Magneto Uemagnetlier I 

MagnolQ Tasting I>rlve 

Mall Distributing Syatem 

Mandrel. Automntlc Centering 

Wasllc, Home Made ... 1J6, 1 

Maxwell Engine Stand t 

Mezzanine Floor for Oarage 

Mka Cutter ■. 1 

Mileage Testing 

Milling Altnchment for Lathe 

Milling on nrlll Press : 

Minor. Tnflpe.-tlon ; 1 

Ml=nrinf' . .'.' '.'.'.'.'.'.y.'.'.'.'. 

Tllolor n' WniT HealiT : f, 

Motor. Brushes for Starting ..'...> 

Motor Cleaner ; 

Motor Cleaner, Compressed Air.,', 

Motor Cooling Tank .« 1 

Motor Hoist le. 

Motor 1(ol9( Tongs „. I t 

Motor Knocking !!!!." !!"ltf!! !! !! 

Motor Kti'icks, Magnifying 

Motor Lifter, Fort ' ! /.I! i!'.^.','^'.^! !«! 

Motor Lifter. Spark Plug 

Motor Lifting 

Motor Lifting Sling .m-'. 

Motor Mounting for Shop rT 

Motor. Runninar in „, 

Motor Sneed. Ford _ 

Motor Sland 3, 11. tS. H. M. IDt. 110, 1 

Motor Stand. Adjustable ^ 9.1 

Motor Stand. Ford 

Motor Stand. Portable 

Motor Stand from Old Rims ._ 

Motor etethoBcooe -T^w T. 

Motor Testing, Exha^et Plplnir iK 

Muflle Furnace. Small - . - '- .-.v 1 



Night Repaint, nonil iTIghl 

Night Servi-e Wrench 

Noiees, l^eatln^ Engine . 

Non-Leaking Rings 

Number Holders 

Nut and Bolt Holder 

Nut and Bo't Storage . . 
Nat ShHota-e 



Nut 



n 1 and Graphite, Conta 

an<l nronxe Rack ,. 

01 n» RT.Bt Pr»v»n(lve 



Paint. Device tor Spraying . 

Paint Drying Kink 

Paint Removing 

Paint Room Rolling Door .. 
Paint Sprayer 



Parts Cari Holders 

Paru Case 

Paru Cleaning 171 

Pans Convevor 

Parts, [irawi-r (or Small 

Parts, lAHldnK Ciibliiet 

ParU I'jicH 

Parts. Receptacle for 

Parta Recording Syatem 

Parts Storage System 

Parts Storage in Jars 

Parts Storage. Miscellaneous 

Parts Stand 

Parta. System for Storing Bmall . 

Parts Washing Table 

Pedal Guard 

Pilot Light Current 
Pinch Bar. Shop . 
Pin Hemov.r. .'iulll 



•Iston Chucking Device 

■Iston. Furnace from Old . . 
Piston. Guide for Replacing . 

Piston Jig 

Platon Lamp, Aluminum ... 
M Piston Lamp. Emergency . . 



•iaton Alignniei 



n M'achlnfng 



n Rlns 



t Jig . 



Ring Clamp 

■iston Ring Compressor . . . 

'Iston Ring Expander 

Piston Ring Lapping 

Piston Ring Machining 

Alston Ring, Method of Insc 
Piston Ring. Non-Leaking . 
Platon Itlng Precautions .. 
1 RInB "• 



Pit, Repalrahop 

Pit. Subfitllute for 

Plug and lAmp Tester.. 
Plug. Battery Charging . 



10, 48, E3, 83. IM 



{ Bench from 



•ftthe Tool Grinder 

.athe Tool Holder , 
•Bthe Tools, Shnmen 
•ead Burning. Ele'I 

•ead Punch 

•eaf Spring Ja.k , 
.evellng Tool . 



Lifter 



peclnl . 



. Foni 



IJftIng Magnet 

TJftlng Parts 

Lifting Rle, Ford 

Lifting Tones. Bntterv 

Lifting TacklB. Ford' 

Light for Bntterv Adjusting .. 

Light, OaraKe Door 

Light, Swinging Bracket for . 

Light. Traveling 

Lighting by Garage Power . . . 
Lifting Syalem. Shop 



Lining 



1 Whee 



Settling Tank 

•J Splash I'Inle 

O Storage 

" 8torage for Work Bench 

Storage, Overhead 

O Storage Svslem 

<■> Storage Tanks 

II Transferring 

II Transferring System 



Puller. Bearing 

PuHer, Bevel Pinion '. 

Pu'ler. Rushing 

Puller. Cam Gear 

Puller. Camjihaft Gear 

Puller. Crankshaft Gear 

Puller. Clutch Bearing 

Puller. Collaosible 

Puller. Double Wheel 

Puller for Flanged Member . 



isg nil Tnici 

tlS Oiling, Cure for Bxcet 

Et Overhead Trolley 

in Overhead Washers .. 
1« Overheating. Causes . 
gg Overslie Holes, 
~ frelse Tires. 
Sf-Acetylene T. 
i--Acetylflne Truck . 



r Bearing IIB 



live tl, t« Puller 



..EI, in Pulley Puller. Fan . 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 



Pump Ocw Beplacwr 

Pump Oluid Repair 

Pump Shaft Puller 

Pump, Transferrin c Uautda 

Pump Vaive, OasoTlne 

Puncli O. K. System 

PushlnK Bar 

Push Bod BorInK Jiff 



Rack, Add Cartmy Tlttlnc . 



Rack ■ 

R«ck for Bar Stock 

Rack toT Stock 

Rack for Tirea and Stock . 

Rack, Lamp Bulb 

Rack Piping, Wash 

Rack, Spring StoruBe 



Radiator Stand . 



, StralBhtenlnB Bent . 



RaiBltiR the Car. Hook for . 

Rramer, BearlnB 

Reamer. Expanding 

Reamer. Overalie 

Reamer, Valve ReseotlnB . 



Reaming Ford Transmlialon Druma. . 

Reaming Overxixe Holes 

ReamlRB Valve Ouldeo 

Rear Axle Drive Repair 

R«ar Axle HouslnKS. StrslBhtenIng 



Bear Aji1« Noises, T»catlnf 
R«ar Axle Rhaf! Pulley . . . 
Rear Axle Speed Wrench., 



Rear Axle Stand, Ford 

Rear Axle StratshtenlnK 

Rear Axle Testlnir 

Rear Wheel Holder 

Rear Wheel Puller 

Rear Wheel Wrench 

Rear Wheels, Renlacing .... 

Befleclor, Cheap Lamp 

Removing Closed Car Body . 



Removing 

Removing Nut from Ford 

Removing Proa t-0- Lite Nuti 

Removing Stuck Pipe 

Removing Stuck Screws 

Removing StudB 

r Kink, Cylinder ,. 






Stat 



Repair Stand, Hood ., 
Repair Stand. Radiator 
Repair Stand, Tire .... 
Repair Tag Protector , 
Repaioshop Ben^h SyBli 
Repalrshop Pnor I-ock 

Rcpalrahop Gate 

RepslrBhop Horse , 

Repalrahop Tnick .. ,. 
Repeat Order FtoardB . . 
Replac Inn Gillies 

Rescuins Car ... "". "' 



Robe riuard 

Rods. Fitting 

Rod Bushing Pullir 

Rod Test 

Rod Wrench 

Rods, i:-onnect<ng Bahbl((1n| 

Rough Turnlnit 

Running In Ford Bearlnga . 



Safety Gasoline Can 

Band Storage 

Saw, Circular Wood 



































SSISas SSSr ::::::::::::: 








































f? 
























s 


Shaft Speed, Determining 




















































41 


Shop Blarlchoard 




























?, 


Shop HorBe, Method of Broclng . 

IRS.T?'4"".::::::::::::::: 










1! 


Shop Pinch Bar 

Shop Signal System 

Signal WhiBlle 

Slgnnllng Device. Door 


.■.'.*. ilB. 




















*! 


Slottlne Device 


,...Kt. 


li 


Small Paris Slornge.^ ^^ ,^ ^^ 




1 


Snuhber Kink. Gabriel 

Socket Wrench 


Hi', 'nit'. 
....in. 




















n 




































n 


Soldering Torcli Lighter 

Spanner Wrench, Adjustable 


,v.v,w 










Spark Coll fesler, Ford 










^i? 


SlMirk Plug Tester 

Spark P'uBB. Sorting 






SpeakloB Tuben. Rnlarapd 




























'1^ 


Spilt Pin Remover 


..■.■.■.-.■.-. 






















SorInK BollB. ,Tack for Tnsertlng . 


























71 


Spring Jaci-, T^-vt 





nr 


Soring I.eaf^T.iibrlcnllng 
















1' 


Rnrlng Dlllng Chisel 










31 


Snring Snreader. Ouirk Acting . 

























































stand, Running In MM, 1 

Stand. Tap and Drill 1 

Starting Clutch Puller 1 

Btael. Furnace for 

Steel Shop Horse 1 

Steering Gear Stand j 

Steering Gears, Reflttlng ' 

Steering Puller 1 

Steering Spindle ,Ilg 1 

literlng WhMl Puller. ■■.'.'.'".'.'.»,"»,' sV, 1 

Stock Bin 'Mar'ker'!!"!i"!Xi"i^!^i.... 1 

Stock Card System 1 

Stock Cards Protection 1 

Stockroom Blna 15, ] 

Stockroom Ladder. Rollln* 1 

Stool tor Radiator Work 

Storace Batteries. FluahlnK i 

Storage Battery Booster 1 

Storage Battery Handle 1 

Storage Battery Repair i 

Storage Battery Truck 1 

Stogare Bins 10, 

Storage Case for Small Parta 

.^LraUht'eiilng'Alilea' '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.ti.' «", 1 
.Straightening Axle, Device for ..,.^.... 

Straightening Bent Frame *1, T7. 1 

Straightening Bent Radiators I 

Straightening Connecting Rods .-- 

Straightening Fenders . ,. M, 

Straightening Lamp Brackets •" 

Straightening Rear Axle 1». »«, 1 

Ktralghlenlng Shafts **. 

Straightening Vise 1 

Straightening Wabbling Wheels 

Straightening Wrench 1 

Stuck Parts. Method of Driving ■■■ 

Stud Removal «, «S. 1 

Surface Orlndlng 1 

Swlfh Testing lOS. 1 

Switch TE"tlng, Connecticut 1 

Syphon. Uses of ',' " ! !i !i "!! !1 ! 



Tags. Car Checking 1 

Tank far Gaaollne Teit : 

Tank Stand. Carbon Burning 1 

Tank Stand, Oiy-Acetylene 

Tank Truck, Oxygen 1 

Tank Valve Wremh . 

Tap and Drill Stand ] 

Tap Gxtenslon Wrench 1 

Tap' Wrench " .■,','.■.■.',■.'.■.■.'.',■.■.' .'.ViV'soVtio; 1 

TapplnB Cveralied Holes U, 

Te'ephoni- Oong 

Telescoping Tripod 

Test Lamp Guard 

Teat Lamp. Portable 1 

Test Lamp Wiring 

Testing Board. Generator 1 

Testing Chassis 

Testing Connecting Rods 1 

Testing Demountable Wheels i 

Testing Ignition 

Testing Set. Circuit 1 

Testing Set, Electrical i 

Teating .Itand.' Electrical .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. ! 

Testing Stand for Motors 

Thumb Nuts, Removing 

Time Card Board 1 

Time Card File ! 

Time Card Holder 1 

Time Card System IS, 11!, '. 

Time Keeping Card 

TImliiR Clear Puller IH, Itt, 1 

Timing Gear Tester 1 

Timing, Valve and Spark J ] 

Timing Wrench '■ 

Tire Fabric, Cutting 1 

Tire Gage Handle 1 

Tire Gage Proleclion 1 

Tire Inspection Stand '. 

Tli-e Pump, l^the Driven 1 

Tire Rack It. 101. 112, 1 

Tire Tlack ,ock 1 

Tire Repair Bench i 

Tire Repair Hooks 

Tire Repair Stand 1 

Tire Tester. Safe 

Tire Tnol Stand ] 

t!' ■ ■ " SI led .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".'.".'.' .'.'.' 

Tfirit^ .Mutar }\!,M.'.... '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 1 

Tool Box 

Tool l!nx Manger i 

Tool Box. Portable. IM, 182, 1 

Tool. r-Vrh(ir.-ter NoMle 

Tool <-hai ler. Preveni li.n 

Tool ri,..tl.-|,.H S.%;'t,.n, 1 

TmI* nr'^wer "I'^nX'. '.'.:i\'.\'.'.'.\'.'.l'.\'.'.\'."\ 

Tool ':ririil.r. \j\ih^ 1 

Tool hinklnr. Spt-elnl 

Tool fnr A'Xi-WHri] Drilling 

Tool Post Grinder.. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS, 



Toot Protection, Ownera'. 1 

Tool Hack 148, 1 

Tool Room Door Latch U, 

Tool Room Stepladder ] 

Too] Room System 125, 1 

Tool Storage Srntem s. 

Tool System. Workman's 1 

Tools, Method o( Storing 

Torch Ughter, Electric 1 

Torcb Lighter, Soldering 1 

Torch Ughter, Welding 1 

Torch Stand 1 

Toniue Tube Repair 1 

Tow Bar. One Han l 

Tow Car Construction 

Towing Bar 1 

Towing Cable 1 

Towing Crippled Car 

Towing Device lU, 13, 

Towing Puller 1 

Towing Skid 1 

Towing Truck It, K, 1J«. 1 

Towtng Truck tor Wrecked Care 

Towing Wrecked Car 

Trailer 

Train Horae 

Tmmmeia, Home Hade 

Tranafcrring Liquid by Syphon 

Tranamlulon Assembly, Ford ] 

Tranamlsslon Band Clamp 140, 1 

TransmlSstoD Bearing Reamer. Ford 1 

TranamlMlon Drums, Reaming Ford i 

Transmission Qear Puller l 

Transmission Spring Tool 

Transmission Support 

Traveling Crane 19. ig, 84, 



Valve Grinding. Maxwell 1 

Valve Grinding, swlveled Tool tor li, : 

Valve Grinding Tool It, 112, 14U, 1 

Valve Uulde iieamer 34, 

Valve Guide, Replacing 1 

Valve Guide Swedge J 

Valve Lirter 8*, lOi, 180, 164. ITO. 1 

Valve Lifter, Gang 1 



Valve Plug Tools 

Valve Plug Tap ■ 

Valve Retaclng 70. 81, 

VUve Refaclng In the Lathe 1 

Valve Retactng Tool 1 

Valve Remover, 

il, 45, SO, 6S. 77. 78. 8*. 110, 1 

Valve Bemover, PVird 

Valve Remover, One Piece 

VEJve Repair System i 



Trolley, Overhead 

Truck (or Disabled Cars.. 

Truck, Hand 

Truck Jarks, Auxiliary. . . 
Truck, LArge Capacity . 

Truck. O — ■ '--- 

Truck. O) 

Truck, Oxygen rank 

Truck. Repairahop 

Truck Wheel Removing Dov 
Trurk Wheels, Removing . 

Truing Brake Drums 

Truing Shaft . 



Tubes. Denatlni 

Tubes, Uses for oia 

Turning Guide 

Turntable far Small Oarage 

Tuyere for Forge 

Twisted Axles. Straightening.. 
Two Tier Storage 



U-Bolt Die Holder i»i 

nadercuttlng High Mice Ill 

TTnlvarsal lapping Tool tiB 

Universal Speed Wrench 140 

Universal Valve Tool ttS 

Unloading Device lor Fords 84 

Upholstery, Renovating 70 



Valve 
Valve 
Valv. 



and Sinrk Timing 1 

Cage Grinding II. 1 

Cage Ufter, Bulek 1 

Cage Puller. Buick ] 

Cap Wrench ..'.'.".'. '.'.'.i2s"iM,'"l«, 1 

Chuck 

Cleaning l 

Fax^i'" ///^'/^v^v^'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 

Grinder Si, SG. ISO. 1 

Grinding, BuIck 106. 1 

Grinding Fixture ] 

Grinding Machine l 



e Sprh 



i Rem. 
: Rem< 



..I. 16, :s, 7 



Valve Spring Tension Teat 

Valve Spring Tester 7B. 100. 1 

Valve Spring Testing 

Valve Springs, Clamp tor Holding 

Valve Stem Slotting 

Valve Stem StutHng Box 

Valve, Sticking 



e Tappet AdjL _ 

e Tappet uuldes, Remi 

e Tim' 



Valve Tool 124, 136, 1 

Valve Tool, Adjustable HI. 1 

Valve Tool, Buick !2J, 2 

Valve Tool, Cole 8 1 

Valve Tool, Emergency 1 



Wall Tool Case S 

Wash Barrel and Wringer. Portable 1 

Wash Rack Grating 

Waoh Rack l^mp !8. i 

Wash Rack Layout 

Waxher Made of Door Track 

Waaher. wS^el IUid .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'...'.'. .'. 

Waahers, Overhead 

Waahing Parla 68, 82. 1 

Waahlng Tahle. Parte 1S4. 1 

Waaiirack Lamp ISO. 1 

Washrack Piping 110. 188. S 

Waahrack Piping. Overhead 

Water Cooler 1 

Waterjacket Repair 101, 1 

Water Pressure 

Water Pump SluIIlng Box Wrench 1 

Water Supply (or Garage 

Weak Spark Reduces Economy 1 

Wedges to Separate Cara In Garage 

Welding Malleable Castings 

Welding Table 128,1 

Welding Tank Frame 1 

Welding Tor.h Ughter 1E8, 1 

Wheel Aligning Fixture 1 

Wheel Alignment 

Wheel Alignment Gage 1 

Wheel Alignment Teal ! 

Wheel Alignment. Testing ! 

Wheel Aligning Tram 188. i 



Wlictl Ualanclng, Emery 

Wheel Cleaning 1 

W heel, Kmei-y Wooden 

Wheel (or >'ordB, Auxiliary :. 1 

Wheel for Fords, Kmergency 1 

Wheel Gage 

Wheel Gage Caliper 

Wheel Gage, Simple Front ! 

Wheel Guard. Eltnery :<a, i 

^Vlleel Guard, Grinding 1 

Wheel, Handling Heavy 

Wheel Painting 1 

Wheel Painting Ktand 1 

Wheel Puller 20. ,S. 148. IBO, I 

Wheel Puller. Double-Ended 1 

Wheel Putlei', Front 1 

Wheel Puller, Hub 1 

Wheel Itepair Stand i 

Wheel. Heplaclng Rear i 

Wheel Rim Washer 

Wheel Hplniile, Gage 1 

Wheel SWnd, Demountable 2 

Wheel Stralghtener 

Wheel Support 

Wheel. Testing Demountable 1 

Wheel. Try Square (or Lining lip 1 

Wheels, Straightening Wabbling 

Winding Carbureter Springs I 

Window Cleaning 

Window, l^ommun lea ting 

Window Ventilator 1 

Windshield, Rain Vision 1 

Windshield Repair 1 

Wire Beading, Former 1 

Wire Brush for Cleaning l 

Wire Gasket 

Wire Partitions 

Wire Piston Ring Tool 

Wii-e Protector 

Wire Storage 1 

Wire Tracing 

Wires. Replacing 

Work Bench from Old Sa(e, Portable... 

Work Bench. Portable 1 

Work Card Holder 1 

Workman's Tool System 1 

Workshop. Desk for 

Wrecked Cara, Hoiat for 11. 

Wrenih. Air Pump Kccontrlc ! 

Wrench and Spring Compressor. Com- 
bined ] 

Wrench, Brake Adjusting 1 

Wrench, Clutch Shaft Anchor Bolt l 

Wrench, Connecting Hod 1 

Wrench, Crankcase 1 

Wrench. Crankshaft Bearing ! 

Wrench. Crankshaft Turning ! 

Wrench Extension, Socket ] 

Wrench, Bye Bolt 1 

Wrench for Ck>se Quarters IH. IBS, 1 

Wrench, Generator Spanner I 

Wrench Handles ] 

Wrench, Knee 1 

Wrench Locking Kink 

Wrench. l,onR Reach 

Wrench, Radiator Neck 1 

Wrench. Rear Axle Speed 1 

Wrench. Rear Wheel 1 

Wrench Set. Socket 

Wrench. Special TO. 73. (t3, ! 

Wrench, Straightening l 

Wrench. Tank Valve 1 

Wrench. Tap 44. 50. 1 

Wren.'h. Tap Extension 1 

Wrench, Timing 1 

Wrench. Universal Speed 1 

Wrenches, from Tubing 

Wrenches. Socket 49. 

Wringer. Portable Wash Barrel and 1 

Wristpin Adjustment 

Wrlstpin Bushing Puller 

Wristpin Jig 1 

Wrlstpin Lap 

Wristpin Mandrel 

Wrialpin Nuts. Removing 

Wrlstpin Press 1 

Wrlstpin, Reaming BushlngH 

Wrlstpin Remover 120. 1 

Wrlatplns. Removing J 

Wrislpln Wrench 



Automobile 
Repairshop Short-Cuts 



Ka*osene Cleaning Equipment 

(No. I) 

The arr«ngement of the drain board 
and tub ifaown in the accompanying il- 
luilratton ii a good one for saving kcro' 
■ene after it hai been used for washing 
parts in the garage or repairshop. 

The removal of the sediment every dar 
from the tub keeps the oil clean enongh 
for the purpose and only enough need 
be added to make up for evaporation and 
other slight losses. When the tub is 
not in use it is kept in a wooden box 
with a cover, which is closed, excluding 
dust and providing protection against 
ignition. By this method time is saved, 
kerosene is saved and the appearance 
of the shop is saved. 

A very convenient fart of the outfit 
is a box for moving the parts to the 
cleaning tub and back to the car; the 
box is 5 feet long, 3^ feet wide and i 
foot deep and is mounted on castors 
There is a small compartment for small 
parts and a large compartment for 
heavier components. — W. W. Mitchell, 
superintendent, Garford Motor Truck 
Co., Newark, N. J. 




tube some paint brush bristles are in- 
serted and then made fast by flattening 
the neck. The amount the neck is com- 
pressed determines the flow of the acid 
and a very delicate adjustment can be 
made by this means. There is a filler 
plug in the top of the can so that more 

To Do Cylinder Grinding on a 
Lathe 

(No. 3) 

A jig for boring and grinding cylin- 
ders on a lathe is shown in the accom- 
panying illustration. The jig has a di- 
ameter nearly equal to the swing of the 
lathe and is bolted to a face plate, whtcli 
takes the place of the regular face plate 
of the lathe. 

The jig is made in two pieces, all but 
the front cover being one casting, and 
the front cover another casting. The cyl- 
inders, whether cast singly or in pairs, 
are inserted through one of the open- 
ings in the side of the jig and the cylin- 
der flange is bolted to the front cover. 
After the cylinder has been accurately 
centered, the boring tool is inserted, or 
if the cylinders are to be ground a special 
grinding fixture is put into operation. 
Such a fixture can be obtained from al- 
most any of the lathe manufacturers and 
a number of types and sizes are avail- 
able.— W. F. Green, foreman, J. W. 
Mason Motor Car Co, Newark, N. J. 




long, stiff bar and an S-sb^ed itecl 
hook. 

The wheel is rotated until the high 
spot is found and then the hook ii at- 
tached to a spoke on the opposite side. 
The bar is then inaerted aa illustratad 
and the wheel is bent straight. — ^John 
Van Benschoten, Van's Garage, Pongh- 
keepsie, N. Y. 



Fountain Brush'for Acid 

(Ho. 3) . 

Soldering acid is most conveniently 
applied by means of the combined can 
and brush shown. An ordinary copper 
can about 3x8 inches is used and it is 
provided with a neck made from a piece 
of 3-16-inch copper tubing. Into this 





look placi 
In the n 

A Homemade Clamp for Hold- 
ing Valve Springs 
(Has) 

When grinding valves it often is diffi- 
cult to put the valve spring back in place, 
and then put in the valve spring retainer 
and its lock. One way of obviating this 
trouble is to use the two clamps aoown 
herewith. One set must be made for 
each make of car, but since they consist 
only of flat pieces of iron bent at right 
angles at each end, there is small ob- 
jection to this. 

When the valve spring is removed it 
is compressed in a vise and the two clips 
are placed as illustrated; then the pres- 
sure of the viae is remored and the spring 



This la a caaling which la boltad to a iMclal 

face Plata an a tatha. Tha cyllndar la In- 

a%r*ta, bollad In placa, and It la than raatfy 

for grinding 

Straightening Small Wheel 
That Wabbles 

(No. 4) 

When a small wheel, such as on a 
Ford, is bent out of true, it may be 
straightened by means of the arrange- 
ment shown, and which consists of a 



(—1 •- 


n ^ 


\P 




% 


1 






■J 4 


i^ J 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



it (till held in comprcision bjr the clamps. 
It ii now a very limple matter to replace 
(be valve spring. — John Van Benschoten, 
Van's Garage, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 

Mixed Oil as Rust Preventive 
A half-jind-half mixture of kerosene 
and engine oil is an excellent lubricant 
for small, exposed parts such as brake 
rod pins. The kerosene loosens the 
fast, evaporates, and leaves the engine 
oil. — AL Rawson, foreman, Reo Motor 
Car Co., Newark, N. J. 

Press Made of Odds and Ends 
in the Shop 

(No. 6) 

A satisfactory press can be made from 
odds and ends around the shop. There 
•re many ways of making such a press, 
and one is illustrated herewith. A 14- 
inch structural steel I-beam was used as 
the foundation, if such it may be called. 
Four i^-inch holes were drilled in it at 
the corners of a 12-inch square, and four 
■teel bars about 2 feet long and threaded 
at each end were attached as shown. 
Then a cast iron plate 16 inches square 
and about 1^ inches thick was similarly 
drilled and placed over the tops of these 
bars. In the center of this plate a 2-inch 
■crew was placed. The upper end of 
this screw was squared to take a large 
wrench. — ^T. A. E. Wilson, Ossining Gar- 
age, Ossining, N. Y. 



The horizontal pipe is supported by a a knob and the other door is closed by 




(No. fl) 

Brvy latscc nndi ■ pnu. Here i* one tlut 

can be madt nf uddi and end* 

Discarded Rim Converted Into 
a Vehicle Washer 

<No. 7) 
When the vehicle washer wears out a 
new one can be made of ordinary gal- 
vanized iron pipe and an old clincher 
wheel rim. The latter is fastened to the 
ceiling by means of simple iron brackets 
which are bolted to the inside of the rim. 
The water pipe is placed exactly at the 
center of the rim and a universal elbow 
connects this with the horizontal one, 
to the end of which the washing hose is 
attached. 



hook which fits into the groove 
rim. A fiber block is used on the end of 
this hook so that it will slide smoothly 
and without chattering in the groove. 
The only part of the old washer that 
remains in use is the universal elbow 
which connects the two pieces of pipe. — 
T. A. E. Wilson, Ossining Garage, Ossin- 
ing, N. Y. 



draw bolts at the top and bottom, then 
both bolts must be moved every ti 
doors are opened or closed. T 




(Ho. J) 

II roD need ■ wnbtr, why oot caavsrt ■■ old 

discvdtd rim la this mj? 

Small Furnace Made of Old 
Piston 

(No. 8) 
An adntirable furnace . for heating 
rivets ran be made out of an old piston 
and a few pieces of bar stock, as is 
shown herewith. The objection to the 
ordinary fire brick furnace is that it is 
bulky and awkward, while this is small, 
neat and may be transported to the point 
where the rivets are needed. The device 
consists merely of a stand which holds 
the piston and provides a platform for 
the gasoline torch. — D. D. Zanes, fore- 
man, Detroit Cadillac Motor Car Co., 
Newark, N. J. 





(Ho. •> 
For luatiaf loult parti saeh >■ ritiU. Mc, ■ 
■ood (uniu* can b« (nadc oi a discarded pistoB 



Simple Means for Releasing 

Garage Doors 

(No. 9) 

Where big swinging doors are used 
at the entrance to the garage or the 
elevator, it is sometimes a problem to 
keep them securely locked and yet be 
able to open or close them without 
difficulty. If one door opens by turning 



(Ho. ■) 
Mocb tine ma; b* u*cd In openlns (ara(* 
doors by •rrsai^l sprini bolts top and bstl— 

■■d connactini tbem witb a cbala 
quires considerable reaching and a waste 
of time. The I. S. Remson Co., Brook- 
lyn, N. v., has overcome this difficulty 
in a simple manner by using spring 
bolts at the top and bottom and con- 
necting the two by a chain. Now all 
that is necessary is to pull the chain out 
and the door is instantly released at both 
top and bottom. 



Bench Buffer Made from Old 
Shaft Hangers 

(No. 10) 

Old shafting hangers may be used in 
a variety of ways in making different 
appliances for the repair-shop. One use 
is shown herewith; a buffer has been 
constructed witb a minimum expenditure 
of time and expense. Two 10-inch hang- 
ers were bolted to one end of the work- 
bench, a piece of shafting of proper size 
was secured and a 4-inch pulley placed 
on it between She hangers. Then the 
buffing wheel was placed at each end of 
the shaft.— T. A. E. Wilson, Ossining 
Garage, Ossining, N. Y. 




(No. 10) 

To nuke > bcncb buffer. uH a couple oi old 

shaft hanftra bolted down In Ihia wayt hasfers 

■re indicated by IMta H 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Providing a Place for Loose 
Nuts and Bolts 

(No. 11) 
More syatem ii needed in the averagf 
tepair-shop; careless methods are too 
frequently in use. Recently we saw » 
pile of at least 2,000 used screws, nuti 
and washers spread out in one comer 




ordinarily di 



of a crowded work bench. Whenever a 
mechanic wants a part from this pile he 
hunts until he finds it, and it is like 
looking for the proverbial needle. The 
idea of saving these small parts is ex- 
cellent, but more time is wasted in look- 
ing for desired parts than is saved by 
not buying new ones. 

A box divided into small bins solves 
this problem. Whenever a piece of 
mechanism is dismantled and there are 
screws, nuts and washers for which there 
is not immediate use, they should be 
sorted into this box. 





1 




4 

1 



Dumbwaiter for Transporting 
Stock 

<No. 12) 

Where different departments of the 
repair-shop are located on diSerent 
Soort, a dumbwaiter .will often be found 



to be a great time saver. For instance, 
where the stock room is situated on one 
floor and the repair-shop, or part of it, 
is on another floor, a dumbwaiter is of 
assistance in transporting tools and stock 
from one to the other. 

It consists merely ol a small double 
shaft with light wooden guides and two 
carriers, as illustrated. Two carriers are 
used instead of one, because if one were 
used a counterweight would be required, 
and it is little more expensive to make 
two carriers and have one at the bottom 
when the other is at the top. Thus there 
is always a carrier waiting at each end. 
By making slightly larger and heavier 
carriers than those illustrated small tools 
and parts from tool and stock rooms can 
also be transported. 

Tool to Remove Ford Clutch 

Drum 

(No. 13) 

A simple device for removing the 

clutch disk drum on Fords is shown 

herewith. It consists of a plate of steel 

J^-inch thick with three bolts in it. The 

two outside bolts have T head ends and 

are designed to slip through the oval 

holes in the web of the dram and then 

be turned at right angles so that they 



collar is made large enough for all 
valves, and very small valves are ac- 
commodated by placing a washer in the 

The advantage of this instrument is 
that once it is in place there is no danger 
of its slipping out; it rests securely under 
the valve and no watchfulness is re- 
quired to prevent the device from los- 
ing its grip. Furthermore, there is am- 
ple space for removing the pin or wash- 
er; there is no cramping. 





<Ho. 14) 

A ipriBf nflMVW «f this typ« U tuUr sud* in 

thi ihop uid yHU work on mMt moton 

Motor Stand Made of Useless 
Rims 

(No. 15) 

An unusually simple form of motor 
stand is shown in the accompanying 
drawing. It consists of two old wheel 
rims and two pieces of structural steel 
of T-section. The rims are placed about 
4 feet apart and are riveted to the steel 
connecting members. The arms of the 
motor are bolted to these members, and 
then the motor may be placed at any 
angle simply by rolling the rims. When 
the desired position is obtained, the rims 
are blocked.— C. T. Silver Motor Car 
Co., Newark, N. J. 



(Ho. IS) 
TbU dntcb dnuD puUci 1* ewOy ouda •! odd* 
and tadi ud wUI utc mucb tJOM tn Hm shop 

will hold. When this is done the center 
bolt is screwed into contact with the end 
of the clutch shaft, and then if the nuts 
on the T head bolts are tightened the 
drum must be loosened. — Fred R. Wey- 
rauch, Vassar Garage, Pough keeps ie, 
N. Y. 

An Easily Made Valve Spring 
Remover 

(No. 14) 
A very efficient form of valve spring 
lifter has been devised by one of the 
men in the service department of the I. 
S. Remson Co., Locomobile, Abbott-De- 
troit and Westcott dealer, Brooklyn, N. 
Y. It is clearly shown herewith and 
consists of a yoke to which is pivoted a 
collar in which the valve spring seat 
rests. Pressing down on the handle 
raises the seat so that the retaining pin 
or washer can easily be removed. The 



OLB.BIM 


1 


^AKOLE ntOH 







Replacing Pistons in Motor 
With Detachable Head 

(No. 16) 
Efficiency demands that the service 
station keep in close touch with the 
factory and whenever a design is al- 
tered to make over its methods of repair 
to best meet the new design. Often a 
small change in a motor, for example, 
will allow new practices to be put into 
operation which will result in consider- 
able saving. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



A case in point i> that of putting pU- 
tons into a motor witli detachable cyl- 
inder heads and integral crankcase in< 
stead of integral cylinder heads and >ep< 
arate crankcase. Various means hare 
been devised for slipping the cylinders 
over the pistons in the latter case, but 
an extremely simple way presents itself 
when the heads are removable. In this 
case the pistons are taken out through 
the head and replaced in the same way, 
therefore 'what could be simpler to pre- 
vent the rings from catching on the edge 
of the cylinder bore than the casting 
shown herewith. 

The lower part is the safue diameter 
as the cylinder bore, but the upper end 
flares out so that the piston with the 
rings in place may be easily inserted in 
it. The device is then placed over the 
cylinder and the piston pushed through, 
and thus the rings are automatically 
compressed and the piston is in its place 
in a few seconds. 

A great deal of time is saved by this 
simple device, and the piston is not 
harmed. Where only a screw driver is 
used the piston rings are often marred, 
the workmen skin their fingers, and a 
great deal of time is consumed. 

One casting must be made for each 
different bore, but where the majority 
of repairs are made on a single line of 
cars, which is generally the rnle when 
the repairshop is run in connection with 
the agency for some car, it will be 
found that a great deal of time will be 
saved by the ttse of this sleeve. The 
flange on the bottom may be any shape 
as it is only to aid in machining. — Wm. 
Ucllvrid, Jr., service manager of the 
Colt-Stratton Co., New York city dis- 
tributer of Cole and Dodge cars. 



be free to rotate. Allow the handle of 

the device to rest on the floor while an 
assistant^ slowly turns the motor over 
with high gear in. The bend in the axle 
will force the handle to move first to 
the right and then to the left. The ex- 
treme points are marked with chalk and 
with the pointer resting on one of them 
it is brought back to the center of travel. 
—John Van Benschoten, Ponghkeepste, 
N. Y. 




Ic jif ol thii kiad will —n nuch tlmi 

Simple Device to Straighten 
Bent Ford Axles 

(No. 17) 

When a Ford axle is bent, often it may 
be straightened without removing it from 
the car by means of the simple tool 
shown herewith. A long, stiff iron rod is 
fastened permanently to a Ford hub, and 
the upper end of the rod is pointed. 

Thisatool is placed on the bent axle, 
and held with the axle nnt. No key is 
used, however, because the axle most 




Simple Puller for Magneto 
Gears 

(Ho. 18) 

A handy tool for pulling magneto 
gears, couplings and similar parts U 
shown on this page. It is made out of 
a piece of bar stock of ^-inch section. 
The width of the tool is about 3 inches. 
— L. E. Hughes, foreman, Troy Automo- 
bile Exchange, Troy, N. Y. 

Tank for Testing Carbureter 
Mileage 

(No. 19) 
Where considerable carbureter work 
is done, a small tank for testing the 
mileage obtained per gallon of fuel is 
almost absolutely necessary. A tank of 
this type is easily made of an old fire 
extinguisher. The cap at the top will 
serve for filling. In one side a Hl-inch 



(Ho. 17) 

Ttau U DMd u u Indti to ladleau ik« fcgui 
. u oilc ud ilso to >ut* tbo asli 
■tndcht 






:td on th* nm- 
Dinibeard 

tapping hole is drilled at the top and an- 
other beneath it near the bottom. In- 
to these holes are screwed H-inch nip- 
ples with short elbows and between the 
elbows there is placed an ordinary gauge 
glass such as can be obtained from any 
fitter. Two petcocks complete the 
■ ■ ■ shown 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



and is for a drain and the other is placed 
at the bottom of the gauge glas* to ihut 
oft the supply of fuel. In use, the tank 
may be carried on the running board and 
connected to the carbureter with a length 
of rubber tubing.— John M. Wills, WUla 
Garage, Newark, N. J. 

Mezzanine Floor Adds to 
• Garage Space 

(Ho. 20) 

A simple means to increase the capac- 
ity of a garage is to fit a hanging or 
mezzanine gallery at one end, as is 
shown in the accompanying illustration. 
In this case the business outgrew the 
garage and the complete repairshop was 
moved to the gallery. The gallery is 
partly supported ^y joists fastened to 
the side and back walls of the garage 
and partly by ^-inch round steel straps 
passed over the roof trusses. The foun- 
dation consists of 2x4's laid across the 
garage over which the floor is fastened. 
—John H. Wills, Wills Garage, Newark. 
N.J. 

Lubricating Oils in Garage on 
Tap 

(No. 21) 
A simple method of storing a number 
of different grades of lubricating oil il 
illustrated herewith. Four discarded hot 
water boilers of the common or kitchen 
variety are mounted on a hanging plat- 



{||||lliyjM lilk^-H 


^ 1 


m^m ^ 




JjL 


% 


L 






'ii[ii|iIiliiiiii((l[|'l//||lM| \. '" 






Ji r ii 


yj 




(kf K ^fc 




^^^^^^ 


^ 



xeceptacles. A shelf beneath the spigots 
serves to hold the oil cans. The holes 
in the tops of the boilers where the pipe 



Simple Instrument Tests 
Valve Spring Tension 

(No. 22) 

For satisfactory operation of the mo- 
tor, the valve springs must hare the 
correct tension, and this may be deter- 
mined by ascertaining the pressure 
necessary to deflect the spring a given 
amount. For example, a certam exhaust 
valve spring 4 inches in length, requires 
a pressure of 50 pounds to reduce its 
length to 3>^ inches. If a test shows 
that it takes just 50 pounds to compress 
it Vi inch the spring is all right. A 
device for testing spnngs consists of a 
spring balance to which is attached a 
cradle in which the spring is placed. 
One part of this cradle ia hooked to 
the spring balance and the other part is 
fastened to a hand lever; the spring is 
placed between these two parts so that 
by pressing down on the handle the 
it is compressed, and the amount 
of compression is registered in pounds 
on (he balance. Before the spring is 
put in place the rod R is adjusted by 
the wing nut until the distance 5 is ^ 
inch shorter than the length of the 
spring; therefore, with a 4-mch spring 
S would be 3J5 inches, and when the 
spring is compressed to this length the 
notch on the end of the rod will just 
be in line with the upper edge of the 
crosspiece, and in the case assumed, the 





Wooden Mould for Rebabbit- 
ting Connecting-rods 

(No. 24) 
A simple mould for rcbabbitting con- 
necting-rods or their caps can be made 
of two wooden blocks turned as shown. 
These blocks slip over a mandrel that is 
slightly smaller than the crankpin, and 
hold the connecting-rod or cap, so that 
the mandrel takes the same relative posi- 
tion as the crankpin. The metal is 
poured in the ordinary manner. The 
molten metal burns the blocks only 
slightly. — Frank Marlow, BallstoD Spa 
Garage, Ballston Spa, N. Y. 

Screw Press Made from Odds 
and Ends 

(No. 25) 

Two steel I-beams and some steel 
bar stock can be made into an excellent 
arbor press with small expenditure of 
labor. As shown, two 16-inch I-beams 
about %yi feet long are tised. They 
held together by four steel bars 



of 



Stand for Oxygen- Acetylene 
Outfit 

(No. 23) 

It is a great convenience to have the 
oxygen-acetylene apparatus on a port- 
able stand— not only because i( allows 
the apparatus to be moved from one 
place to another in the shop, but also be- 
cause a great deal of work may be done 
outside during the summer months. 
Burning out carbon, for example, can be 
done just as well outside as inside and 
there is less danger of fire. On the out- 
tit shown, the oxygen tank is of large 
capacity and the acetylene is conveni- 
ently furnished by an ordinary Prest-0- 
Lite tank. As a precaution against fire, 
a Pyrene fire-extinguisher is carried. — 




(Ko. 24) 

How to rcbtbbitt ■ coBDKdni-rsd luini t«s 

woodea block! and ■ mudnl tor ■ oanld 

the Upper beam there is a screw about 
XYt inches in diameter. This press Is 
strong enough to do almost any sort 
of automobile worlc — Amos Post, Amos 
Post Garage. Catskia N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




Gasoline Sprayer for Cleaning 
Motors 

(No. 26) 
The quickest wa^ to clean a motor is 
by spraying it with gasoline or, pre- 
ferably, because of danger of fire, with 
kerosene. The apparatus costs practically 
nothing as the requisites consist of 
scraps of copper tubing, some rubber 
tubing and a compressed air supply. The 
outfit is illustrated herewith. The rush 
of air causes a vacuum in the gasoline 
pipe >o that the gasoline or keroiene is 
drawn up and is mixed with the air to 
form a fine spray. This mixture Is dis- 
charged with sufficient force to quickly 
dislodge any dirt adhering to the motor. 
The air pipe is 5/16-inch copper tubing 
and the gasoline or kerosene pipe is 3/16. 
The Utter is bent at right angles and 
inserted in the former, as shown. — Ar- 
thur Cashmorc, foreman, Franldin Mo- 
tor Car Co., Albany, N. Y. 



Garage Jack That is Not Easily 
Upset 

(No. 28} 

Few garages have jacks that are cap- 
able of lifting heavy touring cars and 
truck) and holding them safely while 
a man pulls out the axle. Generally 
when this sort of a job is to*be done the 
car is jacked up and then small horses 
or blocks are slipped under. The work- 
man is afraid to trust the ordinary jack 
since it is rather unstable and may al- 
low the car to crush him. To meet 
these objections the heavy jack with 
broad base, shown herewith, was built. 
The lower end of this jack is 1 toot 
square. The screw is 1^ inches in 
diameter and 6 pitch. There is a slot 
cut in it so that it will not turn. The 
shape of the upper end of the jack is 
peculiar and is also designed with a 
view to extreme safety. . A hardened 
piece of steel tapered to a fairly sharp 
point is placed in the top of the screw 
and is held by a large cotter pin. The 
idea in bringing the top of the jack to a 
point is to give a firm hold. For ex- 
ample, if a frame is to be jacked up this 
point will enter the metal just enough 
so that there will not be any danger of 
slippage, and at the same time the point- 
ed construction insures that the load will 
always be applied at the center of the 




jack. Two jacks are required, one on 
each side of the frame, if an axle is to 
be removed.— P. T. Ryan, Ryan's Ga- 
rage, Troy, N. Y. 

Simple Installation for Hand- 
ling Oils 

(No. 29) 

A convenient method of handling oil ia 
shown herewith. There is a row eft fau- 
cets liouscd in a box which may be 
locked. Each faucet delivers a different 
brand of oil. Either gravity or pressure 



(MB. 16) 
TUi taoOH-audc dnka will dean a m( 
wall u ■ mar* uptailv* one 



Convenient Holder for Special 
Tools 

(No. 27) 

Order in the rep airs hop is as essential 
as it is anywhere else, and this is particu- 
larly the case where much work is done 
on small individual units, such, for ex- 
ample as carbureters. Where work of 
this kind is done it is an excellent plan 
to erect, at the back of the work bench, 
a heavy board which will serve to hold 
alt of the various special tools required 
by the workman. This board should be 
marked off as shown in the accompany- 
ing illustration, and under each name 
there should be a place for the special 
tools required in repairing each particu- 
lar make of carbureter. In this way the 
workman always has all his tools direct- 
ly in front of him and much confusion is 
avoided.— John H. Wills. Wills Garage, 
Newark, N. J. 





<!)«. ») 

A tool board U OMful lor balding mpcslal appll* 

ancM loi ipiclal job* 



(Na ») 
BaiUr loatallcd iyMcm that takes car* al aO 
and Glnn tb* drlppint* 
feed may be used. If the former, the oU 
tanks must be situated overhead and if 
the latter, the tanks may be placed in the 
basement. The ordinary air pressure 
line may be used to supply the air but a 
reducing valve will be required as the 
normal pressure is too great — onl^ a 
few pounds are necessary. Drippmgs 
from the taps are drained to a filter in 
the basement. The filter consists of a 
cylindrical tank about 16 inches in diam- 
eter and 4 feet high. The oil enters at 
the bottom where it passes through 6 
inches of water which removes any 
coarse dirt. Then it passes through four 
layers of felt, such as is used in making 
pennants. The oil is then supposed to be 
clean and is drained oS by a faucet near 
the top. A gauge glass shows how much 
oil there is. Cheap oil storage tanks 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



nuy be made from old Pintsch gas tanks 
used on railway cars, and citronella oil 
Umks, which may be purchased from 
dealers in second-hand machinery.— 
Amos Post, Catskill, N. Y. 

Effective Substitutes for Lock 
Washers 

(No. 30) 

When a lock washer or spring washer 
is not available a nut often can be kept 
from turning or backing oS by the use 
of a square washer with one corner 
turned up to stop the rotation of the 
nut and another corner turned down to 
keep the washer itself anchored. If 
there is a projecting surface against 
which one edge of the washer can be 
butted it will be even better than a 
turned-down corner, — F, W, Haille Mo- 
tor Co., Buffalo. 



providing the stock ii not too long, is to 
place it vertically in racks. The advan- 
tage of the Utter way is that the weight 
of pieces does not interfere with select- 




Auxiliary Hub for Disabled 

Ford Cars 

(No. 31) 

Bringing in a Ford with an axle shaft 
broken oft close to the wheel may easily 
be done by means of the auxiliary hub 
and wheel shown herewith. This hub is 
Jiachined to take a Ford front wheel and 
is designed to fit into the axle housing 
and over the broken shaft, the roller 
bearing being removed. There is a large 
set screw which allows the hub to be 
clamped to the axle.— M. R. Potter, fore- 
man, Wm. Petry, Inc., Hudson, N. Y. 



r 1 

I t 

> n 

i — i 



Vertical Rack for Storing Bar 
Stock 

(Ho. 32) 

Generally bar stock is carried hori- 
zontally in racks or thrown around on 
the floor. A more convenient method. 




{Ko. 31) 

A TSTtlesI rack tor bar itock ii nwullr mar* 

csBTHiieiit than ■ hotuaau] nek 

ing the piece desired. Such a rack is 
shown herewith, and is made of pine 
boards ^-inch thick.— W. J. Sutherland, 
CenUal Automobile Co., Albany, N. Y, 

Swinging a Door Without 
Using Hinges 

(No. 33) 

An ingenious and yet simple door- 
opening plan has been put into effect 
by M. L. Miller, proprietor of the Free- 
port (larage, Freeport, 111. The door 
IS not hung on hinges. Instead, it is 
suspended from trolleys running on over- 
head rails. There are two trolleys, one 
at each upper corner of the door, and 
they run on rails set at right angles, as 
shown in the illustration. To open the 
door, the handle at the end Y is grasped 
and pulled; to close it the handle at the 
opposite end is pulled. In either case 
a middle handle helps matters. The door 
opens flat against the wall. When closed, 
the trolley X runs to the position shown 
at A and the trolley Y goes to B. Mil- 
ler worked out this arrangement because 
he had to. The door was too big to 
be hung conveniently on hinges, and it 
could not be made to slide without shoot- 
ing it into the proprietor's office. — M. I« 



Making and Using a Motor 
Stethoscope 

(No. 34) 
A powerful stethoscope for locating 
motor knocks can be made at small ex- 
pense. It consists of a cylindrical cham- 
ber about 4 inches in diameter and 4 
inches long, to one end of which is at- 
tached a long rod which touches the 
motor and from the other run two rub- 
ber tubes, one to each ear. The cylin- 
drical chamber may be made of any 
convenient material. The rod end of the 
chamber is made of shim steel .007 inches 
thick, and the end of the rod is at- 
tached to it by riveting. Near the other 
end of the chamber is a copper dia- 
phragm, number 16 gauge. The opera- 
tion of the device is simple. The tubes 
are placed in the ears and the point of 
the rod is rested on the place on the 



car from which the noise seems to be 
coming. The vibrations pass from the 
motor, up along the rod to the steel dia- 
phragm, whose vibrations set the air in 
the chamber in motion so that the cop- 
per diaphragm also vibrates and trans- 
fers the sound to the small chamber 
which communicates with the ear tubes. 
— L. E. Hughest foreman, Troy Auto- 
mobile Exchange, Troy, N. Y. 

[Editor's note— There is no reason 
why this device should not work just as 
well or better without the copper dia- 
phragm, since the movement of the steel 
diaphragm is sufficient to carry the 
sound to the cars.] 

Testing Stand With Revolving 
Drums 

(No. 3» 

(See pile 8) 

Generally a testing stand with revolv- 
ing drums for the rear wheels to rest 
on and a prony brake to supply the load 
is considered laboratory equipment, but 
it has many advantages for the large rc- 
pairshop. The cost is not great and it 
permits adjusting and testing the car 
under accurate conditions; the foreman 
is not obliged to leave the shop with 
the car and the possibility of accident 
is avoided. 

Herewith is shown a testing stand that 
one repairman has found invaluable. The 
general shape is dearljr shown; the pit 
is 4 feet deep, lined with concrete and 
suitabl^r drained. The drums are 36 
inches in diameter, 8 inches wide and are 
mounted on two ball bearings >:apable of 
supporting a load of 4,000 pounds each. 
The tops of the drums are flush with the 
ground. One end of the axle shaft is 
extended and a 30- inch prony brake 




(Ho. S» 
Tialltjr door wlwrt there ii oo room ( 
or ilMe in the oiasJ war 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



drum with a 12-inch face is mounted on 
it. A small platform scales registers 
the pull on the brake arm. • 

After a car has been overhauled it is 
placed on this stand and the rear end is 
fastened to a post so that it will not run 
off. Then it is tested on the different 
gears at different car speeds as regis- 
tered by a speedometer suitably geared 
to the drum shaft. In each case the 
pull on the brake arm is noted, and if 
It is not as great as has been found on 
previous cars of this make and model, 
the reason is found. Of course, it is not 
always possible to compare a car with 
e previous one, but in nine cases out 



to allow the entrance of air. There is 
a valve on both air and gas line to 
control the flow and regulate the flame. 
— Wm. H. G. Heffner, foreman, Albany 
Garage Co., Albany, N. Y. 



of t 



I it i 



If there are no data to go by be- 
cause the car is a new model, the read- 
ings are recorded so that when another 
car of this model is brought in a com- 
parison can be made. This car is then 
given a road test. 

Another good feature of this testing 
apparatus is that the car iijay be in- 
spected with a running load on it, and 
defects in motor, gears et or driving 
mechanism are more readily located.— 
Arthur Youngs, Youngs & Co., New- 
burgh, N. Y. 

Homemade Jig for Reboring 
Cylinders 

(No. 36) 

A very easy jig to make for reboring 
cylinders on a lathe is shown herewith. 
It ji merely an iron casting about l>i 
inches thick with two surfaces at right 
angles. One rests on the lathe carriage 
and is held in place by four dowel pins 
and is clamped by means of several 
clamps. The cylinder is bolted to the 
other surface and the boring is done by 
a tool in the spindle of the lathe.— 
George C. Du Bois, Albany, N. Y. 




1 




AlE 






4 


• L 


-J^ 




uj-^ 






V\ GAS 






X^ 



wedges, are used in the C R. Zacharias 
Garage, As bury Park, N. J., to keep 
cars properly spaced when they are 
backed into their places. The arrange- 
ment is clearly shown in the accompany- 
ing illustration. If a driver is careless 
or lacking in skill he will bring up with 
his rear wheels on one of the wedges 
instead of spoiling a mudgiiard on liis 
own or another car. The proprietor 
states that the capacity of the garage 
has been reduced 2 cars by the wedges; 



(Ha. 11) 

The coit of ■ blowpipe nuds ol plpt fitdnfi is 
■laoit nuthini md It wmka well 

Keeping Tools Where They 
Can Be Found 

(No. 38) 

A great deal of time is wasted in most 
repairshops looking for tools and parts. 
Often the tool is thrown down on a lit- 
tered work bench and when it is needed 
again it takes many minutes to find it. 
The solution is to have a definite place 
for each tool and return the tool to this 
place. The most convenient place to 
carry the tools is in a wall cabinet back 
of the bench. This cabinet may be 
made of white pine, and may be almost 
any width and height and should be 
about 4 inches deep. It may be pro- 
vided with a door swinging upward and 
which may be padlocked. The tools rest 
on nails, and the location of each tool is 
indicated by a pencil outline of il on the 
back of the cabinet. This is made by 
placing the tool flat against the back of 
the box and running a pencil around the 
edge. 

The wall cabinet is much handier than 
a drawer in the bench for if the latter is 
used it is often necessary to move every 
tool in the drawer before the one wanted 
is found. It is easier, also, to hang the 
tool up than it is to open the drawer and 
throw the tool in and close it again. — 
Arthur Cashmore, foreman, Franklin 
Motor Car Co., Albany. N. Y. 

Wedges in Garage Keep Cars 
Separated 

(No. 39) 
Little toncrete piers, shaped like blunt 




it now holds 209 instead of 211. This, 
however, is considerably more than offset 
by the saving due to the reduction of 
damage from collisions when backing in. 
— C. R. Zacharias Garage, Aibury Park, 

Extractor for Broken Grease 
Cup Shanks 
(No. 40) 
_ When a grease cup is broken off it 
19 often a problem to remove the thread- 
ed portion without drilling it out. A 
simple tool by which this part may be 
screwed out consists of a bar of H-iach 
steel stock sharpened at one end to a 
four-sided point. The point is driven 
into the hole in the center of the grease 
cup and fits so tightly that the part is 
easily unscrewed by turning the rod. 
This tool is preferably made out of 
*■'-■- IT Mushet steel, which is both 
id lough.— L. E. Hughes. fore- 



Gas Blowpipe Made of Pipe 
Fittings 

(No. 37) 

A simple blow torch for heating large 
work can be made of scraps of pipe, as 
shown herewith. A 4S-deprec angle 
forms the basis of the device. A yi- 
inch air line and a 1-inch gas line sup- 
ply the mixture and the torch nozzle is 
merely a 1-inch pipe about 7 inches long. 
About 2 .inches from the end of the 
pipe nearest the angle piece, several 5/16 
holes are drilled around the entire pipe 




(Ho J5) 

Squlpmott (er nukini brak* tests ot pMnt dclivtnd br nut whada ol ■ cu. Piony bnk* b 

mmiBtwl id pit and drlvoi tlmuih Ui|> ratln 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



man^ Troy Automobile Exchange. Troy, 

Door Letter Rack for Chauf- 
feurs' Mail 

(No. 41) 

An easily constructed rack for letters 
i« in use at Haradon's Royal Garage, 
21S West 9Sth street. New York. To the 
inside of the office door is secured a strip 
of channel brass, with channeled side up, 
and a few Inches above it is a wire, the 
same length as the channel. Letters for 
chautteurs are dropped edgewise back of 
the wire, resting in the channel. They 
are easily glanced over by men looking 
for their mail, and at the same time the 
tner must come into the oiSce to get 
their letters, as the door opens inward 
and the rack is on the inside.— Wm. M 
Haradon. Royal Garage, 215 West 95th 
street, New York. 

Motor Stand That Is Easily 
Adjustable 

(No. 42) 
A motor stand that is instantly adjuit* 
able to any motor is shown herewith. 
The feature of the device is that the 
changing of bolts or nuts is not re- 
quired to obtain a new adjustment; it 
is merely necessary to loosen the split 
clamp on each side. The motor is sup- 
ported by its arms on two angle mem- 
bers that are pivoted in the frame of the 
stand. These pivots 
motor to be rotated t 
tion, but the angle 
moved in and out to 
any motor. When a suitable position is 
obtained they are clamped in place. — 
Peter Snyder, Hub Garage, Rhmebeck, 
N. Y. 



channel about 4 feet long. The wheels 
are attached to these channels. This 
crane was made from scraps of steel 
around the garage. Hoisting is accom- 
plished by means of a chain tackle which 
IS suspended from a small carriage which 
slides on the I-beam. — Wm. Youngs. 
Youngi & Co., Newbargh, N. Y. 




_t only allc 

a any desired posi- 

membera can be 

': the width of 



Garage Charging Through 
Generator Cutout 

(No. 44) 

An ordinary generator cutout removed 

from a car may be used to advantage in 

preventing batteries on charge from dis- 




p 


i 




i 



<Na. 11} 

A molar pticed Id tliii lUad cia b* adtniMd 

to any poiition by meaoi of ipUt clinpi 

Inexpensive Homemade Trav- 
eling Hoist 

(No. 43) 

A traveling crane is of great use in a 
shop, but ii objectionable on account of 
its expense. On this page is shown a 
home-made design that is simple to make 
and yet has given perfect satisfaction. It 
has a capacity of 2 tons and has a span 
of 10 feet. The traveling member, or 
carriage, consists of an H-shaped struct- 
ural steel frame with a 6-inch wheel at 
each corner. These wheels run on tracks 
made of 3-inch angles which are bolted 
to large wooden beams, as shown. The 
main member of the carriage is 6-inch 
I beam and at each end is bolted a 7-inch 



with thil preoi. which 



charging through the garage motor-gen- 
erator outfit should the latter stop 
through any accident. Suppose, for ex- 
ample, the batteries were left on charge 
all night and that the current supplied 
from the mains should stop flowing for 
a few moments. During this time the 
battery would discharge through the 
generator, and to prevent this an ordi- 
nary automobile cutout may be con- 
nected in the line the same as it would 
be attached to a generator on an auto- 
mobile, so that when the voltage, 
through any accident, drops below that 
of the battery, the circuit is broken and 
the flow of current is stopped. If the 
current is allowed to back up through 
the generator it may. if the volume is 
sufficient, damage the windings seriously. 

Running Charging Dynamo 
From Shop Engine 

(No. 45) 
Where the shop machinery is power- 
driven, it often is possible and profitable 
to install a small battery charging dyna- 
mo which can be run from the main en- 
gine. In this case, however, the garage- 
man has gone this idea one better. Not 
only does he drive his machinery and 
charge batteries with the same engine, 
but he lights the garage as well. The 
engine has twin flywheels. The lighting 
generator and the battery charger are 
mounted on the same base casting, so 
that a belt may be placed over each fly- 
wheel and thence to each generator. As 
most of the battery charging is done at 
night, the expense is very little, as the 
engine must be run any way. — C. H. 
Minchin, Greenwich. Conn. 

Rain Water Not Best for 
Battery Flushing 

(No. 46) 

Distilled water is preferable to raic 
water for storage batteries for the rea- 
son that the latter contains whatever 
dust and dirt there is on the roof or in 
the cistern or rain-barrel. Also, rain 
water may have more or less rust in it; 
this is very harmful. — H. Kruger, Stor- 
age Battery Service Station. Albany, 



Thirty-ton Arbor Press Made 
for $15 

(No. 47) 
A 30-ton arbor press that cost less 




Wcdsc-ahaptd coaeret* pi 



10 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



than $15 is shown herewith. The cost 
of the labor is not considered because 
the work was done during odd moments. 
The principal items of expense are the 
castings top and bottom, which costs 
about $10. The lower casting has a U- 
shaped notch in it to allow clearance for 
a shaft that is being pressed out of a 
hub. The heavy steel uprights connect' 
ing the top and bottom castings are 3^ 
inches in diameter and the screw is 2^ 
inches. The press proper is carried on 
a comparatively light framework of 
angle iron. — Peter Snyder, Hub Garage, 
Rhincbeck, N. Y. 

Crankshaft End Play Causes 
Motor Knock 

(No. 48) 

A mysterious motor knock, puzzling to 
many, repairmen, will often be found to 
be caused by end play in the crankshaft. 
It sounds similar to a piston slap. — L. 
A. Miller, Close Bros., Schenectady, 
N. Y. 

Lifting Front End of Car 
When Towing In 

(No. 49) 

For bringing in cars with broken axles, 
wheels and steering gears, there is much 
to recommend the lifting of the disabled 
end off the ground entirely and support- 
ing it by the tow car. This is espe- 
cially true with the lighter cars, the 
heavier ones putting an undesirable 
strain, many believe, on the tow car. 
Herewith is shown a steel cradle which 
will support the front or rear of any 
car by the axle. The axle rests in the 
hooked members and is put in place by 
means of jacks. The construction of 
this cradle is clearly shown and it is 
made of i x 2-inch bar stock. — M. R. 
Potter, foreman, Wm. Petry, Inc., Hud- 
son, N. Y. 



ess- 




.AXLE or DISABLED 

CAR nsomn, 



(No. 49) 

The front axle of a diiablcd car ia carried in 

the cradle on the back of the towins car 

Old Piston and Rings Good for 
Farm Engines 

(No. 50) 

Old piston rings and pistons may be 
utilized by selling them to farmers for 
their gas engines. Many farmers object 
to spending money for new parts for this 
purpose and are satisfied to take old au- 
tomobile parts the same size. By keep- 
ing' all old pistons and rings, suitable 
parts for almost any engine can be fur- 
nished.— Wm. Petry, Hudson, N. Y. 



Two-part Tool for Compr 
ing Piston Rings 

(No. 51) 

For compressing piston rings there is 
nothing simpler than the tool shown 
herewith. It consists of two semi-cir- 
cular members with suitable handles. To 
compress a ring one member is grasped 
in each hand, the ring is enclosed, and 
pressure applied. — L. A. Miller, Close 
Bros., Schenectady, N. Y. 




(No. SI) 

A piaton ring tool that doea iu work quicklj 

and requires no adjusting 

Rough But Convenient Bins 
for Storage 

(No. 52) 

Parts of any kind are best kept in bins 
made for their reception. These may 
be made of rough planks. A number of 
bins will elevate what was originally a 
mere junk-pile into a well-kept and or- 
derly shop. These bins are made of ^- 
inch rough boards and each is numbered. 
The parts in the bins are correspond- 
ingly numbered in an index book, mak- 
ing it a simple matter to locate any par- 
ticular part. In the same book, the cost 
price of the part as well as the selling 
price is noted. *^ By carrying the principle 
a little further and entering in the book 
the numbers of parts received, the] num- 
bers sent out and the dates, what is vir- 
tually a perpetual inventory will be main- 
tained and there will be no necessity for 
counting the parts in the bins whenever 
it is desired to know what there is on 
hand. — Meehl's Garage, Greenwich, 
Conn. 




(No. S4) 

The lamp lights when the door ia o p sa a d and 
goes out the insunt the door is closed 



Clearing Out Motor Before 
Burning Carbon 

(No. 53) 

To guard against a possible fire, when 
burning out carbon, it is well to crank 
the motor over a few times after remov- 
ing the valve caps and before using the 
oxygen. This rids the cylinders of any 
combustible mixture remaining from the 
last time the motor was operated, and 
which might produce an explosion which 
might cause a fire. The fall of sparks 
into the mud pan should be prevented by 
placing sheet asbestos about yi inch 
thick all around the motor. — H. T. Bar- 
well, foreman. Sweeny & Nail, Brook- 
lyn, N. Y. 

Automatic Door Switch Any- 
one Can Make 

(No. 54) 

Electric light bills can be reduced by 
means of the automatic door switch 
shown herewith. It is for the purpose 
of turning on the light into a dark store- 
room or closet, when the door is opened 
and shutting it off when closed. 

The switch consists of two pieces of 
hard rolled sheet copper of about 20 
gauge bent as illustrated and attached to 
a fibre block. When the door is closed 
these pieces lire lorced apart by the 
wooden wedge placed on the door, and 
when the door is opened the wedge is 
pulled out and the two parts come to- 
gether completing the circuit and turn- 
ing on the light. — Amos Post, Catskill, 
N. Y. 

An Elevating Garage Door 

(No. 55) 

A satisfactory door for a garage en- 
trance is often a problem. If there are 
large plate glass windows at either side, 
whether a swinging or sliding door is 
used, the view through the wmdows is 
partly or wholly cut off; generally there 
is no room for a door sliding upward 
so the best solution is a door swinging 
upward. Such a door is shown here- 
with. It is hinged at the top and a little 
above its center and the lower edge has 
a roller at each side which runs on an 
iron track. The weight of the door is 
sufficient to keep the wheels on the 
tracks. The door is counter-weighted, 
as shown, so that it takes very little 
effort to open or close it. The only ob- 
jection to this form of door is the pos- 
sibility of the counter-weight cable 
breaking and the door falling, and for 
this reason the counter-weights should 
be very carefully attached and two cables 
should be used, either one capable of 
carrying the whole load. In addition, a 
catch should be provided, as shown, to 
hold the door in its open position. — C. 
F. Dromm, Dromm's Garage, Schenec- 
tady, N. Y. 

Make Parts in Waste Time 

(No. 56) 

Making simple automobile parts is an 
excellent way to utilize mechanics' time 
during slack period. Ford axle shafts 
and other parts can easily be made on a 
lathe; valves for small cars can be pro- 
duced from discarded valves from large 
cars. For example: a Hupmobile 32- 
valve might be turned down into a Ford 
Talve. — Wm. Petry, Hudson, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE RBPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 



Stand in Which a Motor Can 
Be Reversed 

(No. 57) 

A motor stand that is not only k<l}uai> 
able as to width but also allows the turn- 
ing of the motor upside down, is shown 
in No. 57. It is made of structural steel 
and steel stock, and the construction and 
dimensions are clearly shown.^1. S. 
Rerosen Co., Brooklyn, N. Y. 




Testing Tightness o£ Newly 
Ground Valves 

(No. 58) 
When grinding a valve, the fact that 
both valve and seat show gray is not a 
positive indication that the valve is tight; 
It may be ,01 inch off on one side and an 
elusive leak will be the result. A deli- 
cate test to determine whether the valve 
is tight is to clean it and the seat thor- 
oughly and then rub the dry valve on the 
seat; if contact is complete all around 
and the valve is tight, both valve and 
seat will be polished perceptibly all 
around. — August W. Larson, repairshop, 
Brooklyn. N. Y. 

Automatically Closed Door 

(No. 59) 
Where swinging doo s are used on 
elevator shafts an automat c means of 
closing them is a decided conven ence 
not only saving time but el m na ng the 
human element so that he danger of 
someone forgetting to c ose he doors 
and the possibility of a man fal ng nto 
the shaft is avoided. The a company ng 
sketch shows an arrangement whe eby 
the door closes as soon as he eleva o 
moves away from the floo The doo s 
are normally held closed by wo sp ngs 
and when they are opened a e he d by 
the lever A catching beh itd he b ock 
B. During this time the sp ng C s 
exerting a strong pull on h s le e and 
the tendency is for it o mo e o he 
right. This spring tension s ma n a ned 
as long as the foot E is n con ac w h 
the lop of the cam F. wh ch s on he 
elevator. As soon, howe e as the e c 
vator moves away from he floo h s 
tension is removed and he le e A s 
pulled to the left by spr ng G mo ng 
the lever out of contact with the block , 
B and allowing the door to swing closed. 
—Ernest M.' Goold, The Goold Co., 
Albany, N. Y. 



1 


SHAFT 

CHAIH 
/ SPEINC- 


it Door 


B- BKMK ON noOR 


^^W tUVATOR 



(No. sn 

Thii iwinclni tlcraldt d»or cloMi ■utom>tle> 
•llj whta tlw car )>■▼«« ■ toot 

Supporting a Wrecked Car 
(No. 60) 

A tow-car wrecking crane that holds 
the disabled end of the wrecked car off 
the ground while it is towed in is shown 
herewith. The windlass is geared low 
so that one man can handle a car of any 
size, if necessary. The windlass is just 
to pull the wrecked car up close and 
tlie actual lifting is done by a chain 
tackle attached to the crane.— J, C, 
Hodges, Saratoga Springs, N. Y. 




(No. «) 

Th* Imt c( ■ wteckcd ear under tow can be 

lupponed with ID amniemeDt like this 

Bolt Makes a Ho'sting Hook 

(No 61) 

A s mple hook o be used n ho st ng 

may be made of a e y ong ca age 

bo and a p ece o fla ee bent n he 

fo m of an L as us a cd he ew tb. 




(No. fli) 

Holatini hoak nude ol a Ions carria(c bolt and 

a piece of bent bar itcel 

The flat steel should be approximately 
8 inches long by 2 inches wide and per- 
haps ^ Inch thick. At the bottom a 
round hole is drilled to receive the rope. 
A second hole, a little further up, is 
drilled to receive the threaded end of 
the carriage boll. The other end of the 
bolt is bent into a hook as illustrated and 
is caught over one edge of the I-beanL 
A hook of this kind will support a con- 
siderable load. — Fairfield Auto Co., 
Bridgeport, Conn. 

Two Kinds of Axle Supports 

(No. 62) 
Two t^pes of supports to use under a 
car that is having work done on the run- 
ning gear are shown herewith. One has 
casters so that the car can be moved. 
Both devices are so simple that they 
need no explanation further than to say 
that 2x4 and 4x4 inch stock is used 
as indicated. The advantage of these 
stands is that they provide a safe means 
for supporting the car; there is no dan- 
ger of it toppling over.— H. W. York, 
foreman. Van Motor Co., Newburgh, 
N. Y. 

Handy Dissassembling Stand 

(No. 63) 
An excellent motor stand which wilt 
hold all of the various motor parts which 
may be removed and will hold the motor 
as well is illustrated herewith. This can 
be made of 2 x 4^8 and will provide a 
place for all of the small parts which 
ordinarily would clutter up the floor or 
the bench. The construction of this stand 
requires scarcely any explanation. The 
platforn: at the top is for the motor 
and beside it there is a well about 6 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




supplied. A home-made device for this 
purpose is illustrated herewith. The two 
coils' in this case were taken from an 
old arc light and the switch was made 
from the parts of an old discarded switch 
used for another purpose. In use, the 
two contacts of the switch are placed 
in series on the battery charging line. 
Then when the switch is closed the cur- 
rent flowing through the coils will cause 
the switch to remain closed because of 
the pull of the magnets. Immediately 
the current fails, the switch will open by 
(fravity, thus protecting the battery. — 
Chas. H. Parker Garage, Middlctown, 
Conn. 



inches deep to hold many nf the smaller 
parts. Under this there is a shelf and 
below the shelf there is a tall bin and 
a number of partitioned spaces. Be- 
neath the motor there are a number of 
other shelves which can be used for 
small parts. Where a number of jobs 
are b'emg done at once it is a good plan 
to number each and to put the number 
on the motor stand. In this way much 
confusion can be eliminated. — Blue Rib- 
bon Garage, Bridgeport, Conn, 



^i\ 


0^.-^-^:5 


^===^ 






B 


^ 


i 

r^ 


B 




\i\ 






* 


* 


m 


tM\ 


U^ 


H 




W^ 






/y/i^ 




y/r 


^^■^ 1 



^^ 1 ^ 




Mil i 


/ 



Thi. 


mupport hold* the 


heiibt lot work 


i'.' 


— ' 


-^ 


? 


*-. TEKMlNALi 


li 




c 


'<s 


^ 






IRON .--<? 
AKRATURE ^;^, 





Holder for Ford Rear Axle 

(No. 64) 
Work on Ford axles is facilitated by 
the use of the stand shown. It allows 
the mechanic to work without bending 
over and supports each part of the axle 
independently so that there is no extra 
eftort required in holding the different 
parts in place while putting them to- 
gether. The stand may be made out of 
wood or metal, cither flat bar stock or 
pipe being used. — H. W. York, foreman. 
Van Motor Co., Newburgh, N. Y. 



Homemade Charging Cut-out 

(No. 65) 

rage batteric: 
directly from the electric lighting 
there is grave danger that the battery 
will be discharged should the current for 
in^ reason fail. To obviate this possi- 



bility some s 



of a cut-o 



(Nd. es) 

Detail* of battcrr chargist cut-out which ap«T> 

■te* ■utomitically If cumat fail* 

Holding Doors for Painting 

(No. 66) 
Ordinarily it is a more or less difficult 
job to hold a door which is being painted. 
Illustrated herewith is a simple stand 
which has been designed particularly for 
this purpose and which will hold the door 
in such a way that it can be easily 
worked upon yet the paint will not be 
harmed. The base may be nothing more 
than a square piece of lumber approxi- 
mately 4 inches thick with a rectangular 
hole in the center in which the central 
pole is mounted. At the top there is 
a second rectangular piece with a num- 
ber of hooks, as illustrated, which hold 
the door in position while being painted. 
— Blue Ribbon Garage, Bridgeport, Conn. 

Drawers for Small Tools 

(No. 67) 

The doctrine of a place for everything 

and everything in its place is materially 

assisted by having a set of small drawers 

like those illustrated herewith at the 

should be back of the work-bench. These give the 




workman a pi; 
tools and a pli 
Stantly. The ■ 
scraps of wood 
ferably should 



be pi; 



trouble of 



for every one of bis 
which he can lind in- 

•und the shop and pre- 
:d about 12 inches 



above the work-b 
beneath them can be used. Each indi- 
vidual drawer should be approximately 
4 inches square and perhaps 8 inches 
deep in order that some of the longer 
tools can be placed in it. — O'Connell'a 
Garage, Bridgeport, Conn. 




kept In amall dii 



Making Chamois Last Longer 

(No. 68) 
The life of a chamois is generally 
limited because of the hard wear it gets. 
It is an excellent plan to use an old, 
worn-out clothes wringer to remove the 
surplus water from chamois. Much of 
the wear on chamois comes from being 
wrung out in the hands of the washer. 
Using an old wringer will eliminate 
wear. — Aston Motor Car Co., Bridgeport, 

Art Gum for Cleaning Cloth 

(No. 69) 
Spots in cloth upholstery of closed 
cars may be removed by rubbing with 
art gum, which may be purchased at 
most stationery stores. Art gum is a 
rubber-like substance and is used on the 
fabric the same as an ordinary eraser. — 
L. £. Hughes, foreman, Troy Auto Ex- 
change, Troy, N. Y. 

Attic Storage for Bodies 

(No. 70) 
In the ordinary one-story garage with 
a peaked roof there usually is much 
space between the roof and the sup- 
porting beams which is not used. There 
IS illustrated herewith one method that 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



IS 



bas been adopted by a wideawake garage- 
man for putting this waste space to 
use. During the summer montha he 
hoists the winter bodies up to this space 
and securely fastens them in place. Here 
they take up no room that would be 
otherwise used, are out of the way and 
secure from damage. In the winter 
months the summer bodies are stored in 
the same way. — F. Sbolz, Bridgeport, 




(Ho. TO) 

The ipaec under the tool ollen can be uMd to 

■d«4BUge for (toiinc cu bodiea 

Sheet Zinc Bench Covering 

(No. 71) 
Sheet zinif 1/32 inch thick makes an 
excellent covering for the work bench, 
not only protecting tbe bench at.d pro- 
longing its life, but also providing a 
cleaner surface to work on. 

Receptacles for Small Parts 

(No. 72) 
Accessories undergoing repairs can 
best be handled and transported in small 
pans or boxes. Magnetos, for example, 
can be taktn care of in bread pans 8 x 
15 inches, and costing 10 cents. The 
advantage of using a pan is that it keeps 
the magneto parts together when it is 
disassembled; there is no time wasted 
in looking for lost screws, and no money 
spent in replacing lost parts; everything 
is in the pan. When new parts are put 
in the old ones are left in the pan and 
charges for new parts made according to 
the old ones left over. For the same 
reasons pans may be used for carbu- 
reters, shock absorbers and even starl- 
ing-lighting units, although boxes would 
be just as desirable for the latter. — Jos. 
M. Maier, magneto repairshop, Newark, 
N.J. 

Nipping Fire in the Bud 

(No. 73) 
The danger of fire when burning the 
carbon out of the cylinders can be elim- 
inated by shooting some P^rene into the 
pan before the operation is started. — L. 
E. Hughes, foreman, Troy Auto Ex- 
change, Troy, N. Y. 

Card File for Keeping Time 

(No. 74) 
Accurate time keeping in a small re- 
pairshop can t>e accomplished by the use 
of a card file. Whenever a job is started 
the mechanic makes out a card and 
records the time. If he is called away 
Irom this work, even for a few 



to adjust a carbureter, for example, he 
jots down the lime of leaving and re- 
turning. The file is on the work bench 
and is accessible to all and the correct- 
ness of the records are checked period- 
ically by the proprietor so that there is 
little chance for error.— P. T. Ryan, 
Ryan's Garage, Troy, N. Y. 

Recharger for Weak Magnets 

(No. 75) 
A magnet recharger which will quickly 
energize an^ type of magnet and which 
operates with four 6-voIt storage bat- 
teries in series is shown herewith. The 
Lores are l>i inches in diameier-and 5 
inches long and are made up of bundles 
of soft iron wire 3/16 inch in diameter. 
Each bundle is bound together with fine 
wire and the whole is soldered. Around 
each core is wound 500 feet of No. 16 
gauge copper wire. In setting these two 
coils up be careful to have them properly 
connected. With the windings of both 
coils running in the same direction, the 
bottom wire of one coil should connect 
with the top of the other. The magnets 
may be charged by contact by using the 
instrument just as it is, but the cores are 
removable so that the magnet may be 
placed right in the coils. To charge the 
magnets the switch is closed three times 
for S seconds each, and the magnets are 
gently tapped during this period, A 




(No. 7i) 

This eully nude recbiriir wUl put new lUe 

Into miEatto mafseli 




(No. Tfl) 

Center hole ii uted tot * coocentriied fire and 

end holei with ii lor a loot fire 

Universar Tuyere for Forge 

(No. 76) 

A new type of blacksmith's universal 
tuyere is illustrated herewith. Its ad- 
vantage lies in the fact that it may be 
used for a small, concentrated fire or tor 
a large fire suitable for heating large 
pieces. It is little more than a long, 
rectan^lar iron casting, perhaps SO 
inches m length and 8 inches square. The 
ends are left open. There are three holes 
through which the air reaches the fire. 



the larger hole, which is rectangular, be- 
ing in the center, with two smaller cir- 
cular holes, one at either end. When 
only a small fire is required the two cir- 
cular holes are plugged with iron plugs 
and the fire is then concentrated in the 
center. For long pieces, the plugs are 
removed from the circular holes. When 
the tuyere is in use the holes at the end 
are plugged with hardwood plugs, the 
object in having them removable being 
to permit the easy removal of ashes 
which drop through the large rectangular 
hole in the center.— Young & Hart- 
wright. Stamford. Conn. 

Wrenches Made from Tubing 
(No. 77) 
Scraps of Steel tubing, such as drive 
shaft tubing, can be used to advantage 
in making socket wrenches. The tub- 
ing is cut into suitable lengths and one 
end is formed to the hexagonal shape 
of the nut by heating it to a red heat, 
slipping it over two castellated nuts, 
brought face to face, and hammering it 
to the desired form. Castellated nuts 
are used because their faces are smooth 
and flat from end to end. A handle is 

6 laced on the opposite end — L. E. 
[ughes, foreman, Troy Auto Exchange, 
Troy, N. Y. 

Locating Fire Extinguishers 

(No. 78) 
To make readily distinguishable the 
location of fire extinguishers it is an ex- 
cellent plan to paint a bright red circle 
on the wall behind them. This serves 
also to indicate that an extinguisher is 
missing should a workman forget to re- 
turn it promptly to its place. — Blue Rib- 
bon Garage, Bridgeport, Conn. 

Truck for Wheel Removal 

(No. 79) ' 

One man can remove a truck wheel 
by means of an adjustable skid mounted 
on casters. The wheel is jacked a little 
over 2 inches from the floor and the 
skid is slid under. The distance between 
the two wedge blocks is then reduced 
until the weight of the wheel is carried 
on the sk\d instead of on the axle bear- 
ings. The skid may then be pulled out 
with the wheel. The wheel may be 
removed from the skid by pulling out 
the block on the left and rollinir the 
wheel off of that end. Before this can 
he done the weidht of the wheel must 
be transferred from the blocks to the 
skid frame by backing ofi the block on 
the right. Putting on the wheel is jost 
the reverse of the operation just de- 
scribed. The construction of the skid 
is clearly shown and all dimensions are 

This skid is an adaptation made by 
John Mussler, of the Eliis Motor Car 
Co., Newark, N, J., of a design brought 
out by the Picrce-Arrow Motor Car Co. 
and is a real labor-saving device that is 
not difficult to make in an ordinary shop. 

Grinding Tool for Ford Valves 

(No. 80) 
An excellent Ford valve grinding tool 

can be made with little trouble from a 
Ford carbureter adjusting rod. The fork 
in the latter must be narrowed slightly 
to fit the valves and then the rod is cur 
off short, Haticned and sharpened, and 
then driven into a lile handle.— T. L. 
Gracey, Argyle Garage. Brooklyn, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIBSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




(Na 79) 
A llttl* cuMt track tbit oublM an* 
T*BO*< ■ lwaT7 wfaHl without dtnctdtr 




Tool for Carbureter Nozzles 

(No. 81) 
An L-shaped piece of bar stock J^ 
inch in diameter and flattened at one end 
i$ superior to a screw driver for remov- 
ing no z lies from carbureters such as the 
StromberK. The advantage of this tool 
is that it is easier to apply pressure and 
a greater purchase for turning can be 
obtained — T. L. Gracey, foreman, Ar- 
gyle Garage, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Stuffing Box for Valve Stems 

(No. 82} 
Leaky intake valve guides in an over- 
head motor can be simply and easily 
remedied, providing there is sufficient 
stock for the work, by placing a small 
stuffing box in the cage. The method 
illustrated herewith was devised for use 
on Reo cars though it might be made to 
work on other cars. The valve cage is 
removed and the valve stem guide drilled 
larger to a depth of 1 inch, leaving a 
small shoulder at the bottom. The hole 
is then threaded. The removable por- 
tion which serves as the new guide is 
correspondingly threaded and a small 
cup-like depression is left at the bottom 
to act as the stufling box. For packing, 
a few strands of asbestos thread lubn- 
i:ated with graphite grease is used. The 
work can be done at a profit at $1 per 
cylinder, — C. J. Gowrie, manager, Reo 
Service Station, Hartford, Conn. 

Protecting Painted Fenders 

(No. 83) 
To prevent dust from settling on newly 
Tarnished fenders place them on a table 
•o that their surfaces are vertical and 
clamp them in this position. No matter 
how much care is taken there is usually 
some dirt in the drying room; it does 
not settle on the body because the sur- 
faces are vertical or nearly so, but it does 
collect on the fenders because they are 
generally laid flat.— W. E. Howe, Troy 
Auto Exchange, Cohoes. N. Y. 



■tsp IcskiDS 

Puller for Bolts and Bushings 

(No. 84) 
The employment of special pullers for 
spring bolts, bushings and other similar 
parts will result in considerable laving 
of time, especially when many cars of 
one make are being repaired. The bolt 
puller has an internal thread on one end 
which screws over the bolt, then a large 
sleeve is placed over this member, and 
finally a "washer and nut are put on. 
Screwing down on the nut pulls out the 
bolt.— John Mussler, Ellis Motor Car Co., 
Newark, N. J. 



parts by grinding when there is no 
grinding machine available — probably it 
would not pay to have one for the 
amonnt of work done. If there ia an 
electric drill in the shop this may be 
brought into service for certain classes 
of work by placing an emery wheel on 
the drill spindle and supporting the 
whole on the tool post of the lathe. 
This is accomplished by fitting a rect- 
angular bar the size of a lathe tool to 
the case of the drill motor and then this 
bar is slipped into the tool post. — M. K. 
Potter, foreman, Wm. Petry, Inc., Hud- 
son, N. Y. 

Junk Bin With Bottom Door 

(No. 88) 
Ten dollars per month is made by this 
junk box! It is constructed of ordinary 
^•inch boards and has two compart- 
ments, one for brass and aluminum and 
the other for iron and steel. The mate- 
rial is removed through a large door in 
the bottom which is ordinarily held 
closed by means of a large board latch, 
as shown. The particular advantage of 
the bin is that it keeps separate the iron 
chips and the brass and aluminum ones. 
These are sold separately as scrap. 
When sold together their value is much 
less. — W. W. Mitchell, superintendent, 
Garford Motor Truck Co., Newark, N. J. 




{Mo. u) 

Puller for (priat bolti, buihldgi and other 
unill putL Thii ii ■ tlmi wrer 

Parts Records Save Money 

(No. 85) 
A file of parts books is almoAt an in- 
dispensable adjunct -to the up-to-date 
garage. It reduces the time and chances 
of error in ordering the part because 
its correct name and code word can be 
used. In estimating repair work il also 
is a big help. When in doubt as to 
whether to buy or make a certain part 
this file will quickly show which is 
cheaper.— Wm. Petry, Hudson, N. Y. 

Keeping Oil Clean and Handv 

(No. 86) 
Oil that is used in the shop should be 
kept clean and should be handy for the 
workmen. One garageman has made use 
of an old coffee can that had been dis- 
carded by a restaurant. The can is placed 
on a shelf near the work-bench. The 
cock permits just the right amount to 
be drawn; no oil is wasted through being 
spilled, and the oil is kept clean. — Allen 
Bros. Garage, Greenwich, Conn. 

Homemade Tool Post Grinder 

(No. 87) 

Often it is necessary to finish small 




Clamp for Inserting Bolts 

(No. 89) 
For inserting spring bolts an orditiary 
C clamp can be used to excellent ad- 
vantage in bringing the holes into align- 
ment. The clamp should be provided 
with curved ends so that it will fit the 
rounded spring extremities without dan- 
ger of slipping. — John Mussler, Ellis Mo- 
tor Car Co., Newark, N. J. 

Facing Bosses in Drill Press 

(No, 90) 

A drill press may be used for machin- 
ing the faces of piston bosses by means 
of the arrangement shown herewith. A 
tube the size of the wrist-pin is placed 
in the piston and in a slot in this tube 
ia inserted the cutting tool. One end 
of the tube is pinned to a rod which is 
fastened in the chuck of the drill spindle. 
— Arthur Cashmore, foreman, Franklin 
Motor Car Co., Albany, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 





(Ne. 91) 

Lippinf tool nude ol two grooved wood Uoeka 

with rficet itccl budlct 

Piston Ring Tool of Wire 

(No. 92) 

Probably the simplest tool for insert- 
ing piston rings is made of 2 piece of 
stifi iron wire bent in the shape shown. 
This is slipped over piston and ring, the 
ring being compressed by drawing the 
handles together. The tool can be used 
with one hand, leaving the other hand 
free to guide the piston or push it up 
into the cylinder.— W. S. Reynolds. Mid- 
dletown, Conn. 

Opening the Garage Doors 

(No. 93} 

Counterweights can be used to open 
garage doors from the office or from the 
Tear, thus making it unnecessary for a 
workman to leave his job. For the pur- 
pose a catch can be made out of -odds 
and ends, at ihown. The upper mem- 





■ 






1 / 


/I 


^ 


'TUBE 


1 








tfml \ 








m 




1 


i 


'^^^ ^^^ 


(&iei 


•^^44^^ 


/? 


1^ 



(No. M) 
Facial too) for piilon bon*> nied in ! 
routed br drill pieu s^nd] 
ber, fastened to the door jamb, 
heavy so that its weight elim' 
need for a spring. — Maltbii 
Waterbury, Conn. 



Crankshaft Lapping Tool 

(No. 91) 

A satisfactory tool for lapping crank- 
shafts consists of two blocks of hard 
wood, hollowed out to fit over the crank- 
shaft journals and hinged by means ol 
three pieces of belt lacing, which are 
fastened in place with tacks. The finest 
grade of emery cloth is used between 
the blocks and the shafts and a liberal 
amount of oil should be applied. Pres- 
sure is applied by means of handles 
which are made from sheet steel 1/16 
thick. The handles are taped.— T. L. 
Gracey, foreman, Argyle Garage, Brook- 
lyn, N. Y. 





iTKino TO omci: 


^ 




7 

CATCH 


I^B 






^^moK 




1 




(No. K) 

A piMi ol good Mont ipriagjr wire c«B be Dado 

lata ■ uHtul piitoa ring tool 

men; if there is enough of it there is dan- 

Ser of its becoming ignited if an open 
ame of any kind is used. 

Bench Boxes for Small Parts 

(No. M> 

Small boxes at the back of a work- 
bench form excellent receptacles for 
small tools and nuts and bolts. These 
can be made in the shop. A simpler 
method is to obtain a number of empty 
cigar boxes, which are always available. 
The sides should be planed down slightly 
to make the front lower than the back 
and thus make access easy. — John B. 
Dutting, Middletown, Conn. 



<No. 9S) 

Latch iiitd In opening gmge dear from office. 

Pulling itrlBg releiHi eitcb 

Eievator Warning Signal 

(No. 94) 
In railroad parlance, a "tickler" is a 
wire stretched across the tracks ap- 
proaching a bridge and having a number 
of wires or short ropes hanging from tt 
to warn brakemen to duck and save their 

The same idea can easily be applied 
to elevators. Short ropes, or preferably 
short lengths of chain, can be attached 
to the front edge so that as the ele- 
vator descends anyone looking into the 
shaft will be warned of its approach 
in time to draw back. — Elton Garage, 
Waterbury, Conn. 

Ventilating the Repair Pit 

(No. 95) 
In warm weather a repair pit often be- 
comes a place almost unbearable to work 
in, especially if there is work to be done 
in a hurry. A great improvement can be 
brought about by putting an electric fan 
in the pit to keep the air in circulation. 
Not only does it make the men more 
comfortable, but it permits more ener- 
getic and rapid work and is well worth 
while on this account. The fan becomes 
not only a convenience and a comfort, 
but a real "safely first" device it there is 
gasoline vapor in the garage, for the 
vapor, being heavier than air, naturally 
settles in the pit and is breathed by the 




Chicken Wire for Partitions 

(No. 97) 

Accessory stock room bins can best 
be divided by means of ordinary chicken 
wire. It is cheaper than a wooden par- 
tition, easier to install, and takes up less 
room. How the wire is used is clearly 
shown in the illustration.- Justus & 
Parker Co Columbus O 




Screening Elevator Weights 

(No. 98) 

Where elevators are counterweigh ted, 
the shaft in which the weight moves 
should be screened for approximately 6 
feet from the bottom. This will prevent 
accidents to workmen who might find 
occasion to enter the elevator shaft and 
will also prevent damage to parts that 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



might otherwise drop down the shaft 
and fall under the descending' weight. — 
Elton Garage, Waterbury, Conn. 

Tire Rack of Wood and Iron 

<No. 99) 

An excellent tire rack can be made of 
four 2 X 4's of any suitable length and 
a number of ordinary ^-inch round iron 

The 2x4'a are drilled half through at 
regular intervals, corresponding to the 
width of a tire, and the rods, cut to the 
proper length, inserted. Four of the rods 
are left long and the holes drilled clear 
through the 2 x 4's. The ends of the 
rods are threaded for standard size nuts, 
to hold the rack together. Washers 
should be interposed between the nuts 
and the wood to prevent the nuts from 
sinking in too deeply and allowing the 
nuts to loosen,— E. V. Pratt, Mutual 
Garage, Torrington, Conn. 



more cheaply than they can be bought. 
The valve forgjngs can be purchased in 
the rough from a .drop forging manufac- 
turer and the valves turned up on a 
tathe. The most difficult part of the 
work is in cutting the slot for the spring 
seat key and this can very readily be 
done in a drill press if a small jig for 
guiding the drill is made. The jig con- 
sists of a piece of steel bored out to 
slip over the valve stem. Three holes 
are drilled in one end to act subse- 
quently as drill guides. There is a set 
screw to clamp the jig firmly and a stop 




(No. 99) 

e tack !■ midt of 2 i 4'i and 
erdloatr H-ioc'i rsuod iron 

Hoist for Lifting Motors 

(No. 100} 

e motors out 

wooden bars as illustrated. This should 
be wide enough to clear the fenders and, 
as it is equipped with castors, it can be 
moved over the engine hood and the 
motor lifted out bodTly. The weight of 
a motor maktfs it imperative that the 
apparatus be firmly braced a> shown. — 
Tucker Garage, Middletown, Conn. 




Cutting Slots in Valve Stems 

(No. 101) 
Valves for old cars often can be made 



screw at one end t 
the jig will slip oi 

In using the jig the first step is to 
adjust the stop screw so that the guide 
holes are at the proper point on the 
stem. Then the jig is clamped and the 
three holes drilled; the set screw is loos- 
ened and the jig moved back so thai 
two of the Jig holes are over the spaces 
between the holes just drilled in the 
stem. Two holes are drilled at this 
point, and then the jig is removed. The 
five holes thus drilled so close together 
produce a satisfactory slot for the valve 
spring key. — August W. Larson, repair- 
shop, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Steady Standing Screw Jacks 

(No. 102} 

A screw jack that is not likely to top- 
ple over because of its broad base is illus- 
trated herewith. The base and the sup- 
port for the screw itself are an iron 
casting and the two are connected by 
three legs made of l^^-inch pipe screwed 
into place. 

The jack is provided with a ratchet 
and a short handle into which may be 
inserted a bar of any length desired. — 
J. O, Steele, Fourth-Chestnut Auto Re- 
pair Co., Columbus, O. 



Valve spring Removing Tool 

(No. 103} 

An excellent type of valve remover la 
shown in the accompanying illustration. 
Its construction is so simple as to re- 
quire no explanation. Since the com- 
pressing of the valve spring is actually 
done by the screw, both hands are free 
for work. — Clyde Ward, foreman, Frank 
P. Beck. Marion. O. 




Hand Truck for Oxygen Tank 

(No. 104) 

A hand truck for transporting an 
oxygen tank about the shop is here illus- 
trated. It resembles the ordinary hand 
truck except that it is smaller. There 
are two projections at the bottom which 
not only support the tank when vertical, 
but also serve to balance the truck. 

The tank is held in place by two steel 
bands and can be removed when empty 
by pulling it up. — V. L. Warren, Ashta- 
bula Garage, Ashtabula, O. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



One-piece Valve Remover 

(No. 105) 
The simplest sort of valve spring re- 
mover is the single piece of metal illus- 
trated. Its form is clearly shown, and it 
is put in place between the top of the 
push rod guide and the valve spring seat 
when the valve is open. Then a half 
turn of the motor closes the valve and 
leaves the key free. — Clyde Ward, fore- 
man, Frank P. Beck. Marion, O. 



c 
c 


i 


3 


m f, 




/ 




\ 


_> 




C 




3 







■way tioDi key whta motat li tutned 

Whiffletree for Lifting Car 

<No. 106) 

In doing work on the springs or axles 
of the car It is sometimes desirable to 
remove the weight from all four wheels 
at once. This can very easily be done 
by using a portable crane and hoisting 
the car up from its center of gravity — a 
point near the center of the chassis and 
probably just back of the front seat. 

The only difficulty is in obtaining a 
firm hold on the car, and for this purpose 
a whiffletree is used. It consists of a 
wood beam 3 it 6 inches and 3 feet long, 
with a 3-foot chain with a hook on the 
end attached to each extremity. The 
center of the whifReiree has an eye 
which is attached to the crane hook. 

The tonneau floor hoards are taken 
out and the whiffletree hooks are caught 
in the side frame members, and then the 
car may he lifted.— O. Osborne, Cos- 
grove & Osborne. Zanesville, O. 



Cheaply Made Carbon Brushes 

(No. 107) 

Brushes for starting motors and light- 
ing generators can be made at a total 
cost of 25 cents each by buying large 
blocks of brush carbon and sawing them 
up. These brushes are satisfactory in 
every way, and consijlering that the re- 
tail price varies from 50 cents to $I.SO, 
there is a considerable profit to be made. 
Furthermore, a serious delay can often 
be avoided, as it is not desirable to 
stock brushes for which the demand is 

A fine grade of brush carbon is pur- 
chased in a block of convenient size— 




A whlfBctiH and 



(No. lOE) 

■ pair of hoolicd chaiaa will 
uUng wclcht oS whHla 




Garage Door Opening System 

(No. 108) 

One method of opening and closing 
garage doors that experience has proved 
to be a success is illustrated. The doors 
are controlled from the stock room in 
this case, although this detail is not im- 
portant. When a car is to be admitted, 
a pull on a convenient rope slides them 
apart; the attachment of these ropes is 
clearly illustrated. When the car has 
entered the release of the rope allows 
the doors to come together again, the 
motive power being the pull of two large 
window weights. 

If for any reason tt is desired to leave 
the doors open for a time the catch 
weight shown in the detail drawing is 
used, there being one for each door. 
These weights are pivoted just inside the 
doors and are fastened to the door cas- 
ing. The shape of the weights is such 
that normally they remain vertical. 
When horizontal they prevent the doors 
from closing and are held in this posi- 
tion merely by the pressure of the doors. 
Whenever the stock room clerk notices 
that it is no longer necessary to have 
the doors open he pulls the door Open- 
ing ropes; this takes the pressure oS 
the catch weights so that they slip out 
of the way and the doors close. 

The main advantage of this scheme is 
that it prevents the doors from being 
left open longer than is necessary, which 
is of especial importance in winter. It 
is up to the stock clerk to see that the^ 
are kept closed and it requires a mini- 
mum of time for him to see that this is 
done. — William Sickinger, Morgan & 
Williams, Warren, O. 



say l>j X 2}4 x ^ inches. Any electrical 
supply store carries this material. With 
the old brushes to go by, new ones are 
made by the use of saw, file and drill, 
and when they are finished they are 
copper plated by means of a copper 
sulphate solution and two dry cells. The 
cells are connected in series, and the 
brushes are attached to the negative 
wire. The positive wire must also be 
placed in the solution to complete the 
circuit, but it should not touch the nega- 
tive wire. 

When the new brushes are in place it 
will be necessary to shape their faces to 
the curvature of the commutator, and 
this is done by passing very fine sand- 
paper back and forth between brush and 
commutator, as shown.— M. R. Potter, 
foreman, William Petty, Inc., Hudson, 




Raising Car for Spring Work 

(No. 109) 

A large wooden horse may be used to 
advantage in holding the front or rear 
of a car while the axle is pulled out or 
work is done on the springs. 




Doon art opened by 



18 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



It is about 8 feet hi«b and the same Ford valves, or others of this type, in 

width, so that any car ma^ be placed which there are two holes instead of a 

under it. From the center is suspended slot, may be accommodated by usin^ an 

a chain hoist with which the lifting is end piece with two suitable projections, 

done. In this particular case 2^ x 5- Thus one tool with different styles of 

inch joists have been employed, and two end pieces may be used for all valves.— 

are used for top members to insure V. L. Warren, Ashtabula Garage, Ashta* 

greater strength.— J. O. Steele, Fourth- bula, O. 
Chestnut Auto Repair Co., Columbus, C 



A Sheif for Each Car Space 
(No. no) 

To prevent floors and window ledges 
from being cluttered up with tools and 
parts that are being used by owners, it 
is a good plan to place around the walls 
a number of small shelves like chose 
ated. — Tucker Garage, Middletown, 





id prevcDtl (lippiDI 



(No. 110) 

A (taclf back el tacb car pioridai ■ place lor 
thinfi and prtrcnla diaoider 

Ice-tong Type Hoist Grapple 

<No. Ill) 

Where the roof supporting beams are 

made of wood, an excellent grapple (or 

hoisting can be made on the Tines of ice 

It is clear that the greater the weight 
on the device the deeper will the pointed 
prongs bite into the beam. Care must 
be taken in using it not to attempt too 
great a lift or part of the beam may be 
cut o£E, — Peck's Repairshop, Waterbury, 

Turntable for a Small Garage 

(No. 112) 
A turntable can often be used to ad- 
vantage in the shop. It allows the maxi- 
mum amount of space to be utilized for 
storing cars, and it minimizes the amount 
of time required for maneuvering cars 
into place. For example, here is shown 
a room just large enough for the repair 
of six cars, and the layout of the build- 
ing is such that there is only one en- 
trance and that a rather narrow one. In 
this case the turnable has been found to 
be nothing short of an absolute neces- 
sity. — William Sickinger, Morgan & 
Williams, Warren, O. 

Swiveling Valve Grinding Tool 

(No. 113) 

A valve-grinding tool with a swiveled 
end piece is not only more convenient 
to operate but also removes the possi- 
bility of the tool slipping out of the 
valve slot. The end piece which slips 
into the slot is pivoted so that the tool 
may be held at any reasonable angle. 




Hoist for Raising Car Bodies 
(Na 114) 

A hoist for raising a body in the mini- 
mum time is illustrated. The body is 
supported by the hoist until the over- 
hauling is completed, when the chassis 
is rolled back under and the body low- 
ered in place again. The hoist consists 
of two 4-inch metal rollers about 5 feet 
long, one for raising the front of the 
body and the other the rear. These are 
suitably supported in a wood frame and 
are placed about 10 feet apart. The 
hoisting is done by a large crank at- 
tached to one of the rollers. All four 
ropes are wound around this sheave, and 
two of them run to the other sheave 
which is merely used as an idler. Seven- 
eights hemp rope is used. The body may 
be attached to the ropes by either fitting 
hooks to the rope ends or looping the 
ends of the ropes and using two cross 
bars under the body, as illustrated.— O. 
Osborne, Cosgrove & Osborne, Zanes- 
ville, O. 



(Na 114) 

Tanlnt one crink Ilfu all lour comei* ol th* 

cat body at the aane time 

Simple Adjustable Gear Puller 

(No. 115) 

A gear puller that is adjustable to size 
of gear consists of six parts, the main 
member, the two hooks for catching hold 
of the gear, the bolts which pivot these 





AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



19 



parts to the main member and the screw. 
The ends of the hooks are hardened 
steel, and it is important to make the 
hooks exactly the same length. — V. L. 
Warren, Ashtabula Garage, Ashtabula, O. 




(No. IIS) 

This adjustable gear puller it aubataatial, easily 

made and consists of but six parts 



For Straightening Rear Axles 

(No. 116) 

A device for straightening rear axle 
housings is shown herewith. The hous- 
ing is placed between the centers and 
then pressure at any required point may 
be applied with a jack. The bed of the 
instrument is made of channel sections 
of various sizes and the tail stocks are 
cast iron. 

The main members are two 12-inch 
channels placed back to back and with 
enough space between to allow the tail 




(No. 116) 
Straightening device which takes rear axle hous- 
ings between its adjustable centers 

Stock bolts to go through. They are 
held together by means of two end plates 
each of which is bolted to the channels 
through the use of 1^-inch angles. 
These end plates are stiffened at their 
lower ends by two 3-inch channels placed 
back to back, one on each side of the 
plate; the 3-inch channels also give a 
firm support to the device and raise the 
main channels far enough from the floor 
to allow clearance for the tail stock. 
To allow for different lengths of axles 
the tail stocks are adjustable and may 
be moved lengthwise when the tail stock 
bolts are loosened. The centers are about 
3 inches in diameter and are locked in 
position by Jj-inch set screws.— Harmon 
Wirebaugh, A. H. Wilson Motor Car 
Co., Canton, O. 

Accelerator Slip Connection 

(No. 117) 
In installing an accelerator pedal it is 



often difficult to devise a suitable slip 
connection between the hand throttle 
lever and the throttle so that the pedal 
may be operated independently. What 
seems to be the simplest possible con- 
nection for this purpose and one that re- 
quires only the simplest tools to make is 
here shown. It is merely two pieces of 
3/16 wire with a loop at right angles in 
each piece so that the other piece may 
slip through it. When the hand throttle 
lever is moved, the two pieces A and 3 
are drawn together and the throttle is 
opened. But when the accelerator pedal 
is moved the piece B attached to the 
hand throttle remains stationary and the 
member A attached to the throttle slides 
up on it. — Cylde Ward, foreman, Frank 
P. Beck, Nfarion, O. 

Easily Made Traveling Crane 

(No. 118) 

A very simple form of traveling crane 
is here shown. Its cost is small, as it is 
constructed of odds and ends, the main 
parts being an old hay fork carrier, some 
2-inch .angle iron and a chain hoist. The 
carrier is used to support the chain hoist 
and the angle iron, suitably suspended 
from the ceiling, forms a track for the 
carrier to run on. The construction is 
so evident that it is hardly necessary 
to add any explanation. Two angles 
are 2x2 inches, and are bolted back 
to back. The track is suspended from a 
heavy ceiling beam by a ^-inch support 
about every 2 feet. 

A hay fork carrier can be obtained 
from any farm machinery house or one 
may be very simply constructed. 

A variation of this construction is to 
use the lower flange of an I-beam for 
a track instead of the two angles placed 
back to back. 

The advantages of such a crane are 
many. It may be used for supporting 
the front or rear of a car while the 
axle is pulled out, to raise the front 
while the motor bearings are taken up, 
or to lift out the motor or other heavy 
parts and for many other jobs. — Central 
Automobile Co.. Canton, O. 

Indestructible Steel Creeper 

(No. 119) 

An all metal creeper that is practically 
indestructible has a frame made of % bv 
2-inch steel stock and is covered with 



No. 28 gauge sheet tin. It is so strong 
that it cannot be harmed by a car run- 
ning over it for it merely gives under 
the weight and springs back into shape 
as soon as the load is removed. The tin 
provides a very smooth and comfortable 
support for the mechanic's back and in 
this respect is preferable to the creeper 
with slatted top. Substantial casters are 
fitted so that the worker may adjust his 
position without removing his weight 
from it. — Wm. S. Fox, Stouder's Garage, 
Zanesville, O. 




(No. 119) 

Convenient creeper with steel framing and tin 

covering. It ii moat aubatantial 



Handy Stand for Painting Jobs 

(No. 120) 

For painting jobs a small stand of the 
kind illustrated will save time. This can 
be easily made. The lower shelf can be 
used for paint cans and small jobs can 
be put on the upper shelf while being 
painted. The small shelf on the board 
at the back serves to hold the brushes 
should the workman be called away tem- 
porarily. — ^Turrell's Garage, Waterbury, 
Conn. 

Two Simple Piston Ring Tools 

(No. 121) 

Two tools for compressing piston rings 
are shown herewith. Each is made from 
a pair of pliers and an old clock spring. 

The upper tool was produced by C. E. 
TuUer, Titus Garage, Marion, O., and 
the lower by Clyde Ward, with Frank P. 
Beck, of the same city. 




(No. 117) 
A aimpla alip joiat for maklAg accelerator padal coaaecttoa with the throttle b 

piecea of S/IS wira atltftag opoo each other aa ahown 



BBada ol tw9 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




Puller for Steering Wheels 

(No. 135) 
A steering wheel puller has aa ad- 
vantage in that it makes possible the 
easy removal of the wheel without mar- 
ring it. The construction is clearly 
shown. The side members of the puller 
are quickly detachable so that the de- 
vice may be slipped over the large wheel 
hub.— Harmon Wirebangh, A. H. Wil- 
son Motor Car Co.. Canton, O. 



The former tool has the spring bi 
to the pliers and is mainly of use m 
compressing the rings of Fords where 
the pistons are slipped in through the 
head. The latter is brazed on one side 
and the other end of the steel band is 
held by a hook. There are several slots 
cut on the band so that it can be ad- 
justed. 



(No. 120) 

..Ing paint on... 

thlngi for painting Jo|ra 




(No. 121) 

Har« ara two ways of making a tool for com- 

proaalng platon ringa 

Strong Bench for Heavy Work 

(No. 133) 

An unusually substantial form of work 
bench that is not of particularly ex- 
pensive construction is here illustrated. 
The legs of the bench are cast iron 
and made especially for the purpose. 
The top of the bench is of very heavy 
construction. It is 36 inches wide, the 
front half is surfaced with 2x4 joists 
laid on edge, and the rear half with 
tongued and grooved 2x6 stock. There 
i) also a retaining board at the rear 
which prevents parts being knocked off. 
— Monnot & Sacher, Canton, O. 

Pumping Gasoline from Inside 

(No. 133) 

When it does not seem advisable to 

install a curb pump in addition to the 

regular pump, the latter can be made to 

take the place of the former quite well 



^ 




fe 




^ 



una the front la of edga-act pJanka 

by running a connection from the regu- 
lar pump out to the curb and terminat- 
ing it by the usual length of rubber hose 
and shut oti valve. This idea is of espe- 
cial advantage in winter because the gar- 
ageman can sell gasoline without leav- 
ing the warm garage. — Wm. Folberth. 
Folberth Auto Specialty Co., Cleveland, 



Gauge to Line Front Wheels 

(No. 1*4) 
A gauge for determining the setting 
of front wheels can be made from an iron 
rod and a piece of pipe. The former 
slides within the latter and can be locked 
in any position by means of a set screw. 
The rod should be about 3 feet long 
and ^ inch in diameter and the pipe 
about 2 feet long and Just large enough 
to slip over the rod. — C. L. Patton, fore- 
Wise-Green M. C. Co., Canton, O. 




(No. 1M) 
To teat the alignment of front whcela ■ gauge oan be mad 
and held by a aet acraw 



(No. 12S) 

A ataering wheel puller permits a wheel to b« 

removed without Injury 

Vehicle Washer of Door Track 

(Nb. 136) 
A vehicle washer can easily be made 
out of a few pieces of pipe and a door 
track bent into a circle. The door track 
is bolted to a wooden framework which 
is built up from short lengths of boards. 
One of the carriers, which would be used 
tor holding the door, is utilized for car- 
rying the cross pipe to which the hose 
is attached. A simple packing gland .al- 
lows the cross pipe to rotate without 
any water leaking out. — Martin Amdel, 
Whitehall Garage, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Securing the Belt Shifter 

(No. 137) 
Usually the tools in the shop are start- 
ed and stopped by shifting a belt from an 
idler to a driving pulley by means of a 
long handle. Sometimes this has a ten- 
dency to slip out; one wav of locking it 
in place is shown herewith. — T. L. (Tra- 
cey, foreman, Argyle Garage, Brooklyn, 
N. Y. 

Taking Up Bearing En(i Wear 

(No. 138) 

Usually when a main bearing becomes 
worn on its ends, allowing an objec- 
tionable amount of end play in the 
crankshaft, it is thrown away and a new 
one substituted. A better way is to rivet 
a bronze plate about 3-16 inch to one 
end and machint 
are cast and it 
made up at one time. 

After the plate is riveted in place it 
is machined until its added thickness is 
just sufficient to compensate for the 
play. The time usually require'! for this 
job is 30 minutes. — Harmon Wirebaugh, 
A. H. Wilson Motor Car Co., Canton, O. 

Stand for Ford Motors 

(Ho. 139) 

A handy stand for the Ford cylinder 

block is shown herewith. The block is 

ding within ■ tube rested on the stand with the bottom aide 

up so that work on the main bearings 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Door track uid 

t IDod vcbi 

can be done. Then if there is any ^ 
to be done on the other side the cr_ .. 
case flange is bolted fast to the hinges 
on the back of the stand and the block 
is rotated through a quarter of a circle, 
beinfi supported in this position. In this 
position valves may be ground and valves 
and camshaft put in place. The crank- 
shaft and pistons may be assembled when 
the block is in the first position. — H. 
W. York, foreman. Van Motor Co., New- 
burgh. N. Y. 





(No. 118) 
ore fcom the coda ol ouin butioca la 
rtplaced by livetins oa plate* 






(Na. 1») 

With tfaa aund. a Ford cyclinder block can b« 

turnid (aaily in any poiltlon 

Dumbwaiter Will Save Time 

(No. 130) 

Where the parts stock room and shop 
are located on ditferpiit floors, or where 
the accessory store and stock room are 
on different floors, considifrable time 
can be saved by running a dumbwaiter 
between the two. Such a dumbwaiter is 
merely a wooden box about 13 x IS it 
30 inches, sliding on suitable wooden 
guides, and nailed to these are two 
tracks about !^ x I inch. The dumb- 
waiter is counterweighled with a window 
weight of suitable size. A cord attached 
to the bottom allows it to be pulled 
down when at the floor above. — O, R. 
Muller, Alliance Moior Car Co.. Alliance. 
O. 

Homemade Valve Remover 

(No. 131) 

A particularly good valve spring re- 
mover consists of iwo pieces of iron. 



(No. 127) 
:ontinuallr run off thcli pullaja 
c held by tbla device 




each forked al one end and pivoted to- 
gether. The position of the pivot is ad- 
justable so that various sizes of valves 
may be removed with the one tool. The 
lower fork is placed around the push 
rod guide, and with the handles extended 
the other fork is made to rest on the 
valve spring seat. Pressure on the han- 
dles raises the spring and allows the 
spring key to be withdrawn for the 
valve stem. The device is particularly 
useful for the reason that it leaves one 
of the workman's hands free to remove 
the valve spring pin. — V. L. Warren. 
Ashtabula Garage, Ashtabula, O. 

To Straighten Frames 

(No. 132) 

Bent frames can be easily straightened 
even when cold if the proper tools are 
at hand. Most work of this nature can 
he accomplished by the two tools shown. 
One tool is for pulling and the other 
for pushing. Supposing a front spring 
horn on one side were bent outward. 
then (he pulling tool would be used. 



horn and the other to the other. The 
latter would be braced by a piece run- 
ning diagonally to the axle. Then by 
turning t:p on the turnbuckle the horn 
will be brought back to its normal poii- 
tion. H a spring horn were bent in the 
opposite direction the pushing tool 
would be used.— W. W. Wright, fore- 
man, Cleveland Cadillac Co., Cleveland, 



Water Boiler for Air Tank 

(No. 133) 

A very cheap portable compressed air 
tank can be made out of an ordinary 
water boiler mounted on two metal 
wheels about 2 feet in diameter. Suitable 
wheels can be obtained from a junk 
dealer and are of the type used on cer- 
tain kinds of farm machinery. The tank 
is provided with a pressure gauge. Care 
must be taken not to increase the pres- 
sure to the bursting point. — Hoyles & 
Moyer, Marion, O. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




(No. IM) 
good compiKod ■ 



Bar for Pushing Cars 

(No. 134) 

A pushing bar is often more conven- 
ient to use in bringing home a wrecked 
car than a tow rope. A bar for the pur- 
pose can be made of a bar of wood about 
10 feet long and 4x6 inches in thick- 
ness. At each end there is attached 
metal strips which are held in place with 
ordinary carriage bolts. — Parkers Garatie. 
Middletown, Conn. 

Motor as Magnet Recharger 

(No. 135) 
An old motor such as the one illus- 
trated, makes a satisfactory magnet re- 
charger. It IS designed for a 110 volt 
circuit and has the armature removed. 
The electrical energy is obtained from 
a 12-volt battery which furnishes cur- 
rent to the shunt field only— T E Jen- 
sen. L. R Mack Co Albany N Y 



■hown. A gauge registers the pressure. 
The sparking of the plugs can be ob- 
served through the glass, which is 5/16 
inch thick. 

Ordinarily there are eight plugs, 
known to be in perfect condition, in ttie 
box. and these are used in testing mag- 
neto or coil. If a good, hot spark is 
delivered at all plugs when they are sub- 
jected to compression pressure, it is 
known that magneto or coil is not at 
fault. 

If a magneto is to be tested, it is 
pounded on the car in front of the tcst- 
mg box, the high-tension leads are run 
to four, six or eight spark plugs, as the 
case may be, pressure is applied, and 
the armature is cranked by hand. Any 
defect in the magneto is perceptible by 
the character of the sparks. 

If the magneto or coil are found to 
be in good condition the spark plugs are 
removed from the motor and tested. The 
spark plug holes have all types of 
threads, S. A. E., pipe and metric, so 
that any type of plug may be tested. — 
Arthur Youngs, Youngs & Co., New- 
burgh, N. Y. 







A Pressure Plug Tester 

(No. 136) 
It is a well-recognized fact that a 
spark plug that will work all right at 
atmospheric pressure may fail when sub- 
jected to compression pressure. Fur- 
thermore, a magneto may furnish sparks 
that are satisfactory under atmospheric 
pressure yet when the plug is subjected 
lo compression pressure the spark may 
be weak or may not occur at all. A de- 
vice which reproduces working condi- 
tions in the cylinder and which will 
quickly show whether the trouble is in 
Spark plugs or magneto it illustrated on 
this page. It is merely a box with ft 
glass face. There are holes in the bftck 
into which spark plugs may be inserted, 
and the pressure inside is brought to 
the required amount by means of a 
hand pump attached to a tire valve as 




Warren, Ashtabula 
Garage, Ashtabula, O. 

Protector for Repair Tag 

(No. 138) 
To protect the repair or inspection tag 
attached to the car from becoming 
soiled a sheet metal holder should be 
employed. It has a hole drilled at the 
top to put a string through and its edges 
are turned over at either side to hold 
the card.— J. C. Work, Davis Motor Co- 
Cleveland, O. 




(No. 116) 
Upp«r — Pr««iun cbamber for tnlini; spark 
plnfi. Lower — Uaiocto placed af siii'l crouod- 

Box Substitute for a Pit 

(No. 137) 
While not new, the substitute for a 
pit illustrated is worth describing be- 
' cause of its merit. Two heavy wooden 
boxes, one for each wheel, with a slope 
of about 30 degrees, and a flat space on 
lop are used. The boxes are constructed 
of 114- or 2-inch planks; the height is 
about 10 inches and the length about 4 
feet. Such boxes will support even a 



'/-: :M 




\>^ 






(Ho. 134) 
iT (or moiini diuUtd cm li ouda of ■ wi 
■ilos bolted in p 



■ with i»d and* to lO > 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Curing Excessive Oiling 

(No. 139) 
To cure excessive lubrication to which 
some old cars are subject, the pistons 
should have a uarrow groove turned in 
the skirt with the lower edge of the 
groove beveled. With a No. 30 drill, 
about six holes are drilled at equal dis- 
tances around the piston and at an angle 
through the groove. The sharp edge at 
the top of the groove acts as a scraper 
and the surplus oil passes through the 
drilled holes, returning to the crankcase. 
No ring is placed in the slot. — Parkers 
Garage, Middletown, Conn. 



Gear Makes a Gear Puller 
(No. i«) 

A gear puller made out of an old gear 
has three hooks which are designed to 
engage the rim of the gear from the 
inside. There is a central screw which 
is used in applying the necessary force 
to pull the gear off.— Harmon Wire- 
baugh, A. H. Wilson Motor Car Co- 
Canton, O. 




(No. 14D) 
ir pulliT tut be nude of i 
whMl 



dlacardcd inr 



Valve Spring Remover 

(No. 141) 

Here is a valve spring remover that 
can be used on nearly all motors. After 
the spring has been compressed by press- 
ing the handles together, it may be held 
in this position by adjusting the ring. 
—J. Weir, Loveland & Co., Cleveland, O. 





Dog Clutch Anvil 

(No. 145) 
When the dog clutches on the axle 
shafts become loose they can be made 
tight again by heating and drawing out 
the metaj to a little larger than its 
original size and then grinding it to fit. 
An anvil for this purpose can be made 
out of a chunk of iron with a hole drilled 
through it large enough to receive the 
axle shaft.— W. W. Wright, foreman. 
Cleveland Cadillac Co., Cleveland, O. 



Tower for Disabled Cars 

(Ho. 143) 

A good device for towing cars with 
disabled running gears consists' of two 
heavy metal wheels 10 inches in diam- 
eter and with a rim 2 inches wide, 
rescued from the junk heap, and on 
which is mounted a tongue about 10 feet 
long. Directly above the axle ia a hook- 
ihaped member for engaging the axle of 
the car. — Clyde Ward, foreman, Frank 
P. Beck, Marion, O. 





1 ^ -AJWIi 

V 




Lamp Bracket Straightcner 

(No. 144) 

A simple tool for straightening head- 
light brackets on Fords is shown here- 
with. It consists of two grooved mem- 
bers, A, which are yoked together. The 
two members are nearer together at the 
top, so that the tool may be slipped over 
the lamp brackets on an^ Ford, and fit 
■nugly. Straightening is effected by 
moving the handle of the device as re- 
quired. — John Van Benschoten, Van's 
Garage, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. 



Emery Paper Grinding Wheel 

(No. 142) 

A grinding wheel for doing special 
work can be made by ataching a wooden 
wheel to the electric drill and wrap- 
ping a strip of emery paper around the 
periphery. The paper is fastened by cut- 
ting a notch in the wheel and holding 
the ends of the paper by driving a wedge 
into the notch. Coarse or fine emery 
paper should be used, according to the 




(Ko. I4«) 

irBiTm>U]> adjurtaUe old nw fot drilllBC fcolM 
In pUc« dUGcult to ruch 

Tool for Awkward Drilling 

(Na 146) 
For drilling holes in awkward and in- 
accessible places a verjr handy tool is a 
universal old man. With this device a 
man can crawl under a car and drill 
holes for storage battery brackets, for 
example, with the greatest ease; there is 
no difficulty in applying sutKcient pres- 
sure because this is done by the tool 
itself. Holes at difficult angles and in 
inaccessible places may also be made 

The instrument comprises a drilling 
device, a universal sliding joint, and a 
clamp. The latter consists of two flat 
pieces of iron which are drawn together 
by nuts on the base of the device. These 
clamps permit the old man to be fast- 
ened to almost any part of the car. 

The universal sliding joint allows the 
drill spindle to be placed at any angle 
and in any position with respect lo the 
base of the instrument. Both shafts can 
slide and turn at will and are held solid 
when the proper adjustment is obtained 
by tightenmg the set screws. 



24 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



The lower end of the drill is provided 
with a split clamp for fastenins the drill 
in place.fr Rotation of the drill is done 
by the adjustable handle at the top of 
the soinHle, and the rate of feed is de- 
termined by the hand wheel; this is 
slowly rotated by the left hand as the 
drilling handle is turned by the right. — 
Wm. A. Framenl, Congress Auto Co., 
Cohoes, N. y. 



Mounting for the Shop Motor 

(Na 147) 

Putting the electric motor for driving 
shop machinery on a pedestal is a good 
means of overcoming the objections to 
both floor and ceiling locations. When 
hung from the ceiling the motor is in- 
accessible, and probably not too firmly 
mounted, while placing it on the floor 
exposes it to din and injury. The mate- 
rial used in the construction of the pedes- 
tal depends somewhat on the floor; with 
B floor it is preferable to make 



I wood it probably would be better 
to employ structural steel. Long bolts, 
straps or rods may be used to hold the 
motor solidly on the foundation and at 
the. same time steady the foundation on 
the floor— W, W. Mitchell, Garford Mo- 
tor Car Co., Newark, N. J. 




Stand for Rear Axle Work 

(No. 149) 

Work on rear axles, as well as on mo- 
tors, can be expedited by providing a 
suitable stand for supporting the axle 
so that it is held solidlj; and can be 
reached by the mechanic without bending 
over. 

Such a stand may be made largely of 
\'/i X lyi angle iron. It is adjustable 
as to width, and the supports for the 
axle ends are dropped to provide for 
the truss rod. — O. Spitier, Prospect Park 
South Garage, Brooklyn, N. Y. 




A Latch String on the Inside 
(No. 151) 

There are some people whose free 
entry to the garage or repairshop is not 
desirable. It is quite a problem to ar- 
range to lock out the undesirables, and 
still permit the desirables to enter, but 
it can be solved by the method shown 
in the accompanjring illustration. The 
lock of the door is made to operate by 
pulling a string attached to an arm on 
the knob. 

The stock room clerk, or a boy, or 
someone else who is always in sight of 
the door, operates the lock by pulling 
the string when a privileged person 
comes in sight.— W. W. Mitchell. Gar- 
ford Motor Truck Co., Newark. N. J. 



(Ho. IM) 

A (Und lot working on iilta nret tlmt and 

tbe ncB'i backa wd inptoirti reaulti 

Loosening Up a Stuck Valve 

(No. 150) 

Sometimes in overhauling a motor a 
badljr stuck valve will be encountered, 
and it can i::>ost easily be removed by 
prying it off uy inserting a bent tool 
through the intake or exhaust port as the 
case may be. The bend that would per- 
mit the use of the tool in one motor 
might not be right for another, but the 
appliance is so simple that it is an easy 



(Ha I4T) 

Electric motor lor driving ifaop Ducblneir 

mounted on aimple concrete pedenal 

Picking up Parts with Magnet 

(No. 148) 

A small magnet is a time saver for 
picking up screws and other smalt parts 
that have dropped into the mud pan. 
Often the trouble of taking the pan off 
will be avoided. 

An ordinary horseshoe magnet, pur- 
chasable at any hardware store, may be 
used. An excellent one can be made 
from an old file. It may be charged 
by the apparatus used for charging mag- 
neto magnets, and the steel is so hard 
it retains its magnetism for a long 
period. — V. L. Warren, Ashtabula Ga- 
rage, Ashtabula, O. 





(No. Ill) 

The door lock I* controlled bjr ■ latch Miinf 
puUcd by a man it Ih* window 

Foot Pump Makes Grease Gun 

(No. 152) 

A cheap and efiicient grease gun can 
be made from an old foot tire pump, 
it is necessary only to place a nozzle in 
the end to discharge the grease through. 
The end casting may be drilled and tap- 
ped for >i-inch pipe and if a regular 
grease nozzle is not available a piece of 
pipe with the discharge end tapered to 
quite a thin wall will answer the pur- 

Unless the foot pump is a very sub- 
stantial one it should be used a little 
carefully to avoid bending the plunger 
rod when applying the pressure neces- 
sary to force out heavy grease. — V. L. 
Warren, Ashtabula Garage, Ashtabula, 
Ohio. 



The application of pressure would 
be somewhat more direct and the pres- 
sure applied to the long end of the lever 
would be more economically transmitted 
if (he valve end was forked so as to pass 
on both sides of the valve stem. There 
would be less tendency to tilt the valve. 
The valve end of the tool should, in any 
case, be smoothly rounded so that it 
could slide on the valve as the latter 
moved up when pressure was applied. — 
T. L. Gracey, foreman, Argyle Garage, 
Brooklyn, N. y. 



GRINDING 


MOTOR ^ 

-5^ 


^fc 


--H 


\ { BHB Of LATHE '1 



Grinder Attachment on Lathe 

(No. 153) 
When it is inadvisable to go to the 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



slides in the tool post slot and carries 
on its outer end a grinding wheel, as 
shown, which is driven by belt by a 
small electric motor also mounted on 
the plate mentioned — Wm. H. G. Heff- 
ner, foreman, Albany Garage Co., Al- 
bany, N. Y. 

A Fender Painting Wrinkle 

<No. IH) 



by spacers ^ inch wide placed at in- 
tervals of 16 inches. These spacers are 
4 inches long. — Ohio Sales Co., Colnm- 
buB, O. 

Light and Strong Motor Stand 

(No. 15S) 

A motor stand that is adjustable as to 
width, and that is very light yet strong, 
can be made out of structural steel. The 
top members are 4-inch channels, the 
legs 2 X 3-inch T members, and the 
cross members are made of flat stock J4 
X 1 inch.— O. Spitiet, Prospect Park 
South Garage, Brooklyn, N. Y. 




(No. 1S4) 
Ncwlj' paiBMd ienden clunpid 
call]' M duit will not c 

Therefore when painting fenders it is 
well to clamp them to a table in a ver- 
tical position, as shown herewith; they 
will collect less of the inevitable dust 
than if laid flat and the surface will be 
better.— W. E. Howe, Troy Auto Ex- 
change, Cohoes, N. Y. 

Jack for Inserting Spring Bolts 

<N0. 15S> 



In attaching spring bolts, a screw jack 
between spring and frame is a time 
saver, as it allows the rapid alignment 
of the bolt holes. Such a jack consists 
of two members with right and left 
threads which are joined by means of a 
nut. — John Mussler, Ellis Motor Car Co., 
Newark, N. J. 

Jacking in a Demountable Rim 

(No. 156) 

A split demountable rim, the ends of 
which refuse to snap back into place 
easily when the tire has been put on, can 
he forced by the use of an ordinary jack. 
The jack is placed inside the rim, and 
several blocks of wood are placed under 
the jack, as it is too short to span the 
diameter. Pressure is then applied and 
the ends snap into place. Care should 
be taken to make sure that the rim is 
free to go into place — that is, that there 
is no obstruction to its movement other 
than normal spring and fHction. Should 
its movement be blocked the powerful 
thrust of the jack might easily cause a 
permanent set. — Cylde Ward, foreman, 
Frank P, Beck. Marion, O. 

Wooden Grating for Wet Floor 

(No. 157) 

What really amounts to a dry floor 
when washing a car can be obtained by 
placing a wooden grating on top of the 
cement surface of the wash rack. The 

f rating is made of slats of wood. H x 
% inches, laid on edge and separated 



(Mo. IH) 

Thii motor ttaod U li|bt and Mtoai a>d is 

ttiSr Dudc from itruclunl ilcil 

Electric Light at One-third 

(No. 159) 

Electric light at small cost, one-third 
to bne-<]uarter, can often be obtained 
by utilizmg part of the power produced 
by the gas or gasoline engine used for 
driving the machine tools and air pump. 
An old electric generator of suitable ca- 
pacity and voltage is the principal neces- 
sity, and it can be purchased at small 
cost second-hand. No particular skill 
is required to make the installation. 

For example, the City Garage, Con- 
neaut, C, makes its own electric light 
under the method outlined and saves 
about $20 per month thereby. Formerly 
the cost of current at 8 cents per kilo- 
watt was $25 per month, while now the 
same light is furnished by $5 worth of 
natural gas at 30 cents per 1,000 cubic 
feet. Although a hit-and-miss governor 
engine is used, little trouble is exper- 
ienced with flickering; a throttle gov- 
erned engine is preferable, however. 

In making such an installation there 
are really only two things to bear in 
mind, assuming, of course, that the wir- 
ing has already been put in for use with 
city service — one is the selection of a 
generator of proper capacity and volt- 
age and the other is the determination 



of the proper size of pulleys to use to 
transmit the power from engine to gen- 

The voltage of the generator should be 
approximately the same as that for 
which the system was laid out, usually 
110. The kilowatt capacity of the gen- 
erator should be at least equal to that 
required by the sum of the lamp ca- 
pacities. The ordinary 16-cand1epower 
Mazda lamp takes about 20 watts and a 
carbon lamp of equal lighting power 50 
to 60 watts. Therefore, if there are, 60 
16-candlepower Mazda lamps, 60 times 
20, or 1,200 watts capacity, would be 
required, or 1,2 killowatts. The kilo- 
watt rating is invariably marked on the 
generator name plate. 

The ratio of the pulleys on engine and 
generator should be inversely propor- 
tional to the speeds of the two machines. 
If the engine runs at 300 and the gen- 
erator at 1,500 r, p. , m., the latter runs 
five times as fast as the former and 
therefore it should have a pulley one- 
fifth the size of the one on the engine. 
— P. W. Cowie, City Garage, Conneaut. 



Small Parts in Rotary Case 

(No. 160) 

A rotating cabinet for holding small 
parts is an excellent time saver in the 
shop, for it allows a nut or a bolt to be 
obtained in a minimum time. It is made 
of wood and metal, the corner members 
being ^-tnch angles, the cross pieces 
2-inch iron, and the partition ^-inch 
wood stock. — W. W. Wright, foreman, 
Cleveland Cadillac Co., Cleveland, O. 





AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Stool for Radiator Work 

(No. 161) 

A stool with a revolving top makes 
an excellent workbench for solder- 
ing radiators. The construction of the 
average radiator is such that in repairing 





handling. The test drum removes the 
necessity of putting the wheel on each 
time the action of the bralces is tested. 
— W. VV. Wright, foreman, Cleveland 
Cadillac Co., Cfeveland. O. 

Cotter Box for Shop 
(No. 1«3) 

A cotter pin box with compartments 
for each size of pins is something every 
shop should have within easy reach of 
all the mechanics. When a man carries 
them in his pocket he never has the size 
he wants and he is continually losing 
them.— W. W. Wright, foreman, Cleve- 
land Cadillac Co., Cleveland, O. 




Packard Bevel Pinion Remover 

(No. 164) 
A simple device for removing the 
Packard bevel pinion is merely an iron 
plate 12 inches square and about 1 inch 
thick with a hole threaded in the center 
large enough to receive the screw collar 
back of the pinion. The pinion is then 
removed in an arbor press. — R. R. Sharp, 
Packard Cleveland Motor Car Co., 
Cleveland, O. 



it is sawed in half. Then a piece is made 
to go in the hole so that when it is 
inserted the puller is its original size. 
By this simple scheme the two halves of 
the puller are first slipped through the 
hole in the race and then the center piece 
expands them so that the right shoulder 
catches on the edge of the race. 

In order to pull the bearing off, a 
cap, as shown, is placed over the 
large end of the puller itself and fast- 
ened in place by means of the two screws 
which fit into holes in the shoulder of 
the two halves. Then by screwing up 
on the screw in the center of the c»p 
the bearing is pulled off. — ^John Van Ben- 
schoten. Van's Garage, Poughkeepsie, 
N. Y. 



it is necessary to turn it frequently and 
a stool such as the one shown fills the 
bill.— W. W. Wright, foreman, Cleve- 
land Cadillac Co.. Cleveland, O. 



Brake Drums for Testing 

(No. 162) 

Lining up and adjusting brakes may be 
facilitated by having a set of test drums, 
one for each car model; this is, of course, 
only feasible where a great number of 
one make are repaired. An ordinary 
brake drum with a section cut out of 
it so that the action of the internal 
brakes may be observed is all that there 
is to the test drum except for the han- 
dles, which are merely a convenience in 




Special Bearing Pullers 

(No. 165) 

Where a great many cars of one model 
are repaired in the course of a year, a 
bearing puller for inaccessible bearings 
will be found to be of advantage. One 
type for ball bearings is shown in Fig. 
1 and another for roller bearings, and 
some ball bearings, is shown in Fig. 2. 

The former consists of a plate with 
several holes drilled near its circumfer- 
ence. Through each one of these holes 
is placed a metal strap with a small nut 
and washer on the end. The thinness 
of the straps allows them to pass between 
the balls and when the washers are 
bolted in place the bearing may be drawn 
out by turning down on the big screw 
in the center. With this device it often 
is possible to take out a defective bear- 
ing without dismantling the motor, gear- 
set or axle, as the case may be. 

The puller shown in Fip. 2 can be used 
only when the shaft inside the bearing 
has been removed. The principal part of 
the i>u!ler is shown at the top of the 
drawing, and the diameter is but 
slightly smaller than the bore of the in- 
ner race. There is a deep shoulder at 
the left and a small one at the right. 
After this piece has been turned to shape 



iDtenul bcirlni puller 

Fender Straightening Tool 

(No. 166) 

A tool for straightening bent fender 
irons is shown herewith. With this de- 
vice, which is simplicity itself, the time 
required to bring a fender back to shape 
is reduced from hours to minutes. Us- 
ually when the supporting irons of a 
fender are bent it is considered neces- 
sary to remove it from the car and do 
the work in a vise, a job that requires 
several hours time, but with the tool 
illustrated the work may be done just as 
well in S minutes or less.— W. W. 
Wright, foreman, Cleveland Cadillac Co., 
Cleveland, O. 

Old Motor Makes Air Pump 

(No. 167) 

A satisfactory air compressor can be 
made of an old motor. In this case two 
cylinders of a Franklin were used. The 
heads were sawed oS and new ones 
substituted, the new ones giving only 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIHSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




1/32-inch clearance. The intake valve is 
of the poppet type 1-inch in diameter and 
is held closed by a light spring; the ex- 
haust valve is a brass or bronze bait ^- 
inch in diameter. The discharge pipe is 
^-inch. The compressor is driven by 




(No. i«a) 
ST canyiDi laikeu ii 



tion is by means of an acorn coupling 
on the hose, as shown. The coupling 
is held in place by a wire hook which 
passes over a small peg. The advantage 
of this scheme is that only one air hose 
'} required for almost any number of air 



Old ■ir^soled m 



belt from the tine shafting, and to give 
sufficiently smooth running is fitted with 
a flywheel about 2-feet in diameter, ob- 
tained from a junk yard. Between cyl- 
inder and head there is a Mobilene gas- 
ket.— Arthur Cashmore, foreman, Frank- 
lin Motor Car Co., Albany, N. Y. 

Vertical Shelves for Gaskets 

(No. 168) 

Probably the best way to carry gaskets 
and similar parts either in the repair- 
shop, stock room or the accessory store 
is by hanging them up. A large variety 
of gaskets can be stored in a small space 
by using several boards all hinged to the 
same support just like so many doors. 
The form of each type of gasket is 
painted in black paint beneath its hook 
so that there is no danger of a new lot 
of gaskets being misplaced. — R. R. 
Sharp, Packard Cleveland Motor Co., 
Cleveland, O. 

Simple Air Hose Connection 

(No. 169} 

Probably the simplest way to attach 
an air hose to a wall or post connec* 




Sling for Lifting Motors 

(No. 170) 



x^il 




/^ 


' ^?n 


W i 


m\ 


I ^^F=^ 





will answer ihe purpose. The ends are 
provided with eyes, made out of heavy 
iron bar stock, which engage the crane 
book. The eyes are attached to the belt 
extremities by heavy galvanized iron 
strips bent double and riveted to the 
belt. Such a sling will easily support 
the average motor. — T. M. Lewis, Over- 
land Cleveland Sales Co.. Cleveland, O. 

Systematizing Repair Orders 

(No. 171) 
Repair orders on the foreman's desk 
should be segregated according to the 
condition and character of the work and 
should be kept in a series of pockets on 
the back of the desk, as illustrated. Com- 
plete overhauling jobs should be sep- 
arated from the short jobs; company 
work, such as free service, should have 
a compartment by itself; finished jobs 
should be segregated so that the fore- 
man may know at a glance what work 
is ready for delivery. Jobs that are to 
be held should also be given a distinct 




compartment, and these include such 
work as is held up for painting, new parts 
and the like.— W. W. Wright, foreman, 
Cleveland Cadillac Co., Cleveland, O. 

Homemade Battery Rheostat 

(No. 172) 

A rheostat for use in battery work can 
easily be made out of a piece of l!^-inch 
pipe, some sheet asbestos and some ni- 
chrome wire. The diagram of connec- 
tions is clearly shown herewith. The 
sheet asbestos is wrapped around the 



A sling for lifting a motor with the 
aid of a crane can be made out of a 
piece of belting. Ordinary two-ply belt- 
ing 6 inches wide and about 6 feet long 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



iron pipe as an insulator and then the 
wire IS wound tightly around it. Wire 
.036 inches in diameter will be found 
satisfactory. There is a sliding metal 
contact which determines the length of 
wire in circuit. For example, if the con- 
tact is half-way down, then the lower 
half of the coil is in circuit; the further 
the contact is raised the more resistance 
in circuit, and vise versa. The wire con- 
necting with the contact piece is coiled 
so that it may stretch as the contact 
piece is pulled down.— Wm. Folberth, 
Folbenh Auto Specialty Co., Cleveland, 



Removing a Closed Car Body 

(No. 173) 

The easiest method of removing a 
body is by means of a traveling crane; 
after the body is taken oS, the crane 
carries it awa^ to the place where it is 
stored. In lifting a closed body the 
simplest way to attach the block and 
tackle is to a 2 X 4 beam placed under 
the roof and with its ends sticking out 
of the opened rear doors, as shown. 
There is no danger of injurmg the body 




Liftinf body from 



by this method and it requires minimum 
time. In removing a touring body the 
block and tackle should be attached to 
the top irons. By this method a limou- 
sine body ma^ be taken off and a tour- 
ins body put in its place by two men in 
8 hours.— R. R. Sharp, Packard Cleve- 
land Motor Co., Cleveland, O. 







pipt filtingi 



Good Light for Car Washing 

(No- 175) 

Careful and thorough car washing re- 
quires that the light be good, which 
me^ns, virtually, that the lighting ar- 
rangement must be adjustable. Illustrat- 
ed herewith is a method that has been 
used with success. The lights are ar- 
ranged on a wooden bar about 10 feet 




Blow Torch from Pipe Fittings 

(No- 174) 

For heating large work that cannot be 
put into a forge the big blow torch here- 
with is a great convenience and a lime 




In order to keep unwelcome visitors 
out of the repairshop it is necessary to 
have the doors closed at all times, but 
there is one big difficulty — when a car 
is driven out the door is left open until 
somebody thinks to close it. A door 
that shuts automatically when a car 
leaves can be made very simply. The 
door is closed by a weight in the or- 
dinary fashion and when opened the full 
width a hook automatically locks it in 
this position. When a car passes through 
the door way this hook is disengaged 



Adjiut4ble lichti for cu wubloi 

long and 8 inches wide, painted white to 
act as a reflector. The bar is supported 
on two arms which are fastened to the 
ceiling beams with a single carriage bolt 
through arm and beam, making a hinge. 
The lights can be let down when in use 
and pulled up out of the way when not 
required. — Maltibie Garage, Waterbury, 
Conn. 

Oil and Graphite Container 

(No. 176) 
White lead, grease, graphite and oil 
and shellac are four things that the 
repairman should always have within 
convenient reach and they are most con- 
veniently carried in a combination con- 
tainer, as shown, which consists of thre< 
cans for white lead, shellac and graphite 
and oil and a large compartment for 
grease. The container is made of tin. — 
W. W. Wright, foreman, Qeveland Cadil- 
lac Co., Cleveland, O. 

Self-closing Garage Door 
(No. 177) 



dj 


J 




'^t. 


















^ 


1 


(t ° 


L 






j/^ 


Hotof . 




(No. ITS) 


wit 


■term 



by the front and rear wheels passing 
over a spring plate in the floor. Each 
time a wheel runs over this plate it is 
depressed and by means of a cable and 
pulleys this releases the hook. When 
the hook is raised the first time the 
door only moves about an inch and it is 
not until the second time that the door 
is permitted to roll closed. This fea- 
ture prevents the door from closing on 



saver. It is constructed of standard pipe 
fittings and can be made in a short time 
at small expense. Such a torch is es- 
pecially useful in heating bent spring 
horns, frames, etc. — T. M. Lewis, Over- 
land Cleveland Sales Co., Qeveland. O. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



29 



a car half-way out, and is accomplished 
by cutting two notches close together 
in the plate on the door which the hook 
engages. — ^T. M. Lewis, Overland Cleve- 
land Sales Co., Cleveland, O. 

Using Motor to Heat Water' 

(No. 178) 

A stationary engine makes an excellent 
hot water heater, providing the cooling 
tank is not too large. There is only one 
objection and that is that in washing 
several cars, for example, the tank will 
be nearly emptied and the engine will 
overheat. To prevent this an automatic 
alarm may be installed with very little 
trouble. A float in the tank connects 
with a small metal weight by means of 
a light metal cable and two pulleys. 
At high and low positions in the tank 
this weight comes in contact with a 
metal bracket which completes a circuit 
and rin^^s a bell. The wiring diagram is 
clearly indicated. The pulley over which 
the wire passes is electrically connected 
to the bell, which is connected to one 
side of the single dry cell. The other 
wire runs to the bracket. — Wm. Folberth, 
Kolberth Auto Specialty Co., Cleveland. 

Lifter for One End of Car 

(No. 179) 

A crane attachment for lifting one end 
of a car is shown herewith. The two 
hooks which engage the frame ends are 





(No. 179) 
Hooks for lifting one end of a car 

adjustable laterally so that any width of 
frame may be accommodated. With this 
device there is no tendency to spring the 
frame as the pull is always vertical. W. 
W. Wright, foreman, Cleveland Cadillac 
Co., Cleveland, O. 

Candy Jars for Small Parts 

(No. 180) 

Small parts are conveniently stored in 
randy jars, which may be purchased for 
a few cents. The parts are protected 
agamst dust and moisture and vet are 
easily seen. — R. R. Sharp, Packard Cleve- 
land Motor Co., Cleveland, O. 

Compressed Air Motor Cleaner 

(No. 181) 

Compressed air or sprayed gasoline 
for cleaning are furnished by a simple 
tank, made out of an old Are extinguisher. 
It is filled with a quart or so of gasoline 
and then compressed air is added until 
the pressure is 100 or 150 pounds. The 
outlet hose is attached to the bottom of 
the tank. When the tank is horizontal 
and the discharge valve is opened only 
pure air is released, but if the tank is 
placed vertically gasoline issues. The 




(No. 181) 
Compresacd air and spray cleaning outfit 

nozzle on the hose is only 1/16 inch 
in diameter, so that the gasoline is finely 
sprayed by it. The air and gasoline are 
both used for cleaning. — B. S. Smith, 
Electric & Auto Co., Lorain, O. 

Temporary Spring Repair Job 

(No. 182) 

For patching a broken spring until a 
permanent repair can be made the device 
shown is excellent. It is simply a flat 
bar of steel with a spring clip riveted to 
the one end. The other end is slipped 




(No. 182) 
Leaf spring repaired with bar of ateel 

under the spring clips, which are loos- 
ened to receive it. Then they are tight- 
ened and a set screw in the spring clip 
in the other end is also screwed fast so 
that the broken members of the spring 
are locked solidly in place. — ^Joe Stern, 
Jackson Garage, Fremont, O. 

Easily Constructed Jib Crane 

(No. 183) 

The jib crane shown herewith will be 
found of great use in the shop, for it 
not only can be used for lifting but alsc 
for transporting, for it covers an area 
with a radius of 10 feet or more. It is 
made of three principal parts: the ver- 
tical shaft, which is very heavy 2-inch 
tubing; the boom, of the same material, 
and the crane hook and carrier which 
rides on the boom. The shaft is made 
solid at floor and ceiling and the boom 
is attached as shown. A f^-inch cable 
supports the end of the boom. Any kind 
of lifting tackle can, of course, be used 
in connection with this crane, but there 
is nothing better for all-round work than 
a good set of chain blocks which can be 
hooked to the traveler. — H. T. Belden, 
Fremont, O. 




(No. 183) 
Jib crane made up of heavy tubing and fittinga 



Lamp for Circuit Indicator 

(No. iM) 

A pilot light to show whether the cur- 
rent is on or not is a worth-while econ- 
omy on storage battery charging circuits, 
electric vulcanizer circuits and the like. 
Without the pilot light there is always 
danger that the circuit may be closed 
when it should be open, and the light 
indicates this. Any small candlepower 
bulb of correct voltage may be used, and 
it is placed between the two wires of the 
circuit; in other words, it is connected 
in parallel with the device, whatever it 
happens to be. — H. B. West, De Weese 
Auto Garage, Lima, O. 

Centering Pin for Drill Table 

(No. 185) 

The drill center pin which is slipped 
into the center hole in the drill press 
table as shown herewith is a very simple 
but handy device, for it allows the ac- 



J5R1UPMS5 TABU 




(No. 185) 
Drill preat table with pointed center in place 

curate centering of shafts which require 
drilling. 

Swinging Case for Dies 

(No. 186) 

Dies and similar tools which are us- 
ually carried in flat wooden cases are 
often hard to get at when placed on a 
shelf. The simple arrangement shown 
is to obviate this difficulty. It consists 
of two pieces of iron with the ends bent 
at right angles, two of the ends being 
fastened to the shelf and the other two 
to the case. They are suitably fastened 
and thus allow the case to be swung out 
from the shelf, thus making access easy. 
— Wm. K. Knowles, Henry J. Adams, 
Fostoria, O. 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 





carried from the wheels 

to the lamps through connections made 
on the frame of the car, And through a 
Sexible wire cord which passes over a 
pulley and is counter weighted. Thus the 
car may be brought to any position in 
the aisle and the lamp placed at any 
height.— H. L. Summers, Broadway Ga- 
rage, Findlay, O. 



Identifying Tube Repairs 

(No. 187) 

To identify a tube repair, stamp the 
company initials in the tube adjacent to 
the patch with steel letter dies. When 
the tube is vulcanized the letters will be 
easily seen. The object in such an iden- 
tifying mark is to prevent a dishonest 
customer from asking a repairman to 
make good somebody" else's defective 
work. — G. H. Eckstein, Tacoma Auto 
Service Co., Cleveland, O. 

Reamer Case for Work Bench 

(No. 188) 

This reamer case is placed over the 
work bench and not only provides a good 
housing for these tools but is very ac- 



4 


an ma 





cessible. It is made of !4-inch wood 
strips, the compartment heights are lH 
inches and the widths according to the 
size of reamer.— M. B. West, De Weese 
Auto Garage, Lima, O. 

Trolley Light for Stock Room 

(No. 189) 

Just one electric light will be found 
sufficient for the stock room providing 
It is a movable one that may quickly be 
placed at any point in the aisle between 
the bins. A simple means of accom- 
plishing this end is illustrated. Two live 
copper wires are strung over the aisle 
a few inches from the ceiling, and from 
them is suspended a car with metal 
wheels but wooden framework and axles. 



Magnifying Motor Knocking 

(No. 192) 

A good way to magnify a motor knock 
is by the use of a long pine stick J4 
inch in diameter. One end is placed 
near the knocking part and a finger is 
put over the other end and the ear laid 
over it. — G. H. Eckstein, Tacoma Auto 
Service Co., Cleveland, O. 



Emery Wheel Guard 

(No. 193) 

An emery wheel guard that can be 
thrown back when large work is to be 
done can be made of a heavy piece of 
iron stock the width of the wheel curved 
to shape and installed as shown. — G. H. 
Eckstein, Tacoma Auto Service Co.. 
Cleveland, O. 



Truck for Crippled Cars 

(No. 190) 

An unusually large truck for towing in 

automobiles with broken wheels or axles 

is shown herewith. It has a tread of 

nearly 5 feet, the wheels are 16 inches 

and have steel shod rims 




Bmerv wbctl fuatd which cm ha twunt out el 



Convenient Lamp Fixture 

(No. 194) 

An adjustable lamp fixture that allows 
the lamp to be placed, not only over the 
bench, but any place within a radius of 



H»T7ti 

5 inches wide. A substantial steel axle 
is used and it is bolted to a 7 x 9 beam 
which forms the member on which the 
axie of the disabled car rests. The tongue 
of the truck is 10 feet long and has a 
section 4x6 inches.— W. C. Huber, Fire- 
proof Garage, Dayton, O. 

Foot Pump as Grease Gun 

(No. 191} 

A foot pump with a short length of 
pipe in the end for a nozzle makes an 
excellent grease gun and can also be 
used as a syringe for sucking the grease 
or oil out of a motor or gearbox, etc., 
not provided with a drain plug. — W. W. 
Wright, foreman, Cleveland Cadillac Co., 
Cleveland, O. 




c lilbt 

10 or 15 feet, can be made by attachine 
the lamp to a boom which is supported 
from the wall. By suspending the lamp 
from a block which slides on the boom 
the lamp may quickly be brought to any 
desired position. — H. L. Summers, Broad- 
way Garage, Findlay, O. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Grinding Valve Cages 

<No. 195) 

When the valve cages of overhead 
valve motors become leaky they may 
quickly be reseated by the tool shown. 
It is merely an iron rod, threaded at one 





a wooden stand and a long lever pivoted 
to it, the short ' ' ' 

axle, or frame. 




adjusted to three different heights by 
changing the position of the pivot pin. — 
W. C. Huber, Fireproof Garage, Dayton, 



Seeing Around a Corner 

LoDi repair pit with moiabli bridgi * 

A mirror enables drivers to "see around 

Ti i ui Ti*- i n ■ Oi _j a corner" in the Rauch & Lang Garage, 

Portable Motor Repair Stand Cleveland, O. The entrance to this |a- 

/M. ios\ 'as* i' * '°"8 passageway at one side 

(Ho. 198> ^f j|,e building and a driver in the main 

„ . , . . J t- L - atale would have no means of ascertain- 

5 a handy motor stand which la ;„ whether or not there might be i 

hinged car entering '- -- '- "--- -=— " 



easily moved. The handles 



r entering v 






ior overhead tiIt* u(m 

four nuts to hold the 
cage. The other end of the rod has a 
squared shank to fit an ordinary brace 
and is provided with a universal joint 
so that the work may be done at any 
angle. The valve seats are ground in 
the same as a valve would be. — J. F. 
Taylor, XenJa Garage, Xenia, O. 



Carbon Burning Precautions 

(No. 196) 

To prevent a fire when burning out 
carbon it is wise to remove all traces 
of gasoline from the carbureter, intake 
manifold and cylinders by shutting off 
the gasoline and then operating the mo- 
tor until all fuel remaining in the car- 
bureter is consumed. — G. H. Eckstein, 
Tacoma Auto Service Co., Cleveland, O. 

Repair Pit for Several Cars 

(No. 197) 

A long repair pit capable of accom- 
modating several cars at once has many 
advantages over the single pit. It al- 
lows a mechanic to go from one car to 
another with ease, gives him more room 
10 work in, can be kept cooler and bet- 
ter ventilated, and is more satisfactory 
all around. With a pit of this type the 
only problem is to get the cars in place 
over it, and this is easily solved by hav- 
ing a pair of channel steel guides mount- 
ed on a truck or car which runs the 
length of the pit. This car may be 
brought to any position in a moment, 
the front wheels of the automobile run 
across the pit and the truck pushed out 
of the way. The truck is provided with 
flanged wheels which run on angle iron 
tracks imbedded in the cement in the 
sides of the pit A work bench running 
the length of the pit is an added con- 
venience.— T. M. Lewis, Overland Cleve- 
land Sales Co., CleveUnd, O. 




and drop out of the way. — H. B. West, 
DeWeese Auto Garage, Lima, O. 



Automatic Centering Mandrel 
(No. i») 

An automatic centering tool that can 
be used for various kinds of lathe work 
consists of two cones arranged on a 
heavy shaft which goes between the lathe 





I CAR [[car 1 



I ttarouch a mirror 



Lathi mandrel ■ 



lering coDM 



centers. One of the cones is solid with 
the shaft and the other is adjustable and 
is held in place by means of the nut at 
one end, a sleeve of suitable length be- 
ing interposed between the nut and this 
cone.— H. T. Belden, Fremont, O. 

Quick-acting Wooden Jack 

(Ho. 200) 
A quick-acting jack can be made of 



MCEIYEE. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Motor Knock Detector 

(No. 202) ' 

For locating motor knocks there is 
probably nothing better than the stetho- 
scope shown, which is made from an old 
telephone receiver and a long iron rod 
which is soldered to the diaphragm. — 
Fred Durnwald, Palace Garage, Fremont, 




Handy Sink for Cleaning Parts 

(No. 204) 

For cleaning parts a sink built into the 
work bench will be found of great con- 
venience. It may be made of sheet 
metal and should be provided with a 
stopper or drain plug. Every morning 
it IS filled with kerosene or gasoline, 
and it is then ready for the day's work. 
In the evening the fluid is drained, al- 
lowed to settle and by morning is clean 
enough to be used again. — ^T. M. Lewis, 
Overland Cleveland Sales Co., Cleveland, 





glass Bheives. Vertical members about 
2x3 inches are used, and cross mem- 
bers are fitted to these to hold the 
shelves. The glass shelves should be fit- 
ted into notches or rabbets so there will 
be no danger of their slipping out — 
Henry J. Adams, Fostoria, O. 



Reboring Ford Cylinders 

(No. 205) 
Ford cylinders may be rebored on », 
drill press by making a special cutting 
tool for the purpose. The tool is mount- 
ed in the spindle the same as a drill 
and the cylinder block is rested on the 
table. The cutting part of the device 
is shown at A, while parts B and C are 
for centering. First the boring bar alone 



^ 

^ 

c 


^^ 







is placed in the spindle then the bushing 
C is put in position and the table is 
moved one way or the other until the 
boring bar is an easy fit in the bushing. 
This is an important detail, as this bush- 
ing later serves as a bearing for the 
bar. Then the slightly conical member 
B is attached. One edge of this part is 
somewhat smaller and the other is as 
much larger than the Ford cylinder bore. 
The cylinder casting is now put in place 
with the crankcase end up, and by means 
of this cone the first cylinder is cen- 
tered. When this is accomplished the 
block is bolted fast to the table and B 
is removed. The boring member A is 
then brought down into position and the 
tool adjusted to take the depth of cut 
desired. The tool must be far enough up 
on the boring bar so that the lower end 
of the bar rests in the bushing C. This 
instrument is also adapted for work on 
Other motors with detachable cylinder 
heads.— Orville Hauser, Chillicothe, O. 

Glass Shelving for Stock 

(No 206) 

Attractive yet simple shelving for dts 
playing accessory stock can be made by 
using a wooden framework and plate 




Oil Transferring System 

(No. 208) 

For rapidly transferring oil from bar- 
rels to storage tanks there is nothing 
more simple and efficient than com- 
pressed air when used in connection 
with the special bung shown. This bung 



Aire. 4— 



liilr^ 




to BOTTOM 

or BARKCL--.,.?-. 



■B •ttnctiie diiplaj 



Ur-prtMure •yilcn 



carries two 'A mch copper pipes, one of 
which IS for entenng air and the other 
for the' oil discharged. The discharge 
pipe goes to the bottom of the barrel 
and the atr pipe terminates just within 
the bung The pipes are a tight sliding 
fit in the bung About 5 pounds air 
pressure is sufficient to cause the flow 
of the oil at a rapid rate.— Wm. Fol- 
berth Folberth Auto Specialty Co., 
Cleveland O 



Quick acting Ford Jack 

(No 209) 

A quick acting jack for raising Fords 
IS shown herewith There is a substan- 
tial base for stability, and a long lever 
so that the car may be lifted without 
much efiort The hook A engages the 
handle automatically and thus holds the 
axle ofi the ground. The double con- 
struction of the lifting bar gives good 
support to the axle and prevents side 




Quick- 
swinging of the car, when jaclced up, un- 
less more than ordinarily hard pressure 
is applied tending to tilt it. All the parts 
should be substantially made. — O. J. 
Hayes, Auto Inn, ChillJcothe, O. 




8ub*UDtul truck lor towing crlpplia 



bile truck hubs fitted with Timken bear- 
ings were used, and an old truck axle 
was cut down for this purpose. The 
result is a very strong and easy run- 
ning truck. The pole of the truck is 
strongly braced. A heavy cast iron 
bracket for carrying the axle is mounted 
at the center and this is provided with 
a short chain for holding the axle firmly 
in place. The end link of this chain 
slips into a notch in the bracket and there 
is a bolt on the other end to draw it 
tight. — Smith & Schumann, Fostoria, O. 





r 


^^a ' a 







It io place oa latbs 

Lathe Attachment for Milling 

(No. 211) 
A niilling attachment for nearly all 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



work except gear cutting is shown here- 
with. The milling cutter is placed on a 
mandrel between centers and the work 
is clamped to a carriage which is fast- 
ened to the bed of the lathe. The car- 
riage is provided with a cross feed. — W. 
W. Wright, Cleveland Cadillac Co.. 
Cleveland, O. 

Heavy Telescoping Tripod 

(No. 212) 

A tripod with telescopic legs is often 
valuable in pulling a wrecked car out of 
the ditch, etc. It-not only saves time 
but in many instances prevents further 
damage to the car. The legs of the de- 



Heavy Truck for Towing 

(No. 210) 

For towing disabled cars the substan- 
tial truck shown has been found to be 
particularly well adapted. The wheels 
are about 12' inches in diameter and 
about 2'/i inches wide. They are made 
of hard wood with the grain placed ra- 
dially and are bound by iron rims made 
out of !4-inch stock. Regular i 






, n 11 1 n^ HAWDLE 




1 1 mn 1 1 





:er end of the knife arm allows 
types of knives or an ordinary 

flass cutter to be inserted. — Smith & 
chumann, Fostoria, O. 



vice are made 3 inches square and the 
block and tackle is suspended from the 
center as shown. The telescopic feature 
allows the device to be placed in a com- 
paratively small space. When the legs 
are extended they are held in place by 
bolts, one in each leg. Each foot is pro- 
vided writh a prong made out of sheet 
steel to provide a firm foot hold in the 
dirt. — Smith & Schumann, Fostoria, O. 



Universal Valve Reseater 
(No. 213) 
This is a universal valve reseating tool. 
Different sizes of valv.e caps and of 
spindles are required. The knife has a 
45-degree cutting edge and is adjustable 
radially for various sizes of scats. — Or- 
ville Hauser, Chillicothe, O. 

Glass Disk Cutting Tool 

(No. 214) 
For making circular cuts in glass, gas- 
kets and sheet and metal fiber, the power- 
ful hand compass shown will be found 
useful. It consists of a strong bracket 
which is bolted solidly to the wall and 
which carries the double handle and the 
cutting tool. There is a set screw in the 
spindle so that the knife arm can be ad- 
justed to any radius and a set screw on 





'lllil 


willKllllllillll 1 


i 


/ 

i 

/A ^ 





Adjiulable tool tor cuttioi flu* dl»k* 

Towing a Crippled Car 

(No. 215) 

A simple device for towing a disabled 
car, and one that may be operated by one 
man, consists of two lengths of T-sec- 
tion structural steel, 12 feet long, and 
bent up at one end. The other end of 
each length has a hook on it to allow 
it to engage either front or rear axle 
of the disabled car, as required.— Er win 
Greer Automobile Co, Chicago. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Device for Unloading Fords 

(No. 216) 

A device for unloading Fords has two 
hooks to place under the front axle and 
two men on each side grasp the handles; 
at the rear a similar device ii used, but 
only two men are required. — Mr. Light' 
foot. Central Auto Co., Clarksburg, W. 
Va. 





Small Anvil for Vise 



This is a small anvil designed to be 
Iteld in a vise and is very useful for 
^inall work. — Joe Mittermiller, Albaugh 
.lotor Sales Co., Cleveland, O. 




Screening Elevator Shaft 

(No. 217) 
Where elevators are counter weigh ted 
the shaft in which the weight moves 
should be screened for approximately 6 
feet from the bottom. This will prevent 
accidents to workmen who might find 
occasion to enter the elevator shaft and 
will also prevent damage to parts that 
might drop down the shaft and fall under 
the descending weight. — Elton Garage 
Waterbury, Conn. 





Reaming Valve Guides 

(No. 221) 

Valve stem guides, when worn, must 
be either enlarged and bushed or reamed 
out and larger valve stems fitted, if there 
was originally no bushing inserted. It is 
absolutely essential that the guide be 
perfectly true with the valve seat, and an 
excellent way to make sure of this is to 
use such a reamer guide as is shown in 
the accompanying illustration. It is 
screwed into the valve port, which is al- 



Time keeping Card 

(No 219) 

A simple system of keeping track of 
the amount of time put m on a job of 
any kind is absolutely essential. Here 
IS a simple card that mirht be gotten 
out by any printer and that will serve 
the purpose It measures about 2;^ x 8 
inches and is fairly heavy cardboard. It 
IS intended to be used with a time clock, 
though one is not absolutely necessary. 
The workman might enter the time in 
pencil — BuUards Garage Greenwich, 




ways finished true with the valve seat. 
The threads in the port plug should be 
lathe cut and the hole for the reamer 
bored at the same chucking, so there will 
be no chance that they will not be true 
with each other. — Orville Hauser, Chilli- 
cothe, O. 

Magnifying Motor Knocks 

(No. 222) 

Frequently a motor will develop a 
knock that is not particularly distinct, 
but that it is very desirable to correct. 
The sound may be intensilied and its 
location rendered less difficult by the use 
of a slender pine rod, as shown in the 
illustration. One end of the stick is 



Chuck for Ford Pistons 

(No. 220) 

Here is a simple chuck for turning 
Ford pistons in a lathe. By making the 
thread separate from the rest of the 
chuck, the device may be used for any 
size of piston; all that is then required 
for a new size is a new threaded portion. 
—Orville Hauser, Chillicothe, O. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSMOP SHOET-CUTS 



pected to proceed, one finger laid over 
the top of the stick and the ear applied 
to the finger. The closer the stick is 
held to the source of the noise the louder 
the sound will seem. — G. H. Eckstein, 
Tacoma Auto Service Co.. Cleveland, O. 

Convenient Water Supply 

(No. 223) 

There should be a hose adjacent to the 
gasoline pump in every garage, as water 
is just as necessary as air or gasoline, 
and when a car stops for gasoline it 
requires no extra time to fill the radiator. 
The hose should be kept ofl the floor, 
however. The water pipe is carried to 
a point near the ceiling and the hose 
is attached there. It hangs low enough 
to reach the filler opening and that is 
all. A spring-closed faucet valve such 
as may be purchased at any hardware 
Store or plumber is placed in the pipe 
line, the valve automatically closing as 
soon as pressure is released so that no 
water is wasted. — Kaiser M. C. Co., Co- 
lumbus, O. 

Handy Compartment Box 

(No. 224) 

Overhauling work may be speeded up 
by using a box with several compart- 
ments far the various parts as they are 
removed from the car. All carbureter 
parts should be put in one compart- 
ment, for example; another might be 
used (or bolts and nuts, a third for rear 
axle parts, and so on. By thus system- 
atizing the work considerable time will 
be saved when it comes to reassembling. 

Drills Always Handy 

(Ho. IM) 

A drill stand right on the drill press 
itself has much to recommend it; it is not 
only a convenience but a time saver. It 
is especially adaptable to the small shop 
where there is no tool room for such 
tools. The drill stand is simply a block 
of wood with holes bored in it to re- 
ceive the drills. It should measure about 
5x8x1 inches and is mounted on 
an angle iron which is bolted to the 
drill press frame, — A. E. Cassel. foreman, 
Ashtabula Garage, Ashtabula, O. 




Transmission Spring Tool 

(No. 226) 

Easy insertion of the three springs 
used on the Ford transmission band as- 
sembly is made possible by this tool, 
which holds all three springs in com- 
pression until they are in place, when the 
tool is removed, — O. J. Hayes, Auto Inn, 
Chtllicothe, O. 





Soldering Iron Furnace 

(No. 228)' 

For heating soldering irons by gas, a 
sheet steel furnace is advisable and can 
be made at slight cost. It consists of a 
box about 5 X 8 X 12 inches, with a large 
square hole in the front to allow the 
insertion of the irons and a vent in the 
top to give escape to the products of 
combustion. The burner is made from a 
piece of ^-inch gas pipe drilled with 
at)out two dozen 1/16-inch holes. — A. E. 
Cassel. foreman, Ashtabula Garage, Ash- 
tabula, O. 




Drop Light Adjustment 

(No. 229) 

A drop light which may be adjusted 
to any height is not only a convenience 
""" doing repair work but it removes 



Flanging Copper Pipe 

(No. 227) 

Flanging copper pipe for making con- 
nections can be very simply done by 
means of the die shown. It consists of 
two pieces of steel drilled to accommo- 
date the various sizes of tubing, such as 
J4-, 5/16-, H- and 7/16-inch. These holes 
are then counterbored the size and shape 
of the flange desired. To flange a piece 
of tubing It is placed between the two 
members in the correct sized hole and 
clamped in a vise. Then the tool shown 
at A, with the aid of a hammer, is used 
to form the flange. Dowel pins are used 
to locate the two halves of the die. Care 
should be taken not to hammer too 
much, as the tool may be driven through 
the copper.— Harmon Wirebaugh, A. H. 
Wilson Motor Car Co.. Canton, O. 




a movable one. a counterweight and a 
light wire cable are the materials re- 
quired. How the apparatus is rigged up 
is shown and requires no explanation. — 
A. E. Cassel, Ashtabula Garage, Ashta- 
bula, O. 

Drawers for Small Parts 

(No. 230) 

Drawers for housing small parts can 
very conveniently be made out of a 
clever combination of wood and gal- 
vanized sheet iron; wood for the ends 
and sheet iron, in a single piece, for the 
sides and bottom. The end pieces are 
about ^ inch thick and with any height 
and breadth to suit. A slit ^ inch deep 
is sawed in the sides and bottom of each 
block and these receive the bent-over 
edges of the sheet metal part, which has 
been bent to fit, after being cut accord- 
ing to the pattern shown. When the 
drawer is assembled nails are driven at 
A to hold it together.— A. E. Cassel. 
foreman, Ashtabula Garage, Ashtabula, 
O. 

Bulb Stock Board 

(No. 231) 
An ideal way to carry lamp bulbs in 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



stock is on 3 board about IH x 3 feet. 
the bases of the bulbs being inserted 
in holes in the board which is placed at 
such an ang'le that all the bulbs can 
easily be seen at a glance. The ad- 
vantages of this method of storing the 





, ■<■■/ - 


uncT 


Jm 




/ 


ii 1 

\ r r. , 1 




/ 

1/ 


^ 

// 


i 








r^:^^^^?^^!;^^^^:;^^^ 




Line Shaft Air Pump 

(No. 232) 

Extreme simplicity marks this air i 
pressor, which is mounted on the 



Bhafting and is driven directly by it 
through a large eccentric which works 
the connecting rod. The cylinder casting 
is attached to the shafting by two steel 
rods which are connected to the shafting 
through two large bearings. The cylin- 
der is prevented from rotating by a 
brace which runs diagonally to the ceil- 
ing. Small poppet valves are used, and 
both are automatic. The piston clear- 
ance is negligible and pressure is regu< 
lated by a simple automatic device which 
holds the intake valve open when a pres- 
sure of 120 pounds is reached. — Orville 
Hauser, ChiUicothe, O. 

[By increasing the clearance, the auto- 
matic pressure regulator is unnecessary; 
that is, with a certain space between 
piston and cylinder head it would be im- 
possible to raise the pressure beyond 120 
pounds because at this pressure the 
amount of air in the clearance space at 
the top of the piston stroke would be 
just snflicient so tbat on the suction 



bulbs is that there is not the same danger 
of breakage through frequent handling, 
the bulbs are mote accessible and the 
stock on hand can be seen at a glance.— 
Wm. Sickinger, Morgan & Williams, 
Warren, O. 





1 I 


1)11 




















_^_ 


lX 


u 


°""1 


"- LJ^L 




















































« ™ 




IT O C 



Air pump 

stroke following this air 
expanded to atmospheric 
less the air on the sui 
expanded below atmospht 
suction takes place, no a 
and therefore no air ca 



Spring Leaf Spreader 

(No. 233) 

The spring leaf spreader shown in the 
accompanying illustration is as simple as 
it is possible to make a tool, having no 



moving parts and being made in a single 
piece. Any blacksmith can forge one 
from a piece of steel. Tempering the 
working edges will improve the device if 
it is to be used much, though for occas- 
ional use tempering hardly is necessary. 
The edges should be sufficiently far 
apart to go over the spring, as at A, 
when a twist will force the edges be- 
tween the leaves, as shown at B. 






In 



Magneto Testing Drive 

(No. 234) 

ofter 



de- 



I testing magnetos it i 
sirable to drive them at different rates 
of speed. One way of doing this is by 
a variable speed electric motor, but if 
the motor is a constant speed design 
different speeds may be obtained by fit- 
ting two friction disks. The large disk 
is attached to the armature shaft and 
the smaller one is slidably mounted on 
a cross shaft.— J. O. Steele, Fourth- 
Chestnut Auto Repair Co., Columbus, O. 



could only be 
pressure. Un- 
tion stroke is 
ric pressure no 

be delivered 





AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Piston Ring Expander 

(No. 235) 

A good tool for expanding rings so 
(liat they may easily be slipped over the 
l>istons is made as shown. The ends of 
the tool are cut so that they w31 fit 
snugly over the ends of a dia^onallv 
split ring. A small coil spring is used 
to hold the end* together. — Harmon 
Wirebaugh, A. H. Wilson M. C. Co., 
Canton, O. 

Protecting Air Hose 

(No. 236) 

When the air hose is allowed to lie on 
the floor it is trampled on, cars run over 
it, and it becomes soaked with oil and 
grease. As a result its life is consider- 
ably shortened. A simple method of 
preventing this trouble is suggested in 
the accompanying drawing. 



Distilling Water 

(No. 238) 

By the UK of a simple home-made 
■till, distilled water can be obtained for 
merely the cost of the gas used for heat- 













1 


J 




1/ 


\ 


^ 


Mvi 


IBIi 


-^^L i 


Y^m. L 






iff ^ 


V ffi 





!. 


yjR 



Rack for Stock 

(No. 237} 

A good rack for carrying shafts and 
similar parts can be quickly made at 
minimum expense by means of V-shaped 
boards nailed on the top of the regular 
stock bins. The construction is clearly 
shown, and the V-shaped pieces front 
and back are staggered so that shafts 
on adjacent sides will not interfere, — 
Wm. Sickinger, Morgan & Williams, 
Warren, O. 




.r 


COPPIR F1 


^ 




CITY 

■W\TER 


M 

oouwi vxrai 


i 




^ 






=3\ 

GAS BUSKLR 


VENT 
2 GAL 


& 



ing the water — a considerable saving 
when it is bought at 20 cents a gallon. 

Probably the average garage is called 
upon to supply 100 cars per month with 
distilled water for the starting and light- 
ing battery, and figuring that each takes 
a pint, the total monthly consumption is 
over a dozen gallons, and the cost of 
$2.40. 

Herewith is illustrated a simple form 
of still consisting of three vessels, one 
for ordinary water, one for condensing 
Steam, and one for holding the distilled 
water. Water is poured into the first 
vessel through the filler opening and 
then the opening is closed. A gas burner 
under this vessel soon brings the water 
to the boiling point and the steam gen- 
erated is carried over through the coils 
of pipe where condensation occurs. 
From here the water flows by gravity 
into the vessel in which the distilled 
water is collected. The condenser coil 
should be surrounded by comparatively 
cool water to aid in the condensation. 
Six or eight feet of tubing ^ inch in 
diameter should be suflictent for the coil. 
If the distilled water vessel is solidly 
connected to the lower end of the con- 
denser tubing a vent should be placed 
in the side of the vessel near the top 
to allow air to flow in as the water is 
drawn oft through the faucet at the bot- 
tom. A gauge glass will be found a con- 






the 



of 



water in the vessel. A glass bottle may 
be substituted for this vessel. 

The material used in making the still 
should be thin sheet copper, or tinned or 
galvanized sheet iron. For 1-, 2- or 3- 
gallon sizes make all three vessels 5 x 10, 
6J4 X 13 or 8 X 16 inches. 

Bucket Improvement 

(No. 239) 

The life of buckets and cans about the 
parage can be greatly prolonged by lin- 
ing the bottom with a H inch of con- 
crete. This prevents the leaking of the 
pail as a result of the wear and abuse 
that the bottom usually is subjected to. — 
The Autocar. 



Two-tier Storage 

(No. 240) 

By double- decking cars the Frederick 
E. Murphy Automobile Co., Minneapolis, 
Paige and Mitchell dealer, is able to get 
500 cars on a floor that has space for but 
half that number. The double-decking 
consists of plank trackage built high and 
wide enough to clear the lower row of 
cars. Cars are run from the elevator 
onto a carrier which is on small iron 
wheels and which runs up level with the 
elevated structure. — Frederick E. Mur- 
phy Automobile Co. Minneapolis. 



Loud 'Phone Bells 

(No. 241) 

It is not necessary that any one re* 
main in the office of the repatrshop of 
the Frederick E. Murphy Automobile 
Co., Minneapolis. The telephone bells 
are large 4-)nch pairs of bells overhead 
in the center of the shop. They can be 
heard by any one in the shop and are 
immediately answered. There being two 
telephone systems in the city, there are 
two different-sounding sets of bells. — 
Frederick E. Murphy Automobile Co., 
Minneapolis. 



Drip Pan Substitute 

(No. 242) 

In place of a drip pan which is always 
dirty, looks badly, leaks, becomes 
cracked and misshaped, is always in the 
way< a small bed of sand about 2x5 feet 
may be placed under each car. These 
should be kept neatly brushed up and the 
sand should be about 1 inch deep. The 
sand is of a dustless hard kind and is 
not blown by the wind, although an open 
cutout will scatter it about. The sand 
piles are trimmed every day. — Pence 
Automobile Co., Minneapolis, Minn. 



Handling Small Screws 

(No. 243) 

In replacing a small screw where 
cramped quarters make it difficult to 
hold, a strip of cardboard makes an ex- 
cellent flexible holder. The screw is 
stuck through one end of a strip, say 
4 inches by Vi. and thus is held.— G. W. 
Johnson, Savanna, 111. 




Guidint tmiU unw n 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Timber-built Crane 

(No. 244) 

A very substantial crane capable of 
lifting the complete car if need be can 
be made from 4 x ti-inch joists. The 
crane is mounted on large casters and the 
car is placed between its supporting- 
members, after which the lifting is done 
by a chain hoist. The dimensions and 
construction are clea^y shown by the 
accompanying diagram. — Albert Elton, 
Elton Auto & Repair Co., Youngs town. 




Shorting Spark Plugs 

(No. 245) 

Short-circuiting spark plugs can more 
easily be done by the chain apparatus 
shown than by the use of a screw driver. 
Any kind of chain may be used, and it 
is fastened to a wooden handle to insu- 
late it.— Light Car (English) for Sep- 
tember. 




Replacing Piston Rings 

, (No. 246) 

A simple scheme for replacing piston 
rings is shown herewith. Take three 
pieces of an old alarm clock spring, each 
about 5 inqbes long. Bend one end in 
the form of a hook. Place the springs 
around the piston as indicated, with the 
hook at the top. Then the rings are 






To 



ring first insert one spring where the 
ring is parted, then a second one as 
shown. Finally place the third spring in 
position at the back of the piston and 
then the ring may be pulled off. — John 
J. Stcpicke, Chicago, III. 



1 







Aligning Main Bearings 

(No. 247) 

Whether the main bearings are in 
alignment or not can be determined by 
means of a surface gauge. This is an 
instrument which measures the distance 
between the top of the crankcase and 
each bearing, and is therefore nothing 
more than a caliper. It has a broad, flat 
base, which may be placed on the surface 
of the crankcase and the pointer i) 
brought into contact with one of the 
bearings, then it is moved along to the 
other bearings to determine whether 
these surfaces are higher or lower. To 
make sure of the accuracy of this method 
the trueness of the crankcase surface 
must first be checked by a straight edge. 
Another method which may be used, 
providing the bearing boxes are in line, 
is to remove the bearings and caliper 
them. If they are all the same thick- 
ness the crankshaft must be in align- 
ment, but if otherwise it is out of true. — 
G, B. Cortelyou, New York. 



Elevator Safety Lock 

(No. 248) 
To prevent the use of the elevator by 
unauthorized persons the device shown 
was worked out. It consists of a hook 
which normally rests in one of the slots 
in the pulley around which the elevator 
starting cable is wound. The cable can- 
not be moved and consequently the ele- 
vator cannot be started until the hook 
is moved out of one of the slots, and 
there is a slot for each floor. The hook 
is held in position by a spring and it is 
pulled out by two strong electro mag- 
nets which are energized by an ordinary 
storage battery; there is no reason why 
line current might not be used just as 
well, providing it is direct. There is a 
switch at each floor, and when any one 
of these is closed current energizes the 
magnets and pulls the hook away from 
the pulley. Ordinary switches are used 
but special keys arc fitted ao that only 
a man with a key can operate the switch. 
— Floyd Kinnamar^and Wm. K. Knowlea, 
Fostoria, O. 




<Ko. »■) 
Slcctric ufctr lock on dcvator 

Economy in Charging Current 

(No. 249) 

A current economy in charging stor- 
age batteries can be effected by utilizing 
the current that is ordinarily consumed 
by the resistance in lighting the garage. 
Three banks of four 100-watt lamps are 
used and one, two or three may be 
brought into circuit as desired. Finer 
gradations of resistance may be obtained 
by turning individual lamps on or off. 
The diagram of connections for operat- 
ing on a direct -current, 220-Tolt circuit is 
shown.— M. B. West, De Wesse Auto 
Garage, Lima, O. 




Rack and Jars for Parts 

(No. 250) 
Small articles in accessory store or 



AUTOMOBH,E REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



stock room are conveniently housed in 
glass jars arranged on a rack as shown. 
£ach shelf is just wide enough to hold 
two rows of jars, and the two rows are 
separated by a rod which also serves 
to hold the shelving together. Each jar 
has two ta^s on it, one giving the name, 
size and price of the part, and the other 
telling the position number of the jar 
and where more stock of the same kind 
may be located. The former insures that 
the jar will always be placed it) the same 
position, as there is a number to cor- 
respond on the shelf under each jar, 
and the latter makes it possible to find 
the stock without any trouble when the 
jar becomes empty and must be re- 
filled.— H. Johnson, New York. 



tons — which means that it can be quite 
slack, as not much power is required — 
and the lapping should be done at a 
moderate rate of speed. F. H. Wood- 
hull, service manager, Studebaker Corp., 
New York branch. 

Shop Cooling Fan 

(No. 252) 

A fan is an excellent device to keep 
the shop cool and well ventilated, and 
there is nothing simpler than the shaft- 
ing fan shown. It consists merely -of 
two boards of lenglh and width as de- 
sired, which are clamped to the shaft- 
ing. — Ford Motor Co., Long Island City. 



the magneto armature shaft is shown 
herewith. It is made out of a solid bar 
of steel, cut to the proper shape, A spe- 
cial form of ring clamp is used to com- 
press the ends which grasp the cam. — 
J. H. Taylor, foreman, Xenia Garage, 





Cylinder Lapping Device 

(No. 251) 

In a bi^ repairshop a piston and cylin- 
der lappmg machine, especially where 
many cars of one make are repaired, will 
pay well. It is merely a device to re- 
ciprocate the pistons back and forth in 
the cylinders while rouge and water are 
used to do the lapping; four or six 
cylinders are done at once. An old six- 
cylinder crankcase and crankshaft of 
suitable size are turned upside down and 
bolted solidly to a bench constructed for 
the purpose. A belt connects tile fly- 
wheel with the line shafting. The cylin- 
der block to be lapped is slid into place 
and the connecting rods are attached to 



Good Tool Storage 

(No. 253) 

There is enough space under the work 

bench to not only house all the tools 

carried in the shop but also all ttie parts 



brulicr CUB* 

Pick-up Magnet 

(No. 255) 
A magnet is a very handy thing with 
which to pick up iron and steel parts, 
especially an electro magnet, because of 
its superior strength. In the magnet 
illustrated a H-'m. soft iron core 4 in. 
long is used and it is wound with six 
layers of No. 20 cot ton -covered wire. 
The terminals are brought out at one 
end, and at the other there is a 5/16-in. 
tapped hole for the insertion of various 
types of rods to aid in reaching out-of- 
the-way corners. A 6-volt storage bat- 
tery may be used as a source of current. 
— M. R. Potter. Wm. Petry, Inc., Hud- 
son. N. V. 





cylinder lipplni 



the crankshaft, and then the cylinder 
block is locked in this position. The 
power is then turned on and the lapping 
process is started. Another way of do- 
mg this would be to build a cradle for 
holding any shape or size of motor and 
then place the motor cylinder block, 
crankcase and crankshaft into it. Then 
the belt for driving would be attached. 
The belt should not be run any tighter 
ihan is necessary to reciprocate the pis- 



tltUUioi (tonfi 

(He. ISJ) 

of cars that are in the process of over- 
hauling. By utilizing this space the 
floor is kept clear of obstructions and 
the danger of things becoming lost or 
broken is minimized. A neat Way of 
housing these parts under the bench is 
shown herewith. Sheet metal drawers 
are placed directly under the bench top 
and below there is a large closet closed 
by sheet metal doors. The drawers and 
doors may be padlocked when desired. 
Divisions may be made to suit the sizes 
of tools, etc., to be stowed in the cup- 
board and drawers. — D. & P. Auto Repair 
Co., New York City. 

Magneto Cam Clamp 

(No. 254) 

A clamp for removing the cam from 



Brace Die-holder 

(No. 256) 

A die holder for bit brace use comes 
in handy in rethreading spring clips, and 
in fact for all rethreading work. This 
type of die holder is ospecially adapted 
for spring clip rethreading because it 
clears the other leg of the clip — some- 
thing that the ordinary die holder will 
not do. The use of this tool in auto- 
mobile work is comparatively rare and 
its use suggests that more time could 
profitably be spent by the repairman in 
perusing small tool catalogs and select- 
ing tools that were better fitted for his 
work. — H. Johnson, New York. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




Marking Car Spaces 

(No. 259) 
To make sure that each car in the 
garage is stored in its proper place, it is 
a good idea to tack cards on the wall 
with the owners' names on them, the 
card for each particular owner being 
right in the center of his space. — Alfred 
V. Slatter, Rochester, N. Y. 



Expanding Lead Lap 

(No. 257) 
An expanding lapping tool is an im- 
portant shop tool and yet one can be 
made for very little. It consists of a 
tapered arbor over which is placed a split 
lead sleeve, the position and thickness of 
the sleeve determining the exact diame- 
ter of the tool. The arbor has a key in 
It which serves to keep the sleeve from 
slipping. The sleeve is cast in place and 
then a slot is cut down to the key the 
full length of the sleeve. Expansion of 
the tool is accomplished by driving it 
further upon the arbor. To reduce the 
siie the sleeve most be moved down to 




the smaller end of the taper and then 
compressed. Emery and grease are used 
as an abrasive, coarse emery for start- 
ing and fine for finishing. — D. Sl P. Auto 
Repair Co., New York, 

A Jacking Wrinkle 

(No. 258) 
When an axle truss rod interferes with 
the jack the difficulty may be overcome 
very nicely by using the U-shaped mem- 
ber shown. It consists of a piece of ^- 
in. flat stock bent and cut in the manner 
illustrated and is placed between the 
head of the jack and the axle. — H. John- 
son, New York. 




aoL 




Garage Car Stowage 

(No. 260) 

It is easier to drive into a tight place 
than to back in. and, conversely, it is just 
as easy to back out of a tight place as to 
drive out. Therefore, storing cars in a 
garage with the fronts to the wall has 
much to recommend it. There is a locker 
in each car space and this serves roughly 
to locate the car. In backing the driver 
has the whole aisle to back into and 
therefore little difficulty is experienced. 
The aisle width is 24 ft. — Pence Automo- 
bile Co., Minneapolis, Minn. 



Light in Bearing Work 

(No. 261) 
Taking up bearings and similar work 
can be greatly facilitated by illuminating 
the under part of the motor by means 
of a small electric light. A 2-candle- 
power bulb with an Ediswan base is ideal 
for this purpose and current may be 
derived from four dry cells in series. The 
small size of the bulb allows it to be 
placed almost anywhere in the motor and 
in such close quarters the low candle- 
power is ample. An added advantage is 
that the outfit is easily portable. — A. E. 
Cassel, foreman, Ashtabula Garage, Ash- 
tabula, O. 



Improving an Old Hammer 

(No. 262) 
The face of a battered hammer may 
be greatly improved by the simple 
process of grinding it to take off the 
unevenn^ss of the surface. The steel 
should not be overheated in the grinding. 

Delicate Rod Test 

(No. 263) 

Where many motors of one size are 
overhauled, and the cylinders are not 
integral with the crankcase, a pair of 
cylinders split in two may be used to 
determine the trueness of the connect- 
ing rod bearings. After the cylinders 
are split the waterjackets are closed up 
by placing a thin sheet of metal, cut to 




(Na 163) 
8ptlt cylinder for tilting connsctlng roda 

the rear to illuminate these slots. This 
device is placed on the crankcase and 
two adjacent pistons are tested, one at 
a time. If there is any twist or bend in 
the connecting rod it will be indicated 
by a leakage of light at one side or the 
other, but if everything is all right, all 
light will be excluded. This is a par- 
ticularly delicate test because it is pos- 
sible to see a very thin shaft of Itght 
without any difficulty. — Wm. Mcllvrid, 
Colt-Stratton Co., Cole and Dodge, New 
York. 

Lathe Test for Rods 

(No. 264) 

There are many ways to determine 
whether the connecting rod bearings at 
top and bottom are true and parallel, 
and one of the simplest involves the use 
of a lathe and two mandrels. A mandrel 
is inserted in. each end of the rod, and 
then one of the mandrels is placed be- 
tween the centers of a lathe and the other 
end of the rod is allowed to swing over 
until it comes close to the ways of the 
lathe and a small block is placed under 
it to support it in this position. Then 
a V-block is carefully made; it slides on 
the ways and has the surfaces of its 
V's cut so that one side is perpendicular 
and the other parallel to the axis of the 
connecting rod. The V-block is placed 
at one end of the mandrel and the dis- 
tance measured with a caliper; then the 
block is placed at the other end and the 
distance is measured on this side; if the 
two do not correspond the two bearings 
are not parallel. Likewise, measuring 
distances on each side will show whether 
the connecting rod is twisted. Naturally 
a different block will be needed for long 
rods than for short ones, since a change 
in the length of the rod will also change 
the angle which it makes, and therefore 
the angles of the V surfaces, but two or 
three blocks of different sizes should be 
enough for all rods, from the largest 
down to the smallest, — P. J. Durham, 
New York. 



Transferring Oil 

(No. 265) 

Usually the transfer of oil from bar- 
rels to storage tanks in the garage is a 
clumsy operation. Trouble can be avoid- 
ed and tne oil delivered from barrel to 
tank in a very short time by air pres- 
sure. The apparatus Consists of a pipe 
which is inserted through the bung and 
reaches to the bottom of the barrel. 
Then the air pressure is utilized to force 




the oil up through this pipe into the 
storage tanks. Air enters through the 
side of the bung plug, and passes into 
the barrel through the clearance space 
between the plug and the delivery pipe. 
The bung plug is about 8 inches long, 
is tapered so that its diameter increases 
from I'A inch at one end to 3 inches at 
the other, and is provided with a fine 
thread, 16 to the inch, so that it may be 
readily screwed into any bunghole. 

In attaching the apparatus the first 
step is to put in the bung, and there is 
a handle about 1 foot long to aid in 
this sticking out from one side. Then 
the delivery pipe is inserted until its 
end touches the other side of the bar- 
rel, and the packing gland which makes 
a tight joint between it and the delivery 
tube is screwed down tight. A flexible 
metal tube ^ inch in diameter runs 
from the end of the delivery pipe to the 
oil storage tank. 

A better idea is to have the flexible 
pipe connect with a common pipe which 
runs to all the tanks and have branches, 
provided with valves, running to each 
tank. To Gil any given tank it is merely 
necessary to open the desired valve.— 
August Lipp, Flatbush Avenue Garage, 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



still out of the way. — Smith & Schu- 
mann, Fostoria, O. 



Small Part Case 

(No. 267) 
A complete stock of nuts and bolts 
is carried in a case like this. It includes 
machine screws in all sizes from 8-32 
up; cap screws in all standard sizes from 
% to I in. and in all lengths; all sizes 
of rivets, both steel and copper; cotter 
pins, lock washers and plain washers 
m all sizes; taper pins from No. to No. 
8 in all lengths; carriage bolts from ^ 
to yi in. in all lengths; all standard 
hexagonal nuts with both standard and 
S. A. E. threads; stove bolts 3/16 diam- 
eter and all lengths; sheet brass from 
.002 up to 'A in.; tobin bronze round and 
hexagonal, and a large stock of iron 
and steel bar stock. Most of this mate- 
rial is housed in drawers and bins made 
from white pine boards fj in. thick, as 
shown. Each drawer or bin la tagged 
to show what is in it. — Wm. Youngs, 
Newburgh, N. Y. 




41 

Use for Old Safes 

(No. 269) 
An old safe makes an excellent porta- 
ble work bench. A vise is bolted to its 
top and since it is provided with rollers 
it is very easy to roll it around if the 
floor is reasonably smooth. The safe is 
heavy enough to make a firm support for 
the vise, yet it is not hard to roll. 




Clutch Spring Clips 

(No. 268) 

To facilitate replacmg clutch spnngs 
two dips as shown are a valuable aid 
The spring is compressed m a vise the 
clips are placed at either side and the 
spring IS allowed to expand against the 
lugs on their ends After the clutch 
spring IS in place the clips arc removed. 
— Chas E Reiss New York City 




Piston Ring Clamp 

(No. 270) 
A clamp for holding piston rings tight 
while the cylinders are slipped over them 
can be made from a couple of strips of 
galvanized iron bent as shown. Thumb 
screws at each side are used to hold them 
in place. — J. E. Mayer, Diamond Motor 
Co., New Rochelle, N. Y. 



1 9 

LI 1 



Keeping Door Closed 

(No. 266) 

In winter, when the front door of the 
K*rage must be kept closed, many steps 
j""* "awed between shop and front door 
tS" '"8 ^^ endless rope running from 
|he door to the garage so that it can 
™ opened or closed from the shop. It 
•honld not be a difficult matter to lead 
We rope CO that it will be convenient but 




42 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIBSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Boring Radius Rods 

(No. 271) 
Boring out holes in radius rods or 
other work too large to swing in an 
ordinary garage lathe may be easily han- 
dled by clamping the work to an angle 
Elate attached to the carriage of the 
ithe. Then a boring bar is placed in 
the chuck, exact adjustment of the tool 
b«inE obtained by screwing opposite dogs 
of the chuck in or eut.— D. & P. Auto 
Repair Co., New York. 

Home-made Press 

(No. 272) 
A cheap arbor press can be constructed 
outof an old screw jack and any heavy 
wooden or iron beams that are available. 
For example, the top and bottom mem- 
bers of the press may be made of three 
2 X 10 pine planks bolted together. The 
construction of the press is clearly 
shown. 



eists of a small electric motor which has 
a Irar of iron fastened to it so that it 
may be placed in the tool post of the 
lathe. To the armature shaft is attached 
a grinding wheel of the type and size 
required. An extension to the armature 
shaft may also be used to advantage in 




Electrical Testing 

(No. 273) 

When a large amount of electrical 
work is done it is well to make a test- 
ing apparatus where the generators may 
be examined outside of the car. An am- 
meter, voltmeter and cutout are the es- 
sential parts of the apparatus outside of 
a small variable speed motor for driv- 
ing the generator. The motor shotild 
be equipped with some sort of universal 
coupling BO that any generator may be 
quickly attached, then the voltage and 
amperage at various speeds and when 
the cutout operates can be readily de- 
termined. 

Either a lamp or water rheostat should 
be connected to the generator to ab- 
sorb the power generated. A speed 
counter, such as the one illustrated, is a 
good thing to have to determine the 
speed at which the generator is running; 
its cost is small and it is well worth 
the money. — R. H. WoodhuU, service 
manager, Studebaker Corp., New York 
branch. 

Grinding Attachment 

(No. 274) 




Air Pump Drive 

(No. 276) 

Driving the air compressor from the 
cone pulley shaft of the drill press offers 
the advantage that a dog clutch may be 
used for making the connection, since 
the friction clutch of the drill press may 
be used for starting. The compressor 
may be driven either by gear or belt 
and the dog clutch may be placed directly 
on the cone pulley shaft, as shown. — R. 
Vogel, New Rochellc, N. Y. 



CLUTCH 




BtLT TO 
COMPRESSOR 



Straightening Shafts 

(No. 275) 

One of the best methods of straight- 
ening a shaft when it is between the lathe 
centers is to use a small screw jack; an 
ordinary car jack sawed off to fit will 
do. The jack is placed on one of the 
cross-members of the lathe bed or rested 
on the end of a board made for the 
purpose. — J. E. Mayer, Diamond Motor 
Co., New Rochelle, N. V. 



Running In Motors 

(No. 277) 
For running motors in after they arc 
overhauled the simplest arrangement is 
probably to connect the front end of the 
crankshaft to a shaft driven by belt from 
the line shafting. The coupling may be 
of the starter crank type. The motor 
should be supported on a low stand and 
the driving shaft should be provided with 
a universal. The shaft is most simply 
mounted by bolting it to the legs of a 
lathe or planer, as illustrated, and the 
shaft is driven directly from a pulley on 
the line shafting.— R. Vogel, New Ro- 
chelle, N. Y. 



-^^ 



OH 



in 



Spring Compressor 

(No. 278) 
A device for compressing clutch 
springs is illustrated herewith. It con- 
sists of a circular iron plate which has 
two bolts running through it which hook 
onto another plate. The clutch spring 
to be compressed is placed between these 
two plates and pressure applied by means 
of the two nuts.— Wm. Mcllvrid, Colt- 
Stratton Co., New York. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 





threaded a H-n. pipe several feet Ions. 
This pipe carries the torch, which is 
fastened to it by the clamp shown in 
detail at A. The blow torch is also made 
of pipe fittings and the flame is con- 
trolled by separate valves on the eas 
and the air.— H. C. Wood, Brock's Ga- 
rage, Trenton, N. J. 

Extending Fire Hose 

(No. 281) 



when there is a considerable circulation 
of air in the room due to the disturbance 
caused by the heating system and dust 
is flying.— G. O. Reynolds, New Ro- 
chelle, N. Y. 



Blow Torch Stand 

(No. 280) 

A simple and convenient stand for a 

ns blow torch is illustrated herewith. It 

oas a light cast iron base into which is 



An expanding reamer may be made 
out of a bar of tool steel with a slot 
milled in it to hold the aingle cutting 
edge, which is a very tight fit in the 
slot. The reamer is expanded by put- 
ting paper shims under the edge, and the 
knife is removed by inserting a punch 
through a hole in the back. — ^John 
Schutte, Hersch Bros., Elizabeth, N. J. 



Paint Drying Wrinkle 

(No. 279) 
The drying room of the paint shop 
should have low glass roofs over the 
cars, and the fenders and other parts 
finished separately should be hung on 
the wall directly under an overhanging 
shelf. These precautions will prevent 
most of the dust circulating in the room 
from settling on the highly finished sur- 
faces. Especialy is this true in winter. 




(No. 281} 

Making ona flrahose do for all floors 

it on a reel at the bottom of the elevator 
shaft. A clothes line rope is tied to the 
nozzle and runs the length of the shaft. 
When the hose is required at a certain 
floor it is merely necessary to run to 
the elevator shaft and pull up the rope 
while another man turns on the water. — 
G. O. Reynolds, New Rochelle, N. Y. 

Axle Straightener 

(No. 282) 

When a Ford axle shaft becomes bent 
at the hub it may quickly be straightened 
by the device shown. An old Ford hub 
is attached to a heavy piece of pipe aev- 
eral feet long and this is slipped on the 
bent axle end while the motor is turned 
over slowly with high gear en^ged. The 
end of the pipe wit! move in a circle 
due to the bend and by pulling the pipe 
back to the axle center the axle should 
be straightened. — James Folfif, Pequeot 
Garage, Mt. Vernon, N. Y. 




(No. 28!) 
Ford rear axl* stralshtenlng device 

Expanding Reamer 

(No. 283) 



^^^ 


^„^ 


^:, " 


^ 



Small Gas Furnace 

(No. 284) 

A simple gas furnace can be con- 
structed of sheet iron and gas pipe. The 
work is rested on the notches at each 
side. — J. J. Clouse, Parkersburg Mach. 
Co., Parkersburg, W. Va. 




Electric Grinder 

(No. 285) 

A bench and lathe grinder are com- 
bined in the device shown. The grinder 
consists of a small motor with a grind- 
ing wheel attached to the armature shaft. 
The motor is supported in the lathe by 
a bar which goes through the tool post. 
When not in use this bar fits in a casting 
on the benchf where the device serves 
as a bench grinder. — R. Vogel, New Ro- 
chelle. N, Y. 




Garage Hand Truck 

(No. 286) 
A hand truck for moving one end of 
a wrecked car about the garage is easily 
made of a pair of iron wheels and the 
axle from the ordinary baggage smash- 
er's truck and a wooden bar 10 feet 
long by 6 inches wide and about 4 
inches thick. The bar is fastened to the 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



center of the axle about 3 feet from the 
end so as to give good leverage for 
handling. — Parker's Garage. Middle town, 

Rail Anvil 

(No. 287) 

A length of iron rail bolted to the 
bench so that it extends a few inches over 
the edge is a very handy shop fixture. 
The inner end may be used for an anvil 
and the outer end is especially useful 
in straightening fenders and the like. 




Bench Furnace 

(No. 288) 

A medium-sized furnace for preheating 
castings for welding, for melting babbitt, 
etc., can be made out of some sheet Iron, 
asbestos and firebrick. It can be placed 
on the work bench and takes up very 
little room. Gas and compressed air 
supply the heat. The furnace consists 
of a box 12 X 20 X 20 in., with a sliding 
door at the front which is held in either 
the open or closed position by a counter- 
weight. The box is constructed of Ji-in. 
steel, lined with sheets of asbestos and 
then a layer of firebrick. The gas mix- 
ture is supplied through two burners' 
made of pieces of drilled pipe as shown. 
— Chas. £. Hancock, West End Garage 
&. Machine Co., Trenton, N. J. 




Simple form of 



Piston Ring Removal 

(No. 289) 

Piston rmgs may be very easily re- 
moved by the use of emery cloth, or 
any other strong fabric. As shown in the 
drawing, two pieces of cloth are used, 
one being slipped under the edge of each 
ring, and then they are folded over and 
used to expand the ring just enough so 
that it may be removed. — G. O. Reynolds, 
New Rochelle, N. Y. 




There is no more handy tool about the 
shop than an anvil, whether the shop is 
equipped with a forge or not. Usually 
a vise is used in lieu of an anvil, but it 
is a poor substitute. For forging work, 
riveting, straightening rods, etc., the cost 
of the anvil will soon be saved by the 
time saved. The anvil may be attached 
to a bench with a heavy wooden beam 
running to the fioor to give a firm sup- 
port. The anvil may be a small one and 
Still be very useful; it is not necessary 
to ha\e a large one. 




Scriping tool u*ed like drawknlfe 

Tap Wrench 

(No. 293) 

An unusual form of tap wrench for 
seven taps varying in size from H to 
^ in. is shown herewith. It is turned 
out of a solid bar of hexagon tool steel. 
—John Schutte, Hersch Bros., Elizabeth, 
N.J. 




Preheating Furnace 

(No. 291) 

The welding of complicated castings 
requires that they be preheated, and 
probably the best way to do this is in 
a brick oven. The dimensions should 
be about 3 ft. each way and there should 
be a large door in the front to allow the 
insertion of large castings. Heat is ap- 
plied through a gas and air blast at the 
bottom, there being two Ji-in. gas pipes 
with a %-\a. air pipe concentric. It is 
easy to obtain a cherry red heat in 20 
min.— H. C. Sayer, G. O. Reynolds ga- 
rage. New Rochelle, N. Y. 

Hand Scraper 

(No. 292) 

The purpose of this tool is to simplify 
the work of scraping a bearing and at 
the same time shorten the time. The 
tool has two cutting edges, and is pro- 
vided with a h^niile at each end so that 
it may be used the same as a draw knife. 
There are two collars, held by set screws, 
which are adjusted to the length of the 
bearing.— Albert Pohl, Hersch Bros., 
Elizabeth, N. J. 



Removing Bodies 

(No. 294) 

In removing a bodj; from a car the 
elevator may be used in lieu of a block 
and tackle or a crane. The body IB first 
unbolted from the frame and then the 
car is run on the elevator and carried to 
the (op story, where a suitable tackle 
is attached to the body and the chassis 
is lowered away from it on the elevator. 
After the chassis is removed from the 
elevator a two-wheeled truck for moving 
the body around is placed on the ele- 
vator and the elevator is run up until 
the body rests on the truck. The tackle 
is then removed and the body taken 
wherever desired. The tackle consists ot 
four H-in. cables securely fastened to 
the roof and which are looped at their 
lower ends to receive two 4-in, channel 
members. These members carry the body 
and are inserted between it and the 
frame by prying the two apart. The 
truck is a simple affair made out of an 
old wagon axle, two 12-in. wooden 
wheels and some H x l!4-in. stock. The 
wheels are fitted with steel tires, — O, 
Spitzer, Prospect Park South Garage, 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Storage in Stovepipes 

(Ho. 295) 

The aide curtains can be protected 
from the wear and tear incident to being 
exposed to dirt and oil and crumpling 
under the rear seat by the simple ex- 
pedient of housing them in a length of 
stove pipe about S in. in diameter. One 
end is sealed up and the other has a 
removable cover. Stovepipes also make 
excellent containers for all sorts of sheet 
material about the shop. Several, ar- 
ranged as shown, may be used for sheet 
asbestos, gaskets, sheet fiber, rubber, etc. 
—George B, Cortelyou, Brooklyn, N, Y. 



step type. The divider points are in- 
serted at the ring joint, are expanded as 
much as required, and theA, locked in 
place by the wing nut. — George B. Cor- 
telyou, Brooklyn, N. Y. 



Bearing Puller 

(No. 298) 

A puller for removing the inner races 
of magneto ball bearings is shown. The 
puller is first slipped over the race and 
then the two conical pieces are placed in 
the race grooves, the puller holdmg them 
in place. Then the screw is tigntened 
by means of a wrench and the race 
pulled off.— G. O. Reynolds. New Ro- 
chelle, N. Y. 




Bracing a Horse 

(No. 296) 
In using either wood or iron horses 
about the shop it is important to re- 
member that the strength of the horse 
is immeasurably increased by diagonal 
bracing. In other words, a very light 
horse may be used if it is carefully 
braced in this manner.— George B. Cor- 
telyou, Brooklyn, N. Y. 



Robe Lifter 

(No. 299) 

Driving with lap robe is always 
troublesome because it gets mixed up 
with the pedals. This difficulty may be 




Piston Ring Tool 

(No. 297) 

A broken dividers with the points 

ground, as shown, makes an excellent 

tool for removing piston rings of the 





Protecting Wires 

(No. 301) 

Drop lights about the garage often 
give trouble due to the wear and tear 
on the wire as it lies around on the 
floor; cars run over it, and it is exposed 
to water and oil, A cheap means of pro- 
tecting the insulation is to encase it in 
an old rubber hose, care being taken to 
prevent water from entering the ends. 
This is easily done by forcing the hose 
up on the handle and fastening it with a 
hose clamp. At the other end a pipe 
fitting may easily be made up and the 
hose screwed into it. The wire should 
be somewhat longer than the hose to 
prevent the former from being strained. 
—George B. Cortelyou, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Tagging Parts 

(No. 302) 

Alt defective or worn parts removed 
from a car should be tagged and kept 
so that the owner may see them if he 
desires. This will prevent an owner 
from protesting that it was not necessary 
to make replacements of certain parts. — 
W. Wood, Packard Motor Car Co., New- 
ark. N. J. 

Variable Speed Drive 

(No. 303) 

Where a variable-speed drive is re- 
quired two wooden cones with a con- 
tinuous belt between may be used to 
advantage. The speed is changed by 
moving the belt from one side to the 
other.— R Vogel, New Rochelle, N. Y. 



overcome by making a stiff wire guard 
lo hold the robe away from the feet and 
the pedals. Ordinary 3/ 16- in. wire will 
do. It is bent as shown and has an eye 
m each end of it through which a bolt 
passes to fasten it to the Hoor.— Fred H, 
Clifford, Bangor, Me. 

Valve Remover 

(No. 300) 

A valve remover which is constructed 
of three pieces of flat stock is shown 
herewith. The material is tool steel 
measuring 3/16 x fj in. The two out- 
side pieces are riveted together at the 
handle end and the inside piece is pivoted 
to them as shown, — Albert Pohl. Hersh 
Bros., Elizabeth, N. J. 




Crankshaft Lap 

(No. 304) 

The crankshaft lapper as shown here- 
with consists of a bronze casting made 
of two pieces hinged at the back and 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



having an adjusting screw at the front. 

The crankshaft is placed between cen- 
ters in a lathe and this instrument is 
clamped around one bearing. The part 
of the tool coming in contact with the 
bearing is faced with sheet lead ^ in. 
thick and this surface is coated with a 
mixture of flour emery and oil. 

With the proper adjustment, which 
can be found with a little experience, 
the lathe is set rotating at 60 to 70 
r. p. m. When one bearing is finished 
the tool is removed and clamped on an- 
other. 

tt is said that a six-cylinder crankshaft 
can be lapped in 4 hrs. After three or 
four crankshafts have been lapped, new 
sheet lead is required. — Hudson Service 
Station, New York. 




Portable Furnace 

(No. 30S> 

A portable oxygen-acetylene outfit 
with furnace attached is a great con- 
venience. As shown, the device is a 
box-shaped affair with the acetylene and 
oxygen tanks strapped to the back and 
the furnace lined with firebrick at the 
front. A shelf underneath provides a 
place for burner tips and tools. The 
structure is made of wood, covered with 
sheet asbestos, and sheet tin outside of 
this. Four large castors make it easy 
to push the outfit around — A. P. Heyer, 
Montclair, N. J. 




Shaft Straightening 

(No. 306) 




Trailer for Hacking 

(No. 309) 

Many odd dollars can be picked up by 
using a trailer in connection with a hack- 
ing car. For example, trunks and freight 
may be brought from the station in it, 
and when a family is moved from a near- 
by summer resort back to town or vice 
versa, they may be moved bag and bag- 
gage, literally. There are a thousand and 
one uses for it, since it take the place of 
a small truck or delivery car. 



The shaft should be heated to a red heat 
at the place it is bent and then should 
be placed in the lathe. The bend 
may be removed by applying pressure 
with a jack, as shown, and at the same 
time the other end of the shaft should be 
struck several times with a hammer. The 
blows of the hammer cause the shaft 
to vibrate so that it gives way under the 
pressure of the jack and is thus slowly 
brought back to its original shape. — W. 
Wood, Packard Motor Car Co., Newark, 
N.J. 

Cylinder Lap. 

(No. 307) 

This cylinder tapper consists of an ad- 
justable cylindrical member, about the 
size of the piston, faced with sheet lead. 
This member has a spindle by which it 
is fastened to the chuck in the drill press. 
The cylinder casting is clamped to the 
bed of the press and the speed is ad- 
justed to about 110 r. p. m. Flour of 
emery and oil are applied and the ma 
chine is started. 

The lapping member is given an up 
and down movement 60 to 70 times per 




trailer when hacklnfl 



A satisfactory trailer may be made out 
of old car parts. A chain-drive rear axle 
and springs make an excellent running 
gear and on it may be built a wooden 
box body. The trailer is drawn through 
two steel members which also form a 
frame for the body. — A. P. Heyer, Mont- 
clair, N. J. 

Locking Too! Drawers 

(No. 310) 

Locking a double tier of drawers may 
easily be accomplished by arranging 
wooden bars at the outside of the tiers. 




minute. It is said that with this tool a 
cylinder can be lapped in 8 min. or less, 
which means that the complete job, in- 
cluding setting up, takes less than an 
hour, as against 2 days required to do 
a similar job by the hand method. 

Driving Stuck Parts 

<No. 308) 

An air hammer is preferable to a 
sledge for driving a badly stuck part 
"" ■" shaft. The rapidly recurring 






Lnd heavier ac- 



ihe bars to hang free of the drawers 
when not locked. Locking is effected by 
bringing the swinging bars together at 
the bottom and fastening the ends with a 
padlock.— John Johnseth, Lyons & Co., 
Grand Forks, N. D. 



Widening a Pulley 

(No. 311) 



. . ,. . , L . *'"" °^ '*" sledge. Furtht,, i„e.= .» uan- 

A shaft, such as an axle shaft, may ger of bending or springing a shaft with 

easily be straightened m a lathe without a sledge, while this risk is minimized 

putting excessive strain on the lathe, when the air hammer is used.— W Wood 

providing the proper method is followed Packard Motor Car Co., Newark, N. j! 



In case 

enough it i. 
fastening a gal' 



2.in. 



pulley is not wide 
lade twice as wide by 
^ „ zed iron band around 

the outside. The band is soldered at the 
joint.— H. W. Haller, Heller Bros., Fer- 
gus Falls. Minn. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




Oalvanlxed Iron will 

Tire Repair Hooks 

(No. 312) 

When the surface of a tire tread has 
been cut back for repair the strips of 
tread may be held back out of the way 
by simple iron rods with the ends bent 




into hooks and sharpened. The holes 
made by the hooks are small and do no 
harm. Driving a punch through the 
strips to hold them necessitates that the 
holes be repaired.— Valley City Tire Re- 
pair Co.. B. H. Sullivan, Valley City, 
N. D. 




Extension Bench Lamp 

(No. 315) 
A lamp bracket for bench work may 
be made of flat sections of planed wood, 
each section about 12 or 15 in. long, 2 in. 
wide and less than 1 in. thick. At each 
joint is a single bolt, and the lamp wires 
are carried between the bracket. — John 
Johnseth, Lyons & Co., Grand Forks, 
N. D. 



ft,,|jpii*«'""'>"i'''"'iti""iiliuilllllililllijl:iiiiii|iy| 



Axle Straightener 

<No. 317) 

An axle straightener, especially for 
Fords, may be made thus: Take two 
pieces of flat bar stock, about ^x.2]^ va.^ 
and bolt together at the ends with small 
blocks between. In the center insert & 
projecting block for pressure against the 
center of the bent axle. At the ends in- 
sert between the flat bars l-in. or 1^-in. 
threaded rods with hooked ends. These 
hooks are hooked over the axle and the 
turning of the nuts pulls the axle 
straight. — Ben Plan tenb erg, Tenvoorde 
Garage, St. Cloud, Minn. 



Keeping Water Out 

(No. 313) 
To keep water from the wash rack 
from running outside the washing space 
and, at the same time, not to render the 
rack inaccessible, a 4-in. hump, about 12 
or 14 in. wide, of concrete, may be built 
around the rack. This retains the water 
and still cars roll over it easily. — Fergus 
Auto Co., Fergus Falls, Minn. 



An Elevating Door 

(No. 314) 
The door shown herewith slides back 
out of the way. The top part runs on 
horizontal rails and the bottom part o^ 
vertical rails. Two small cast iron 
wheels running on wooden rails may be 
used for the horizontal track and the 
vertical rails may be made out of pairs 
of small vertical angle irons placed back 
to back and with the rollers operating 
between them. 





Ford Motor Lifter 

(No. 316) 

To lift Ford motors from the chassis, 
build a U-shaped piece from flat bar 
stock with holes at the ends of the U 
for insertion of an old wrist pin, one in 
each side. The ends of the U should 
just clear the top of the motor and the 
inside ends of the pins should be rough- 
ened slightly to afford gripping qualities. 
The U piece has a ring for a chain hoist. 
— Frank Campbell, Tenvoorde Garage, 
St. Qoud, Minn. 



Ignition Tester 

(No. 318) 

To find which cylinder 

piece of fiber ^ in. long, about H in. 
thick and j^-in- w'^e is taken, and near 

the ends are inserted cable termmal 
posts. Through each post is passed a 
copper wire, the ends at the center beinff 
adjustable through lateral movement of 
the wires. One of the wires has a loop- 
at the end for attachment to a plug. The 
ignition cable is attached to the other 
post. With one of these on each plug- 
and the wires at a varying gap, it is pos- 
sible, especially in a dim light or dark- 
ness, to see the action of the plugs.— E. 
P. Barrett, Avery & Hurrle, St. Cloud, 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Rear .Wheel Holder 

(No. 319) 

To hold on the rear wheel of a Ford 
when the rear iLx.ic shaft has broken on 
the road and it is desired to tow the car 
in, affix an old Ford timer cover in the 
end of a piece of 1-in. board, the cover 
to fit over the hub. The board is fas- 
tened to the running board by placing a 
clamp about 2 or 3 ft. from the end of 
the piece of board. This allows a suffi- 
cient up-and-down play. — Ben Planten- 
berg, Tenvoorde Garage, St. Cloud, 



Traveling Crane 

(No. 322) 

In erecting a repairshop there should 
be buitt in at each side at intervals of 6 
or 8 ft. piers which may taper in to 
nothing half way down the wall, but 
should be about 4 x 6 in. at the top. 
On these may be laid 4x6 timbers 
with a track for carrying an I-beam 
crane, which I-beam carries a traveling 
member. This gives an economically 
constructed crane which will reach all 
parts of the shop. If the piers are not 
put in when the wall is built the con- 
struction later is difficult and more 
costly.— E. P. Barrett, Aveiy & Hurrle, 
St. Cloud, Minn. 



To True Valve Seats 

(No. 324} 
The illustration shows a cutter for 
trueing valve seats. It is a taper fit on 
the shank which goes down through the 
valve guide. By having a variety of 
ahanks and cutters it is possible to com- 
bine the two so that a tool for any mo- 
tor may be had in a moment. — Join R. 
Price, Newark, N. J. 

Traveling Parts Box 

(No. 325) 

"A place for everything and everything 

in its place" is most important when 

overhauling a car, and this idea can best 




Fender Straightener 

(Ho. 320) 

To make a fender straightener, take a 
board 4 ft. long and arrange an iron 
hook in a slot at the end, with holes and 
a bolt for adjustment. Fenders can be 
straightened by lifting or prying. — Ben 
Plantenberg, Tenvoorde Garage, St. 
Cloud, Minn. 



SImpla travallng cram for 




Compressing Piston Rings 

(No. 323) 

A simple method of compressing the 
rings when inserting the pistons into a 
cylinder with detachable head is to use 
a flexible wire loop, as shown. The wire 
IS fastened to the cylinder at one end and' 
the other is pulled tight, thus compress- 
ing the ring. 



Wheel Support 

(No. 321) 

To rescue a Ford when the front axle 
has broken off near the hub, two boards 
are made into a long V. Near the spread 
ends of the V are two rod clamps for 
hooking onto the axle. Further out on 
the V IS a shaft for a Ford front wheel. 
The small end of the V is hitched to the 
running board. The front wheel nins 
out of the track, of course, but it runa, 
and that is what is desired. — Frank 
Campbell, Tenvoorde Garage, St. Cloud, 




be carried out by providing a box wii 
suitable compartments and mounted on 
casters. The one shown has a large 
■pace in the center for big units such as 
wheels, radiators, axle housings and the 
like. There is a series of compartments 
for small parts, such as nuts, bolts, car- 
bureter and magneto assemblies and 
parts, and spaces for larger units, such 
as axle shafts and steering gear parts. 
The pistons and rods are housed at one 
end and the cylinders at the other. — W. 
Wood, Packard Motor Car Co., Newark, , 
N.J. 

Centering the Clutch 

(No. 326) 

Herewith is shown a tool for center- 
ing the clutch with the flywheel. It 
consists of a clamp which goes around 
the driven shaft and which carries an 
adjustable arm. When the clutch shaft 
is in alignment this pointer should just 
make contact at every point on the in- 
terior surface of the flywheel. 




s 




o" 




CONE, ^^'^'^^^f^^^" 
— 1 JLYWHEEl. £5 



<No. 326) 
or centering the clutch 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS, 



Level to Set Valves 

(No. 327) 

A spirit level, designed to measure in- 
clined surfaces is an excellent device with 
which to set the valves when the timing 
is given in degrees. It is placed on one 
of the cheeks of the crankshaft, as shown, 
and the inside ring which carries the 
spirit level is adjusted to the proper 
angle, which might be 47 degrees, for 
example. A helper slowly rotates the 
crankshaft until the bubble lies exactly 
in the center of the glass. At this poin^ 
for instance, the exhaust valve should 
just be ready to open.— W. Wood, Pack- 
ard Motor Co., Newark, N, J. 



set of cutters for another. The cutters, 
C, are carried in slots in the shank, B, 
and are solidly held in place by the col- 
lars, A, at each end. The expansion of 
the tool is accomplished by moving the 
cutters to the left as the slots are in- 
clined. This is done by unscrewing the 
collar. A, at the left and tightening the 
collar at the right the same amount. — 
John R Price Newark, N J. 






Removing a Stud 

(No. 330) 

The removal of a stud is easily ac- 
complished without injuring the threads 



Master Socket Wrenches 

(No. 328) 

Master wrenches are very useful for 
either the socket or solid wrench types. 
The various sized sockets are slipped 
into the lower end and the master wrench 
is really only a handle. It has a nut 
on the opposite end which 'permits an 
ordinary solid or end wrench to be used 
in tightening the nut or bolt.^W. Wood, 
Packard Motor Car Co., Newark, N. J. 



by screwing two 
them firmly togethe 
wrench to the lower i 
stud can be screwed ii 
applying the wrench 
however. If the nut! 
them together more 
wrenches. 



, jammmg 
r and applying a 
lut. Obviously the 
) by the same plan, 
to the upper nut, 
I do not hold, jam 
tightly, using two 




A tight stud c 



moved In thl> way 




(Nd. 331) 

Find ths aqiMaks by running the car svar 

a bump 



— 


^^ 


"^ 


t 


S^lfi^ 









1 










■s.jvjv^-'-^-j 





Tobacco cam sold* rod tagothor make 
catch -alia 

Padlocked Compartments 

(No. 333) 

Every re pair shop should have pad- 
locked closets for loose articles taken 
from the cars. In each closet there 
should be three compartments, one for 
clothing and robes, one for lamps, horns, 
tools and other small items, and one for 
large parts, such as spare wheels and 
tires.— W. Wood Packard Motor Car 
Co., Newark, N. J. 



How to Find Squeaks 

(No. 331) 

Elusive body squeaks can be located 
with a minimum of trouble by running 
the car back and forth over a wooden 
"bump" about 8 in. high. This method 
is preferable to trying the car on the 
road because it is easier to listen for the 
squeak and there is no danger of the 
mechanic hurting himself in climbing 
around the car. — W. Wood, Packard Mo- 
tor Car Co., Newark, N. J. 



n 


^ 


5 


1 

i 


1 


1 


1 



Simple Expanding Reamer 

(Na329) 

An expanding reamer and lapping tool 
that is particularly adapted for large 
work, such as rethreading the valve cap 
holes or gearset bearing caps, is shown 
herewith. The change from tap to ream- 
er is made by merely substituting one 



Tobacco Can Containers 

(No. 332) 

Tobacco cans arranged in a row, as 
shown, are excellent for housing small 
parts, such as machine screws, nuts and 
washers. — Roy Dahlquist, Auto Mainte- 
nance Co., Newark, N. J, 



A Homemade Scriber 

(No. 334) 

A simple scriber which may be used 
in connection with a surface plate is 
shown herewith. It is merely a block 
of steel with all six sides accurately made 
and with the scribing arm adjustable. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



The device may be used standing on end 
or on its side, as required. — R07 Dahl< 
quist. Auto Maintenance Co., Newark, 
N.J. 



I 



(Na. 334) 
tMl with a pointer makea ■ 
good ocrlMr 



Drawer for Parts 

(No. 335) 
A drawer for housing small parts, such 
as screws and nuts, can easily be made 
as shown. The drawer is first divided 
into several strips by tight wood parti- 
tions and then these are sub-divided by 
taking a piece of sheet metal equal to 
the width of the strip and bending it into 
sections, as illustrated. 




Reaming Wristpin Bushes 

(No. 336) 
Reaming of wristpin bushings can be 
done very quickly with the tool shown. 
The reamer is placed at one end of the 
tool, there being a pilot at the other 
which slips into the opposite piston boss 
and thus guides the tool. When one boss 
is reamed the tool is reversed atid the 
other one is done. Since the pilot is 
smaller than the finished hole a bush- 
ing must be used to guide the pilot in the 
second half of the job— John R. Price, 
Newark. N. J. 




Handy Tap Wrench 

(No. 337) 
A tap and reamer wrench which is ad- 
justable and yet simple and easy to make 
is shown herewith. It consists of two 
blocks with handles threaded into them 
as indicated. — Roy Dahlquist, Auto 
Maintenance Co., Newark, N. J. 






' 1 


gEm 


]]**ig!SPMiw 



Valve Remover for Fords 

(No. 339) 

This valve lifter is especially for Fords 
and has two pieces; the construction is 
clearly shown. The advantages claimed 
lor this type are that it is very con- 
venient to use and that there is little 
danger of the spring seat slipping out. 
— L. V. Bcrtholf, General Auto Garage, 
Hackensack, N. J. 




Raising Rear End of Ford 

(No. 340) 

The illustration shows an easily made 
device for holding up the rear of a Ford 
while work is done on the axle or wheels. 
This device has the advantage that it 
cannot injure the body. It consists of 
three pieces of heavy bar stock con- 
nected as shown. The end piece catches 
in the frame members, and the weight of 
the car holds it solidly in place. 




Handy Riveting Dolly . 

(No. 338) 

A handy riveting dolly may be made 
out of a heavy piece of round steet 
stock, say 2 in. in diameter. One end 
is tapered and into the point fit various 
sized cups made of hardened steel for 
various sizes of rivet heads. The dolly 
holds the rivet in place, as shown, while 
the other end of the rivet is headed over. 
A convenient form of rivet header is also 
shown. — W. Wood. Packard Motor Car 
Co.. Newark, N. J. 



Spring Leaf Removes Valves 

(No. 341) 
A valve remover made of a piece of an 
old spring leaf and a strip of chain with 
a hook on the end is shown. Two 
methods of catching the chain to the 
leaf may be used; one requires the cut- 
ting of a keyhole in the leaf, the chain 
link catching in the small end of this 
hole; the other consists in attaching a 
heavy piece of wire to the end of the 
chain and passing it through the proper 
link. 



'^MM^M^mm^M 


1 


ll 



/■Ive romover 1 



Cutting Joints in Rings 

(No. 342) 

The illustration herewith shows a jig 
for accurately milling step joints in pis- 
ton rings, and its construction is such 
that the sides of the joint are radial. The 
ring is clamped in position at A by the 
two screws shown; the member B is 
slid backward or forward until the ring 
is concentric with the pivot C and then 
the clamps D are tightened. Stop screws 
E limit the arc through which the ring 
may be rotated and thus determine the 
width of slot cut. A cutter less than 
the width of the slot is used and two 
cuts are made, one with the jig moved all 
the way to the left and the other with 
the jig all the way to the right. — John 
R. Price, Newark. N. J. 



Crane Car for I Beam 

(No. 343) 

A traveling car which runs on the 
lower flanges of an I-beam in the ceiling 
is an excellent shop device to use in lien 
of a traveling crane. There are two pairs 
of rollers beveled to fit the flange and 
with the exception of these parta the 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHOET-CUTS 




C^ 



the two-wheel type has a 4 x 4-in. tongue 
and over the axte is the towine block, 
to which are attached two angle irons 
3y, X l^ X. Wi in. The wheels are cast 
iron and fitted with plain bearingS;^ lubri- 
cated with grease cups, — M. Gerard, 
Cissna Park, III. 



INft. 342) 

I clamp for holdlnfl ringt whila itap 

Joint* ara cut 



carrier is constructed of bar stock. When 
designed for an I-beam with a flange 
width of 554 in. it has a capacity of 3J4 
tons.— R. B. Thrasher, Kahoka. Mo. 



Ona ahaft with aavaral anda will fit all 

platform illustrated with the box on it 
to fit the crankcase flange makes a good 
device for this purpose. The block ia 
bolted down at the four corners and the 
weight of the mechanic is sufficient to 
hold the platform steady. 




Elevator Danger Signal 

(No. 344) 

Some garage elevators are constructed 

ivithout sha.LS or guides and come to rest 
directly on the ground floor. To prevent 
a man being crushed under the elevator 
as it descends, it is advisable to have an 
unfailing warning signal, and there is 
probably nothing better than a number 
of lengths of clothesline ropes about 4 
ft. long attached to the bottom of the 
«Ievator platform at inervals of about 
1 (t. If anyone should be standing under 
the elevator while it was descending he 
would see or feel these ropes in time to 
run to safety. — Sims Auto Co., Grand 
Forks. N. D. 

Adjustable Valve Tool 

(No. 345) 

Valve grinders for all valves ma^ be 
made for use on a single ahaft. The 
part which fits the valve has at its center 
a small hole for cotter-keying to a split 
■haft. — Frank Campbell, Tenvoorde Gar- 
age, St. Cloud, Minn. 

Stand for Ford Cylinders 

(No. 346) 

The advent of reamers for resurfac- 
ing Ford cylinders makes necessary some 
.•on of an arrangement for holding the 
cylinder block solidly in place while the 
■work is being done. The cylinder block 
should be raised a few inches off the 
Aoor to bring the reamer handle to a 
cooTenient height. The small wooden 




Towing Truck for Wrecks 

(No. 348) 
A simple but rugged towing truck of 




Rugflad tewing truck for bringing In dla- 



Quick Spring Spreader 

(No. 349) 

Herewith is shown a quick-acting 

spring leaf spreader which may be made 

out of ordinary bar stock. A puH of the 



(No. 346) 

Slanil ts which cyMndar block Is boltad to 

facllltata roaming 

Oxygen Tank Truck 

(No. 347) 
The oxygen tank may be rendered 
portable by the clamp and roller attach' 
ment shown. When not in use the tank 
stands on its end and when it is to be 
moved about it is tilted until the weight 
is supported by the rollers. 




Quick -acting spring apread*' 



handle serves to force the springs apart. 
— W. Wood, Packard Motor Car Co, 
Newark, N. J. 



Bending Angles in Press 

(No. 350) 

Bending angles cold can be very easily 
accomphshed by means of an arbor presa 
and two V jaws, as shown. — O. Spitzer, 
Prospect Park South Garage. Brooklyn, 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHOKT-CUTS 



Ford Lifting Tackle 

(No. 351) 

A doable hook, as ihown, maj be nsed 
in raising a car by its lamp brackets 
while work is done on the wheels, front 



I I 

K 

* +■ — — . 




service station, ordinary cylindrical bars 
of steel of the proper size will suffice, 
but if all sizes of rods are tested, then 
adjustable pins, such as shown, will be 
required. If the connecting rod is found 
to be bent it may be straightened in a 
vise or by the tool illustrated. When 
the connecting rod is straight, the true- 
ness of the piston is tested, for it may 
be that the wristpin hole ii crooked. 
Piston and connecting rod are placed in 
the jig together and then the edges C 
are brought into play. These edges are 
parallel to the connecting rod and show 



How anglss may bs Mnt In arbor proas 



axle or steering gear. Such a device is 
particularly applicable to one make of 
car, such as the Ford.— L. V. Bertholf, 
Central Auto Garage, Hackensack, N. J. 




LIftIno front ftf Ford by li 

Lifting Rear of Ford 

<No. 352) 

The double hook shown herewith is 
used for lifting the rear of a Ford. It is 
made out of an old Ford drive shaft. 
It has the advantage of being easy to 
attach and if it is correctly shaped it 
will not mar the body. — Elmer Johnston, 
City Garage, Portchester, N. Y. 



Testing Connecting Rods 

(No. 353) 

This jig is for testing the truenest of 
connecting rods and pistons, and while it 
requires the making of a casting its con- 
venience more than repays for this ex- 
pense. Any size piston or connecting 
rod may be tested. The upper and lower 
ends of the connecting rods are first 
tested for trueness by placing between 
pins which correspond to the wristpin 
and crankpin. If only a few sizes of rods 
are tested, as would be the case in a 



% 


^ 


^ 




% 


m 






ii 


^^j 




\ 


. 


|M 


k) 



Heating Small Parts 

(No. 355) 

A charcoal crucible may be used for 
heating small work in lieu of a forge. 
The rate of combustion may be raised 
by directing a blast of air in at one side, 
from whence it will circulate throughout 
the mass due to the curve of the bottom 
surface.— F. W. Gear, Forty-ninth Street 
Garage, New York. 




whether the piston is straight or not. 
The jig must be provided with an adjust- 
ment between centers to allow for dif- 
ferent lengths of connecting rods and the 
edges must be adjustable laterally so 
that different widths of pistons may be 
accommodated. 



Machining Small Parts 

(No. 354) 

A jig for use in machining small parts 
such a> gasoline pipe fittings, may be 
made out of a block of steel split in half 
and rou^ly hollowed out to the shape 
of the part. Then with the part in place 
babbitt metal is poured in to fill up the 
small cracks and rough spots. After the 
part is machined the two halves of the 
jig are pulled apart and another put in 
its place and so on. 



(No. 3BS) 

A charcoal cruclbtt la good for heating 

■malt parto 



Adjustable Spout Funnel 

(No. 356) 

Having had trouble filling several dif- 
ferent types of automobile engines with 
oil, I constructed a funnel which may be 
used on any motor regardless of the loca- 
tion of the filler pipe. The spout was 
removed from an ordinary funnel and a 
piece of the flexible tubing from a dis- 
carded bulb horn soldered in its place 
making a flexible spout. — Ray L. Martin, 
South Side Garage, Fort Worth, Tex. 



Removing Prest-0-Lite Nuts 

(No. 357) 
For removing the thumb nuts on 
Prest-0-Lite clamps an old brace with 
a suitably shaped end will be found a 
time saver. The end piece, which is per- 
manently attached to the brace or not as 
desired, is drilled through the center and 
notched at the end so that it fits right 
over the wing nut. — M. Gerard, 
Park, lit. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




Lining Up Wheels 

(No. 359) 

When tires wear rapidly or the car 
Bteera badly it is well to determine 
whether the front and rear wheels are 
the same distance apart on both sides. 
There arc many ways this point may be 
determined, but probably the quickest is 
to make a gauge out of a rod and a piece 
of tubing', adjustment being obtained by 
sliding the one in the other. The two 
are locked by a act screw. — F. W. Gear, 
Forty-ninth Street Garage, New York. 

Drilling Curved Surfaces 

(No. 360) 

An old man which may be used for 
drilling on curved as well as flat surfaces 
is shown herewith. It allows the ratchet 
to be placed perpendicular to the plate 
A on the old man. This plate may be 
adjusted to almost any angle by mov- 
ing It one way or the other in the toothed 
rack. The latter may be purchased by 
the foot and then riveted to the old 
man, which is made out of heavy flat 
steel stock.— W. A. Raban, Portchester, 




Lapping Crankshaft Bearings 

(No. 358) 

For lapping the crankshaft bearings it 
will be found convenient to clamp one 
end of the shaft to the bench, as shown, 
and allow the other to rest in a notched 
standard which may be nailed or bolted 
to the floor. A rest like this will do for 
any size crankshaft. — B. G. Smith, Rich- 
bell Garage, Mamaroneck, N. Y. 



(No. 360) 
Id man" (or drilling curved 



ol 


Jl-^^ 


@r 


-1 




wni/ II 






^ 


1 







/ 


SF 


""rx 






















STEEL IPJUOJ 
PUTE3r 1 


TltE 
TUBIKQ 


1 


lll 






V- 




















W 


t " 


V°° 










^ 


^ 


kT 






To Make Boots Last 

(No. 361) 

Usually the washer is provided with 
rubber boots, and in some states, nota- 
bly New York, these are required by law. 
Under. ordinary conditions the life of a 
pair is only about a month, which means 
a charge of $5 or $(S each time. The life 
can be increased nearly ten-fotd by rein- 
forcing the boots by cementing old tire 
tubing over the boot so that its surface 
is completely covered. The soles and 
heels are shod with metal plates, which 
may be obtained at the shoemakers. — 
George E. Easier, West Ferry Garaae, 
Bu6Ealo, N. Y. 

Compressing Piston Rings 

(No. 362) 

An adjustable toot for compressing 

piston rings may be made out of a band 



(No. 302) 
An •■■My adjuitsble band far oompraulng 

of Steel and a few simple fittings. The 
band is made in two parts which are ad- 
justable at the back by a series of holes 
in one member which catch in a rivet 
head on the other. These holes give a 
rough adjustment while the band is 
drawn tightly around the rings by the 
wing nut at the front, which is hinged 
to one of the members and engages the 
other through a forked construction. 

Another Rod Test 

(No. 363) 

A simple -method of determining 
whether the connecting rods are true 
and their bearings parallel, providing the 
crankcase is not integral with the cylin- 
ders, is shown here. A long mandrel 
is placed through the piston, taking the 
place of the piston pin. Then either 
side is tested with a surface gauge and 
if both sides are the same height the 
rod is all right. Before this teat is 
made, however, the upper surface of the 
crankcase must be tested for straight- 
ness by using a straight edge as shown in 
the illustration. 

When using the surface gauge the pia- 
ton must not fall to one side or the otner 
the slightest amount, and to prevent this 
a try square should be placed at each 



a bench holds a 




This adjustable tool ■ 



04 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



side as shown. If the piston is tapero 
allowance must be made for this b} 
placing the piston so that the squares 
touch at the bottom and there is the 
same ~ amount of space between try 
square and piston at each side at the 
top. The length of the mandrel masnifies 
the amount the bearings are out of true. 
— Wm. Mcllvrid, Colt-Stratton Co., New 
York. 

Drilling Cylindrical Parts 

(No. 3«4) 
Where there are many cylindrical parw 
of one kind to be drilled, the jig shown 
may be used to advantage. This was 
designed for wriatpins. The wristpin is 
placed at the bottom of the V slot and 
then it is clamped firmly in place by the 
two large set screws. There is a stop at 
one end of the slot to prevent the wrist- 
pin from moving more than so far and 
the cross -members may be moved near 
together or farther apart to accommo- 
date different lengths of work.— P. J. 
Durham, New York. 




Convenient Drill Holder 

(No. 365) 
A wooden block fastened to the side 
of the drill, and with holes bored in it 
to carry the different drills, will be found 
of unusual convenience. This arrange- 
ment IS prererable to a horizontal block 
becai<se there is practically no limit to 
the'number of drills that may be car- 
ried— W. A. Raban. Fortcheater, N. Y. 




Hidden Latch Button 

(No. 366) 

The problem of keeping intruders out 
of the stockroom maj^ be readily solved 
by simply putting a hidden catch on the 
door, as shown in the corner illustra- 
tion. The two electric [jush buttons 
shown in the larger illustration are mere- 
ly decoys so that anyone seeing the door 
opened will thmk that it is done by these 
two buttons. The catch that does the 
work is under the ledge. — Moriarty Mo- 
tor Co., Kansas City. 




Preventing Tool Chatter 

(No. 367) 
Under certain circumstances it is diffi- 
cult to prevent the chattering of the too! 
in the shaper; especially is this so when 
the cut is heavy and the table is not 
braced. This may be overcome by using 
a high-speed tool holder turned around 
backwards with the cutting ^^3^ '''" 
shaped. — Elmer Johnston, City Garage, 
Portchester, N. Y, 

An All Glass Shop 

(No. 368} 
From tfac standpoint of light, an all- 
glass repairshop is ideal, but the heat 
becomes intense in summer. This ob- 
jection may be overcome by allowing 
water to run over the roof and down the 
sides of the building. A ^-in. pipe with 
1/16-in. holes at intervals of 4 in. will 
be sufficient for ordinary water prea- 
sures.— R. Vogel, New Rochelle. N. Y. 









r :i. 




@ 





(Na. 3«7) 

T« avoid chattarlnfl a tool holder may bo 

rovoroed and the tool rooreund 

Repairing a Washer 



The illustration shows how an old 
broken-down ceiling washer has been 
made to give better service than it did 




when it was new by the simple expedi- 
ent of attaching a rubber hose in proper 
fashion. Instead of the hose merely 
running from the end of the washer arm 
to the floor, it goes back along the 
washer arm to the center and forms the 
flexible joint between washer and ceiling. 
A board stop extends down from the ceil- 
ing and prevents the arm from being 
turned around and around, which would 
result in twisting the hose to pieces. — A 
P. Heyer, Montclair, N. J. 



Exhausting the Exhaust 

(No. 370} 

A flexible pipe should be used to carry 
the exhaust of the motor out into the air, 
thus preventing the shop from becoming 





a 




H^ 


suemcE 


L r^ _ S 


■^ 


r 




ahihj '^3 



(No. see) 

( attached to the proaa H handy 
tor hoidlno the drllM 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



filled with the exhaust fume*. A flexible 
tube or even an old hose, particululjr 
if it is of largB diameter, will do. — Elmer 
Johnston, City Garage, Port Chester, 
N. Y. 




(No. STO) 

A flenlbla pip* will conduet axhauct fuma* 

ogt el tlw garag* 

To Remove Bevel Pinions 

(No. 371) 

With just a bare arbor press it is a 
difficult matter to remove the bevel pin- 
ion from many cars without tearing the 
whole rear assembly to pieces; especially 





Cutting Belts Straight 

(No. 373) 

The shortening of a line shafting belt 
demands that care be exercised in cut- 
ting out the length. The cut must be 
at right angles to the length of the belt 
or the belt will run off to one side oa 
the pulleys and will evcntuallj; ruin itself 
by this distortion. Hence it is essential 
to use a try square to make sure that the 
cut is true. — Elmer Johnston, City Ga- 
rage, Portchester, N. Y. 





-] 




mmsm 




IPSI 


STEEt SOOARt — 


\. 



(No. 37S) 
In a cjttlnB bait It li 

cut ba parfactly aquara 



Gasoline Call Button 

(No. 374) 



(N«. 371) 
A ring llks thia will help In removing 
boval ttlnlsn flaari 
is this true of cars with gearset at the 
axle. To overcome thia trouble a heavy 
split ring may be made to fit around the 
shaft behind the gear and when it is 
fastened in place its circumference pro- 
jects out far enough to allow the arbor 
[iress to do its work. The ring is strong- 
y hinged at one side and there is a nut 
OB a hmge at the other to allow the ring 
to be drawn tight. — H. Crymble, Cha- 
dick'Delamaier Co., New York. 

Welding Crankshafts 

(No. 372) 

An old lathe bed which may be pur- 
chased from a junk dealer for the cost of 
iron makes an excellent apparatus for 
holding shafts true while they are being 
welded. A crankshaft, for example, may 
be placed on V blocks which are set in 
the ways of the lathe. — A. P. Heyer, 
Montclair, N. J. 





Jk. 






iS^^^^^^ 


s 


pi: 


Ptsrott 
HWM 


■'. rJ 






sgs^^^^^K 


S5? 




^ 





(NO. 37S) 
To avoid rlna braakafl* tha ring* oar 
clampad togathar whsn lappad 



Piston Lapping Tool 

(No. 376) 

When it is desirable to lap a piston of 
a detachable -bead motor without remov- 
ing the cylinder casting, the tool shown 



The sign on the pnmp says: "For gas- 
oline, press button." There is a bell in 
the repairshop at the back of the garage. 
Inside the front door is a switch, which 
is thrown in, connecting the button and 
bell, in case the proprietor must leave 
the office and go to the shop,— D. W. 
Roderick, Wells Garage, Wells, Mina 

To Avoid Ring Breakage 

(No. 375) 

The objection to allowing a novice to 
lap piston ringS' is that he is likely to 
push the piston too far into the cylinder, 
causing it to stick or break a ring or 
bocb. To overcome this difficulty, it is 
advisable to clamp the rings between two 
wood disks slightly less in diameter than 
the cylinder. The rings are arranged be- 
tween the disks, a rod is slipped through 
and the nuts at each end tightened. A 
handle on one end of the rod is used for 




(No. 376) 

with ttili tool ■ piston can b« lappad 

without romeving th* cyllndar block 

is a time-saver. It is made of ordinary 
^-inch pipe, a T at the lower end slip- 
ping over the wrtstpin of the piston. The 
wristpin used in lapping should be made 
of liber, as a metal one is likely to score 
the cylinders. Ground glass and crocus 
mixed in equal parts is used at the finish 
and ordinary valve grinding compound 
at the start.— Wm. Mcllvrid, Colt-Strat- 
ton Co.. New York. 




(No. 172) 
An old lath* bad can bo usad In truing 
crankahafta 



(No. S74) 
Cjatomors ar* not kept waiting for oaiollne. [f th< 
front of tha garaga tia connect* tha button with a 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



To Keep Intruders Out 

<Na 377) 

To keep intruders out of the ihop it 
is necessary to have the big door locked, 
hut to enable communication hetween 
foreman and customers a small door, 
about 1 X 2 ft., should be used. This 
may he a sliding 6t in the big door. — 
Elmer Johnston, City Garage, Port- 
chester, N. Y. 




Machining Split Bushings 



Machining the outside of a bronie 
bushing is something that may offer 
difficulty to the repairman, and the illus- 
tration shows a simple solution. The 



A 


1 \ n 1 


Imms^i'hi 




iiiBlil-€;"rg33gi§, 


i 


H If 





If tha biMhIng I 



clanlp*4 tt can M 




forced in when the nut is turned down. 
Then remove the leather washer and 
duplicate it with a steel one. Replace 
the washer, wrap the rod with Mogul 

flacking and force the nut down until the 
eakage stops.— P. F. Barbian, Stilling's 
Garage, McHenry, 111. 



(No. 379) 
OH l( forced by air praiiura from th« bar. 
rel to tha tanka and drawn from tha lank* 

by gravity 

the oil pipe B, and then it is turned on 
its side and a hole bored in one end to 
allow the insertion of the pipe A. The 
barrel is then placed on end and A is 
connected to the oil pipe B. Then a 
hole is drilled in the top of the barrel 
and the gauge and fittings C are put in 
place and the air hose attached. Just 
a few pounds air pressure are required 
to quickly empty the barrel. The tanks 
are provided with air vents so that the 
oil will flow freely— Wm. G. Gibson, 
Kimbark Garage, Chicago. 

Combination Motor Stand 

(No. 380) 

A motor stand is such a simple thing, 
yet here is one that has a feature worth 
calling attention to, and that is that it 
is a sort of table and stand combined, for 
directly beneath the motor is a large 
flat surface on which parts and tools may 
be placed without bending the back. In- 
cidentally this particular stand was de- 
signed for a unit power plant. — H. Crym- 
ble, Chadick-Delamater Co., New York. 



hearmg castmg is first bored and then 
the ends are faced The bearmg is split 
and then the two halves are clamped 
over a mandrel which is the same diam- 
eter as the interior of the bushing If 
shims are provided for adjustment they 
are put in before the bearing halves are 
clamped on the mandrel When every- 
thing IS in readiness the mandrel is put 
m the lathe and the bushing finished — 
W. A. Raban. Portchester, N. Y. 

An Oil Storage System 

(No. 379) 
The accompanying illustration shows a 
convenient method of storin^^ oil in 
overhead tanks, from which it is drawn 
by "gravity. Three barrels are shown 
and these are connected by pipes to a 
common point, where the oil can be 
drawn from any of the barrels by open' 
ing a globe valve. The tanks are filled 
directly from the barrels the oil is re- 
ceived in by the use of air pressure.' 
First the full barrel is brought close to 





^-^=^~~^ 


1 — 

1 



Pump Gland Repair 

(No. 381) 

When leakage occurs in the packing 
gland of the small cylinder of a two-cyl- 
mder foot pump, remove the packing nut 
and taper the bore with a large drill suf- 
ficiently to allow the packing to be 




(No. 381) 
Ttila ahowa how a pump B>and can ba 

Rethreading Spring Bolts 

(No. 382) 

Rethreading spring bolts may be 
greatly facilitated by making a tool with 
a long shank, one end fitting over the die 
and the other into the die wrench. — F. 
W. Gear, Forty-ninth Street Garage. 
New York. 




Spl: 



lit Rim Remover 

(No. 383) 



A split rim removing tool has the 
advantage that it can be stored in very 
little space, thus making it desirable 
for carrying in the tool box as well as 
for use around the garage. It consists 
of a lever made out of 1-in. pipe, about 
2 ft long. To one end of this two chains 
are attached by eyebolts 6 in. apart, one 
being at the extremity of the lever. The 
ends of these chains carry hooks which 
fit into the flange of the rim. By pulling 
the lever the rim is contracted. Adjust- 
ment of the tool to different sizes of tires 
is made by moving one of the eyebolts 
back further on the handle, there being 
a series of holes for this purpose. — James 
Baldwin, New Harmony, Ind. 

Testing Ford Coils 

(No. 384) 
Where much Ford work is done a coil 
tester is desirable. The coil is laid flat 
on the test board with brass plates B, 
C and D in contact with terminals on the 
coil; B and D are low-tension, and C 
high-tension. A is a wing nut for hold- 
ing the coil in contact. The spark gap 
is situated between C and D. A coil 
may be tested and adjusted to give beat 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




results by the nse of this device. — M. 
R. Potter, Susquehanna Motor Car Co., 
Wilkes-Barre. Pa. 




(No. 3S9) 

n expanding raanwr far cyllndcri can ba 

mada of an eld platon 




(Na. 3M) 

Wrlatpln nuU ara hard to get at— but not 

with thia wrench 



(No. 384) 

Far taatlng a number of Ford eollt thIa 

la a handy devica 

Expanding Piston Lapper 

(Ho. 385) 

When there are many cars with one 
bore of cylinder to be overhauled, an ex- 
panding piston lapper made out of an old 
piston split in two will be found useful. 
A piece of tubing is brazed into one 
piston boss and another tube to 6t snugly 
inside of it is brazed into the other boss. 
The two halves are kept in line by slot- 
ting the two tubes and inserting the 
member shown at the bottom of the 
sketch in these slots. Adjustment is ob- 
tained by screwing out on the screw as 
illustrated.— Wm. McIIvrid, Colt-Stratton 
Co., New York. 

Removing Wristpin Nuts 

(No. 386) 

A handy tool for removing the screws 
or nuts holding the wristpin is a socket 
type with a fairly long shank and a large 
loop for a handle. The handle is de- 
sired so that the work can be done 
with one hand and at the same time 
there is sufficient leverage. — ^James Bald- 
^win, New Harmony, Ind. - 

Homemade Wrench Set 

(No. 387) 

The accompanying cut shows an inter- 
esting set of wrenches for use in cramped 
and maccesstble places; there are special 
shapes for every conceivable condition. 
Ml these wrenches are made with J^-in. 
square ends to fit the sockets of a socket 




To Roughen Inner Tubes 

(No. 399) 

The roughening of an inner tube that 
is to be repaired can be done more 
quickly and satisfactorily with an old 
hack saw blade than with sandpaper. The 
blade is cut down at one end and fitted 
with a handle. This tool is handier, more 
convenient and also has the advantage 
of durability. — Christian Neubig, - Neu- 
big's Garage, Pa que mine. La. 



(No. 389) 

To roughen a tube to be repaired an old 

aaw blade le excellent 



Balancing an Emery Wheel 

(No. 390) 

Much of the vibration of an emery 
wheel is caused by its not being truly 
balanced. If a wheel is given a knife 
edge balance before it is mounted the 
only noise made when it runs will be the 
swishy noise caused by friction with the 
air. The balance is effected by gouging 
out small pieces on the heavy side. — J. 
W. Lyons, Lyons & Co., Grand Forks, 
N. D. 



A Pneumatic Headrest 

(No. 391) 

A really comfortable head cushion for 
a creeper can be made out of a section 
of an old inner tube. About a foot of 
the section containing the valve is cut 
out and the ends are vulcanized so that 
it may be inflated to form a cushion. 
The valve stem points downward. — 
George Klauck, Stanley, Wis. 



(No. 387) 

These wrenches havo been bant so that 

they will reach almost anywhere 

Cotter Puller from File 

(No. 388) 

A cotter pin puller that is powerful 
in its action and rapid is made from an 
old flat file. The handle end is drawn 
to a fine point and bent at right angles 
so that it can engage the cotter pins and 
the other end is also bent at right angles 
BO that it may be struck with a hammer, 
the blows of which withdraw the cotter 

fin. — James Baldwin, New Harmony, 
nd. 



FILE 


-^ 


E- 




KEY-"^ 


If 


(No. 3sa> 
A handy cottar pin pullar can b* 
an old file 


mada 


of 




Old Man for Drilling 

(No. 392) 

A ratchet stand or old man will .be 
found useful in drilling parts that can- 
not be placed on the drill press. The 
main piece of the stand is I'/i in. in 
diameter and about 2 ft, long. It is bent 
over at one end to form one part of 
the clamp. A sliding member of 1% in. 
square section is mounted on the main 
member. The former supports the 
ratchet and is provided with several 
countersunk holes on its under side to 
accommodate the point of the ratchet. 
The clamp at the lower end allows the 
device to be attached to fender, or frame, 
or almost anywhere. — J. Baldwin, New 
Harmony, Ind. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




side 90 that they can be inserted with- 
out disturbing the cover. — A. S. Stewart, 
Cuppet Bros. Garage, Clarksburg, W. Va. 




Old man for 



(No. 3B2) 
drilllna part* whare drill 
M la unavailable 



Ford Motor Lifter 

(No. 393) 

For lifting Ford motors a plate with 
an eye-bolt in its center may be at- 
tached to the top of the casting using 
the regular cylinder head bolts to hold 
the plate in place. The plate is drilled 
at each end and before it can be attached 
the two bolts must be removed.— C. R, 
Hill, J. E. Dougan Auto Co., Iowa Falls, 



(No S»4) 

Lifting tye attactiad to ipark plug ahati 

and ocrewad In apark plug opanlng 

taken to close up the bushing sufficiently 
to permit the reamer to cut a new bear- 
ing surface all over —Paul L Argo, 
Chandler Sales & Service Co, Nashville, 
Tenn. 




Simple device 




Unbreakable Test Lamp 

(No. 3H) 

A test lamp which may safely be car- 
ried in the tool kit is made from an or- 
dinary 6-volt bulb mounted in a baking 
powder can. The lamp bulb base is sold- 
ered to the bottom of the can and the 
wires run through. When not in use 
the wires may be carried in the can, 
there being a rectangular hole in the 



(No. 398) 
Small teat lamp mounted In baking pow- 
der can far protection 

Drilling a Hole 
Dead True 

(No. 307) 

DRILLING a hole "dead true"- that 
is, precisely in the place where it 
ought to be — is not quite as simple and 
easy as it might seem. It might be sup- 
posed that if the exact center of the hole 
were located, a good deep center-pop 
made with a center-punch, and the poini 
of the drill started in the center-pop, the 
rest of the drilling operation would con- 
sist of feeding down the drill. The fact 
is, however, that in a majority of cases 
the drill will not hold a true course. 
It will work away from the center laid 
out for it, and the larger the drill the 
greater the error is likely to be. 

The tendency to sidle away from the 
center-pop lasts as long as the cutting 
edges of the drill are only partly below 
the surface of the' metal; once the cut- 
ting edges are buried the drill will run 
true, if it i! a twist drill. If it is a 
blacksmith-made flat drill or lipped drill 



Spark Plug Motor Lifter 

(No. 394) 

An old spark plug shell with a large 
eye fastened to it either by threading or 
welding makes an excellent device for 
lifting a motor. The tool is screwed into 
any spark plug hole and then the crane 
hook is attached. — J. P. Kitselman, 
Peoria, III. 



Wristpin Adjustment 

(No, 39S) 

When the wristpin bearing is in the 
connecting rod it may be tightened in 
a very simple manner. A mandrel is 
placed in each end, each with a slight 
shoulder. The clearance of the mandrels 
should be .005 and their outside diameter 
should be .005 in. less than the outside 
diameter of the bushing. By resting one 
of the mandrels on an anvil and ham- 
mering the other, the bearing may be 
reduced in size until the clearance space 
between mandrel and hole is all taken 
up. The hole may then be reamed to the 
size of the wristpin. Care should be 




(No. SB7) 
Drilling ■ hole true— 1 ahowa tiM hek laid But with punch mark* en 
In 2 the gray portion Indlcatea tha atartlnfl of ttia tola. 3 ahowa how 
cut, and 4, 5 and 6 shew tha completion of the bole 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



It is liable to run off more or less any- 
where on ita downward path. 

If the piece to be drilled has a surface 
on which scratched marks will not show 
distinctly, it is rubbed with chalk. The 
txact center is located and marked care- 
fully with a prick-punch. Using a pair 
of compasses with hardened points, a 
circle, the enact siie of the hole to be 
drilled, is described with the prick-punch, 
mark as a center, and on the circle a ring 
of marks is made with the prick-punch, 
great care being taken to put the point 
of the punch exactly on the line each time. 
This serves to locate the outer edge of 
the hole with exactness. The center mark 
may now be enlarged with a bigger punch 
to take the point of the drill. 

The drill is started in the center and 
allowed to cut for a few revolutions, mak- 
ing a depression perhaps half the diameter 
of the ring of punch-marks and then is 
withdrawn. If the edges of the cut are 
not quite concentric with the prick- 
punched ring, it is necessary to "draw" 
the drill. 

This is done by cutting a narrow groove 
down the side of the drill cut that is 
furthest from the outer ring; the cut is 
made with a narrow, round-nosed chisel, 
and must extend from the edge of the drill 
cut clear to the bottom or center ; it must 
not stop short of the lowest part of the 
cut. 

The drill is again allowed to cut and is 
again withdrawn as soon as the chisel mark 
has been cut away. If inspection shows 
that the draw has been sufficient to bring 
the tool into correct position the drilling 
may be proceeded with until the cut has 
almost, but not quite, reached the ring, 
when another inspection will show whether 
the drill is StJU runninft true. When every- 
thing is right the punch-marks in the ring 
will be cut exactly in two as the cutting 
edges of the drill sink in. 

The earlier the drawing is done the 
more easily the drill is deflected, and vice 
versa. Ordinarily the groove cut should 
be about equal to the distance it is desired 
to draw the drill. However, only experi- 
ence can guide the operator from this 
point, and in this particular detail a good 
deal of experience can be obtained in a 
short time. While the process may seem 
a time-consuming one, it really is put 
through very rapidly after a little prac- 
tise. 



Cleaning Small Parts 

(No. 398) 

For thoroughly cleaning small parts 
there is nothing better than a can with 
a tight-fitting lid— an old coffee pot will 
do. The can is partly filled with gaso- 
line or a mixture of gasoline and kero- 
■cne, the parts put in and thoroughly 
■haken. The results will be equal to that 
ol^ihrd by the use of a potash bath. 



For ball and roller bearings a double rins- 
ing is given,— E, S. Babcock, New Britain 
Garage, New Britain, Conn. 

Spark Plug Shorting Tool 

(No.3») 
Locating a miss by short-circuiting one 
spark plug at a time is usually satisfac' 
tory, but sometimes the more positive 
method of short-circuiting all but one plug 
is desirable. The latter can quickly be 
done by taking several 4-"". strips of wire 
and bending one end of each over so that 
it will hang on the spark plug cable, then 
the other end will rest on the motor and 
thus form a ground. All the cylinders 
may be tested while the motor is run- 
ning, as the firing may be shifted from 
one cylinder to another by simply remov- 
ing one of the hooked wires. — H. F. Burt, 
New York. 



Puller and Arbor Press 

(No. 401) 
A combination wheel puller is a nsefnl 
device that costs little. 






<No. 3S») 
Hooked wire (or short- circuiting spark 

Flanging Brass Tubing 

(No. 400) 
The flanging of copper or brass tubing 
for union connections may readily be done 
providing a die, such as the one shown, is 
made. The die consists of two pieces of 
steel, hinged at one end and fastened by 
a wing nut at the other. A series of holes 
for different sizes of tubing from ^ to 4i 
in, are drilled, half in one piece and half 
in the other. The edges of these holes are 
rounded off on one side to conform to 
the shape of the flanges desired.— M. Ge- 
rard, Cissna Park. III. 



puller the device consists of a cast piece 
which carries the screw, and two long 
bolts with ends which slip back of the 
spokes. Several holes in the cast piece 
allow for adjustment to wheels and 
brake drums of different diameters. Only 
the cast piece and the screw it carries 
are used in the arbor press. The re- 
mainder of the device is made up of 
two upright members which are carried 
in a base made out of two I-beams bolted 
together.— M. Gerard, Cissna Park, IlL 




(No. 4oe) 
n oporatad by eomprmid ■ 
capacl^ B lbs. 



Pressure Grease Gun 
(Na«)2) 
A high-speed grease gun with > ca- 
pacity of 5 lbs. or more is made from 
a length of sheet tubing 5 in. in diameter. 
The tubing is mounted on a suitable 
stand and the pressure is supplied by a 
screw-operated plunger which is faced 
with pump leather. The screw is marked 
off in pound divisions. The discharge 
end of the gun is supplied with a han- 
dle cock and any size nipple from ii to 
'/i in. A small cock is placed at the 
gun end of the outlet to supply air for 
the return of the piston and for filling 
small srease cops. — M. Gerard, Cissiut 
Park. Ill 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Using Old Tubes 

(No. 403) 

Old sections of scrap tube make nice 
bands for doing up repaired tubes if cut 
up into sections about J^ in. wide. 
These are much handier than string and 
facilitate handling of the repaired work. 
— B. H. Sullivan, Valley City Tire Repair 
Co., Valley City, N. D. 

Putting Wires Back 

(No. 404) 

When wires are removed from a mag- 
neto there is always the possibility of 
time being wasted in replacing them; 
the hi^h-tension wires must be attached 
to theu: prober terminals and so must 
the low-tension: Of course, the wires 



Wall Driveway Protector 

(No. 407) 
A narrow garage driveway offers the 
possibility of damaged hubs and fenders 
due to striking the walls on either side. 
To overcome this difficulty sheets of 
boiler plate were placed at an angle 
against each wall the full length of the 
driveway. The lower edge of the plate 
is about 6 in. from the wall ancf the 
height is 14 in.— Lackawanna Automobile 
Co., Scran ton, Pa. 





Small Screw Jack 

(No. 408) 

Small screw jacks are extremely useful 
in repair work; they may be used for 
many purposes where there is not room 
for a bar or jimmy or where it is de- 
sirable to have a tool that will stay put. 



(No. 404> 
How string may b« UMd to roeate the 
wirea whan th>y ■ 



may be numbered, but a simpler way 
is to link the wires lightly together with 
a string ; progress from left to right, 
as shown. Probably a low-tension wire 
will be first and then there will be the 
set of high-tension wires and then an< 
other low-tension one or two.— A. Z. 
Page, New York. 

. Truing Connecting Rods 

(No. 405) 

How to determine whether a connect- 
ing rod is true or not is aomething that 
most repairmen know how to do, but 
there are some that will probably be 
interested in the simple method I have 
found successful. The connecting rod is 
fitted with a mandrel at each end and 
then is placed on a level surface and stip- 

(lorted so that the two mandrels are 
evel unless the rod is bent. If the rod 
is twisted the surface gauge will show 
it. On the other hand, if the rod is 
bent this fact may be determined by a 
calipers. — M. (Gerard, Cissna Park, III. 

Hook for Car Raising 

(No. 406) 

The double hook illustrated is for 
lifting cars of all makes. For raising the 
front the hooks are attached to the 
tpnnt horns and for the rear they are 
adjusted to the frame side members after 
the floor boards have been removed. 
Fivc-ciffhths in. stock should be uied— 
A.^ H. Olson, Service Garage, Elk River, 




(No. 407) 

Inclined matal atrlpa to pravent damage 

to projecting car part* 

A suggestion as to what this jack should 
look like is given herewith. It is merely 
a broad, conical -shaped cast iron base 
into which screws the lifting nut. — R. M. 
Bird, New York. 

Removing Broken Studs 

(No; 409) 
Broken studs may be removed by bor- 
ing them out with a drill that has been 
^ound so that it will cut when rotated 
in the opposite direction from that in- 
tended. The twisting strain put 00 the 
stud is usually sulficient to remove it. 
Care must be taken not to select a drill 
that is too large or the threads may be 
injured. — E, W^ Shively, foreman, Akron 
Cadillac Co., Akron, O. 

Bicycle Cement for Gaskets 

(No. 410) 
Di faculty in keeping a Ford cylinder 
head gasket from blowing out can be 
avoided bjr using cement for wood bicy- 
cle rims in place of shellac. It may 
be purchased at any bicycle store or 
supply house. — Christian Neubig, Neu- 
big's Garage, Paquemine, La. 




Jig for Cotter Holes 

(No. 411) 

A jig for drilling cotter pin holes in 
bolts and pins may be made of a piece 
of square stock in which there are sev- 
eral transverse holes for receiving vari- 
ous sizes of pins. At right angles to 
each one of these is a bole through which 
the cotter pin drill is inserted. The 
distance that the cotter hole is from the 
end of the pin is determined by the ad- 
justment of a stop screw which is car- 
ried in a plate in the back. — M. C^rard. 
Cissna Park, III. 




Jig for drilling cotter pin holai 



Valve Spring Lifter 

(No. 412) 

A valve spring lifter for Ford cars 
is shown herewith. The main member, 
which has a C shape, is made of 7/16 
in. round stock and is forked at the 




lower end. The upper end is pinned to 
a long handle which in turn is pinned 
to a supporting member which firsts on 
the top of the cylinders. The two Utter 
pieces are made of M x H in. si:ock.— 
James Baldwin, New Harmony, Itid. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Compression Tester 

(Ho. 413) 
A compressioQ tester is necessary for 
Accurately determining the condition ot 
valves and pistons as renrds their tight- 
ness. A cheap but satisfactory one may 
be made by combining a tire gauge and 
a spark plug shell. The gauge may be 
fastened to the shell by pouring babbitt 
or lead in between the two or a special 
reducing nipple may be used. The gauge, 
of course, is placed in the spark plug 
hole when a cylinder is to be tested. A 
weak cylinder can be readily indicated 
even if the normal compression in [lounds 
is not known, by the fact that it will 
register less than the others. The use 
of this device is very important; it should 
be employed whenever any irregularity 
is noted in the operation of the motor. 
Leaky valves, pistons and valve stem 
guides may cause a miss or a jerky ac- 
tion that ordinarily would be blamed on 
the carbureter or ignition.— James Bald- 
win, New Harmony, Ind. 




CYLIKDtC 



Making Brass Springs 

(No. 414) 
If a thin brass spring is required and 
only soft brass is at hand, a fair substi- 
tute can' be made by hammering both 
surfaces of the soft brass tightly all over, 
using the flat face of the hammer and a 
smooth, solid block for an anvil. It is 
difficult to leave the surface perfectly 
smooth, and the spring will not be quite 
as good as if made of regular spring 
brass, but it usually will answer tor a 
time at least. Any attempt to file or 
grind the surface will remove the hard 
film and with it the spring quality. Cop- 
per and German silver can be treated in 
the same way. 

Handy Door Opener 

(No. 415) 

All garagemen are familiar with the 
trouble arising from having to attend 
the front door when people want to 
come in and do not wish to get out in 
the snow and wet to open the door for 
themselves; the door opener described 
below solves this difficulty. 

The doors are of the ordinary type, 






(No. 416) 

A simple tool for straightening axles 
and similar parts is made of lH in. steel 
stock and has a forked jaw at one end 
on the side and a 2-in. eye on the other. 
— M. L. Smith, Cuppet Bros. Garage, 
Clarksburg, W, Va. 




Spring Compressor 

(No. 417) 

The compression of a clutch spring 
and its replacement is a difficult matter 
without special tools, but here is a sim- 



(Nb. 416) 

OevlcB for «p«nlnfl doer from outatda 

without laavlng ear 



open when the latch is released. The 
angle brackets used should have about 
a 10-in, arm projecting from the door 
so as to obtain the proper leverage on 
the door. The end of the spring should 
be fastened with wire to a point about 
4 ft. from the hinges of the door. These 
springs will have to be adjusted so as 
to open the door at the proper speed, 
and bumpers should be provided to keep 
the angle bracket end from striking the 
wall when opened full. 

The next step is to arrange some 
means for releasing the latch at the top 
of the door from the outside. The spring 
latch has a ring at the lower end, and to 
this is fastened a light rope passing over 
pulleys. At A the rope passes out 
through a hole in the door jamb. 

On the outside of the building is fast- 
ened a 16-ft. 2x4 with guy wires. The 
rope passes through the door jamb and 
runs along the bottom of the boom, screw 
eyes being used to support the slack. 
At the end is fastened a pulley over 
which the rope runs, and at the end of 
the rope is fastened a rubber-covered 
iron ring to act as a handle. The idea 
of covering it with rubber is to keep 
it from striking a windshield and break- 
ing it. Jerking the rope releases the 
spring catch and the doors open. 

It was thought that the opening could 
be made automatic by allowing the 
wheels of the car to run over a trip, but 
difficulty would be met in keeping any 
such device clear in ice and snow. The 
overhead device was adopted instead 
and has given entire satisfaction. It was 
hung to the left of the doorway on ac- 
count of the majority ot cars being fitted 
with left drive.— D. W. Hall, Hall Ga- 
rage, Fort Collins, Col. 

Axle Straightener 



•v 



z/ 




put in position on the cone, and the 
whole is placed on the bed of a drill 
press and compressed by lowering the 
spindle. Two S-shaped damps are then 
made and bolted to the clutch spider so 
that the upper ends bold the spring from 
expanding. — E. R. Sears, New York. 

Making Calipers 

(No. 418) 

An excellent pair of calipers can be 
made by cutting two tapered pieces from 
sheet steel, drilling the beads, rounding 
and smootniDg the ends and then heat- 
ing and bending to the proper curve. 
Bending is most easily and uniformly 
done if the two pieces are temporarily 
fastened together with a copper rivet. 




finish can be imparted by grinding^ filing 
and the use of emery cloth. It is impor- 
tant to have the permanent rivet a close 
fit, and it should be of steel. The wash- 
ers are best made in the lathe and should 
he very slightly concave where they 
come against the legs. If a careful job 
is being done the calipers should be 
ground together on the friction surfaces 
to avoid rapid wear and consequent 
loosening of the joint. A rap on the 
rivet head tightens the joint. 

Lathe-too! Holder 

(No. 419) 

A tool holder and cutter for lathe 
work offers many advantages; one tool 
holder only is required for any nnmber 
of cutters; special steel may be used 
for the cutters and yet this expense fa 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



not required for the tool bolder. A 
■imple and efiective method of oukkiag 
« tool holder is iUnatrstted. The tool 
holder ■■ dove-tailed and a set >crew 
from the other aide bold* the cutter 
&rmlr in place.— E. R. Seara, New York. 




Latlw tosi h 

Edging Lathe Tools 

(No. 420) 
It paya well to ate an oilstone on the 
edge ot a lathe tool that is to be used 
for fine or moderately fine work, after 
careful grinding in the ordinary way. 
The diBerence in the ease and sroooth- 
neas of cutting ii very perceptible. 

Soft Hammers 

<Na 421) 

A copper or brass hammer that is 
much used will acquire a surface that is 

Suite hard and may mark a finished sur- 
ice somewhat unexpectedly. Also, the 
aoft metal has a way of picking up par- 
ticles of harder metal which become em- 
bedded. The trouble is easily overcome 
by occasionally filing and annealing. 

Small Puller 

(No. 422) 

A poller for removing parti provided 
with projecting bolts or studs but no 
other exposed parts consists of an H 
member with a screw running Ihrongh 
the center. The projecting bolts or studs 



scheme that is useful in an emergency, 
when a hole must be made of a size for 
which there is no drill. The hole will not 
be as true as with a normally ground 
drill, however, and the tool will not cut 
quite as fast Both flat and twist drills 
can be used in'this way. 

Oil in Chipping 

(Na424) 

Chipping in steel, wrought Iron or 
tough bronze is greatly facilitated and 
the tool made to act as if much sharper 
if the edge is frequently rubbed on an 
oil-soaked pad of waste or rag. The 
heavier the oil the better. 

Broken Chisels 

(No. 425) 
If the ed^e of a cold chisel breaks aft 
because it is too hard, do not soften it, 
but grind it back to the end of the frac- 
ture, where the temper usually will be 
found about right for all-around work. 
Incidentally, many chisels are softened 
by too basty grinding on an emery wheel. 
On the other hand, an over-hard chisel 
may have the temper slightly drawn by 
hard grinding in careful hands; it should 
be quenched in water as soon as the 
color shows right. 

Crankshaft Lapping Jig 

(No. 426) 
The usual way of lapping a crankshaft 
is to put it between centers in the lathe. 
This practice is all right for the main 
bearings since they are on center, but 
it is not so good for the connecting 
rod bearinffs, which are eccentric; there 
is always the danger of lapping the lat- 
ter out of round. A better method is to 
set up each set of connecting rod throws 
on center by the use of a special jig, 
as shown. This casting has a broad 
base flange so' that it may be clamped 
at any point on the face plate. From 
this base a heavy column extends out 




1-typo pullsr for 



are engaged by the slots of the H and 
then the screw of the puller is operated 
in the ordinary way. — E. R. Sears, New 
York. 

Oversize Drilling 

(No. 423) 




more than a foot and ends in an L which 
is provided with a cap which holds the 
crankshaft. A V block at the tail stock 
end is sufficient for the other support. 
— H. Meyer, International Auto Repair 
Co., New York. 

Cigar Box Drawers 

(No. 427) 

Cigar boxes arranged in rows can be 
used to form drawers with compartments 
for small tools, parts, etc. For ex- 
ample, eight boxes arranged in two 
rows, and fastened to a board founda- 
tion, would make a good drawer, and 
several might be used to form a shop 
cabinet. — Joseph S. Cortelyou. Brooklyn, 
N. Y. 




Quick-lifting Jack 

(No. 428) 

A quick-lifting jack suitable for all cars 
with axles of ordinary height consists 
of a lon^ lever mounted on a fulcrum 
which bnngs the lever at just the correct 
height to raise the axle. A hinged leg 
on the lifting end automatically takes the 
load as soon as it can swing free of the 
floor. — Joseph S. Cortelyou, Brooklyn, 




Jack for quickly raising aalo 

Truing a Grindstone 

(No. 429) 

A power-driven grindstone can be 
trued with a tool consisting of a len^b 
of iron pipe three or four feet long; 1-in. 
pipe will do very well, though the size 
does not greatly matter. The pipe is 
used like a banc lathe tool, a rest being 



with the outer end up; a little 

experimenting will give the best angle, 
By rolling the pipe along the rest i 




fairly good job can be done. The pipe 
will grind away rapidly and constant 
slight changes n! the angle are necessary 
to keep it cutting. 

Brake Spring Remover 

(No. 430) 
A tool resembling a valve spring re- 
mover but considerably smaller will save 
much time in replacing brake shoe dis- 
tance springs. The usual method is to 
compress the spring in a vise and then 
tie It with cord or wire, but this Is 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHOKT-CUTS 



rciT alo 
r Co., J 



Machining Rings 

(Ho. 434) 
For doing li^ht lathe work on ring! 
and the like which mre c^isily sprnng, one 
of the simpleit methoda is to screw a 
piece of wood to the face-plate and turn 
in it a recess, slightly tapered, into which 
the ring can be pressed. This will ensure 
support at all points. If it is desired to 



Gasket Cutter 

(No. 431) 

A useful gasket cutter that will work 

in li^t sheet metal %nd other packing 







Scribing Tool 

(No. 433) 
An exceedingly useful form of scriber 
may be made of !^-in. tool steel rod, both 
ends being tapered, tempered to a me- 
dium straw-color and sharpened. Before 
tempering, one end should be bent at 
right angles, making an arm about IH 
in. long, which is useful in many places 
wnere the main part is too lone. 




material has a central body with a piTOt- 
ing point at the bottom, a wood handle 
at the top and in the body a hole through 
which the blade-carrying rod passes; a 
set-screw holds the rod at any desired 
point. The rod is of tool steel with the 
end forged to form a blade and tem- 
pered to a dark straw-color. If desired, 
the blade may be separate and riveted 
to an iron or brass block sliding on the 
rod and held by a set-screw, while the 
rod itself is stationary in the body. 

Valve Remover 

(No. 432) 

So many types of valve removers have 

been described in these columns that it 

would seem as though every possible 

construction had been included, but here 




is one that is different. It is made out 
of a large broken C clamp, the lower 
part of the clamp being replaced by a 
forked member which &ts around the 
valve sprinir seat. — Frank Fisher, Turin 
Garage, New York. 





the tool. Emery and oil is nsed as an 
abrasive. For polishing the bearing sur- 
faces a Dair of wooden clamps hinged at 
the back are used in connection with 
fine emery cloth and oil. — Frink Fisher, 
Turin Garage, New York. 



work on the outer diameter of the ring 
the wood can be cut away to leave a 
projection over which the* ring can be 



Short File Holder 

(No. 435) 
When it is necessary to use a file in 
a very contracted space an ordinary file 
may be broken into short lengths and 
the pieces used in a holder of the type 
illustrated. The holder body should be 
of hard wood and the clip plates of 
steel heavy enough to resist the bending 
pressure of the bolts. 




SJmpIs baneh drill mado at homo 

Home-made Bench Drill 

(No. 437) 
A bench drill can be made at small 
cost. It may be constructed of odd 
pieces of material about the shop except 
the piece for the main frame, which must 
be cast. It is driven by a small electric 
motor through a round belt and the tool 
is fed by a collar and yoke which oper- 
ates on the spindle shaft. — R. Voget. 
New Rochelle, N. Y. 

Reaming Over-size Holes 

(No. 438) 

A reamer or a tap that la not quite 

large enough can be made to cut larger 

by inserting with it a strip of tin or 



Crankshaft Lapper 

(No. 436) 
A convenient crankshaft lapper can 
be made out of two hinged members 
with a hole in the center to take vari- 
ous sizes of babbitt bushing* as required 
b^ different shafts. The device is pro- 
vided with a long handle and the two 
halves are held closed by a holt. The 
babbitt bushings are split and their sides 
are flanged so that they will stay put in 



(No. 4SI) 

8ho*l matal may Im uaod H thi raamar la 

too amall for the holo 

sheet brass as long as the cutting part 
and about a third of the circumference 
in width. This will force the tool over 
and make it enlarge a hole already larger 
than the tool alone. The cutting action 
will be slower than under normal condi- 
tions. Oversize tapping by this method 
is a little more difficult than reaming and 
cannot very well be done with taps much 
under ^-in. 

Connecting-rod Truer 

(No. 439) 
There are many ways of straightening 
bent connecting rods, but the preferable 
one is by the use of a special screw 
operated bending tool built for the pur- 
pose, such as the one illustrated. The 
material used is high -carbon steel of 
}j-in. section. The rod is placed in the 
hooks and then the screw is tightened 
until the rod is straight. To prevent 
the rod from springing back when the 



64 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 



prcBsnre is released, it is peined opposite 
the screw. This method is preferable 
to bending by putting in rods in the 
wrist and crank pin bushings, as the lat- 
ter may injure the bearings, especially 
if the rods are not a tight fit— H. Meyer, 
International Auto Repair Co^ New 
York. 




Adjustable Puller 

(Ho. 441) 

An adjustable puller that may be used 
on gears varying from 1 in. to 5 in. 
as shown. A cross-piece carries two 
hooks and has the screw in its center. 
The pivoting of the hooka makes the 
tool adjustable. — E. R. Sears, New York. 

Simple Drill Chuck 

<No. 442) 

All sorts of odd sizes of drill-chucks, 

tap wrenches and the like can be made 

from ordinary bolts and nuts. To make 

a drill -chuck, drill a hole very slightly 



Heavy Screwdriver 

(No. 440) 
A screwdriver for very heavy work 
consists of a blade forged from square 
■teel stock with a hole drilled in the top 
of the shank to take the pivot of a 
wood knob similar to a brace knob. The 
pivot may be a }4-in. bolt with the head 
cut off and the nuts above and below 




O O 




less than the size of the drill to be held 
into the end of a bolt, and then with a 
hack-saw make two cuts as lone as the 
hole is deep. Cut off the head of the 
bolt and shape the shank to fit a socket 
or lathe chuck or anything that may be 
desired. With the nut run as far as it 
will go on the thread, the drill is put 
into the hole, which springs the cuts 
apart a little; screwing the nut toward 
the end forces the sections down hard on 
the drill. The arrangement is so simple 
that many can be made and kept on hand. 

Wooden Emery Wheel 

(No. 443) 
For U^tit work, such as polishing and 
re-snrfactng small parts, emery wheels 
can be made of wood disks with the 
edges faced with leather and emery glued 
to the leather. The leather is glued on 
with the joint tapered and lapped and 



smoothed down with sandpaper. Alter 
the glue has set the leather should be 
slightly roughened with coarse sand- 
paper, coated with hot glue and rolled 
in emery of the desired grade; the emery 
should be well rolled in to make sure 
that the whole surface is properly cov- 
ered and that the grains are well pressed 
in'. After drying, the wheel is ready for 
use. A good deal of the outer layer of 
emery will tly off at first, but enough will 
stick to do good work if too much is 
not demanded. 

Battery Jar Kink 

(No. 444) 

There is very little hope for a rubber 
battery jar that is cracked; but where 
the crack is a slight one the laying up of 
the battery sometimes can be avoided 
by holding it tight so that it will not 
open up under vibration. Not infre- 
quently cracks are so slight as to leaik 
little or not at all when the car is stand- 
ing. Cut a section from an old inner 
tube to make a band, and slip this over 
the jar from the bottom. The tube 
should be of such size that the band cut 
from it will put some pressure on the 
crack. This is best done with the aid of 
an assistant. 

For Marking-out 

(No. 445) 



the knob sunk in the wood. There 
should be a smooth washer on the bot- 
tom of the knob where it rests on the 
top of the shank. The tool is turned 




show scriber marks well, 

faces with whitewash i_ _ __ 

chalk and water and let it dry. This 
will show the acriber marks sharply and 

Mounting Emery Cloth 

(No. 440 

In most of the jobs where emery cloth 
is used it is far better to have the cloth 
attached to a stick, which is used like a 
file, than to merely hold it in the band. 
A few sticks, shaped like large files, 
with strips of emery glued to both sur- 
faces, will be of ^eat service; the work 
will be more satisfactory and there will 
be a real saving in emery cloth. A well- 
worn piece of cloth is excellent for fine 
finishing. One of the advantages of such 
an arrangement is that when it is de- 
sired to do careful work there is much 
less danger of rounding off corners than 
if the cloth is applied by hand, and the 
surface will be much better. 




Equal Sized Tires on Fords 

(No. 447) 
Two Ford cars may be so changed that 
both cars have 3!^ in. tires all around 
without extra expense, except the ex- 
cess of tire size. Remove the wheels 
without hubs fro rothe front of one car 
and the rear of the other. Place 30 x 1 
rims all around on one car, and 30 x jK 
on the other. Put 31 x 3}^ tires on IM 
car with 3-it>. rims, and 30 x 3^ tires on 
the other car. lliiB gives eqtial simd 
tires all around and extra site. If At- 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



65 



sired, the Ford Company will supply 
spokes and rims complete for the front 
for $3.50. 

Extra Oversize Tires 

(No. 448) 

The 30 X 3^2 front rim on a Ford will 
take a 31 X 35/^ tire or a 32 x 4. The 
30 X 3J4 rear rim will take 31 x 4 or 
32 X 454 tires. The latter will be a tight 
fit, however, and requires lapping the 
beads slightly. 

Ford Motor Speed 

(No. 449) 

The flywheel of the Ford makes 2440 
revolutions per mile. At 10 miles per 
hour it is rotating at a rate of 410 revo- 
lutions per minute, in high gear. At the 
same speed or low it would be going ap- 
proximately 900 r.p.m. 

Differential Lubrication 
(No. 450) 

Dixon's No. 680 non-leak grease may 
be used in the Ford differential for the 
prevention of leakage on the brake 
bands. Graphite must never be used in 
the engine or transmission of the Ford. 

Brace Rod Breakage Pre- 
vention 
(No. 451) 

The transverse brake rod supporting 
the fenders beneath the Ford body is sub- 
ject to breakage from vibration. A small 
vertical brace, fastened between the rod 
and the floorboards, will dampen the 
vibration and prevent breakage. 

Stripped Cylinder Head Bolts 

(No. 45a) 

The tapped holes in the cylinder head 
often strip. It is not advisable in such 
cases to drill the hole in the head for an 
oversize screw. It is better to drill and 
tap the hole in the head for a H thread, 
18 pitch, and screw in a steel plug. This 
plug may then be drilled and tapped for 
the standard cylinder head cap screw. 

Prevention of Skidding 

(No. 453) 

A frequent cause of skidding is mal- 
adjustment of the rear radius rods. This 
is evidenced by the car skidding on the 
lightest provocation and the radius rods 
should be carefully measured and ad- 
justed until they are of equal length. 

Front Spring Pointer 

(No. 454) 

At regular intervals the front spring 
clips of the Ford should be inspected, 
and if loose brought up as tight as pos- 
sible. If loose, the leaves of the spring 
will work in under the action of the car, 
shear the tie bolt and permit the frame 
to shift to one side. This will allow the 
steering arm to pass over dead center, 
and lock, with the possibility of a serious 
accident. 

Replacing Manifold Gaskets 

(No. 455) 

The small gasket collars in the mani- 
fold of the Ford may be wedged in place 
by small strips of paper before replac- 
ing the manifold. The replacement is 
facibuted and an air-tight joint assured. 



Oil in the First Cylinder 

(No. 456) 

When oil in the first cylinder causes 
missing, the skipping may be stopped 
temporarily by removing the plugs from 
the front and rear cylinder, cleaning the 
oily plug with gasoline and replacing 
the front plug by the hot one taken from 
the rear cylinder. A few explosions will 
clean the front cylinder. 

Missfiring 

(No. 457) 

Grease, dirt and moisture, if allowed 
to gather around the secondary wires 
at the point of passage through the dash, 
forms a path for the current, prevent- 
ing it from reaching the plugs and caus- 
ing missfiring. This is an obscure cause, 
and may be remedied by placing hard 
rubber washers between the wiring and 
the dash. 

Steering Wheel Looseness 
(No. 458) 

A small amount of looseness in the 
retaining keys at the top of the Ford 
steering column will cause an appre- 
ciable amount of looseness. This will 
rapidly increase unless the keys are con- 
stantly kept tight. 

Tinning the Soldering Iron 

(No. 459) 

A new soldering iron must be tinned 
in order to hold the solder. To tin, heat 
the head of the iron hot enough to melt 
the solder readily, flle the scale from 
the tip down to the clean metal. Then 
dip the point in the soldering liquid and 
apply it to the soldering stick. A small 
globule of the molten solder will adhere 
to the tip, and should be worked into 
the iron by rubbing the point in a small 
hollow chipped in a brick for that pur- 
pose. 

Soldering Fluid 

(No. 460) 

A good soldering fluid may be made 
from the scrap zinc obtained from old 
dry cells, if properly cut in muriatic acid. 
The acid is placed in an earthenware re- 
tainer, and a few small pieces of zinc 
placed in it. A violent chemical action 
occurs, and fumes are given off. As 
these fumes are injurious to the lungs, 
and will corrode bright metal work, this 
action should take place in the open 
air. Enough zinc snould be added so 
that after all action has ceased there will 
still be some small pieces at the bottom 
of the dish. The fluid is then ready for 
use. 

Soldering 

(No. 461) 

Two surfaces cannot be soldered to- 
gether unless they are clean and dry. 
New work can usually be cleaned suf- 
flciently with emery cloth, but old greasy 
work snould flrst be dipped in hot water 
and soda to remove the grease. Then 
apply the soldering fluid with a brush 
over the parts to be soldered. The iron 
should be hot enough to make the solder 
flow freely, and an excess of solder must 
not be used. The best results are ob- 
tained when only enough solder is used 
to just cover the surfaces being soldered 
together. 



Soldering Electrical Work 

(No. 46a) 

Soldering fluid made from zinc and 
acid should not be used on electrical 
work, as it frequently sets up a resist- 
ance that is detrimental. Resin, or bet- 
ter, some of the specially prepared sol- 
dering pastes are to be recommended. 
If the parts being soldered are copper, 
they should flrst be tinned in a manner 
similar to that used in tinninp: the sol- 
dering iron, as this will facilitate the 
work and oitten remove the necessity of 
using a soldering iron. 

Gasoline Pipe Line Repair 

(No. 463) 

Soap may be used as an emergency 
repair of the gasoline line, and should 
be held in place by tire tape, or some 
similar material. At the first oppor- 
tunity, however, it should be permanent- 
ly repaired. A lengthwise crack may be 
fixed by binding the pipe with copper 
wire and then soldering the pipe and 
wire into a unit. A transverse break 
requires fitting a copper sleeve made 
from a slightly larger piece of tubing 
and sweating it on. 

Carbureter Float Repair 

(No. 464) 

It is often difficult to locate a leak 
in a carbureter float, and if the leak be 
small still more difficult to get the gs^so- 
line out. By drilling a small hole, the 
gasoline may be poured out, air pressure 
applied and the leak located. After sol- 
dering the leak, the drilled hole may also 
be soldered. 



Soldering Precautions 

(No. 465) 

Overheating the soldering iron is much 
worse than underheating it, as the tin- 
ning is thereby burned away. After 
overheating, the iron must be again 
tinned. Only enough heat should be ap- 
plied to the iron to permit it to melt the 
solder readily, and no more solder should 
be used than is absolutely necessary. 
There is no additional stren^h in an ex* 
cess amount of solder on a joint 

Bending Tubing 

(No. 466) 

Tubing is liable to crush or break 
during the bending process unless the in- 
terior is filled with some solid material. 
If the pipe is to be bent cold, lead is very 
good; if hot, sand or clay may be used. 
Copper or brass pipes must always be 
annealed before bending. 

Removing Scale 

(No. 467) 

The hard scale left on castings is very 
injurious to the lathe tool, and may be 
removed by use of the proper solu- 
tion. Such a solution may be made of 
one part sulphuric acid to 30 parts water. 
The castings to be cleaned are wet down 
with this solution at regular intervals 
during a period of twelve hours, then 
washed with water. The iron beneath 
the scale will be dissolved, and the acmle 
may be washed away. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



been moved up and down in the water or 
heat allowed to run down toward the 
point from the hot shank; or the edge 
is too much rockered or is so spread out 
that it is not adequately supported. In 
the latter instances the remedy is in 
proper grinding. 



Smaklng shaft Mfor* tabbltlne 



Emergency Bearing 

(N0.46S) 



made by pouring babbitt arouild the shaft 
and letting it form its own sealing. If 
the shaft is only oiled to prevent the stick- 
ing of the metal it will be very tight when 
the bkbbitt sets; to avoid this the shaft 
should be well smoked with a flaring torch 
or candle, forming an even coating of soot. 

Valve Dresser 

(No. 4«9) 
A handy little appliance for cleaning 
up a valve and taking the worst of the 
roughness off its surface before grinding 
is made with a hardwood block as its 
foundation. A hole bored through the 
block, square with the upper surface, is 
a neat fit for the valve stem; the valve 
seat rests on three blocks, preferably of 




(No. 470} 
o curvsd; 2, cornsr* unauppert- 
•d; 3, a good odga 



Leveling Tool 

(No. 471) 

el with no glass tube 
or liquid can be made as shown. It con- 
sists of a piece of sheet metal with a 
banjo-shaped opening cut in it and a 
small plumb-bob on a stout thread or. 
preferably, a piece of very fine silk fishing 
line, suspended in the opening. A notch 
is filed in the lower edge of the large 
part of the opening and the instrument 
adjusted on a surface known to be per- 
fectly level so that the point of the bob 
is exactly in the center of the notch. 




metal, in order that they can be made to 
hold an accurate bevel. The blocks are 
carefully placed so that a valve seat will 
rest equally on all three, and are fastened 
down with wood-screws. Pieces of emery 
cloth are stretched across each and held 
down by thumb-tacks or little clamps con- 
sisting of small metal or wood blocks tight- 
ened by wood- screws turned into the main 
block. 

Chisel Breakage 

(No. 470) 
Breakages of cold chisels, as well as 
other cutting tools for metal, usually are 
due to three causes, under normal work- 
ing conditions. The steel is too hard, in 
which case tempering was not carried 
quite far enough; the hardening was done 
so that a sharp line of demarcation was 
created between the hard and the soft 
parts, in which case the tool should have 




Depth Stop 

(No. 473) 
When a number of holes have to be 
drilled all of the same depth a good deal 
of time can be saved by making a stop* 
collar to slip over the drill; an ordinary 
set-screw holds it in position. If the 
holes are to be countersunk, and there 
are enough of them to warrant the mak- 
ing of a special tool, the collar can be 
rather long, made of tool steel, and the 
lower end formed into cutters of the 
desired width and angle. Two different 
cutters might be made, one on each end 
of the device. The countersinking tool 
should have two set-screws to hold it 
firmly, and it should be a very good fit 
on the drill. It should be fed dowD 
carefully to avoid breaking the drill. 







mS 













Piston Pin Press 

(No. 472) 

This piston pin press can be used t_ 
push the pins out of several sizes of 
pistons. The thin steel or iron strips 
have sufficient flexibility' to accommo- 
date themselves to various curvatures. 
The screw must be smaller than the 
smallest pin that is to be extracted. It 
may be fitted with two tips, one for solid 
and the other for hollow pins, the tips 
being inserted into a hole drilled m 
the end of the screw. The plate through 
which the screw works may be of bar 
iron with the ends upset, or extension 
pieces may be put on with machine 
screw to take the flexible strips. 



Home-made Trammels 

(No. 474) 
A good pair of trammels for accu- 
rately measuring distances between witlc 
ly separated points, such as the front 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



67 



and rear axles, is rather expensive; but 
home-made ones are practically as good 
and cost much less. The bar may be of 
steel tubing and the heads of brass pipe 
fittings. The stationary head may be a 
tee pinned to the tube at one end and 
the sliding head a cross, with a set- 
screw consisting of a standard plug with 
a bar run through for a handle. The 
steel points can be inserted in holes 
drilled in plugs screwed into the tittingi; 
various shapes of points can be used for 
straight, inside or outside work. The 
fittings will have to be reamed out for 
the bar to pass through. 

Valve Pin Holder 

(No. 475) 

A handy little holder tor Ford valve 

pins is made from a piece of alumimmi 

or hard wood about ^ in. thick, shaped 

in any desired way, and drilled with 



c o y 

o o " 

c e 

. 



Holdar for Ford valva pin* 
eight holes yi in. diameter and about 5j 
in. deep. The pins can be stuck in the 
holes in an instant and are there when 
wanted.— W. H. Rosnick, B. & E. Garage 
Co., West Newton, Pa. 

A Turning Guide 

(No. 476) 

When turning down a cylindrical piece 

from the rough considerable time often 

can be saved in gagins and calipering 

if a small part is first worked down to the 



Ifc 



3 




has to be ground, much labor can be 
saved by the careful use of a very small, 
smooth-cut file. Hold the valve in the 
left hand and use the file on the seat, 
keeping it flat on the face without rock- 
ing sideways, until the grooves and 
scores are worked out. Occasionally try 
the valve on the seat to make sure that 
it is not being tiled out of round to a 
serious extent. File down the contact- 
ing points until the seating is as good 
as it can be made in that way, and then 
grind, first with the coarsest grain, and 
finish in the usual way. It may be 
necessary during grinding to ease down 
the hard points with the file to avoid 
the necessity for too much grinding. 

Moving Stuck Pipe 

CNo. 478) 
A large pipe or other threaded piece 
which is stuck in the threads often can 
be moved with an improvised wrench 
consisting of two pieces of hard wood 
cut as shown in the illustration and fitted 



==©= 



with two bolts, the nuts and heads being 
brought up against iron plates. The 
wood must be sufficiently strong to stand 
hard tightening of the bolts. A little 
rosin will help to set up friction, but 
loo much is worse than none. 

Battery Discharging 

(No. 479) 
A good and simple way to discharge a 
battery, either to make a test or for any 
other reason, is to lead the terminal wires 
to a pail of water with a few handfuls 
of salt dissolved in it. The wires should 
end in metal plates. The rapidity of the 
discharge will be governed by (1) the 
amount of salt in the water, and (2) the 
distance between the plates. The more 
salt and the closer the plates are set 



<No. 476) 
Quiding cut for latha work 
exact size; this acts as a guide and the 
progress of the work can be easily 
watched. For a close, accurate finish it 
is of course necessary to gage in the 
usual way. 

Facing a Valve 

(No. 477) 




the more rapid the discharge. The rate 
of discharge can be watched by connect- 
ing an ammeter in the circuit. Great 
care must be taken not to allow the 
plates to get too close together and 
short the battery. If a metal pail is 
used one of the wires can be clamped to 
it and the other attached to a plate sus- 
pended in the water but not allowed to 
swing; regulation will be effected by rais- 
ing or lowering the plate. 

Making Nuts 

(No. 480) 



can be made of a piecc-of hexagon rod 
sawed off, smoothed up with a file or 
by 'grinding, drilled and tapped. For 
many purposes brass will do and is easy 
to work; for other purposes iron is bet- 
ter, and for severe duty tool-steel rod 
can be employed. If a little care is taken 
a very neat job can be done. 

Chassis Testing 

(Noi. 481) 

(See Fig. 481 on juge 68) 

Block testing of the motor or chassis 
is rarely done by the repairman because 
of the expense of the apparatus. Yet 
it is possible to construct equipment for 
a few dollars which will satisfactorily do 
the work. Given the equipment, the 
determination of the horsepower at the 
wheels is a very simple matter. 

The advantages of testing in the shop 
instead of on the road cannot be ques- 
tioned. It eliminates the possibility of 
accident to the car, removes the human 
factor, saves time, and enables the me- 
chanic to put his car to all parts of the 
car while it is running. 

The simplest form of testing equip- 
ment consists of two rollers sunk m 
the floor on which the rear wheels rest, 
and a cable with a heavy spring balance 
attached to hold the car in place. The 
spring balance registers the draw-bar 
pull, and this together with the speed 
gives the necessary data for calculating 
the horsepower. 

To construct the apparatus first dig a 
pit in the garage floor about 4x4x8 
ft. Then procure an old rear axle and 
bolt its spring clips firmly to suitable 
iron brackets or concrete piers. In place 
of the wheels put drums which are on 
the floor level at the top. Connect the 
brake mechanism to a lever, as shown, 
so that varying degrees of load can be 
placed on the running car by the driver. 
The brake connections should have 

It really is not necessary to calculate 
the horsepower in order to determine the 
condition of the car, as the pull on the 
spring scale is a good indication when 
the speed is considered. For example, if 
the best carbureter adjustment for 30 
m. p. h. is desired, the motor would be 
operated at approximately this speed 
and then the testing brake would be ap- 
plied until the speed showed no sign of 
increase even with throttle fully open; 
the pull on the sprinp: balance in pounds 
would be read; various carbureter ad- 
justments would be tried until the one 
showing the greatest pull was found. As 
soon as the carbureter adjustment im- 
proved there would be an increase in 
speed which would be reduced to normal 
by applying the brake a little harder. 

The car should be tested at certain 
definite speeds, such as 15 m. p. h. in 
first gear; 25 m. p. h. on second, and 
10, 30 and 50 m. p. h. on third. The 
draw-bar pulls should be recorded so 
that the next car of this make and model 
may be compared with it and thus it will 
be easy to determine whether it is in 
best adjustment or not. 

The reading of the speedometer may 
be utiliied providing the speedometer is 
driven from the rear, or the right front 
wheel is mounted on a drum and driven 
from the rear by a belt. Otherwise it 
will be necessary to use a speed counter, 
A. which is simply a device which has 
a worm-driven dial with a 100 to 1 re- 
duction. It should be applied to the 
rear wheel hub, and will register one 
revolution for each hundred the wheel 
makes. With the aid of a watch the 
r. p. m. can thus be very easily obtained. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



either of the following formulas: 
Pull in lbs. X m. p. h. 
h. p. = — 




Carbon Scraper 

(No. 484) 
The scraping of the carbon wilhoul 
removing the cylinders is facilitated by 
the use of the tool illustrated, which re- 
sembles a hoe. The upper side of the 
tool is slightly curved so that it con- 
forms to the contour of the top of the 
cylinder and the lower surface is straight, 
to fit the flat top of the piston. With 
this tool both the surfaces mentioned 
can be scraped clean in minimum time. 
While it is applicable to many motors, 
it is particularly suited to the 1916 Win- 
ton, the tool being inserted through the 
spark plug hole on one side and the pet 
cock opening on the other, thus the 
whole interior of the motor may be 
reached. The tool is put in place by un- 
screwing the blade from the handle. — 
George W. Short, Winton Motor Car 
Co.. New York. 






car developing 110 h. p. at 70 miles per 
hour, so a 600-lb. spring should be suffi- 
cient for all needs. 

It is advisable to make the drums very 
heavy so that thejr will have enough 
flywheel effect to give smooth running. 
Otherwise there will be extreme fluctua- 
tions on the spring balance, rendering it 
hard to read and making accurate deter- 
minations impossible. 

Large Blow Torch 

(No. 482) 
A large capacity gasoline blow torch 
can be constructed by takmg a tank 
about 16 X 24 in. and mountmg an or- 
dinary blow torch on it. The tank ts 
partially filled with gasoline and then the 
remainder of the space is filled with air 
under pressure. The fuel is fed the 
same as in the small torch The flame 
for warming the torch is obtained from a 
wick placed directly under the torch and 
which is enclosed m a tube and extends 
to the bottom of the tank. The gasoline 
filling pipe is provided with a funnel and 
a globe valve. Air pressure is obtamed 
from a tire pump or air pressure Ime a 
tire valve stem being soldered into place 
on top of the tank for receiving the 
hose. A low-pressure gage is fitted to 
indicate the pressure of the air. — Herbert 
L. Kersten, Imperial Garage, Chilton, 
Wis. 

Piston Pin Press 

(No. 483) 
When there is no arbor press avail- 
able a tool for removing wristpins from 
pistons will be of use. A band of iron 
IB bent in U shape and a lar^e nut is 
welded to its ends. The forcing is ac- 
complished through a screw which en- 
gages the nut. 




advantage in repair work. For exampICi 
when working under a car the pan may 
be placed on the floor so as to give a 



Wheel-gage CaUper 

(No. 486) 
A large caliper for measuring such 
distances as the gage of the wheels, etc, 
will be found very useful. It is mounted 
on a stout iron plate, which is provided 
with a handle for moving it around. The 
two legs of the calipers are made of 
^-in. stock and are about 4 ft. long. 
These are drawn out circular at the lower 
ends and mounted on a cross shaft. Any 
adjustment may be obtained and is au- 
tomatically maintained b^ friction. There 
is a handle for dragging the caliper 
about.— E. V. Blackford, Brooklyn, N, Y. 

Chain-hoist Tongs 

(No. 487) 
A device resembling a pair of ice tongs 
may be used to advantage in connection 
with a chain hoist. The tongs may be 
used for picking up truck wheels, lifting 
out motors and gearsets, and in fact are 
able to take hold of almost any bulky 

Handling Heavy Wheels 

(No. 4BS) 
The removal of a truck wheel weigh- 
ing I.OOO lbs. or more is a difficult task 
without special equipment, but there is 
a very easy way to solve this problem. 
The wheel to be removed is jacked about 
1 in. and the other side of the truck is 



Cheap Reflector 

(No. 485) 
An ordinary lO-cent dish pan makes a 
very good reflector for a cluster of lights. 
A hole is cut in the bottom of the pan, 
the cluster securely fastened in place 
and the lamp is ready for use. It is par- 





run for abop tatting 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



raised 4 in. or more. The floor directly 
nnder the truck wheel ia well greased 
and then the outer spindle bearinc is re- 
moved, after which the wheel will slide 
off with very little difficulty.— O. Habeck, 
Locomobile Co. of America, New York 
Branch. 

Rough Turnine Kink 

(No. 489) 
A drill press may be used for rough 
lathe work, providing the spindle is 
ti^ht. When there is a lathe available, a 
drill press should never be used, but for 
tfae man that has a drill press but no 
lathe in his shop this use of the drill 
press may prove desirable in an emer- 
gency. The work is mounted in the 




"■^ 




Kerosene Tub 

(No. 494) 

A large tub of kerosene will be found 
convenient for washing parts. The tab 
should have a metal grating 4 or 5 in. 
from the bottom, so that whatever sedi- 



Clutch Spring Compressor 

(No. 492) 

A clutch spring compressor may be 
made as shown. The device consists of a 
casting with internal flanges which at- 
tach to the studs on the flywheel and 



drlll-prei* 



chuck and the cutting tool is clamped 
to the bed of the drill press, the most 
convenient way being in a vise, as shown. 
The work is fed to the tool by depressing 
the spindle by hand and this calls for a 
slow, even motion. The edge of the cut- 
ting tool should be wide and flat and 

should have a tendency to force the work 

up rather than pull it down. 

Wooden Wheel Gage 

(No. 490) 
The setting of the front wheels may be 
accurately determined by the gage illus- 
trated, which consists of a cross-member, 
adjustable at one end, supported by two 
uprights about lo in. high. The Rage 
ot the wheels is first measured in front 
of the axle, the two points are marked 




Babbiting Core 

(No. 493) 

A simple but satisfactory wooden core 
for use in rebabbiting bearings is illus- 
trated. It is slotted so that a piece of 



AdJuatabI* whaal. tread gage 

and the wheels are rotated until these 
points come to the corresponding posi- 
tion behind the axle. This distance should 
be the same, except for the amount of 
toe-in.— George W. Short, Winton Mo- 
tor Car Co., New York. 

Steering Wheel Puller 

(No. 491) 
The removal of a steering wheel is 
often difficult because it sticks. It may 
te hammered ofi, but this may cause 
injury. A puller is desirable and may be 
made as illuatrated. This puller consists 
of a m^n member, to which the central 
■crew IS attached. To the ends of this 




metal the thickness of the shims required 
may be put in place. The metal is poured 
in from the top, — Joseph Zinkand, Boe- 
rum Place Garage, Brooklyn, N. Y. 



member are pivoted two arms which 
carry two yoked members which fit under 
the hub of^the steering «-heeI. The arms 
are locked in position by a hook. — Poert- 
ner Motor Car Co., New York. 




roent settles is not stirred up each time 
a part is washed. The presence of the 
grating insures clean liquid for a con- 
siderable length of time, for just as soon 
as a part is washed the grit and dirt 
settles below the grating, leaving the 
liquid clean. — A. M. Morcosson, Lob An- 
geles. 

Moving Stuck Screws 

(No. 495) 

The removal of ; screw that is stuck 

may be easily accomplished by aiiplying 

a monkey wrench to the screwdriver to 



Compreaalng tool for olutch aprlnga 



has a large screw provided with a hexag- 
onal head which is used for the com- 
pression of the clutch spring. — Poertner 
Motor Car Co., New York, 






obtain the necessary torque. The screw- 
driver must be pressed very firmly 
against the head ot the screw while the 
wrench is turned or it may slip out. 

Truing Valves 

(No. 496) 
In truing up worn valves with a file, 
a drill press will be found more con- 
venient than a lathe. The valve is put 
in the chuck and the file is used in the 
ordinary way. — George W. Short, Win- 
ton Motor Car Co., New York. 

Refinishing Cylinders 

(No. 497) 
The preferable wa:^ to refinish cylin- 
der waits is on a special boring or find- 
ing machine, but it this equipment is not 
available a lathe may be used. How- 
ever, in the latter case, after the boring' 
is completed the surface should be fin- 
ished by lapping with carborundum. A 
short bar ot^ this material, about H in. 
in diameter, is obtained and is placed in 
a recess in a boring bar about 2 in. in 
diameter. The bonng bar is placed on 
the tool carriage of the lathe and a heavy 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




with holes in the webbing between the 
hnb and rim. The two side members 
of the puller are provided with hooks 
on their lower ends and these are placed 
through the boles in the gear and then 



lie carborundum is then fed to the cyl- 
inder while the lathe ts running and will 
produce a very fine, smooth surface. — 
O. Habeck, Locomobile Co. of America. 
New York Branch. 

Removing Can Tops 

(He. 498) 
The unscrewing of can tops that are 
stuck is sometimes difficult because the 
diameter of the can may be too big for 
a pipe wrench, and even if one can be 
used there is danger of denting the cover 
and thus making removal more difficult. 




rm 



rm 



^2^ 



Tor 




providing there is an electrical grind mg 
attachment to ^o in the tool post. The 
valve is placed in a special chuck which 
tits into the spindle of the lathe and then 
the grinding wheel is moved slowly 
across the face of the valve at the proper 
angle. The chuck is drilled to receive 
the stem of the valve and the valve it 
held in place by a nut which compresses 
the ends of the chuck, which are split 
for this purpose. — George W. Short, 
Winton Motor Car Co., New York. 

Special Wrench 

(No. 503) 
There are cars on which the exhaust 
pipe nut is hard to rotate with the or- 
dinary open-ended wrench and in such a 
case the closed wrench shown may be 
used. The clamp, which closes the 



(No. 4S8) 
Removing etubborn can lopa 
A simple solution is to take a length of 
stout cord, wet it thoroughly, and then 
wrap it around the cover. The free 
<nd of the cord is tied to any convenient 
lever, such as a screwdriver, and then 
pressure is applied to the handle. 

Pressing Off Bevels 

(No. 499) 
On many cars there is not enough 
clearance back of the bevel pinion to 
allow it to be pressed oS in the ordi- 
nary fashion. This difficulty may be 
I by using a heavy steel plate 



Oear puller fsr 

are locked in place by the two members, 
A, which are slid down into the holes 
so that there can be no sidewise move- 
ment of these members. — George W, 
Short, Winton Motor Car Co., New 
York. 

Facing a Clutch 

(No. 501) 
The attachment of the leather facing 
to the clutch spider can most satisfac- 
torily be accomplished if a mandrel is 
used. The spider is bolted to the man- 
drel, which is then placed between cen- 
ters in the lathe. One end of the clutch 
leather is riveted to the spider and then 
the clutch leather is stretched by clamp- 
ing the free end of the leather to some 




(No. 4M) 
Bpllt plat* for preaalng Mvela 
tnade in two parts, and with a hole 
the center as shown. The two halves 
are bolted around the shaft back of the 
pinion. — George W. Short, Winton Motor 
Car Co., New York. 

Gear Puller 

(No. 500) 
There are many styles of gear puller 









[cEEEEE 


a^ 








wrench, is merely to prevent the two 
sides of the wrench being bent apart 
when the turning effect is applied. — 
George W. Short, Winton Motor Car 
Co., New York. 

Long- reach Wrench 

(No. 504) 
The removal of the nuts from the 
average crankcase may readily b« ac- 
complished by employing a socket 
wrench with a lon^ shank attached to 
a brace. The device is used in many 



point on the lathe, throwing 
the back gears in with the driving belt 
on the largest pulley and applying' the 
power. An enormous pull can be placed 
on the clutch leather with this arrange- 
ment and it will stretch several inches. 
When all the stretch has been removed 
the leather is riveted to the spider, which 
is put back on the mandrel and the sur- 
face trued. — O. Habeck, Locomobile Co. 
of America, New York Branch. 

Valve Resurfacing 

(No. 502) 
Some of the modern valves are so hard 
that the ordinary tools for resurfacing them 
are entirely inadequate. The only satis- 
factory method of resurfacing is by 
grinding. This may be done in a lathe 




Chuck for roourtaclng v 






shops, but is so great an improremenl 
of other methods of removing these nuts 
that its use should be universal. — O. Ha- 
beck. Locomobile Co. of America. New 
York Branch. 
i^^Jf,2i«E3' — — —- - - 

Gear Driver 

(No. SOS) 
When a grear is to be replaced on a 
shaft there is always the danger ot in- 
juring the gear or the shaft when driving 
it on. To obviate this difficulty a driver 
may be made as shown. It is simply ■ 
piece of heavy tubing fitted with a coni- 
cal, solid head to receive the blows of 
the hammer. — Poertner Motor Car Co.t 
New York. 

Renovating Upholstery 

(No. 506} 
After 1 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




tools for beading these rivets are shown. 
One is for starting and the other for 
6 Dishing. — George W. Short, Winton 
Motor Car Co., New York. 



gether and loses its life. The remedy is 
to retuft, which calls for the removal of 
the hair and putting it through a sort 
of combing operation to loosen it up. 
The combing may be done on a home- 
made machine which will save a great 
deal of time over hand methods. The 
machine consists of a drum about 18 in. 
in diameter which is provided with spikes 
$j in. long. The hair is fed to this 
drum through two small rollers which 
are placed just out of reach of the spikes. 
The hair is torn away from the rollers 
as the spikes rush by at a high rate of 
speed and this loosens up the hair very 
satisfactorily. The drum is rotated by 
hand through a crank about 1 ft. long 
and a triple train of gears. — O. Habeck, 
Locomobile Co. of America, New York 
Branch. 

Hollow Rivet Tool 

(No. 507) 

Hollow rivets are sometimes used for 

clutch and brake linings, and two good 



Chuck Fitting 

(No. 508) 

When fitting a lathe chuck the most 
important point is to fit it so that when 
it is in place on the spindle or on the 
face-plate the jaws will close perfectly 
true on the work it is to hold. The best 
way to do this is to use the jaws them- 
selves as a guide. Clamp the chuck, re- 
versed, by its own jaws to a piece bolted 
on the face-plate and turned true and do 
the necessary boring or threading with 
the chuck held in this way. 



Welding Malleable Castings 

(No. 510) 

Malleable castings have always been m 
source of trouble to welders since, in 
welding, the metal is changed back to 
ordinary cast iron. The piece to be 
welded is ground out at the fracture SO 
thai there is a groove at an angle of 
about 90 deg.; in fact, this must be like 
a trough. The piece is then heated to a 
red heat, sprinkled with bronze flux and 
it is necessary to see that the surfaces 
are clean and bright. When the pieces 
are at a dull red heat a small drop of 
Tobin bronjse is melted off into the 
trough. If it lays in the trough in the 
shape of a small ball the casting is not 
yet hot enough, but if it spreads out and 
adheres to the surfaces the piece is 




■:« . ^ 




■ 


:^K 


^Pl 




tm 




M 


,._ ^Afc'O 




■ 1. Ii* **'*»- ti 


ii 


w 

in 


L^tflBlHHiH 




tt" %; ^^ 






J 


m 


^^M 


L-.— ^,«j 


n. r 1 




— i' ^^^B 




^^gjm^ 






l^fli 



running 1 



bittary-charging p 



hour 



I day t 






Currant ia ganeratad by two old Entz motor- gena rate ra, 1 t 

2, with th« flalda rawound for 110 volta. Thay aro drivan b) 

3-h. p. Induction motor on tho floor. Tha gcnaratora can be ci 

— *"* '~ Mrtaa, In parallel, or uaad Indapendantlyi the aeta 

t 3, 4 and S are for thia purpoac. A variable realatar 

-''h the ganerator flald and provldai regulat 



nectad In i 

d l> la In aarlaa m 



a from dlicardi 



Tiea on charge without 
a are brought togethBr a 

d neld magneti. They ari 



Volt-meter and amir 
a alngle Inatrumant, 
tha Inatrumant on tl 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-GUTS 

Jtodies — Door Opener — Jacking Up — Truing Shafts — Truing Brake 
ir Puller — Rough Boring Tool — Towing Device — Chucking Piston — 
Aligning Tool — Machining Jig — Special Wrenches 



fwQper equipment for removiiiK bodies 
ta highly essential, although this fact is 
Dot very well appreciated. The money 
saved in labor will soon pay for the 
equipment and there will be no com- 
plaints about body injuries, as is fre- 
qnently the case when five or six men 
BtmgEle with a heavy body. The liftinir 
may be done by a block and tackle or 
the device shown, which consists of a 
differentially geared winding drum from 
which a rope runs by pulleys to a posi- 
tion directly over the body. The quick- 
est way to take hold of a closed body 
is to place a 2 x 4 between the tonneau 
doors. This is attached to another piece, 
which is fastened to the rope, by U- 
shaped iron members. The lower piece 
is ^padded so that it will not mar the 
finish. A different tackle is required for 
touring bodies; two cross members are 
placed under the body, front and rear, 
and chains are attached to these. To 



and passing over a pulley situated in the 
office or showroom. The doors are hand 
operated botli ways as this gives a more 
positive action than if Ihe^ were hand 
operated one way and spring operated 
the other. From the plan you have 
drawn it seems likely that you could use 
a sliding door and, of course, this door 
would be much easier to operate from 
within the office. Sliding doors are so 
economical of space that it would seem 
worth while to use them, for even if yon 
have plenty of room now the time may 
come when the room required for the 
hinged ddors will be badly needed. 





ported by substantial boxes. The jacks 
do not bear directly on the frame, but 
on a cross-member of wood, and they 
are placed as far apart as possible so 
that maximum stability is obtained. — 
GeorM W. Short, Winton Motor Car 
Co., New York. 



Truing Shafts 

(No. S14) 
The truing of bent shafts, especially 
small ones, such as cam and pump shafts, 
is facilitated by mounting a pair of ad- 
justable centers directly on the arbor 
press so that the work may be moved 



SUldy Jacking far front of car 



Jacking Up 

(No. 513) 
When the wheels of a car are removed, 
it is essential that the car be supported 
in such a manner that there will be no 
possibility of the car toppling over and 
injuring the workman. A satisfactory 






method is 



heavy screw jacks sup- 



Pr«Mln(i kink o< 



from the press to the 

versa in minimum time and without any 
change in the angular position of the 
shaft. — O. Habeck. Locomobile Co. of 
America, New York Branch. 



prevent the chains from pressing against 
the body, distance pieces are provided, 
as illustrated. — George W. Short, Winton 
Motor Co., New York. 



Door Opener 

(No. 512) 
Editor Motor World: 

We have your Repairshop Short-Cuts 
and notice several systems of closing 
and opening doors. 

However, we can iind nothing of the 
kind for opening and closing double 
doors on hinges. We are just building 
a garage and have not yet advanced as 
far as the doors and would like some 
information on an inexpensive way of 
opening and closing double doors from 
our combined showroom and office. 
Mohr Hardware & Furniture Co.. 
John K. Mohr. 
Bay City, Mich. 

A device, illustrated herewith, consists 
of an endless rope attached to each door 



f? 



•3^" 




TOP cpoE or Pooaa 



(No. 112) 
^■tam, parmlttlng hlngad garage doors to b« opancd and cr«Md by 
hand from office 



AUTOMOBILE BBPAISSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Truing Brake Drums 
<iiai say 

The truing of brake dnuns is a very 
simidc nutter previdinc ^ mandrel U 
made with bcannss yfcet* on it the 




same as on the axle spindle. It is then 
only a moment's work to put the br&ke 
drum in place and place it between cen- 
ters in the lathe.— George W. Short, Win- 
ton Motor Car Co., New York. 



Gear Puller 

(No. 516) 
e are many types of gear pullers 
6 of the most efficient is the type 
ted. It is designed for gears with 
n the webbing between the hub 
n. The two side members of the 



t-T] Ml ^ 



Then a tool is inserted in the end of 
the shaft and is rotated by hand, the 
feed being automatically supplied by the 
threading of the shaft in the plate — and 
for tim reason tine threads, 26 to the 
inch, arc entpU^ed. The bar should 
nsove through the plate with the least 
poMihle laM motion in the threads, which 
sbonid he kept welt lubricated with heavy 
oil, — Joseph Zioklaad, Boenun Place Ga- 
rage, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Towing Device 

(No. 518) 
Recently we were called on to repair 
a car that had broken down on the road 
— a front spindle had given out. We 
took a new spindle with us, but when 
we got there we found it would not fit. 
In order to tow it in, we procured a 
long atout pole, which we placed under 
the front axle and over the rear axle of 
our car and the end of the pole, extend- 
ing to the rear, supported the disabled 
side of the car. Our machine was not 
very powerful, so that we were obliged 
to run both motors in order to mount the 
steep hills, but this was done without 
difficulty — G. H, Holmes, Holmes Gar- 
age. Carte rville. III. 



Chucking Piston 

(No. 519) 
The easiest way to bolt a piston to the 
face plate is to use a rod which has an 
e^e on one end. It goes over the wrist- 
pin, runs through the hollow Spindle and 
is bolted at the other end. The piston 



Ruller are provided with hooks on their 
>wcr end and these are placed through 
the holes in the gear and then are locked 



there can be no sidew 
these members. — George W. Short, Win- 
ton Motor Car Co., New York. 



Rough Boring Tool 

(No. 517) 
Rough boring, such as enlarging' the 
bearing holes in a gearset, may be done 
without dismantling the work. The bor- 
ing tool consists of a heavy shaft 1^ 
in. in diameter which is threaded into a 
plate 1^ X 4 X 10. This plate is clamped 



m 







Tool for datacting «lluila<<n>*nt 

shown may be placed between these cen- 
ters and the pointer may be used to 
gauge the alignment of the various parts, 
such as the flywheel and gearbox. — O. 
Habeck. Locomobile Co. of America, 
New York Branch, New York. 

Machining Jig 

(No. 521) 

The difficulty in turning the inside and 

outside surfaces of bearings parallel may 

be eliminated by using a simple jig. The 

bearing is first finished on the outside 




is machined on the outside, then on the 
inside, the wristpin hole is drilled, bored 
and reamed, and it is finished on the 
outside in the manner described. — Joseph 
Zinkland. Boerum Place Garage, Bro(^- 
lyn, N. Y. 

Aligning Tool 

(No. 520) 

The alignment of motor and gearset, 

when these two units are separate, may 

be very easily determined, provided there 



ictly the right position. 



and then it is clamped in V-bloclcs on 
an angle plate as shown, and the inside 
is machined.—Joseph Zinkland, Boemm 
Place Garage. Brooklyn. N, Y. 

Special Wrenches 

(No. 522) 
It is often possible to get at a nut in a, 
difficult place by curving the wrench han- 
dle in a certain way vvhicb can only he 
discovered by trial. When a job turns up 
where such a wrench is needed it is good 
policy, if there is a poambility of other 
such jobs coming in, to make the wrench, 
mark it for identification and keep tl 
among the special tools. Any solid 
wrench made of forged steel can be bent; 
occasionally a malleable wrench can be 
bent, but not often. 




(No. BIS) 

k long, itrono polo boo* undor th« front and ovor tha roar axle of IM front c 
and support* th* front of tha car with a brokan front spindle 



74 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIliSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Adjustable Axle Rack — Fan Pulley Remover — Spring Closed Puller Arm — 25-Ton 
Arbor Press — Spring Testing Balance — Push Rod Boring Jig — Device for Generator 
Testing — Pulling Bushings — ^Valve Spring Remover — Double Wheel Puller — Valve 

Spring Tester — Piston Bushing Remover — Cork Inserting Tool 



/ 



Adjustable Axle Rack 

(No. 523) 

The difficulty with the ordinary jack 
is that it lacks stability; it has the advan- 
tage of being adjustable, yet it is not re- 
garded as safe as a solid block of wood. 
A device which combines the advantages 
of both is a heavily constructed rac!;, as 
shown. This device may be used on 
axles of different types and also allows 
any given car to be raised to the eleva- 




(No. 623) 
Axle rack that gives sol id support 

tion found most convenient. The car is 
first lifted to the desired height and then 
the rack is put in place. — Edward J. Flan- 
agan, Packard Motor Car Co. of New 
York. 



Fan Pulley Remover 

(No' 524) 

A puller which is designed for remov- 
ing fan pulleys where there is not suffi- 
cient clearance to grasp the rear edges 
of the pulley may be made bv having the 
ends of the puller V-shaped to fit the 




(No. 524) 
Puller for fan-belt pullies 

pulley groove. Such a device is used on 
certain Pierce-Arrow models and should 
1)e applicable to other makes with a sim- 
ilar construction. — Neal Jcwctt. Super- 
intendent, Harrolds Motor Car Co., New 
York. 



Spring Closed Puller Arm 

(No. 525) 

Every repairman has made adjustable 
pullers of one type or another, but a 
puller with springs to ouU the arms in 
tightly against the work is a novelty. It 
is a simple improvement and it is sur- 




(No. 525) 
Gear-puller with spring-closed arms 

prising that there are not more of this 
type in use. The construction is clearly 
shown. — Neal Jewett, Superintendent, 
Harrolds Motor Car Co.. New York. 

2S-Ton Arbor Press 

(No. 526) 

A 25-ton arbor press may be con- 
structed out of two 4-in. I-beams and 
some bar stock. The I-beams are pivoted 
I ft. from one end. the short end being 
used for the pressing work and at the 
long end the force is applied by a jack. 
The I-beams are tied together with a 
lJ4-in. piece of stock bent and welded 
as shown. Flat pieces of cast iron are 
used to build up to compensate for the 
lack of adjustment in the jaws for dif- 
ferent sizes of work. — A. B. Holbrook, 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Spring Testing Balance 

(No. 527) 

The tension of governor springs may 
be accurately determined by this delicate 
balance. It consists merely of an arm 
mounted on an upright with a platform 
for weights at one end and an adjustable 




fitting at the other to take different tizet 
of springs. There is a pointer at the 
center to show the balance accurately. 
With slight modifications this device 




(No. se7) 
Balance for testing small springs 

might also be used for testing valve 
springs. — Neal Jewett, Superintendent, 
Harrolds Motor Car Co.. New York. 

Push Rod Boring Jig 

(No. 528) 

The reboring of push rod guides and 
similar parts may be done very rapidly 
and satisfactorily by making a chuck 
which is screwed to the nose of the 
lathe spindle. The chuck is provided 
with adjustable bushings so that various 




(No. 628) 
Chuck for boring push-rod guides 

sizes and types of parts may be inserted. 
The device is obviously self-centering 
and it is only an instant's work to put 
the part in place. With such a tool a 
set of valve guides may be refinished in 
a very short time. The bushinpr is held 
in place by several small screws in the 
flange. — Neal Jewett, Superintendent, 
Harrolds Motor Car Co., New York. 



- V^B 

. ■ • V* *. . • 



^^ 









i:m<^:im^z^<^:r7m:s^^^^^s^m^^ 



VaHBSBBSEBBBaBaaESSBBBBS 



«3wi4 



sesae 




(No. S26) 
This press, which can be made from steel I-beams and other easily obtained matsriala, will 

exert a pressure of 25 tons 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



75 



Device for Generator Testing 

(No. 529) 

In the testing of lightinf< generators 
it is often necessary to operate the ma- 
chine independently of the motor. Where 
special equipment for this work is not 
available a very good makeshift can be 
constructed at practically no cost by 
hitching the generator armature to the 



COUPLING- 




J 



(NO. 52V) 

Simple method of generator testing 

emery wheel shaft. A shelf for support- 
ing the generator is placed at the side of 
the emery wheel and a special coupling 
is attached to the wheel so that the gen- 
erator may be connected without diffi- 
culty. — Stcvens-Duryea Service Station, 
New York. 

Pulling Bushings 

(No. 530) 

There are some types of bushings 
which are very difficult to remove and 
it is common practice to bore them out. 
A quicker method is to tap the bushing, 




(No. 530) 
Pulling device for worn bushings 

screw in a threaded rod and then draw 
the bushing out by means of a nut and 
suitable bracket on the other end. — 
Stevens-Duryea Service Station, New 
York. 

Valve Spring Remover 

(No. 531) 

A valve spring remover which is com- 
pletely adjustable and yet which auto- 



c=Ft 



4= 





maticallv holds the spring in place is 
shown herewith. The valve is held to 
its seat by the vertical rod extending 
from the top arm and the bottom arm is 
forked to fit the valve spring seat. A 
coarse pitch screw allows the tool to be 
almost instantly applied to any valve 
spring. — Marmon Co. of New York. 

Double Wheel Puller 

(No. 532) 

A puller which may be used on two 
sizes of wheels is shown herewith. It 
is merely an ordinary puller with an 




(No. 532) 
Puller for two sizes of wheels 

extra sleeve threaded to the outside 
which is used in the removal of the 
larger size. — Marmon Co. of New York. 



Valve Spring Tester 

(No. 533) 

To insure perfect functioning of the 
valves it is necessary to have springs of 
proper tension. It is possible to deter- 
mine this roughly by the operation of 
the motor, but a more accurate way is 
to use a weighing device. The partic- 
ular feature of the one illustrated is that 
it allows the springs to be tested on the 
cyhnders on which they are used. The 
method of testing is to compress the 
spring a given amount, say % in., and 







fi' ts" «i 




f 


9 








L 


*• r - 

B - 


1 


r 


i— 1 


1 






^-7 


~r 


a 11 


1 1 



(No. &31) 
Adjustable remover for valves 



(No. S33) 
Weighing device for spring testing 

determine what pressure this requires. 
Just what this pressure should be can be 
obtained from the maker of the car and 
for this reason it is necessary to com- 
pile a table giving pressures to compress 
various springs definite amounts. The 
device is not only of advantage in de- 
termining the condition of springs that 
have been in use, but also in checking 
new springs. 



For the work of testing, the cylinder 
block is bolted to the metal plate, at 
shown. Then the long rod shown is 
placed in the valve guide and the spring 
is attached in the ordinary manner at 
the lower end. At the upper end of the 
rod there is a bushing which screws into 
the valve plu^ opening, and the amount 
of the deflection of the spring is meas- 
ured by the distance between the top of 
the bushing and the handle of the rod by 
a caliper. Pressure on the spring is ap- 
plied by means of the lever mechanism 
which is clearly shown. — Neal Jewett, 
Superintendent, Harrolds Motor Car Co., 
New York. 

Piston Bushing Remover 

(Ho. 534) 

With present day light-weight pistons 
there are some repairmen who object to 
the use of an arbor press in the removal 
of the wristpin bushings for the reason 
that there is danger of distorting or 
crushing the piston. A more delicate 
way is desirable and this may be pro- 




^^Z^z^^p 





(No. 634) 
Removing bushings from piston bosses 

vided by the construction of a wristpin 
bushing puller, as shown. This little 
device is not at all difTicult to make, and 
its advantage, apart from its utility as a 
puller, is that it applies pressure at the 
point where such pressure can best be re- 
sisted, and no damage will result from its 
use. — Franklin Motor Co., New York. 

Cork Inserting Tool 

(No. 535) 

Forcing cork inserts into their sockets 
is a very simple matter with the tool 
illustrated. It consists of two parts, one 
of which is a tubular member which is 
tapered at one end so that as the cork is 
pushed through it is compressed. The 
cork is inserted in the tube through a 
slot in one side and is then forced 
through the tool by the other member, 
which is nothing more than a ramrod 



? /» ^U _ PLUNGER^ 


1 f 






/- \ /' - ^^ . 




CORK 



(No. 535) 
Tool for placing cork Inserts 

with a long handle and a collar to limit 
the movement. The end of the tool is 
placed over the cork insert hole and then 
a single movement of the handle pushes 
the cork through the tube, compresses it 
and discharges it through the opening 
into the hole. The amount of compres- 
sion required varies with different sizes 
of corks — for a ^-in. hole, a H-in. cork 
is required. The corks must be soaked 
in water for 15 minutes before using. — 
Neal Jewett, Superintendent, Harrolds 
Motor Car Co., New York. 



7« AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Rear Wheel Puller — Valve Chuck — Pilot for Carbon Burning — Carbon on Piston — 
Countershaft Remover — Ball Cone Jig — ^Connecting Rod Gage — Wristpin Bush- 
ing Puller — Cadillac Rotary Scraper — Frame Anvil — Valve Remover — Gasket Hole 
Cutter — Valve Plug Tools — Piston Aligning Tool — Using Shellac 



Rear Wheel Puller 

(No. 536} 

An efficient rear wheel puller for uae 

in connection with cars that have the 

driving flanges bolted to the wheels con- 

lists of one of these flanges with a large 




out and must be relighted. This diffi- 
culty may be overcome bv having a small 
pilot light at the tip of the oxygen noz- 
zle. Ordinary city gas may be used. A 
simple way to accomplish this result is 
lo take two pieces of copper piping and 
twist them together so that the two noz- 
zles are adjacent; one is for gas and the 
other for oxygen. Only a small flame of 
gas is required and it does not interfere 
in any way with the burning process. 

The use of the pilot flame should elim- 
inate the criticism that many repair men 



•crew threaded through the center of the 
hub. The flange is bolted onto the wheel 
and then the turning of this tool pulls 
the wheel off, — F. H. Bonner, Brady- 
Uurray Motor Corp., New York, 



Valve Chuck 

(No. 537) 
When valves are resurfaced in a Uthe 
a valve chuck, similar to the one illus- 
trated, is desirable. It fits into the hol- 
low spindle. It is split and provided with 
% locking nut with a taper thread so that 
when the stem is inserted the valve is 
locked in place by turning tbe nut. If 





head, and where possible this hole shoold 
be avoided or filled up. It is the startiiw 
point at which the carbon begins to coi^ 
lect and soon there is a mound at din 
point. Fig. 539. The rapidity with whicfa 
carbon collects can be greatly reduced 
by smoothing the walls of the combus- 
tion chamber, especially the top of the 
piston. The surfaces should be polished 
with emery and crocus cloth. — ^Joseph 
S. Cortelyou, Brooklyn, N. Y. 



Countershaft Remover 

(No. 540) 
The removal of the countershaft on 
Packard rear axle gearsets and otber 
machines with a similar gearbox con- 
struction is facilitated by a special puller, 
which consists of a sleeve which slips 
over the end of the shaft and is locked 



have made regarding the oxygen proc- 
ess, namely; that the results obtained 
are not equal to those produced by scrap- 
ing and that it is not unusual for a car 
to knock after being driven only a few 
hundred miles when the burning process 
has been used. The obvious explana- 
tion seems to be that these men did not 
remove all the carbon due to the fact 
that they decided that the job was fin- 
ished when no more sparks were given 
forth, when as a matter of fact, combus- 
tion was interrupted merely because the 
carbon areas were scattered and it wa? 
difficult to ignite them with a taper or a 
piece of waste. This difficulty is entirely 
overcome by using the pilot flame which 
supplies the necessary heat to keep com- 
bustion going until every vestige of car- 
bon has been removed. — Neal Jewett, Su- 
nerintendent, Harrolds Motor Car Co- 
New York. 



Carbon on Piston 

(No. 539) 

The collection of carbon on the top of 
the piston head is often greatlr accel- 
erated by the lathe center mark in the 



thtf chock is carefully made so that it is 
per f ec t ly true and mns true in the lathe, 
die wonc when finished wBI be most satis- 
fiKtory_ in this respect. If too much of the 
Item ia allowed to project front the 
dinck there win be a tcadency for the 
valve to spring under a cut. 

Pilot for Carbon Burning 

(No. 538) 

Coniiderablc time is wasted when 

burning carbon out of the cjUnders due 

to the fact that the fire frequently goes 





in place by two set screws. Tightenin« 
the nut of the puller then draws the shaft 
loose— G. Hayes. Packard Motor Car 
Co. of New York 



Ball Cone Jig 

(No. 541) 

The resurfacing of ball bearing conei 

and similar parts may be most speedily 

accomplished by the use of a aimple jig 

which consists merely of a tapered piece 



BALL BEAEIMG 
COKE, 




threaded at one end to carry the cone 
and with the other end nade to fit into 
the spindle hole in the lathe. — ^Tbe 
Stevens -Duryea Service Station. New 
York. 



AUTOMOBILE BEPAIBSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Connecting-rod Gage 

(Na 542) 
Tlw flat snrface of a driU-prwB table 
may be aaed to detemune wnether the 
eonnecting-Tod npper and lower bearings 
•ra in line or not The connecting-rod 
lower end is placed over a mandrel which 
is bolted to the table and in the upper end 



p;%m^^;^.^<i^ 





consists of a rotating edge which is 
tomed bT hand, being mounted in a bnsb- 
ing which screws in place of the cylinder 
head plug. Downward pressure on the 
handle removes the caJ^n from the 
piston and an upward pall cleans the 
top of the cylinder head. The other 
parts of the combustion chamber may be 
reached very readily throiurh the valve 
openings. — J. C. Kopshac, Detroit Cadil- 
lac Motor Car Co., New York. 

Frame Anvil 

(No. 545) 

After straightening a bent frame the 

dents may be removed by nsing what 

might be termed a portable anviL It 

consists of a block of steel approximately 



is placed a mraober consisting of an arm 
with two vertical pees. If both pegs re- 
1 contact with the table surface 



regardless of the position of the arm the 
connecting-rod is true, but otherwise it 
must be straightened. — C. A. Dorhan, 
A. Elliott Ranney Co., New York. 

Wristpin Bushing Puller 

(No. 543) 
The removal of the wristpin bushin^i 
whether they are in piston bosses or in 
the connecting-rod, is B simple matter, 
providing a tool for the purpose is con- 
stracted. The one shown consists of a 



/ / 


' 


/ /JmF 




/ y/^Z 






^Ss»- 


/' ^ BBt^ / 


~"*«=t^ 




r 





■hank which is turned to fit inside the 
boshing, and which has a shoulder which 
bears against the end of the bushing. 
The nut on one end of the puller has a 
long handle attached to it, and there is 
also a handle attached to the shank. — 
C. A. DcttMAN, A. Elliott Ranney Co., 
New York. 

Cadillac Rotary Scraper 

(No. 544) 

The scraping of the carbon from the 

cylinder and piston heads in the ei^t- 

cylinder Cadillac may be done in a very 

•innsual yet simple manner. The scraper 




it. The one shown is admirable in it* 
simplicity, conv«iience and strength. — J. 
C. KoFSHAC, Detroit Cadillac Motor Car 
Co., New York. 

Gasket Hole Cutter 

(No. 547) 
It is difflcult to cut holes in gasketf 
and not have ragged edges. When there 
are a great many holes of a given sise to 
be made, it is advisable to constmct a die 
consisting of two plates of metal doweled 
together and wiui a hole or series of 
holes through which the dies may be 




(No. ft4T) 

Cutting clain holaa In gaskata 

forced through with a hammer. — C. A 

DoxHAN, A. Elliott Ranney Co., New 

York. 

Valve Plug Tools 

(No. 548) 

Rapidity in the removal and rqilace- 
ment of valve plugs is an advantage of- 
fered by the device shown. It consiBts 
of a cylindrical member provided with 
four t4^iti which fit into recesses in ttu 



II tor atralehtanlne bant frsma 

3 z 3 z 10 in. with a long handle. It is 
placed against the frame after it has 
been heated and by hammering from 
' the other side the dents are smoothed 
out. — F, H. Bonnes, Brady-Murray Mo- 
tor Corp., New York. 



Valve Remover 

(No. 546) 
The variety in valve spring remover 




(No. SM) 
Tool! for ramovlng valva plug* 
valve plug. This member is seenrely 
held in place by screwing a stud down 
through the center into the spark plug 
or pet cock thread, as the case mav be. 
The plugs may then be removed with a 
large wrench. — F. H. Bonnks, Brady- 
Hurray Motor Ckirp., New York. 

Piston Aligning Tool 

CNo. 549) 

Where many motors of a given make 

are overhauled, a tool for determining 

whether the pistons are in line or not 

will be found an advantage. " 




CartMn acrapar for CsdII 



two forked uprights which are a 
length that when the pistons are on dead 
center two of them most touch the cross 
bar.— G. Hayis, Packard Motor Car Go. 
of New York. 

Using Shellac 

(No. 550) 

In replacing the head of a removable 

head motor only the smallest possible 

amount of shellac should be used and 

this should be quite thin. If the sbel- 



S lobules and the first explosion will blow 
lese into the valve ports, where thay 
will start an accumulation of carbon. — 
T. A. E. Wilson, Ossining, N. Y. 



78 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Carbon Blowers — Brake Drum Truer — Quick Spring Spreader — Miller for Lathe 
— Locked Valve Remover — Battery Terminal Tongs — Special Levers — Valve-lift- 
ing Magnet — Cork Insert Press — Two Hammers for Gasket Holes — Oxy-Acetylene 
Truck — Hollow Riveting Press — Belt-driven Grinder 



Carbon Blowers 

(No. 551) 
There are many modern motors from 
which it is possible to remove the carbon 
without even taking off the head. The 
difficulty in doing a satisfactory job in 
snch cases is due to the fact that it is 
almost impossible to remove all the car- 
bon particles that have been loosened. 




The best way to overcome this is to clean 
the cylinders with compressed air. Two 
blowing instruments wnich may be used 
on the eight-cylinder Cadillac are shown 
herewith, and with some modifications 
they should be applicable to several other 
machines. The one at the right is sim- 

Eler, but the other has the advantage of 
eing constructed entirely of pipe fittings 
instead of brass tubing. Both screw 
into the plug opening in the center of the 
cylinder head and the air at high pres- 
sure issues through a central jet. — J. C. 
KoPSHAC, Detroit Cadillac Motor Car 
Co., New York. 

Brake Drum Truer 

(No. 552) 
The inside and outside of combined 
internal and external brake drums may 
be trued at one operation by means of the 
device shown. Jt is not necessary to re- 
move the dram from the wheel in order 
to do this work. 



placed on the arm and rests on these 
oearings, being securely locked in place. 

The cutting tool consists of a double 
arm, on one end of which is mounted the 
tool for the outside of the drum and on 
the other end is the tool for the inside. 
This arm is attached at its center to 
a heavy casting, which is bored ont bo 
that it will slide over the shaft. A key 
in this casting fits into a keyway in the 
shaft ao that the tool cannot rotate. 
When everything is in readiness the 
wheel is turned ny slipping a belt over 
the tire and then the cutting tool is fed 
in gradually by turning the nut A by 
hand, which meshes with threads on the 
shaft.— J. C. KoFSHAC, Detroit Cadillac 
Motor Car Co., New York City. 
Quick Spring Spreader 
(Na 553) 

A quick-acting spring spreader is 
shown herewith. It is operated by a 
cam lever, and adjustment to different 
widths of springs is provided by screw- 
ing up on the end nut. The jaws of 
the puller are held apart by a spring. — 
Mr. Bbeitenbach, Brady-Murray Motor 
Corp., New York. 

Miller for Lathe 

(No. 55J) 
The illustration herewith shows a con- 
venient attachment for using a lathe for 
milling. It consists of two steel angles, 
one of which is bolted to the cross-slide 





i 


L 

— cynn 




£/^ 


"-5, 




^^l^^^^ruT^ 


«L 


^^fc 




untc CEOis aicc 



nuts, and once the desired adjustment, 
has been obtained the an^le is locked in 
this position by tightenmg two bolt*. 
The milling cutter is mounted on a man- 
drel placed between centers. — C. A. DOB- 
MAN, A. Elliott Ranney Co., New York. 

Locked Valve Remover 

(No. 555) 

The feature of this valve remo^vt ia 

the fact that it may be locked in place 

with the same movement that compressea 



//■"' 


Y=^ - 


1 '~w 











the spring. It is simple yet substantiaK 
— Mr. Bbeitenbach, Brady-Murray Mo- 
tor Corp., New York. 

Battery Terminal Tongs 

(No. 555a) 
The battery leads often become cor- 
roded and stuck in the battery terminab.. 
In such cases it is conunon practice to 
drive the leads free. This, however,, 
tends to loosen the terminals and harm.' 



(No. 564) 
Latha attachment for dolnu mlJItng 
of the lathe after the tool post has been 
removed, and the other bracket carries a 
vise in which the work is clamped. Up- 
and-down adjustment ia obtained by a 
screw motion which is regulated by two 



the plates. By the use of a pair of spe- 
cial tongs a purchase may be obtained 
battery post, permitting the lead' 



(No. GM) 
Truing a brake drum In edition 
The device consists of a metal plat- 
form, to which is attached a heavy 
wooden pier on which is mounted a hori- 
Bontal arm of the exact size of the 
viieel bearing holes. The wheel is 



o^Z3 







JuatabI* la any width of apring 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Special Leveni 

(No. 556) 
Wliile looking over a pile of scrap 
shop stuff that we were sorting out for 
the junk dealer, I noticed aeverat Ford 
drive shaftB, and while we have aaed 
them for almost every place where a rod 
of that kind could be used, we were 
short on crow bars that were large 




enongh and had to purchase enough to 
be used with ease and quickness while 
unloading cars, or any other heavy work. 
The result was that I made two styles 
which we have since found to be very 
handy in many places, especially in un- 
loading cars. — A. H. Gates, Charles City 
Motor Car Co., Charles City, Iowa. 

Valve-lifting: Magnet 

(No. 557) 

Magnets have been used many times 

for picking up all sorts of iron and steel 

Earta, but their use for pulling out valves 
I unusual. The magnet shown is ap- 
proximately % X 3 in. and is capable of 
exerting a pull of about 7 lb. The details 
of the winding are not available. 







, f-STOP 




J^ 




y///////////////////'^//' 




A simple tool which will be found of 
assistance for removing valves that stick 
badljr but may be raised a slight amount 
consists of a hook of Bessemer steel 
wire % in. in diameter. — Mr. Breitbn- 
BACH, Brady-Murray Motor Corp., New 
York. 

Cork Insert Press 

(No. 558) 
Patting in new cork inserts requires 
some sort of a special tool, and the ad- 
vantage of this one is that it is made 
almost entirely of standard fittings and 
therefore little or no machine work is re- 
quired. The framework of the machine 
is constructed of pipe fittings, the springs 
are valve springs, and the rods are cold 
rolled steel. 

The corks are inserted through a slot 
at A and are forced down by a plunger 
and out through the nozzle B into the 
disk, which is placed directly under the 
noczle. The apparatus is mounted on a 
bench and the plunger is operated by a 
pedal. The corks are compressed from 
9/16 In. to 7/16 in., and should be soaked 



without damaging the material. A way 
out of the difficulty is to use two round- 
headed hammers, placing the round head 
of one over the hole ana striking it with 
the other. — E. C. Tihhsen, Los Angeles, 
Cal. 

Belt-driven Grinder 
(No. 560) 
For those who feel that an electric 
grinder is an unwarranted expense this 
belt-driven grinder will be found satis- 
factory; in fact, it will do all or more 
than the motor-driven type will. It con- 
sists simply of a forked bracket the 
shank of which goes in the tool post 
The forks carry a shaft on which the 
grinding wheel and its driving pulley are 
mounted. The pulley measures approxi- 
mately 1x3 in., and is driven through a 
broad drum whi^h is suspended from the 
ceiling. — C. A. Dorhan, A. Elliott Ran- 
ney (^., New York. 




Eatlly made prau lor cork InMrts 

in hot water for 20 min. before using. — 
G. A. Dorhan, A. Elliott Ranney Co., 
New York. 

Two Hammers for Gasket Holes 

(No. 559) 
When cutting gaskets from metal and 
asbestos packing, felt and other mate- 
rials it is sometimes diificult to cat bolt 
holes, especially those close to an edge. 



Hollow Riveting Press 

(No. SSI) 
The fastening of hollow rivets which 
are required on some tvpes of clutch 
facings may be accomplisiied with great 
speed by means of the press shown. It 
consists of a casting on which is mounted 




Bet for 






a vertical plunger operated by a lever. 
The lower end of tne plunger is pro- 
vided with a nut which holds the upper 
half of the die in place. The lower naif 
rests on the bed plate. 

This press is useful in many other 
kinds of work — Mr. Bbeitenbach, 
Brady-Murray Motor Corp., New York. 

Oxy-Acetylene IVack 

(No. S62) 
An ordinary baggage truck makes an 
excellent vehicle for transporting the 
oxy-Bcetylene outfit about the shop. The 
tanks may be strapped in place and the. 
various nozzles ana fittings required may 




(No. S«2) 



Ing as> cylinder* 

be carried in a rt.ck on the back of th» 
truck near the handles. Under this rack 
a box may be placed for any other ap- 
paratus required. — F. H. BoNNER, Brady- 
Murray Motor Corp., New York. 



80 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Expanding Lapper — Boring Shim Holes — Front Wheel Gage — Wiring Test Lamp 
— Bushing Puller — Tire Tester — Brass File Cleaner — Connecting Rod Straighten- 
ers — Lubricating Spring Leaves — Cylinder Lapper — Blow-Torch Stand — Steering 
Wheel Puller — Greased Stick for Lifting Parts — Sticking Valves — Bending Bar for 
Fenders — Breaker Point Grinder — Non-Leaking Rings 



Expanding Lapper 

(No. 668) 
Ad exftandin^ tool which may be used 
for lappinK piston b is made as illus- 
trated. The lapping surface is lead 
covered and is divided into several ■eg'- 
menta, which are fulcnuned at A. The 




L«Bd lapping 



with axpandlng c 



expansion of the tool is accomplished 
by drawing npon the cone B. The wire, 
C, holds the segments in place. — Jack 
Slack, White Service Station, New 
York. 

To Save the Meter 
(Na5S4) 

Where many atorage batteries are 
charged and it is necessary to have a 
portable meter, this can be mounted as 
■hown. Over the battery table there is 
bnilt a light framework with two tracks. 







/ M\?7Tr\ HVPKOMETER 
JAv\ '^y\ VrHTPWCS EK 


\\jj^^^^^^^^S^^ 


i^i;» 


M 


S^«( 


w 


P 




Ste^^^k 


Lvr"^ ^c^^ 


^P 1 




11 Jf] 



(No. SM) 
Bancti for battary taMIng with matsr and 

hydromatar on 4-whe«led truck 
A small carnage mounted on the tracks 
carries the meter, which ia moved from 
end to end, over the various batteries to 
be tested, as required. This prevents in- 

Jory to the meter through nandling. — 
E. HacNeil, Prest-0-Lite Co. 
(Branch), Boston. 

Borins Shim Holes 

(NoLGftS) 




at the other. A small lamp is put in 
aeries with one of the wires. To locate 
a ground one- of the tips would be 
brought in contact with one end of the 
suspected wires and the other tin would 
be touched to the car frame, wnen the 
lighting of the lamp would indicate the 

Sound. This device ia more positive 
sn the low-voltage buzzer or bell and 
handier than a magneto ringing outfit. 
— H. R. Potter, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

BuahinfT Puller 

(No. 668) 

A bu shins puller which ia of oae 

where a hushing is only aecessihle from 

one end is made out of a tube with four 

slots cut in it and a slig^it flange for 



wooden blocks and boring a hole through 
with a bit and brace. Several shims can 
be finished at once.^GBORGE W. Lowns- 
LEY, Palmyra, Mo. 

Front Wheel Gage 

(No.566> 

A gage for determining the setting 
of front wheels may be made out of a 
single piece of steel. It is particularly 
designed for use where there are a great 
many machines of one make, although 






Expanding pulling 



for buihlngs 



engaging the bushing. The tool is locked 
in place by a plug which is controlled 
by a rod which runs through the center 
of the tube. — Jack Slack, White Serv- 
ice Station, New York. 

Non-Pocketable Tire Tester 

(No. S69) 
• An ordinary steam or air gage is 
suitable for tasting tire pressures and 
has the advantage that it is so bulky 
ttiat no one will be tempted to walk 
off with it. It should be housed in a 
box just large enou^ to be a snog fit, 



the fact that all cars have approximately 
the same tread makes its application 
partially universal. — Fred jAE(m, 
Mitchell Service Station, New York. 

Wiring Test Lamp 

(No. SB7) 
A simple testing apparatus for detect- 
ing abort-circuits may be consteucted 
from two lengths of wire, brass tipped 
at one end, and attaching to a wall plug 




and should be fastened in place by small 
blocks of wood or by packing tightly 
with cotton waste. The Dox ia provided 
with a handle and has a hole In the 
upper edge so that it may be hung up 
wnen not in use. The stem of the cage 
is connected to a length of air bm* 
which has an acorn connection at tba 
other end. — Stoddabd-Daytok Garaoc, 
Eugene, Ore. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Asn FUcCImumt 

(Na 670) 



A fil« cleaner may be niKda from b 
■trip of hard brass moanted in b suitable 
handl«. As it Is poshed back and forth 



Cylinder Lapper 

(No. 57S) 
When diere is no old piston available, 
cylinder lapping may be done with the 
aid of a cylindrical block at wood which 
closely fits the cylinder bore. Emery and 
oil is pat on the surface, and then the 




ovflT the file grooves are cut in it, so that 
after a few strokes it sinks to the bot- 
toms of the grooves. — Gcosos W. Lowmb- 
LET. Pahnyra, Ho. 



Connectiiiff Kod Stzmiffhtencro 
(Na 671) 

With either of the tools shown. 




e tool shown in the lower drawing con- 
sists of three fingers, two workinr one 
way and one the other, the force oeing 
applied through turning the screw.— ' 
Jack Slack, white Service Station. New 
York. 

Lnbricatins Spring Lnves 

(Nol S7S) 
The lubrication ef llie spring r-leaves 
may be acoranpUdied most rimply -yet 
effectively by painting tiie sidas ot,fiaiih 
spring with graphite and oil once a 
m«ith. 'n» storking of tbe springs will 
draw this oQ in in a few hours. Dirty 
oti from the ws bui mtti be found sMls- 
factory.— Fb» Jaavs, Mitchell Service 
Station, New Ymrk. 



lapping proceeds in the ordinary way. 
Grooves are cut in the surface to aid in 
the distribution of the abrasive. Adjust- 
ment for wear is provided by a slit which 
is opened by a wedge. — Jack Slack, 
White Service Station, New York. 

BIow-Toreh Stand 
(No. 674) 

A gas blow-torch stand is shown bere- 



Greascd Stick for Lifting Parte 

(N& 676) 

A stick with some stiff grease on the 
end makes an excellent device for pick- 
ing up nuts, bolts, screws and other parts 
that have fallen into inaccessible places. 
It is not as powerful as a big magnet, 
but it baa the advantage that it is not 
limited to iron and steeL — Stood AID- 
Dayton Garage, Eugene, Ore. 



Sticking Valves 
(No. 6n) 

A frequent cause of sticking axhaust 
valves is due to the stmn just below the 
head of the valve becoming heated to a 
high temperature and consequentiy ex- 
panding to the diameter of the valve 
guide. This difOculty may be remedied 
by reducing the exposed part of the stem 
about 1/64 in.— F. H. Bonnes, Brady- 
Murray Motors Corp., New York. 

Bending Bar for Fenders 

(No. 878) 

Bending irons are often used for 

straightening heavy parts, such as aides, 

but thay may be employed to advantag* 




vertical rod. The construction is clearly 
shown. Another adjustable bracket, be- 
low the nozzle, carries a pan in which tiie 
nrork may be placed. 

Steering Wheel Puller 
(Nol 676) 

A steering wheel puller which may be 
readily put in place because there are no 
screws or pins in its construction Is 





Simple stearlng whatl puller 
shown herewith. — J. G. Kopshac. De- 
troit Cadillac Motor Car (^o.. New York. 



(No. 57S) 
Steel teol for atralghtenlng tent parts 

in repairing lamp brackets, fenders, tire 
irons, etc. — M. R, Pott™, Wilkes-Barre, 
Pa. 

Non-Leaking Rings 

(No. 679) 

One compression-proof ring may be 
made by grinding down two old rings to 
half size so that the two occupy only the 
space formerly taken by one. — GEoaoi 
W. LowNSlXY, Palmyra, Mo, 

Breaker Point Grinder 

(No. S79a) 
Breaker points can most readily be re- 
faced by means of a grinder, but the or- 
dinary bench grinder is too heavy and 
powerful. A small grinder for thia pur- 
pose may be easily made and driven 
by an old electric bom motor. The bell, 
or mouth, of the born is removed, and a 
short length of flexible speedometer 
drive shaft soldered to the end of the 
armature shaft. Thia shaft is protected 
by a spiral spring covering. The grind- 
stone is fastened to a short steel abaft 
held in a metal spool, and is driven by 
the speedometer shaft. A U-clamp per- 
mits the motor to be fastened to the 
bench. The grindstone used may be 
purchased from a dentist, and measures 
1 in. in diameter by M in. face. — J. C. 
Davis, Beasley Automobile Co., Gaxton, 
Ga. 



82 . AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Valve Plug Tap— Flange Puller— Overhauling Pan— Parts Washing Table— Bread 
Pans for Parts — Rubber Band Locks Wrench — Increasing Tap Size — Valve Grind- 
ing Is Passe — Adjustable Ring Compressor — Gearbox Lifting Rig — S Wrench as 
Key Puller — Motor Stand of Angle Iron — Piston Ring Compressors — Valve Guide 

Reamer 



Valve Plug Tap 

(No. S79) 

A aatisfactorjr tap for cleaning th« 

threads into which the valve plugs 

•crew majr b« made out of an old valve 




ping which is fluted.— F. H. BONNXR, 
Brady-Murray Motors Corp., New York 
City. 

Flange Puller 
(No. 580) 
A puller which may be used where 
there is a flange extending from the 
part to be pulled may be made of a 
conical casting, roughly semi-circular in 
shape, SB shown. 

Orerhauling Pan 

(NoL 581) 
A shallow pan, lined with galvanized 
iron, is a useful device when overhaul- 
ing the car, for it prevents the dirt and 
grease from dropping on the floor, and 
at the same time any small parts that 
fall out from being lost. The wooden 
part consists of several short lengths 
of I-in. board placed crosswise and with 
their ends joined together with binding 
stripS; as shown. — Paul F. Devine, 
Washington Park Garage, Newark, 

Parts Washing Table 

(No. 582) 
A table with a slight slope, with cides 
4 in. hig^h, and fully covered with f^al- 
▼anized iron, will be found convenient 
for washiiig parts preparatory to over- 
hauling. There is a drain plug at one 
end and under it is placed a pail, so 
that the liquid, usually kerosene, may 
he used again after it has settled. — 
Paul F. Devine, Washington Park Ga- 
rage, Newark, N. J. 

Bread Pans for Parts 
(No. 5S3) 
Ordinary bread pans with several 
partitions soldered in them make excel- 
lent receptacles for small parts. Sam- 
ple parts may be soldered on the front 
of the nan. — Fsed Caesar, Paddock- 
Znsi Motor Co. (Chalmers), Newark, 
N.J. 




of nuts of the same size, since the same 
adjustment is retained all through th« 
operation. 

Increasing Tap Size 

(No. 58G) 

There are three ways the size of m 
threaded hole may be slightly enlarged 
with a tap of standard size. The most 
effective method is to wrap a couple of 
sheets of tin over one of the cutting 
edges, the result being that the tap wiu 
be offset enough to enlarge the bole * 
certain amount. 

A different application of the same 
idea is produced by packing cotton waste 
in one of the flutes, and a third method 



appreciably. 

Valve Grinding b Passe 

(NoL 586) 
Valve grinding is a thing of the paat, 
according to the superintendent of « 
large service station in New York. In- 
stead, the valves should be entirely r8- 
flnished on the lathe with the aid of an 
electric grinder and the seats should be 
trued with a valve reseating tooL Pro- 
vided the work is carefully done and the 
' tools are in good condition there is no 
necessity for using an abrasive com- 
pound. This method is quicker and more 
satisfactory than the old one and it is 
more accurate, because grinding the 
valves in by hand does not always pro- 
duce a satisfactory joint between the 
valve and its seat. 



(No. B84) 
Wrench lockad by rubb«r band 

Rubber Band Locks Wrench 

(No. 584) 

Just an ordinary rubber band doubled 
over once or twice may be used to lock 
the adjusting nut on most wrenches of 
the monkey type. After the wrench is 
adjusted to the required size the band 
is slipped over the nut so that it cannot 
rotate, and consequently the adjustment 
cannot change. 

This idea may be used to particular 
advantage when turning up a number 




*hMt tin and 



Adjustable Ring Compressor 

(No. 587) 

A tool that may be used for compressing 

piston rings on all motors ol the detach* 



juBtment by screwing down on the nut 
at the top of the adjusting cone, and the 
arms are held in close contact with the 
cone by four coil springs. 

When the piston is in place, in the tool, 
the rings are compressed by pushing 
it down into the cylinder, there being 
four blacks, pivoted on the four arms, 
for this purpose. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



83 




(No. Ml) 

Abova — Split ring for 

Ing plitona 

It is not necessary to loosen the ad- 
justment each time a new piston is put 
in; all that ia required is to rotate one 
of the blocks as shown by the dotted 
line. In order that this block may swing 
back into place, the toot must be of suffi- 
cient depth to allow the skirt of the 
piston to clear it. 

All parts must be of substantial sec- 
tion, as rigidity is imporUnt. There 
B no 'spring' Jo any of the parts, 
in using the 



must be n . . ., 
or there will be ( 




ceiling beams. Adjustable iron mem- 
bers which support a wooden cross-piece 
are hooked onto these and the chain 
tackle is supported from the center of 
this beam. The beam may be placed 
through the door or window openings of 
a closed car. The fitting supporting 
the chain is a sliding fit on the beam. 
— Fbed Caesar, Paddock-Zusi Motor 
Co. (Chahners), Newark, N. J. 



S Wrench as Key Puller 

(No. S89) 

The illustration shows one way of re 

movins a key once it has been started.— 

C. H^ FREDERICKS, Newark, N. J. 



tool. 

Gearbox Lifting Rig 

(Nol fiSS) 

It is often a difiicult matter to prop- 
erly handle a clutch or gear set unit 
easily when the car is equipped with a 
cloeed body, for the reason that it is 
impoaaible to use the ordinary chain 
hoist. This problem may be solved by 
placing V bolts about 7 It. apart in the 




Piston Ring Compressors 
(No. 691) 

A series of rings, as shown, will b« 
found a great convenience in replacing 
piston rings. The ring is merely en- 
larged at one end so that it will take 
the rings easily, and the other end is 
the same size as the cylinder. 

A section of cast iron and one of steel 
are shown. 

The ring is cut away at one side so 
that it may be slipped over the shank 
of the connecting rod, as will be re- 
quired sometimes. 

A dozen of the standard sizes of these 
rings will take care of 90 per cent of 
(he 1916 models. Below are the fig- 
ures: 

Number of Per 

Bore Makers Cent 

2X 4 2.2 

2% 6 3.3 

3 23 12.6 

3V6 11 6.0 

3% 18 9.9 

3H 34 18.7 

S% 4 2.2 

3?i 23 12.6 

3% 10 5.5 

4 14 7.7 

4% 3 1.7 

4% 7 8.8 

Others 25 18.8 

Total 182 100.0 

Valve Guide Reamer 
(Not 692) 

A drilling and reaming tool especially 
for Dodge cars is shown, but the idea 
may be used on practically all motors 
wiU) detachable heads. The valve 
guides are drilled and reamed and then 
bushings are forced in so that stock 
valves may be employed. 

The reamer consists of a bushing, 



Motor Stand of Angle Iron 

(No. 590) 

Angle iron forms the basis of this 

stand. The angle legs are 2^ in. The 

frame which supports the motor is ad- 




Motor stand of angle Iron 

justable and its side members are piv- 
oted so that the motor may be readily 
rotated to any position. — F. H, Fred- 
erick, Newark, N. J. 




which is clamped to two diagonal cylin- 
der studs. The inside of the bushing is 
finely threaded and into it screws a 
long tube which is Iiored out at the 
lower end to take standard reamers and 
drills. As this rod is turned it is 
screwed in, and thus the tool is auto- 
matically fed forward. — Fred Drew, 
Bonnel Motor Car Co. (Haynes and 
Dodge), Newark, N. J. 



84 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHCAT-COTS 



Workshop Desk — Traveling Crane — Powerful Screwdriver — Bearing Remover — 
Overhead Oil Storage — Shears for Stock Parts — Valve Pin Puller — Spring Lfeaf for 
Valve Lifter — Packard Bevel Adjustment — Swinging Light Bracket — Alarm Clock 

Time Switch — Breaker Point Jig — Powerful Shop Gong 



WORKSHOP DESK 
(No. 593) 

An easily made workshop desk is con- 
stmcted of a couple of short lenses of 
chain, or 'wire, and a piece of pine board 
12 in. wide and as lon^ as may be de- 
sired. The chains or wires are fastened 




(No. 593) 
Folding sholf for desk In workshop 

to the wall as indicated, and to the 
board by means of small hooks. When 
not in use the improvised desk can be let 
down out of the way. — Joscelyn Garage, 
New York. 



TRAVELING CRANE 
(No. 594) 

An exceedingly simple and easy-to- 
make traveling crane may be con- 
structed with the aid of an ordinary 
garage sliding door track, which is sus- 
pended from the ceiling of the shop. 




(No. 594) 

Traveling crane made from sliding door 

fittings 

The two door carriers are joined by a 
steel V, ^ X 1% in. in section, which 
supports tine block and tackle, or chain 
hoist, and the carriers are separated by a 
woodfen distance piece. — Fbed Caesab, 
Paddock-Zusi Motor Co. (Chalmers), 
Newark, N. J. 



POWERFUL SCREWDRIVER 
(No. 595) 

A short screwdriver, made to fit a 
socket wrench, will often start a stuck 
screw when all other methods fail. 



BEARING REMOVER 
(No. 596) 

The tool shown was used to remove the 
front ball bearing in the gearbox. There 
were two bearings and the front gave out. 
The construction was such that it was im- 
possible to remove the races by anv ordi- 
nary method, but with the use of the tool 
no trouble was experienced. The ends of 
the tool were allowed to slide through the 
space left by the broken balls and hooked 
on to the balls that were still intact. — 
Arthui Hall, Chicago. 



OVERHEAD OIL STORAGE 
(No. 597) 

Considerable space may be saved in 
the garage by suspending the oil stor- 
age barrels from the ceiling. Filling 
is a simple matter, as it may be done 
by compressed air. Oil flows by gravity 
from each of the barrels to faucets lo- 
cated over a sink, which catches the 
drippings. Maximum convenience is af- 
forded in drawing the oil; no time is 
wasted and no oil is lost. The filling 
of the barrels is accomplished by at- 
taching a hose to the faucet and con- 
necting the other end to a spigot, which 
is inserted in the end of the barrel about 
to be emptied. About 8 lb. air pressure 
iR then applied to the bung, the faucet 
is opened and the oil is forced up into 
the barrel. — Rowland & Puterbaugh, The 
Auto Inn, Lanark, Dl. 



VALVE REMOVER 
(No. 598) 

Part of an old screw clamp is used 
in this valve remover, which is a con- 
ventional type. The portion of the clamp 
containing tne screw is sawed off and to 
it is riveted a cross arm which slides on 
an L-shaped forked member which lifts 
the valve spring seat. The sliding mem- 
ber is held in place simply by the bind- 
ing action between it ana the other mem- 
ber. — Rowland & Puterbaugh, The Auto 
Inn, Lanark, III. 



SHEARS FOR STCOK PARTS 
(No. 599) 

A powerful shears for cutting wire, 
sheet metal, brake lining, etc., may be 
readily constructed out of stock parts. 
The fulcrum of the shears is a bar of 
cold-rolled steel, and the lever by which 
the power is applied consists of two 



brake arms which are clamped to it and 
to which is fastened a long handle to 
give the necessary leverage. Another 
brake arm carries the moving blade and 
the stationary blade is riveted to a 
square piece of cold-rolled sted wlndi is 
mounted on the bed plate. — ^F. H. BomHESL, 
Brady-Murray Motors Corp., Ncir ToriL 



VALVE PIN PULLER 
(No. 600) 

With slighf modification, a curling 
ton^s may be used for removing valve 
spring seat retaining pins. A half sec- 
tion is sawed out of the end and is brazed 
to the semi-circular member of the 
tongs and then a hole is drilled in the 
end to receive the pin. — ^W. H. Scham- 
weder. Black & Kirkpatrick Garage, 
Fort Dodge, Iowa. 

SPRING LEAF FOR VALVE LIFTER 

(No. 601) 

An old spring leaf with a notch ground 
in one end makes an excellent lifter for 
stiff valve springs. The leaf is allowed 
to rest on the frame side member and 

Eressure is applied with the knee, so that 
oth hands are free to work on the 
valve. — M. R. Potter, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

PACKARD BEVEL ADJUSTMENT 

(No. 602) 

The adjustment of the bevel pinion on 
Packard cars in which the gearset is 
placed at the rear and other machines 
of similar construction is sometimes 
found difiicult becaus.- the shaft attached 
to the pinion is very short, and therefore 
hard to grasp. To give greater freedom 
in doing this work it is desirable to mesh 
the sliding gears on the main shaft with 
the internal gear which is attached to 
the end of the short shaft connected with 
bevel pinion. It is essential, however, to 
eliminate the play between the internal 
and external gears, otherwise it would be 
impossible to determine the amount of 
play in the bevel by rocking the main 
shaft. To overcome this difiiculty an old 
sliding gear unit is used with one tooth 
removed from the external gear. This 
gear can be made solid with the internal 
gear with which it meshes by driving a 
pin into the opening. — Edward J. Flan- 
agan, Packard Motor Car Co. of New 
York. 

SWINGING LIGHT BRACKET 
(No. 603) 

A most substantial yet convenient 
swinging light bracket may be made 
out of odds and ends around the shop. 
A piece of ^-in. pipe bent into an L 
shape forms the bracket. The lamp is 
slidably mounted on it and slidinff porce- 
lain insulators, taken from stock, cany 
the electric wires. The device allows 
the lamp to be placed at any point 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




tha segment of the circle produced by 
tha swinging of the bracket. — H. L. 
SomnuTS, Broadway Garage, FindUy, 
Ohio. 

ALARM CLOCK TIME SWITCH 
(No. 604) 
An alarm clock may be used for oi>en- 
ing or closing a circuit at a given time 
by means of the simple apparatus shown. 
Tie clock is mounted on a flat bar and a 
long rod is screwed on to the shaft which 
winds the alarm. When the alarm goes 
off Om unwinding of the spring rotates 
the shaft and thna the cord attached to 
tbe switch is wonnd up and ttie switch is 
* TbiM device ia particularly suit- 



able for turning off electric aigna. I 
saved $34.60 last year with it; my sign 
was turned off at 12 p. m. instead of 
baming all night; thus a nightly saving 
of 7 hr. was made, and in the course of 
a year this amounted to (34.50, figuring 
current at 9 cents per kilowatL The ad- 
dition of this apparatus to the clock does 
not interfere with its operation in any 
way. — Helvin H. Bonham, Covina, Cal. 

BREAKER POINT JIG 
(No. 605) 
In dressing platinnm breaker points It 
is essential to make sure that the new 
surfaces are perfectly flat and perpen- 
dicular to the axes of the points. Unless 



this condition is met the life of the 
points will be materially shortened; eon- 
seijiiently it is desirable to file the points 
with the aid of the simple jig shown. — 
C. A. DORHAN, A. Elliott Rauney Co, 
New York. 

POWERFUL SHOP GONG 

(No. 606) 
A very powerful gong — to call the op- 
erator of the freight elevator, for ex> 
ample — can be made of a discarded brake 
drum. The drum is drilled and bolted 
in place on the wall. The actuating 
mechanism ia taken from a smaller gong. 
— Cadillac Automobile Co. -' " — '" " 
Boston. 



:86 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Timing Breakers' — Babbitt Ladle — Tracing Wires — Dead-Center Tool — Socket 
Wrench — Blackboard in Shop — Quick Valve Grinder — Clock-Hole Saw — Beam for 

Towing — Spraying Tank — Milling on Drill Press — Door Opener 



(N<K 607) TIMING BREAKERS 

On the new Cadillacs the ignition sys- 
tem is provided with two breakers which 
must operate in unison; if one separates 
a little before the other it will burn away 
rapidly. A very delicate apparatus for 
making this adjustment can be made with 
two ordinary 6-volt lamps. They are 
mounted in a piece of fiber board and are 
connected in parallel with the battery, a 
common wire running from the lamps to 
the negative terminal. The two free ends 
of these two wires are connected to small 
metal plates which are mounted on fiber. 
These are placed back of the two springs 
on the breaker mechanism, preventing the 
springs from touching the metal casing 
and consequently insulating the mechan- 
ism of the timer from the rest of the car. 
At the same time the terminal at the side 
is short-circuited. Current flows up 
through the lamps, through the breaker 
points and then through the car back to 
the battery again. When either circuit is 
•closed the corresponding lamp will light, 
and when broken the lamp will be dark. 
The motor is turned over very slowly by 
hand until the point is reached where the 
second lamp goes out, then the other 
breaker is adjusted until its lamp lights. 
The two breakers are now approximately 
in synchronism, and by varying the ad- 
justment in each slightly one way or the 
other both lamps will light and go out at 
exactly the same instant. — G. J. Ander- 
son, Crescent Automobile Co. (Cadillac), 
Jersey City, N. J. 



(No. 608) BABBITT LADLE 

Recently I had a large babbitt bearing 
to pour and the ladle was not big enough 
for it, so from the scrap pile I obtained 
a large piston that had come from an old 
two-cylinder motor. Then I got a bar of 
cold-rolled steel, about 5 ft. long and the 
diameter of the wristpin, and forced it 
into the holes in the piston. — E. C. Timm- 
sen, Los Angeles. 



(No. 609) TRACING WIRES 

An old telephone box equipped with a 
magneto may be used for tracing out 
wires and locating short-circuits. All the 
wires on the box are removed except the 
two on the end, which are used for test- 
ing. They are connected to the terminals 
on the car, and if the circuit is complete 
the bell rings when the magneto crank 
is turned. — ^A. Miller, Crescent Automo- 
bile Co. (Cadillac), Jersey City, N. J. 



(No. 610) DEAD-CENTER TOOL 

A piece of %-in. wire bent in the shape 
shown makes a good indicator for show- 
ing when the pistons are on dead center. 
This particular type is especially for V- 
motors, although a slight change in the 



shape should make it suitable for vertical 
engines as well. The wire is put in place, 
and then the motor is cranked slowly by 
hand until the outer end of the wire stops 
rising, thus indicating dead center. — Wal- 
ter Behrens, Crescent Automobile Co. 
(Cadillac), Jersey City, N. J. 



(No. 611) SOCKET WRENCH 

When removing or replacing a series 
of nuts all of one size considerable time 
can be saved by eliminating the handling 
of the nuts. The tool shown accomplishes 
this by four spring-operated pins. When 
the first nut is removed it sticks in the 
end of the tool, but as soon as the tool 
is brought into contact with the second 
the first is pushed up out of the way. In 
replacing the nuts the upper pins are 
pulled out so that the nut drops between 
the two pairs of pins when it is held with 
sufficient force to allow it to be started 
on its bolt or stud. The four pins have 
hardened ends, and the springs used are 
taken from an old clock. It is not neces- 
sary to fasten the lower pair of pins to 
the springs, but the upper pair must be 
brazed in order to make it possible to 
draw the pins when a nut is to be dropped 
down into place. 



(No. 612) BLACKBOARD IN SHOP 

A blackboard is a valuable addition to 
any large shop, because it may be used 
in explaining various details of construc- 
tion to the mechanics. For example, one 
of the men may be required to take a 
generator apart and there may be some 
parts that he is not familiar with, and by 
making sketches of them on the black- 
board considerable time will be saved 
when he comes to do the work. — A. El- 
liott Ranney Co. (King), New York. 



(No. 613) QUICK VALVE GRINDER 

Resurfacing valves by the use of an 
electric grinder is not onlv a more ac- 
curate method of doing tne work, but 
provided a suitable machine is used, a 
set of eight valves may be finished in 
5 min. The device shown consists of 
the usual electric grinder, with an 
emery wheel mounted on the armature 
shaft, and a chuck which is driven by a 
belt and which is adjustable both as to 
grinding angle and to various sizes of 
valves. The chuck is driven by a 1-in. 
belt. 

The chuck consists of a split bushing, 
A, which locks firmly against the stem 
of the valve when the nut, B. is screwed 
tight. A supporting bushing for the 
rear end of the valve is shown at C. The 
bushings are easily removable and by 
having them with various bores all sizes 
of valves may be placed in the tube. 

The arm which carries the chuck is 
provided with a universal support, so 
that it may readily be adjusted to any 
angle, and then the valve is brought into 



contact with the emery wheel by rotating 
the arm the required amount.— J. 0. 
KopsHAC, Detroit Cadillac Motor Car 
Co., New York. 



(No. 614) CLOCK-HOLE SAW 

Mounting flush clocks in cowls and 
dashes necessitates cutting a circular 
hole. The illustration shows a circular 
saw which is an ideal tool for the pur- 
pose. There is a centering point, wnich 
is g^uided by a small hole bored with a 
brace and bit The saw teeth were 
formed with a file, and then hardened. — 
G. J. Anderson, Crescent Automobile Co. 
(Cadillac), Jersey City, N. J. 



(No. 615) BEAM FOR TOWING 

A 4 X 4-in. beam about 15 ft. long 
will be found satisfactory for towing 
in disabled cars. It is slipped under one 
axle of the tow car and over the other, 
and the end which sticks out supports 
the disabled car. The beam is bound fast 
with rope. The car may be pushed as 
well as pulled. — Jasper N. Lanter, The 
Auto Inn, Catlin, 111. 

(No. 616) SPRAYING TANK 

A kerosene spray provides a quick way 
of cleaning motors and other car units. 
A steel tank about as large as a Prest- 
O-Lite tank may be used. It should be 
equipped with a combined filling plug and 
compressed air inlet, outlet connecting to 
the spraying hose, and a gage. It is half 
filled with kerosene and then compressed 
air is added. The gage shows the pres- 
sure at all times. — ^G. J. Anderson, Cres- 
cent Automobile Co. (Cadillac), Jersey 
City, N. J. 

(No. 617) MILLING ON DRILL PRESS 

Milling operations can be done on a 
drill press as well as on a lathe. The 
milling cutter is placed on the spindle 
and the work is clamped to a carriage 
which in turn is fastened to the table 
of the drill press. In this particular case 
the tool carriage of an old lathe was 
used, the feeding being done through the 
hand wheel. The work is attached to 
the cross slide by clamps. — ^Joseph B. 
Zinkand, Boerum Place Garage, Brook- 
lyn, N. Y. 

(No. 618) DOOR-OPENER 

It is advisable to have the shop locked 
to all except those directly concerned with 
the work on the cars, but a simple and 
quick means of opening the door is de- 
sirable so that no time will be wasted by 
mechanics waiting every time they come 
in. An electric door-opener solved the 
problem, the push-button being located in 
the timekeeper's office, which is so situ- 
ated that the timekeeper can talk to all 
those who desire entrance. — F. H. Bonner, 
Brady-Murray Motor Corp. (dliandler), 
New York. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No. 617 



88 AUTOMOBILE RBPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Enclosing Belts — Concealed Oil Barrels — Extra Long Drills — Connecting-Rod 

Arbor — Bushing Drift — Removing Studs — A Non- Jamming Knot — Overhead 

Washer — Simple Motor Cleaner — Cleaning Tank — Device for Spraying Paint 



<No. 619) BNCLOSING BELTS 

A means of enclosing the belt on a 
lathe or other tool and yet leaving it 
quite accessible can be made of pipe. 
The best pipe to use is about %-in. and 
the frame is covered with wire cloth. 
The hinge is made of an ordinary T 
joint with the threads bored out in a 
lathe or drill press. — H. R. Potter, Sus- 
quehanna Motor Car Co., Wilkes-Barre, 
Pa. 



(No. 624) REMOVING STUDS 

A tool to remove studs without mar- 
ring the threads can be made as shown 
in the illustration. Use hexagon stock 
and drill and thread it the same as the 
studs to be removed. To use the tool, 
screw the piece on the stud, then screw 
a cap screw in the end to jam the stud; 
then put a wrench on the hexagon piece 
and the stud will come out. — M. R. Pot- 
ter, Susquehanna Motor Car Co., Wilkea- 
Barre, P«. 

(No. 620) CONCEALED OIL BARRELS (No. 625) A NON-JAMMING KNOT 



Oil barrels can be neatly housed and 
the drawing of oil facilitated, as shown 
in the sketch. The stand is made of light 
lumber, strong enough to hold three oil 
barrels, generally light and heavy lubri- 
cating oil and kerosene, and the faucets 
are put through holes in the front. A 
shelf serves to hold measures that are 
being fllled.— Sweeney A Nail, Brooklyn, 
N. Y. 



(No. 621) EXTRA LONG DRILLS 

It often happens that drills must be 
used in out-of-the-way places, such as 
the fan pulley or the starting clutch 
Jaw, etc., and for this purpose an as- 
sortment of extra long drills Ja excel- 
lent These can be made by welding 
■hort lengths of drills to drill rod with 
the aid of the oxy-acetylene torch. — 
M. R. Potter, Susquehanna Moter Car 
Co., Wilkes-Barre. Pa. 



(Na 622) CONNECTING-ROD ARBOR 

When fitting connecting-rod bearings 
with the motor in the chassis, it is an 
excellent plan to have an arbor the exact 
rise of the bearing. This can be made 
of bar stock and one end should be flat 
to be gripped in a vise. The workman 
can then fit his connecting-rods to the 
arbor and eliminate many trips to and 
nnder the car. — M. R. Potter, Susque- 
hanna Motor Car Co., Wilkea-Barre, Pa. 



(No. 623) BUSHING DRIFT 

Where a number of bushings of the 
same size must be removed, such as 
those in spring eyes, etc., a drift to fit 
the bushing exactly is very handy. This 
can be made of odds and ends about the 
abop. — M. R. Potter, Susquehanna Motor 
Car Co., Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 



A knot which may be easily untied re- 
gardless of how tightly it is pulled, 
whether the rope is wet or dry, is the one 
shown. Nautically speaking, it is a bend 
and not a knot. The five principal steps 
in tieing it are shown from A to E, and, 
as some may find difliculty in remember- 
ing how it is done, it is suggested that 
this page be torn out and tacked up 
where it will be readily available when 
required. A close examination of'the il- 
lustration B proves the truth of the 
statement that this knot will not jam, as 
it is plain that while it may be pulled 
tight there is nothing to prevent it from 
being quickly and easily loosened again. 
— C. LeR. Moaher, New York. 

(No. 626) OVERHEAD WASHER 

A washer which meets all requirements 
and is not likely to get out of order is 
made out of four lengths of hose sus- 
pended from pipe connections at the four 
comers of the wash rack. Each hose is 
connected to a plug valve which is spring- 
closed and opened by a slight pull on the 
hose. The advantage of the four-hose 
construction is that it is simple, not apt 
to get out of order, and allows more than 
one man to work on a car. — A. R. Russel, 
New York. 

(No. 627) SIMPLE MOTOR CLEANER 

Here is a repairshop short-cut that has 
worked out very well with us. It is on 
the principle of an injector. Take a 
piece of U-in. copper tubing abont 8 in. 
long, and about 2 in. from one end file 
a V slot. Then drill a 1/16-in. hole - 
(or I/32-in. if air supply is small) in 
a plug and push the plug into the tube 
half way past the slot. Next solder 
another piece of tubing in at the slot and 
put a brace between the two. Connect 
the straight piece with the air line and 
the lower piece with the receptacle. A 



mixture of half gasoline and half kero- 
sene is best. Put a cock in the gasoline 
line to regulate the amount of gasoline 
used. — E. S. Babcock, New Britain Ga- 
rage, New Britain, Conn. 

(No. 62S) CLEANING TANK 

This is a combination cleaning tub and 
drainboard for removing the dirt from 
parts. It is usual to make the tube and 
drainboard separate, but by installing a 
screen in the tank whose height may be 
readily raised or lowered, all the advan- 
tages of the drainboard are obtained, to- 
gether with considerable economy of space 
and some added conveniences. By lower- 
ing the screen to the bottom the largest 
pieces may be submerged, and after they 
are thoroughly soaked the screen is raised 
and they are allowed to drain off and dry 
without further handling. If there are 
any places on these parts that require 
further cleaning it is but an instant's 
work to slightly submerge them again 
and wash ofF the dirty spots. The screen 
is not allowed to travel quite to the bot- 
tom, so that any sediment that collects 
will not be disturbed. This feature leaves 
the liquid practically clean at all times, 
for after each washing the dirt settles to 
the bottom, where it remains undis- 
turbed, while the liquid becomes clear 
again. — E. W. Ralph, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

(No. 628a) DEVICE FOR SPRAYING 
PAINT 

Painting parts in (he shop is most 
easily accomplished by means of the 
spray shown. It consists of a copper can 
with a nozzle in Ihe center which runs to 
the bottom of the can. The painting is 




done by throwing a jet of compressed air 
at right angles to the nozzle. A mixture 
iif lamp black and turpentine is a good 
paint for this purpose. — W. W. Wright^ 
foreman, Cleveland Cadillac Co., Ceve- 
land, O. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



BAE2ELS or OIL 



No 620 




////// n 

No. 620 



90 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Stop for Power Saw — ^Air Pressure Alarm — Pressure by Water — ^Window Cleaner — 
Sprayer — Small Grinder — Oil Truck — Simple Gage — Crane Horse — Uses of 

Jack — Air Grease Gun 



(Na 629) STOP FOR POWER SAW 

Not all hacksaws are equipped with 
a device to automatically shut off the 
power when the piece has been sawed 
through, consequently it is desirable to 
have some sort of an alarm to call at- 
tention to the fact that the cutting is 
finished. An electric battery and bell 
with a simple switch in circuit are the 
units required for such a signal. The 
switch lever is tied to the piece which 
is being cut by a string of whatever 
length required, the result being that the 
instant the piece is severed it drops and 
closes the switch and the bell rings. — 
H. F. B., New York. 



(No. 630) AIR PRESSURE ALARM 

It is a very simple matter to build a 
device which will cause a bell to ring 
when the pressure in the air tank reaches 
the desired maximum or minimum, thus 
reminding the man in charge that the 
compressor should be turned off or on. 
The indicating hand on the air gage 
completes a circuit by touching a metal 
pin when it moves to either extreme, 
and thus makes the bell ring. These 
pins are mounted in a small fiber block, 
which is riveted to the face of the gage. 
The two pins are thus completely insu- 
lated from the gage and are connected 
to one terminal of the bell. A short 
piece of wire runs from the other ter- 
minal to the battery and the return wire 
is attached to the casing of the gage, so 
that current flows through the casing and 
the hand to one or the other of these 
metal pdints. — Carl Muller, Hexamer 
Auto Co., Hoboken, N. J. 



While this is being done air pressure 
is supplied by the other tank, and vice 
versa. A gage glass on each tank shows 
when the water level is near its maxi- 
mum. — Nilson-Miller Machine Co., Ho- 
boken, N. J. 



(No. 682) WINDOW CLEANER 

For removing dust from windows the 
ordinary rubber edge window dryer com- 
bined with a nozzle which gives a flat 
spray the full length of the edge, may 
be used with a considerable saving of 
time. The nozzle is made from a piece 
of copper pipe, which is flattened and 
flared, as shown, and is then strapped to 
the handle. The water is turned on and 
the tool is rubbed up and down the win- 
dow surface, thus removing all dust and 
dirt; then the water is shut off and the 
window is dried by scraping the drops 
away. — Carl Muller, Hexamer Auto Co., 
Hoboken, N. J. 



(No. 633) PAINT SPRAYER 

Rough surfaces, such as garage walls, 
mav be painted or whitewashed quickly 
and economically by the use of an air 
spray similar to that used for cleaning 
motors with kerosene. The paint or 
whitewash is placed in a bucket and the 
application of air pressure to the nozzle, 
whose construction is plainly shown, 
atomizes the liquid and sprays it against 
the walls. Valves are provided for reg- 
ulating both air and liquid flow, and 
with a little exi>erience it is easy to 
obtain an adjustment which will allow 
an even and economical application of 

gaint.— Carl Muller, Hexamer Auto Co., 
[oboken, N. J. 



(No. 636) SIMPLE GAGE 

The principle of the ordinary pres- 
sure gage may be applied in a very 
simple manner to produce an inexpensive 
gage as shown. A length of rubber 
tubing is attached to the air or water 
line, as the case may be, and the end 
is sealed and a pointer which is to serve 
as an indicating hand is put in place. 
When there is no pressure it will hang 
approximately vertical, being acted upon 
by gravity alone, but as the pressure 
increases, the tendency will be for it to 
straighten out. A weight may be added 
to keep the movement within the desired 
limit. If actual pressure in pounds is 
required, it will be necessary to calibrate 
this gage by means of another one; 
^hat is. another gage is placed in the line 
temporarily and the pressure in the line 
is varied. When the pressure reaches 
20 lb., for example, the point at which 
the pointer stands on tne home-made 
gage is marked. This is also done for 
40, 60, 80 and 100, and then the inter- 
mediate points are estimated. — ^H. F. B^ 
New York. 



(No. 637) CRANE HORSE 

A convenient horse for removing mo- 
tors, gear boxes, etc., may be made out 
of angle iron and wood. The side pieces 
are angle iron and the two top members 
wood. It s mounted on casters and the 
hook which carries the block and chain 
is mounted on a car which runs on the 
cross-members, this feature facUitating 
the work considerably. — Nilson-Miller 
Machine Co., Hoboken, N. J. 



(No. 631) PRESSURE BY WATER 

Compressed air up to the water pres- 
sure found in the city mains may be 
•simply obtained by rigging up two water 
boilers as shown. Tnis means is used 
to obtain compressed air for atomizing 
gasoline or kerosene for use in a burner, 
for supplying a forge or for cleaning. 
The city main pressure in this case is 65 
lb. In most cities the water pressure 
is 50 lb. or more, and occasionally it 
may run to 100, in which case the com- 
pressed air obtained in this way might 
be used for tire inflation. However, air 
at 50 or 60 lb. pressure has many uses 
and thkS method is a very cheap way of 
obtaining it. The two tanks are used 
simply to obtain continuous operation 
and only one tank is employed at a time. 
At the beginning of the cycle one tank 
is full of air and the water is turned 
on, comnressing the air to 65 lb. in this 
case. The discharge valve is opened 
and the water forces this air out through 
the pipe. When the tank is about full 
of water the water inlet and air dis- 
charge valves are closed and the air inlet 
and w«ter discharge valves are opened, 
thus allnwine the water to flow to the 
sewer and its place to be taken by air. 



(No. 634) SMALL GRINDER 

A very small grinding wheel for 
mounting in a lathe may be used for flne 
work. The wheel is approximately 1 in. 
in diameter and runs several thousand 
revolutions per minute, this speed being 
obtained by a double belt reduction from 
the driving drum. The intermediate pul- 
\ey really floats in the air, the shaft it 
slides on being merely to hold it in case 
one of the belts should breakj thereby 
destroying its equilibrium. — Nilson-Mil- 
ler Machine Co., Hoboken, N. J. 



(No. 635) OIL TRUCK 

A handy truck for handling oils and 
grease either in the service station or 
garage may be made by building a small 
wooden truck mounted on castors and 
placing on it small tanks equipped with 
self-measuring pumps. In tne device 
shown the Weaver bucket pump is used. 
The self-measuring feature enables the 
oil and grease to be sold at the curb or 
in the garage in the same way that 
(rasoline would be from a wheel cart. — 
Bradv-M"rray Motors Corp. (Chandler), 
New York. 



(No. 638) USES OF JACK 

Many times an ordinary jack may b« 
used to advantage in straightening bent 
parts. For example, one of the rests 
for the top bows was bent in a slight 
accident and it was quickly straightened 
by backing the car up close to the ga- 
rage wall, as shown, and using a jack. — 
Carl Muller, Hexamer Auto Co., Ho- 
boken. N. J. 



(No. 639) AIR GREASE GUN 

A length of 3- or 4-in. pipe threaded 
at each end to take the pipe caps mav 
be used as a pneumatic grease p^un. A 
nozzle is placed at one end and at the 
other is a pipe which connects with the 
air line. The cap on the nozzle end 
should be easily removable for filling and 
the joints should be tight even though 
there is play in the threads, because the 
grease is forced to this end the instant 
the air pressure is applied. A free piston 
made of leather should be interposed 
between the grease and the air. — Carl 
Muller, Hexamer Auto Co., Hoboken* 
N. J. 



AUTOMOBILE REFAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No 6>6 



No. 659 



92 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Crankshaft Jig — Overhead Trolley — Enlarging Reamer — Simple Pump — Inserting 

Corks — Rescuing Car — Testing Gas Mileage — Furnace for Steel — File Handle — 

Bushing Remover — Uses of Syphon — Nut Shrinkage — Emergency Insulators 



(No. 640) CRANKSHAFT JIG 

Turning the crankpins of the crank- 
shaft is a difficult matter without special 
fixtures, such as those shown, so that 
the crankshaft may be offset enough to 
bring the crankpins on center. Mount 
the flange end of the crankshaft on a 
plate, which may be bolted to the face 
plate of the lathe. At the other epd of 
the crankshaft there is usually a taper 
with a Woodruff key and nut. An offset 
mav be made to fit this construction 
with a centering hole, which is at a dis- 
tance from the axis of the crankshaft 
equal to the throw of one of the cranks. 
This center must be exactly in line with 
the crankpin bearings which are to be 
turned. — Charles L. Mainland, Jamaica 
Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 

(No. 641) OVERHEAD TROLLEY 

An overhead railway for repairshop 
use may be patterned after those in 
use in large butcher shops. It consists 
of ^ track made out of stock about % 
X 2 in. and suspended from the ceiling 
by arms at frequent intervals. On this 
track is placed a cap, to which the 
block and tackle is attached. — Charles 
L. Mainland, Jamaica Auto Garage, Ja- 
maica, N. Y. 

(No. 642) ENLARGING REAMER 

When it is impossible to find a nut 
which will exactly fit, it is often the case 
that a somewhat larger nut is available. 
If it is not over 1/64 in. too large, it may 
be shrunk by heating it to a cherry red 
from four to six times and immediately 
plunging it into cold water after each 
heating. The amount of shrinkage de- 
pends on the number of times the nut is 
heated and chilled up to about six, after 
which no further reduction in size takes 
place. — Charles L. Mainland, Jamaica 
Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 

(No. 643) SIMPLE PUMP 

An ejector pump, operated by com- 
pressed air, wul be found a convenience 
m handling various liquids. In princi- 
ple it is the same as a gasoline sprayer 
which is used for cleanmg motors, ex- 
cept that it need not be provided with 
a nozzle. Usually it will be found ad- 
vantageous to make it largrer than a 
sprayer. It consists merely of two tubes, 
as shown. The larger one is for the 
compressed air and the smaller for the 
liquid. The movement of the air past 
^e opening of the liquid tube creates a 
vacuum and sucks the liquid out. Such 
a device may be used for emptying oil 
barrels into a storage tank, emptying oil 
out of a crankcase, or gasoline out of a 
car tank when it is not convenient to 
drain them, and for general pumping 
work. 

(No. 644) INSERTING CORKS 

A funnel spout of suitable size and a 
ramrod are the simple tools required for 
putting cork inserts into place. The 



small end of the funnel must be able to 
nt the insert holes and after the cork 
is rammed in it is held in place by the 
rod while the spout is removed. — Charles 
L. Mainland, Jamaica Auto Garage, 
Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No. 645) RESCUING CAR 

A block and tackle consisting of two 
double-sheave pulleys and a 1^-in. rope 
will be found of considerable assistance 
in wrecking work. It may be used for 
raising a car when there is a tree avail- 
able, and it is particularly good for pull- 
ing a mired car out. One of the pairs of 
pulleys is attached to a tree or some 
other substantial object, the other pul- 
ley fastened to the car that is in diffi- 
culty, and the free end of the rope tied 
to the tow car. — Charles L. Mainland, 
Jamaica Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No. 646) TESTING GAS MILEAGE 

It is often desirable to determine the 
exact consumption of a given car by 
determining how far it will run on a 
measured quantity of fuel. A convenient 
means of doing this is to take an ordi- 
nary %-gal. kerosene oil can and place 
in it a quart of gasoline. A rubber 
tube running to the carbureter is then 
attached to the spout and the can is in- 
verted and tied securely at some con- 
venient place on the motor or dashboard. 
— H. F. B., New York. 



(No. 647) FURNACE FOR STEEL 

A furnace for heat-treating steel may 
be made by taking a sheet steel cylinder 
about 2 ft. in diameter and 3 ft. long 
and mounting it on four angle iron legs; 
the interior is lined with firebrick, as is 
also the cover, whose edge is iron bound 
to give strength. This cover may be 
swung out of position by a simple twist 
of the lever shown. It is first raised 
about M in. by turning the lever, which 
rotates the eccentric connecting the two 
arms which run to the standard about 
which the cover swings. As soon as it is 
raised it is swung away from the fur- 
nace. — Nilson-Miller Machine Co., Ho- 
boken, N. J. 

(No. 648) FILE HANDLE 

An adjustable handle for use with dif- 
ferent fifes may be made according to the 
sketch. A hole is drilled in the handle to 
accommodate the file, and over the end 
of the handle is placed the clamp shown. 
One block of this clamp is fastened to the 
adjusting screw and the other to the 
handle. — Charles L. Mainland, Jamaica 
Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No. 649) BUSHING REMOVER 

Sometimes it is necessary to remove 
a bushing, yet the desig^n is such that it 
is impossible to drive it out. Under such 
circumstances it is usually possible to 
employ a puller, as shown, which con- 



sists of a bolt and nut with a flat piece 
of steel pivoted in the other end, which 
is slotted. While the tool is being put 
into place this steel piece is pointed with 
its length in line with the leng^th of the 
bolt. Then by shaking it this piece is 
made to lie crosswise in the hole and 
each end catches against the bushing. 
By making the pin holding this piece 
easily removable various sizes of pieces 
to meet different conditions may be 
used. — Charles L. Mainland, Jamaica 
Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No. 650) USES OF SYPHON 

The principle of the syphon may be 
used in many places in repairshop work. 
For example, it provides a simple method 
of drawing distilled water for the stor- 
age batteries. A glass tube extending 
to the bottom of the bottle is inserted 
in the cork and a rubber tube is at- 
tached as shown. The end of the glass 
tube must extend below the bottom of 
the bottle, conseouently it is advisable 
to place it on a snelf. The tube may be 
maae long enough to reach to the stor- 
age batteries. The flow of water is con- 
trolled by a simple spring device which 
pinches the tube. This may be made, 
or purchased at a drug store. To put 
the syphon in operation it is merely 
necessary to suck on the tube until it 
is filled with water. Once this is done 
the water will remain in the tube and 
the syphon will always be ready for in- 
stant operation until the bottle is emp- 
tied. The same principle may be ap- 
plied for drawing gasolme from a tanlc, 
oil from a crankcase, electrolyte from a 
storage battery, and is adaptable to 
many other uses. Of course^ it is us- 
ually more convenient to drain a |:aso- 
line tank or crankcase in the ordinary 
way, but sometimes the syphon principle 
will be found quicker. 



(No. 651) NUT SHRINKAGE 

When it is necessary to ream a hole 
which is larger than the reamer which is 
available, the work may be done bjr tak- 
ing a piece of a cotter pin of suitable 
size and placing it in one of the flutes. 
The result is tmit the cotter pin projects 
a little from the edge of the flute and 
thus forces the opposite cutting edges 
deeper into the surface. The amount of 
enlargement varies within limits accord- 
ing to the size of the cotter pin. — Charles 
L. Mainland, Jamaica Auto Garage, 
Jamaica, L. I. 

(No. 651a) EMERGENCY INSU- 
LATORS 

An old disk phonograph record offers 
material for making emergency in- 
sulators in starter or magrneto repairs. 
These disks are a hard rubber-like sub- 
stance that may be readily filed or cut 
to the required shape. If a thick in- 
sulator is required several sections may 
be built up. — S. E. Barber, Canton, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No. 649 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Housing Car Parts — Circular Gasket Cutter — Wristpin Wrench — Small Drill Chuck 

— Enlarged Speaking Tube — Wristpin Lapper — ^Wristpin Mandrel — Saw Stand — 

Swivel Crane — Crankshaft Bracket — Tow Car Device — Sticking Valve Remedy — 

— Removing Dry Carbon — Quick Service Oil Can 



<No. 652) HOUSING CAR PARTS 

Substantial drawers of large size pro- 
vide a convenient means for Biotiag parts 
removed from ears that are being re- 
paired. The usual method is to place 
the parts on the bench, but this is ob- 
jectionable because there is always dan- 
ger of them being mislaid or used on other 
cars. A drawer 10 x 18 x 24 in. is large 
enough to take all the ordinary parts, 
such as bolts, nuts, washers, carbureter, 
magneto, pistons, connecting-rods, bear- 
ings, etc. The drawer may be placed at 
Uie side of the car and as soon as all 
the parts have been removed it may be 
put back in the cabinet. A padlock safe- 
guards the parts until they are needed 
again. These drawers also aid in keep- 
ing the shop neat and protect the parts 
from dirt. The top of the cabinet may be 
used as a bench or table. — Jack Conlin, 
McAllister's Garage, Queens, N. Y. 



(No. 653) CIRCULAR GASKET • 

CUITER 

A device for cutting circular gaskets 
may be made out of two pieces of steel 
shaped as shown and fitted with a clamp 
which forms the center. The two cut- 
ting members are adjustable, so that 
practically any size of gasket may be 
cut. — Henry Hammer, Garden City Ga- 
rage, Garden City, N. Y. 



<No. 654) WRISTPIN WRENCH 

On some cars, particularly the Cadil- 
,|8C eight, the wristpins are locked in 
place Dy special nuts which can most 
conveniently be turned by the tool shown. 
This is merely a wrench used on certain 
lathe chucks. — Charles L. Mainland, Ja- 
maica Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No, 655) SMALL DRILL CHUCK 

When a very small drill is used in a 
drill press, it is advisable to mount it 
in a small chuck, and a suitable one for 
the purpose is an old breast drill chuck. 
The spindle of this chuck may then be 
fastened in the regular drill press chuck. 
The advantages of this method are con- 
venience and greater accuracy. — Henry 
Hammer, Garden City Garage. Garden 
City, N. Y. 

(No. 656) ENLARGED SPEAKING 
TUBE 

The objection to the ordinary speak- 
ing tube IB that the receiver-transmitter 
is so small that it is difficult either to 

Seak into it or listen to the voice at 
e other end. A successful solution of 
this objection is to use a larger receiving 
horn. This may be fashioned from metal 
and is roughly funnel shaped. A damper 
valve may be placed directlj^ back of the 
mouthpiece to close the opening when the 
device is not in um. The use of electric 



bells instead of the customary whistle 
to summon anyone will be found an ad- 
vantage in that the bells can be heard 
above the noise of the shop. 



(No. 657) WRISTPIN LAPPER 

Lapping wristpins and other similar 
pieces in a lathe may be quickl;^ accom- 
plished with the tool shown. It is placed 
over the wristpin and the copper points 
are adjusted so that they bear against 
it and then some lapping compound is 
applied. The lathe is started and the 
tool is held stationary by hand. It may 
be moved back and forth, so that the 
whole surface may be lapped. — Jack Con- 
lin, McAllister's Garage, Queens, N. Y. 



(Mo. 658) WRISTPIN MANDREL 

This is a mandrel for turning wrist- 
pins or similar parts and consists of a 
shaft with a cone at each end, the cone 
at one end being threaded and held in 

filace by a lock nut — Jack Conlin, McAl- 
ister's Garage, Qneens, N. Y. 



(No. 659) SAW STAND 

The saw stand illustrated is useful in 
cutting off a long bar of stock in a 
power saw. Its construction is so sim- 
ple that nothing further need be said. — 
Henry Hammer, Garden City Garage, 
Garden City, N. Y. 



(No. 660) SWIVEL CRANE 

The feature of this crane, which is 
made of structural steel and mounted 
on four castors, is that the overhanging 
arm is pivoted so that it may be swung 
from side to side. The block and tackle 
may be attached at three points on this 
arm. The swivel feature of the arm is 
a convenience in removing or replacing 
a motor, as it allows for fine adjustment 
or facilitates removal by enabling the 
motor to be swung out over the chassis 
with a minimum of effort. The con- 
struction is very substantial. — Charles L 
Mainland, Jamaica Auto Garage, Ja- 
maica, N. Y. 



(No. 661) CRANKSHAFT BRACKET 

When the crankshaft has been re- 
moved and the connecting-rods are to 
be scraped, the bracket shown will be 
found convenient for holding the crank- 
shaft on the bench. It is merely a metal 
angle with slots for bolts which go 
through the crankshaft flange. The sup- 
port at the other end is a notched board, 
^lack Conlin, McAllister's Garage, 
Queens. N. Y. 



(No. 662) TOW CAR DEVICE 



to the rear of the tow car may be con- 
structed as illustrated. The uprights 
are % x 2 in. in section and the two 
diagonal members are ^ x 1 in; %-in. 
bolts are used for fastening the former 
and K-in. bolts for the latter.— Jack 
Conlin, McAllister's Garage, Queens, 
N. Y. 



(No. 663) STICKING VALVE REMEDY 

A frequent cause of sticking exhaust 
valves is due to the stem just below the 
head of the valve becoming heated to a 
high temperature and consequently ex- 
panding to the diameter of the valve 
guide. This difficulty may be remedied 
by reducing the exposed part of the stem 
about 1/64 in. — P. H. Bonner, Brady- 
Murray Motors Corp., New York. 

(Na 664) REMOVING DRY CARBON 

When the carbon deposit is oily it is 
possible to remove every vestige with 
the oxygen flame, but when it is hard 
and dry the work is usually unsatisfac- 
tory, it being next to impossible to burn 
every trace. Consequently when the 
carbon is in this condition the cylinders 
should he thoroughly moistened with or- 
dinary lubricating oil. If this is done 
no difficulty will be experienced in ob- 
taining a thorough job with the oxygen 
process. — Charles L. Mainland, Jamaica 
Auto Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No. 664a) QUICK SERVICE OIL CAN 

By the ordinary method oil is poured 
into the engine base from the quart 
tnusure through a funnel. A measure- 
funnel combination is illustrated. The 
measure is a square quart can having 
the funnel spout attached to a lower cor- 




ner. This spout is closed by a trigger- 
operated valve, so that to transfer the 
oil it is only necessary to press the trig- 
ger and raise the valve, without the ne- 
cessity of tipping the measure and pour- 
ing ttie oil from the top. — HupmolHle 
Service Station, Elyria, Ohio. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




N^ 



96 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Motor Hoist — Shim Hole Cutter — Large Tap — Removing Flywheel — Clutch Spring 
Holder — Rear Axle Truer — ^Wire Gasket — Motor Lifting Eye — Ball Race Puller — 
Tomato-Can Carbureter — Starter Cam Puller — A Simple Die Press — Tire Valve 

Kink 



(No. 665) MOTOR HOIST 

A hoist particularly designed for rais- 
ing and lowering bodies consists of a 4-in. 
I-beam about 8 ft. long with a lifting 
chain attached to each end. This beam 
is raised by a hoist which is suspended 
from the ceiling and which is operated by 
a combination of chain and shaft drive. 
A hand wheel is placed against the wall 
within convenient reach of the operator, 
and around it passes a chain which runs 
to a pulley which is attached to the 
shaft. — Automobile Sales Corp. (Cadil- 
lac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 666) SHIM HOLE CUTTER 

When aluminum bearing boxes are used 
it is not advisable to cut the shim holes 
for the studs by putting the shim in place 
and hammering around the edge of the 
hole, for the reason that the metal is too 
soft. A better way is to make a die out 
of an old wristpin. The wristpin is 
merely ground to a fine edge and is used 
wil^ a hammer. Since it is hardened, it 
is ready for use as soon as it is ground. 
— Thomas Edmonston, Johnson Motor 
Car Co. (Haynes), Philadelphia. 

(No. 667) LARGE TAP 

This illustration shows a convenient 
form of tap to be used in large diameter 
holes such as required for bearing caps, 
valve plugs and the like. — Automobile 
Sales Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 668) REMOVING FLYWHEEL 

An unusual method for taking a fly- 
wheel off of a crankshaft is shown here- 
with. The flywheel was suspended from 
a ceiling beam bv four strands of %-in. 
piano wire, and then the crankshaft was 
driven out with a sledge. This unusual 
method was necessary because no arbor 
press was available, and it was deemed 
inadvisable to remove the crankshaft by 
supporting the flywheel at the rim and 
then using a sledge because of the weak- 
ness of the web. — ^William Leacy, John- 
son Motor Car Co. (Haynes), Philadel- 
phia. 

(No. 669) CLUTCH SPRING HOLDER 

The replacement of small springs is 
greatly facilitated by^ hav^g a means for 
holding the springs in compression until 
Uiey are in place. A simple device for 
this purpose is shown. The spring is 
compressed in a vise and then the spring 
holder is slipped over it. When the spring 
\b in place on the clutch the spring holder 
may be removed. — Automobile Sales 
Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 670) REAR AXLE TRUER 

Straightening bent rear axles becomes 
a comparatively simple job with the tools 
shown. In most cases the axle may be 
retmed without removing it from the car. 
The apparatus consists of a sight, which 
■hows whether the axle is straight or not, 
1^ a bending tool. The sight consists 



of a V^-in. tube about 10 in. long, each 
end of which is plugged and 1/16-in. 
holes drilled through the plugs. The tube 
is a pressed fit in a cap which screws over 
one end of the axle housing. In order to 
put this sight in place it is necessary to 
remove the nut which retains the bear- 
ing, and it is also desirable to take the 
wheel off. The axle shafts must be re- 
moved so that it is possible to look 
through the sight through the full length 
of the axle housing. Whether the axle is 
true or not is determined by mounting 
two wire cross-hairs in a ring, as shown, 
and placing these between the other end 
of the axle housing and a bright light 
before which is placed a sheet of paner 
to diffuse the light. Suppose that this 
end of the axle is bent out of line M in. 
The mechanic looks through the sig[ht 
while his helper moves the cross-hairs 
around until tne intersection is seen. By 
measuring from this point to the center 
of the axle tube the amount and direc- 
tion in which the axle is bent is readily 
shown. When the axle is perfectly true 
the intersection of the cross-hairs and the 
center of the axle should coincide, and to 
accurately check the straightness the ring 
carrying the cross-hairs is threaded to 
screw onto the axle tube. The tube which 
is used for straightening the axle con- 
sists of a bar which is roughly T-shaped, 
with a U-shaped member at one end 
which goes around the axle and an eye 
at the other which slips over the end of 
the axle tube. The base of the T is off- 
set to clear the brake casing hub. This 
tool may be placed at any angle so that 
the axle may be readily straightened, no 
matter what the direction of the bend is. 
A chain may be substituted for the U- 
member when necessary. — Automobile 
Sales Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 671) WIRE GASKET 

In reassembling a motor with cylinders 
cast singly and detachable heads difficulty 
was experienced in making one of the 
cylinder heads tight. Either water would 
leak out or the pressure in the cylinder 
would blow the gasket out. This trouble 
was overcome by taking some soft cop- 
per wire about 1/32 in. in diameter, mak- 
mg a triple rine of it, as shown, and 
soldering the ends of it in place to give 
it stabilitv. This was then put on and 
the cvlinder head tightened. After the 
wire had been squeezed as much as pos- 
sible the head was removed and a card- 
board gasket, well shellacked, was placed 
outside of the water jacket. The head 
was then replaced, the bolts tightened, 
and everything remained fast. — William 
Leacy, Johnson Motor Car Co. (Haynes), 
Philadelphia. 

(No. 672) MOTOR LIFTING EYE 

Still another variety of a lifting eye for 
attachment to a motor is shown herewith. 
It consists of a piece of round iron stock 
and two spark plug shells, the latter 
screwing into the regular spark plug 
holes. — Briscoe Motor Distributing Co., 
Philadelphia. 



(No. 673) BALL RACE PULLER 

This tool is for removing the outer 
races of annular ball bearings. It con- 
sists of a ring which is mounted on a 
tube, four slots being cut lon^tudinally 
to allow for expansion, and which is pro- 
vided with a rib which fits into the groove 
in the race. The tool is expanded by 
drawing up on a nut which acts on a 
conical plug in the center, and then the 
race is removed by turning the other nut. 
— Automobile Sales Corp. (Cadillac), 
Philadelphia. 



(No. 674) TOMATO-CAN CARBU- 
RETER 

The use of an ordinary tomato can as 
a carbureter for a constant-speed station- 
ary engine shows what may be done by 
the exercise of a little ingenuity when an 
unusual emergency arises. It was neces- 
sary to send the carbureter away for re- 
pairs, and yet it was difficult to do with- 
out the power of the engine, nor was any 
other carbureter available for the pur- 
pose. The problem was solved by taking 
a tomato can, cutting a hole in the side 
of it, and wiring it securely to the intake 
flange. The cracks were sealed with clay, 
the can was filled with coke, and above it 
was placed a 5-nl. kerosene oil can fiUed 
with gasoline. The faucet was tamed on 
just enough to drop the proper amount 
of gasoline into the can, where the liquid 
was spread out by the coke and thus thor- 
oughly mixed by the air which rushed in. 
The fact that the engine was a constant- 
speed type and that the load was nearly 
constant made it possible to use a crude 
device such as this successfully. — ^William 
Leacy, Johnson Motor Car Co. (Haynes), 
Philadelphia. 

(No. 675) STARTER CAM PULLER 

This illustration shows a device for 
pulling starter cams, and is designed par- 
ticularly for Cadillacs, although it can be 
used on other cars. — ^Automobile Sales 
Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 



(No. 676) A SIMPLE DIE PRESS 

A handy tool for punching holes in 
sheet material of various sorts is illus- 
trated herewith. The male member is 
fastened to the plunger and the female 
is mounted in the base and is merely a 
bushing with a flange on it. Three sizes 
of plungers and busnings are used. — ^Au- 
tomobile Sales Corp. (Cadillac), Phila- 
delphia. 

(No. 676a) TIRE VALVE KINK 

Tire valves frequently stick in the 
valve stem. In such cases, if the out- 
side of the valve stem be heated with 
a match or a torch, the valve may be 
readily taken from place. The heat 
expands the valve stem and frees it from 
the valve proper, permitting the removal. 
— S. E. Barber, Hodskin Garage, Canton. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORTCUTS 




No 676 



98 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Hydraulic Axle Puller — Refacing Valves — Large Grease Gun — Pneumatic Dolly 

Bar — Spring Holder — Leaf Spring Jack— rSimple Hub Jack — Rotary Carbon Scraper 

— Tow Car Construction — Tire and Stock Rack — Oil Service Cart 



CNo. 677) HYDRAULIC AXLE PULLER 



three parts — the differential hODsing and 
two heavy ateei tubes which are pressed 
fits in the housing. Occasionally it is 
necessary to remove one of these tubes, 
and it is a difficult and tedious job with 
ordinary tools; but the work may be 
done with minimum effort in a few min- 
ntes by utilizing the hydraulic principle. 
In the ordinary hydraulic preaa the cyl- 
inder is stationary and the piston moves, 
the pressure being supplied by a small 

E lunger pump, as a rule. This idea has 
sen modified to suit tAie requiremenu 
by using the axle tube as the cylinder 
and by inserting a stationary piston with 
leather packing on tjie end at the right 
as shown. At the other end of the tube 
the pump is screwed in place on the 
threads which are used for holding the 
^eel bearing in place. The joint at this 
end is also made tight with a leather 
washer. The pump is iiiciprocated by 
band and has a bore of U in. and a stroKe 
of about 1 in. When everything is in 
readiness the axle tube is filled with 
water and the reservoir above the pump 
is also filled. Movement of the pump 
handle then increases the pressure to 
laeh a point that the axle tube is forced 
out of its position in the housing. The 
intake ta the pump is merely a hole 
which is uncovered by the piston, and 
the discharge is a ball valve which rests 
on a 46-deg. seat and which is held 
closed by a light spring (not shown). — 
T. A. Strickler, Autocar and Service Co., 
Philadelphia. 

(No. 678) REFACING VALVES 

An emergency method for refacing a 
valve with a flle when there is no lathe 
available is to mount the valve in a brace 
or breast drill and then clamp a nail in 
ft vise, as shown, and, using this as a 
center, put the valve in place and rotate 
It while a helper smooths off the valve. 
— C. M. Vanderwal, Roxbury, Mass. 

(No. 679) LARGE GREASE GUN 



cases rapidly. It consists of a steel tube 
S in. in diameter and 8 ft, lon^, vertically 
mounted on a platform which is sup- 
ported by four castors. Compressed air 
IS admitted at the top and acts on a free 
piston, which forces the grease out 
through the hose attached to the bot- 
tom. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. 
(Fierce-Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 680) PNEUMATIC DOLLY BAR 

The objection to the ordinary dolly 
bar for riveting is that the vibration of 
the pneumatic hammer is transmitted di- 
rectly to the helper holding the bar. Thi'i 
may he overcome by the use of a pneu- 
matic piston. The rear end of the bar is 
tapped and a piston about % in. in diam- 
eter is screwed into the hole. Over thii 
fits a cylinder which forms the handle of 
the tool. The chamber back of the piston 



is connected to the compressed air supply 
line, and this pressure is sufficient to 
form a cushion which will absorb prac- 
tically all vibration. 

(No. 681) SPRING HOLDER 
In replacing a series of springs, such 
as clutch springs, it ij usually advisable 
to compress the spring in a vise and then 
hold it in this position until it is put in 
place on the car. Under certain circum- 
stances the device shown will be found 
very convenient. It holds the spring by 
friction, and consists merely of two 
clamping rings. As soon as the spring 
is in place the retaining screws are loos- 
ened and the tool is removed. — Automo- 
bile Sales Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 682) LEAF SPRING JACK 

In replacing springs, it is some- 
times difficult to put the spring bolts 
through the eyes. It is necessary to pry 
the spring up and down and considerable 
maneuvering is sometimes required be- 
fore the eye is brought into exact align- 
ment with the bolt. This trouble may 
be avoided by using a spring jack, as 
shown, which consists of two U-shaped 
pieces which are mounted in a cylindrical 
member. The threads are right and left 
handed. This device is placed between 
the spring and the frame and slowly ad- 

i'asted until the eye registers with the 
loles in the end of the frame. — A. J. 
Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Fierce-Ar- 
row), Philadelphia. 

(No. 683) SIMPLE HUB JACK 

The jack shown is for quickly raising 
the axle so that a small horse may be 
slipped underneath to support the car. 
It is designed particularly for Packard 
cars which have projecting hubs. The 
end of the jack may be placed under the 
hub, thus obviating the necessity of ^ 
ing to the trouble of using a jack which 
must act on the axle itself. — Packard 
Motor Car Co. of Philadelphia, Philadel- 
phia. 



(No. 684) ROTARY CARBON 
SCRAPER 

It is usually a difficult matter to 
scrape the carbon from the cylinders of 
a motor which has a solid head, but a 
method which may be used whenever the 
bottom of the crankcase is removed to 
take up the connecting-rod bearings is 
to remove the pistons and use a rotary 
steel brush driven by a ftexibte shaft. 
This scrapes the carbon from the cylin- 
der head. The device consists merely 
of a round steel brush with very stiff 
wire bristles, mounted in the four-cor- 
nered frame shown, which is slightly 
smaller than the bore of the cylinders. 
— Automobile Sales Corp, (Cadillac), 
Philadelphia. 

(No. 685) TOW CAR CONSTRUCTION 



ahown, which consists of a 3 x 4-in. angle 
supported near the middle by a triangle 
made of 2 x 3-in. angles and anchored 
at its lower end by a cross angle which 
is fastened to the frame. The device 
may be instantly removed or replaced,, 
as only one bolt is used, and it is at the 
lower end. The triangular support is 
retained in position by two dowel pina 
which fit into holes in the cross-member 
of the triangle. A chain to support the 
disabled car is attached to the main 
angle beam, three holes being provided 
for this purpose. A block and tackle 
may also be used, if desired. The actual 
pulling of the disabled car is done by a 
towing bar, which is adjustable. It con- 
sists of two pieces of iron of H x 2-in. 
section, each about 2H ft. long. These 
have several 4i-in. holes and are fastened 
together by two holts so that various 
total lengths may be obtained. A large 
spring shackle is bolted to each end of 
this oar, one shackle being slipped 
around the rear spring shacMe of the 
towing car and the other aroand the 
front spring horn of the disabled car. — 
Charles L. Mainland, Jamaica Auto 
Garage, Jamaica, N. Y. 



(No. 686) TIRE AND STOCK RACK 

Bar stock, driving shafts, springs and 
tires may be stored In this raclc, which is 
made of 1-in. angle iron. It is simplr, 
durable, convenient and not expensive, 
considering the many advantages it has. 
— Automobile Sales Corp. (Cadillac), 
Philadelphia. 

(No. eaea) oil service cart 

Curbside oil service is simplified by 
placing several oil cans in a small ex- 
press cart and carrying them directly to 
the car. During the day the cart may 
he left by the curb, near the gftBolino 




pump, so that any customer desiring oil 
does not have to drive into the garage, 
nor does the pump man have to go to 
the garage for oil. Both the oil cans 
and the wagon should be painted a bril- 
liant color so that some advertising may 
be derived from their use. — Overland 
Service Station, Elyria, Ohio. 



AUTOMOBILE BEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




100 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Gang Valve Lifter — Brake Shoe Stretcher —Substantial Horse — Frame Straightener 
— Powerful Grease Gun — Flywheel Hook — Testing Ignition Wire — Adjustable 
Puller— Gear Box Brace— Valve Spring Tester— Portable Bench— Steering Gear 
Stand— Determining Shaft Speeds— Prolonging Gasket Life— Try-Cock Attachment 



(No. 687) GANG VALVE LIFTER 

This tool is used for lifting all twenty- 
four valves in the Packard twin-six mo- 
tor at once. It is really two individual 
valve lifters, between the lifting arms of 
which are stretched two jigs which fit 
the valves on each side of the motor. 
The two lifters are first put in place 
and then the jigs are put on. Finally 
both handles are depressed and when 
the valves are raised the full distance 
they are locked in this position by the 
ratchets as shown. The valve plugs are 
removed and the engine is rotated by the 
starting motor, while the valves are 
pulled out by a magnetic lifter. The too] 
IS not removed until after all the valves 
are ground and the pins are put back in 
position. The springs are not taken out. 
This tool removes one of the greatest 
objections to multi-cylinder motors, 
which is that it takes so long to grind 
the valves. — Packard Motor Car Co. of 
Philadelphia, Philadelphia. 

(No. 688) BRAKE SHOE STRETCHER 

When relining brake shoes it is essen- 
tial to stretch the lining as tightly as 
possible. This may readily be done by 
the use of the simple pulling clamp 
shown. One end of the lining is riveted 
securely to the brake shoe and the other 
is attached to the clamp, which is hooked 
around the end of the drum and so con- 
structed that by turning the adjusting 
nut the lining may be stretched as much 
as desired. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Huglies 
Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 689) SUBSTANTIAL HORSE 

A horse for supporting the axle when 
a wheel is removed is shown herewith. 
It is so simple that it hardly needs de- 
scription, but its very simplicity makes it 
hara to appreciate the value of it. It is 
light, strong, easy to make and durable, 
and yet is difficult to tip over after it 
has been placed under the axle. It is 
made out of 2% -in. plank with the lower 
edges reinforced with a steel strip on 
each side. It is about 20 in. high. — 
Automobile Sales Corp. (Cadillac), Phil- 
adelphia. 

(No. 690) FRAME STRAIGHTENER 

Frames may be straightened without 
heating and sometimes without even dis- 
mantling the car by means of the simple 
device shown. It consists of a wooden 
beam 4 in. x 6 in. x 5 ft., reinforced with 
iron M in. thick on each side. The beam 
forms the base of the device, to which are 
attached the steel arms which fasten to 
the frame. A powerful jack is used to 
apply the required pressure to bring the 
frame back to normal. A chain may be 
substituted for either of the arms. — A. 
J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- 
Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 691) POWERFUL GREASE GUN 

A large capacity grease gun of great 
power which, however, is conventional in 
design except as reirards its iize. It is 
about 16 in. long and 4 in. in diameter 



and is particularly useful for filling uni- 
versal joints and spring bolts. It often 
happens that an owner will neglect to 
screw down his grease cups, with the re- 
sult that the parts will become rusted. 
By removing the grease cup and attach- 
ing the gun, which is provided with a spe- 
cial threaded nozzle for this purpose, 
grease may be forced to all parts of the 
wearing surfaces. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss- 
Hughes Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Philadel- 
phia. 

(No. 692) FLYWHEEL HOOK 

This device is merely a suggestion for 
lifting flywheels and similar objects. It 
is a simple method, yet extremely safe. 
— W. L. Toffard, The Winton Co., Phil- 
adelphia. ^ 

(No. 693) TESTING IGNITION WIRE 

When there is some defect in the igni- 
tion system and the trouble is not easily 
found, it is necessary to know whether 
the high tension wiring is at fault. The 
quickest way of determining this point 
is to substitute new wiring and to oper- 
ate the motor with it. Ordinarily the 
objection to this plan is that it means 
tracing out the old wires so that the test 
ones may be connected in the same rela- 
tion. A solution of the difficulty is to 
mount the set of test wires as shown. — 
A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- 
Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 694) ADJUSTABLE PULLER 

An extremely simple puller, which is 
adjustable, is illustrated. It consists 
merely of two pulling hooks, which can 
slide on a cross arm in which is mounted 
the screw which applies the pressure. — 
W. L. Toffard, Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 695) GEAR BOX BRACE 

On some cars, when the motor or clutch 
or various other parts are removed, the 
gearbox will drop to the floor unless it 
is supported. This is objectionable if the 
car must be moved. A simple method 
of supporting the gearbox is shown. It 
consiste merely of two bars, bolted at 
the center and bent to the proper shape, 
which are held at their extremities by 
C clamps.— W. L. Toffard, The Winton 
Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 696) VALVE SPRING TESTER 

When a motor is overhauled, the old 
valve springs should be tested to see that 
they have not weakened, and whenever a 
new spring is put in, it should also be 
tested to see that it supplies the correct 
pressure. The illustration shows a sim- 
ple means for determining whether a 
spring is in good condition or not. The 
apparatus consists of a bracket in which 
is mounted a valve guide, valve, spring, 
spring seat and retaining key. Two 
marks are placed on the valve stem, one 
indicating when the compression of the 
spring is zero, and the other when it has 
been compressed a certain amount, say 
% in. The number of pounds required 



to compress the spring % in. may be 
ascertained by writing to the factory. 
When everything is in place, the pedal is 
depressed and the valve is raised until 
the lower mark on the stem is on a level 
with the top of the valve guide, at which 
time the pull as registered by the spring 
scales should be the amount called for by 
the factory.— A. J. Hettrich, Foss- 
Hughes Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 697) PORTABLE BENCH 

A wooden bench mounted on castings 
is of great convenience in working on 
cars, because it provides a place for parts 
as they are removed and is preferable 
to using the runningboards, fenders, top 
of the cylinder, floor boards, and so forth, 
as receptacles. It is not only handier, 
but cleaner.— A. J. Hettrich, Foss- 
Hughes Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 698) STEERING GEAR STAND 

When a steering gear is supported in 
the vise it is a good idea to steady the 
steering post with a stand such as the 
one shown. It is adjustable as to height 
and one of the V's overhangs the bench, 
so that all types of steering gears may 
be accommodated. — Locomobile Co. of 
America, Philadelphia. 

(No. 699) DETERMINING SHAFT 

SPEEDS 

The relative speeds of two shafts con- 
nected by belt or gears is according to 
the diameters of the pulleys or gears. 
For example, if a shaft funning at 200 
r.p.m. drives another shaft at 500 r.p.m., 
the diameter of pulley on the first shaft 

500 

must be 2% times ( ) the diameter of 

200 
that on the second. Similarly, if a shaft 
has a speed of 300 r.p.m. and has a 16- 
in. pulley on it, and it is to drive another 
shaft at 800 r.p.m., then the diameter 
of the pulley on the latter shaft will be 

300 
6 in. ( X 16 = 6). 

800 

(No. 700) PROLONGING GASKET 

LIFE 

The life of a cylinder head gasket may 
be lengthened almost indefinitely by coat- 
ing both sides well with ordinary steam 
cylinder oil. Tighten the nuts gradually 
all around, run the motor without water 
until it is hot, and then tighten the nuts 
again. — Wm. Leacy, Johnson Automo- 
bile Co. (Haynes), Philadelphia. 

(No. 701) TRY-COCK ATTACHMENT 

In some cars, notably the Chevrolet, 
it is difficult to reach the try-cock which 
indicates the level of oil in the crank- 
case because it is so low down. If a stick 
of wood about % in. wide and hi in. thidc, 
and perhaps 2 ft. in length, is notched as 
shown, the operation is facilitated. The 
notch is simply slipped over the handle 
on the cock and twisted to open the cock— 
— S. P. M., New York. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




102 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

-Body Lifting Device — Spring Bolt Clamp — Housing Small Parts— Electro Mag- 
netic Lifter — Piston Pin Remover — Motor Stand of Pipe — Gear Box Remover — 
Gear Puller — Arbor Press Vise — Towing Puller — Sink for Washing Parts — Weak 
Spark Reduces Economy — Valve Lifter 



(Na. 702) BODY LIFTING DEVICE 

When Kmovine a limousine body, it 
is usual to lift- it by placing a beam 
between the rear doore, thus putting all 

4he strain on the roof. The other method 
is to support it from the bottom, in which 
case it is not as stable and is more 
likely to tip. The surest method of han- 

■dling the body with safety is to com- 

•bine these two into a device wht<^ sup- 
ports the body both at the bottom and 

-at the roof, as shown. The body ie first 

Jacked off the frame and then cross 
earns are slipped under and these are 
■attached by rods and tumbuckles to cross 
beams which support the rbof. The turn- 
tucklea give a ready means for adjust- 
ing the weight between upper and lower 
rapports. — W. L, Toffard, The Winton 
•Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 70S) SPRING BOLT CLAMP 

When spring bolts have been removed 

It requires considerable work to replace 
ithem, for the frame of the car must be 

raised or lowered gradually until the 
Iholes register before the bolt may be 

pushed t£roDgh. A very delicate way of 
-doing this work is to make a clamp, as 

shown, and then by adjusting it the 
lloleB may be brought exactly in line. — 
A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- 

Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 704) HOUSING SHALL PARTS 

Small parts, such as screws, bolts, 
-washers, nuts, gaskets and the like, are 
conveniently kept in tin drawers, as illus- 
■trated. The drawers are cat from a 
aingle piece of tin and are soldered, as 
shown by the heavy lines. The drawers 
-alide in grooves cut in planks placed 
vertically. The grooves are made with a 
saw and chisel. The advantage of this 
method of storing parts is that the con- 
struction of the receptacles is very in- 
■expensive and maximum convenience is 
afforded. It is possible to see what is in 
the various drawers without pulling them 
■oat, which is a feature peculiar to this 
•design and saves considerable time when 
the exact drawer a certain part is in 
is not known. — A. J. Hettnch. Foss- 
Haghes Go. (Pierce- Arrow), Philadel- 
1)hia. 

(No. 70S) ELECTRO MAGNETIC 
LIFTER 

An old make and break dpark coil 
"forms the basis of a device for lifting 
steel and iron parts and is particularly 
useful in pulling valves out of the cylin- 
'ders after the springs have been re- 
moved. The core is made of a bundle of 
coarse iron wires. The outside of the 
coil is covered with tape and has a han- 
dle consisting of a strip of brass which 
■extends down the sides of the coil to the 
■«nd. This device has been found to be 
a great time-saver when removing valves 
from twin-six motors and is used in 
-connection with the valve tool described 
in the June 7 issue, Short-Cut No. 687. 
'This vnlve tool lifts the springs on all 
"twenty-foar valves at once. Then, after 



the valve plugs are removed, the en^ne 
is driven by the starting motor and the 
valves are removed wit£ the aid of the 
electromagnet. — Packard Motor Car Co. 
of Philadelphia. 

(No. 706) PISTON PIN REMOVER 
A device for forcing wrist-pins out of 
pistons may be made out of a screw and 
block which has a band of steel slightly 
larger than the diameter of the piston 
attached to it. The construction is 
clearly shown. The diameter of the band 
should be safHcient to take the largest 
piston. Smaller sizes may readily be ac- 
commodated, as the band will conform to 
the shape of any piston. — Automobile 
Sales Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 707) MOTOR STAND OF PIPE 



ntirely of pipe fittings. The left mem- 
ber may be slid to the right or left to 
provide for motors of different widths. 
This is possible because the horizontal 
openings in the cross-shaped pipe fit^ 
tmgs are large enough to take the cross 
pipe. Set screws are used to lock the 
stand after it has been adjusted to the 
desired width. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss- 
Hughes Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Phitadel- 

(No. 708) GEAR BOX REMOVER 
When a large gearbox is to be taken 
out of a car, it usually means that more 
than one man mnst be emnloyed, as the 
weight of the box, togetner with the 
awkward position it is in, makes it diffi- 
cult for one man. In such circumstances 
the chain hoist shown will be well worth 
while. Two steel bands pass under the 
gearbox to support it, and by using the 
chain hoist one man can lower the gear- 
box to the floor or vice versa. The chain 
hoist also gives a means of obtaining 
slight adjustments which are required in 
putting the box back in place. — W. L. 
Toffard, The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 709) GEAR PULLER 
This puller is designed particularly 
for camshaft and similar gears which are 
webbed. The puller arms are placed 
through the holes in the web. It in easy 
to make, strung and simple. — W. L. 
Toffard, The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 



When pressing gesrs off of 
shafts, especially when the 
parts are long and awkward 
to handle, the automatic ad- 
justable vise shown will be 
found convenient. It consists 
merely of a steel baseplate 
to which two uprights are 
hinged. The construction is 
such, however, that the pres- 
sure does not come on the 

pins which hold the two uprigh . 

bers, but is taken by the base itself. The 
pins are merely to hold the three parts 
of the device together so that they can- 



not be loot— W. L. Toffard, The Winton 
Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 711) TOWING PULLER 
A towing pole is sujierior to a tow- 
ing rope for bringing in disabled cara, 
for the reason that it keeps the cara at 
an even distance, there is no danger of 
one running into the other, and as thera 
is no slack, there is no excess strain on 
either cars from this cause. A par- 
ticularly good design of towing rope ia 
shown herewith. It is provided with 
universal joints, front and rear, to give 
perfect flexibility, and the front and rear 
portions of the pole are separated by a 
spring cushion which eliminates the 
jerks. One end of the pole is attached 
to a cylinder made of pipe and the othftr 
to a piston. The piston normally is held 
at the center of the cylinder by stilT coil 
springs at either side.— W. L. Toffard, 
The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 712) SINK FOR WASHING 
PARTS 

A ronghly made table, covered with tin 
or zinc and with a well in it for holding 
kerosene, makes a handy arrangement 
for cleaning parts. There is a drain 
at the bottom for removing the sedi- 
ment. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. 
(Pierce- Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 712a) WEAK SPARK REDUCES 

ECONOMY 
Wastefulness of fuel may be due to a 
weak spark as well as too rich a mix- 
ture, excess friction or leaky valves. The 
explanation is that the spark is not hot 



Hawkeye, la. 

(No. 712b) VALVE UFTER 
This valve lifter was designed for use 
on Overland cars, but has been found 
suitable for many others. It resembles 
a two-tined fork, and is inserted beneath 
the lock washer of the valve to be lifted, 
acting as a lever and forcing the washer 
upward. On some models the attach- 
ment of a chain permits the lifter to be 
used in the usual manner, but in most 
cases the lifter is bracea against the 
engine case. — Overland Service Station, 
Elyria, Ohio. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




104 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Bearing Cap Holder — Motor Lifter — Chassis Horse — Gearbox Stand — Bumper 
Straightener — Hub Remover — Ignition Tester — Lifting Magnet — Focusing Board 
— Transporting Bodies — Portable Grinder — Closing Casting Cracks — Danger in 
Water in Oil — Cause of Heating — Enamel Polish — ^How to Test Spark — Emery 

Wheel Speeds 



(No. 713) BEARING CAP HOLDER 

A simple means of holding bearing 
caps securely when they are to be filed 
is shown. It consists of a semi-circular 
piece of metal which fits into the hollow 
part of the bearing and to each end of 
which is pivoted two L-shaped mem- 
bers, projections on which are held tight 
in a vise in such a way that the beaxing 
cap is solid. — T. A. Strickler, Auto Car 
Sales & Service Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 714) MOTOR LIFTER 

The device illustrated is particularly 
for certain Winton models, but there are 
other cars to which it is adaptable. The 
crankcase is webbed between the sup- 
porting arms and there are four holes 
mto which the members of the lifter may 
be placed and fastened with nuts on the 
under side.— W. L. Toffard, The Winton 
Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 715) CHASSIS HORSE 

A horse which may be used for sup- 
porting th^ chassis when an axle is re- 
moved is shown herewith. It is extremely 
strong and substantial and takes up lit- 
tle space. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes 
Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 716) GEARBOX STAND 

This stand, which was designed for 
work on Pierce-Arrow cars but should 
have a wide application, greatly facili- 
tates this work. It provides a firm sup- 
port for the gearbox and enables the 
mechanic to do his work to his best ad- 
vantage, because the box is accessible 
from all sides and is placed sufficiently 
high so that he does not need to bend. — 
A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- 
Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 717) BUMPER STRAIGHTENER 

Straightening dents in bumpers and 
similar articles can be done in minimum 
time with the device illustrated. It is 
not necessary to remove the bumper 
from the car. The central member, 
which does the pulling, may be slid from 
one end to the other, as required, so 
that a dent in any part of the bumper 
may be removed. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss- 
Hughes Co. (Pierce-Arrow), Philadel- 
phia.. 

(No. 718) HUB REMOVER 

When it is necessary to remove the 
hub from a wooden wheel, difficulty is en- 
countered if the hub sticks, and if or- 
dinary methods are used there is danger 
of marring the wheel or injuring the 
hub. A square piece cut from a heavy 
plank with a hole in the center large 
enough to allow the hub to be pushed 
through, and reinforced at the ends with 
two bolts and two steel members, may 
be used to advantage. The wheel is 
placed over the hole and the hub is ham- 
mered off. — ^A. J. Hettrich. Foss-Hughes 
Co. (Pierce-Arrow), Philadelphia. 



(No. 719) IGNITION TESTER 

The box shown, with its three sets of 
terminals, is a complete device for test- 
ing electrical circuits. Two of the ter- 
minals are formed into brackets which 
hold a spark plug. An ordinary stor- 
age battery is used for supplying the 
current; the switch is not snown. An- 
other set of terminals have connected to 
them a set of high-tension wires for 
testing circuits throughout the motor. 
An ordinary high-tension coil is used 
for this work. There is another coil in 
the box, especially constructed, which 
gives a considerably higher voltage '^an 
the ordinary coil and which is used for 
locating broken wires and other defects 
in insulation and wiring. The voltage 
is so high that in a case of a broken 
wire, for example, the heat generated by 
the spark across the brake would be 
sufficient to bum the insulation, and thus 
would indicate where the fault was. — 
A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- 
Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 720) LIFTING MAGNET 

A convenient design of magnet for 
lifting small iron and steel parts is made 
from a piece of bar stock bent into the 
shape of a horseshoe and with a coil 
surrounding each pole. The hole is se- 
curely taped and the wires are connected 
by passing through a hole through the 
center of the handle, which is made of 
fiber. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes 
Co. (Pierce-Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 721) FOCUSING BOARD 

This is merelv a blackboard with an 
overhanging shelf at the top to shade it. 
It is usually placed about 4 ft. from the 
car and is provided with several crosses 
and circles (only two are shown), so that 
any set of headlights may be speedily 
focused. — A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes 
Co. (Pierce-Arrow), Philadelphia. 

(No. 722) TRANSPORTING BODIES 

The repairshop tow car may be used 
for carrying bodies by employing the 
simple rig shown. It consists of a frame 
of hickory, which is bolted over the box 
body of tne tow car, the overhanging 
rear being supported by braces. Four 
rollers placed transversely facilitate 
loading or unloading the body. — W. L. 
Toffard, The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 723) PORTABLE GRINDER 

An electric motor and starting box 
are mounted on a three-wheel truck, the 
motor driving a 5-in. emery wheel 
through a long flexible shaft. The out- 
fit is suitable for all sorts of rough 
Crrinding and is frequently used for 
grinding internal brakedrums on trucks 
after they have become worn. The 
necessity for this arises from the fact 
that after the drums have been in use 
for a considerable time a ridge appears 
on the edge of the drum. When the 
brakes are relined, it is usually difficult 



to put the wheel back in place unless 
this ridge is removed. — A. J. Hettrich, 
Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce-Arrow), Phil- 
adelphia. 

(No. 724) CLOSING CASTING CRACKS 

A solution of copper sulphate may be 
employed for closing small cracks in 
water jackets and similar places. It de- 
posits pure copper and thus gradually 
fills up the crack. The solution may be 
placed in the cooling system and left 
there until the leak disappears. 

(No. 725) DANGER IN WATER IN OIL 

When water is present in lubricating 
oil there is danger that it may collect 
at some point and freeze, with the prob- 
able result that some part will break. 
If the oil is drained from the crank- 
case every 500 miles, there is small 
chance of this happening, but it is a point 
which should be watched. The water 
may collect from the condensation of 
the moisture in the burnt gases which 
leak past the pistons or from a crack 
in the cylinder wall which allows water 
to escape from the water jacket. 

(No. 726) CAUSE OF HEATING 

Occasionally overheating will result 
from running with the spark advanced 
too far, for the same reason that causes 
overheating when the spark is retarded, 
namely, the cylinder surface to which 
the fiame is enlarged is increased and the 
time of combustion is increased. 

(No. 727) ENAMEL POLISH 

A good polish for enameled surfaces 
is the following: Oil of citranilla, 3 oz.; 
oil of cedar, 1^ oz.; oil of paraffin, 1 
pt.; turpentine, 1 gal. 

(No. 728) HOW TO TEST SPARK 

The ignition apparatus may give sat- 
isfactory sparks when tested at atmos- 
pheric pressure, but when the plugs are 
in the cylinders the extra resistance 
caused by the compression may prevent 
a spark from occurring or may weaken 
it. A simple method for determining 
the strength of the spark is to widen 
the test gap sufficiently so that the same 
resistance will be offered under atmos- 
pheric conditions as obtain in the cylin- 
der. A H-in. gap in the air is equivalent 
to that required by a plug under 60-lb. 
compression and ^-in. gap is equivalent 
to 90-lb. compression. 



(No. 728a) EMERY 

R.p.m. for 
Diameter 6.000 ft. 
Wheel, Peripheral 
In. Speed 

2 9.549 

S 6,866 

4 4.775 

5 3.820 

6 S.18S 

7 2.728 

8 2.887 



WHEEL SPEEDS 

R-p.m. for 



Diameter 

Wheel. 

In. 



5.000 ft. 

Peripheral 

Speed 



10 1.190 

12 1.592 

14 1,864 

16 1,194 

18 1.061 

20 955 

22 868 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




106 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Mica Cutter — ^Wheel Spindle Gage — Grinding Buick Valves — Chain Hoist Support 

— Oxygen Burning Aided — Brake Drum for Gong — Oil Drain Rack — Plug Pressure 

Tester — Float Valve Tester — Connecting-Rod Jig — Soldering Radiators 



(No. 729) MICA CUTTER 

High mica on the commutator may be 
removed by retruing the surface in a 
lathe, but if the commutator is not too 
rough, it is usually sufficient to cut the 
mica down below the surface of the com- 
mutator bars. The illustration shows a 
quick method of accomplishing this. A 
small tool steel cutter is mounted on a 
shaft driven by a pair of speedometer 
erears through a flexible speedometer 
shaft and tubing. — Automobile Sales 
Corp. (Cadillac), Philadelphia. 

(No. 730) WHEEL SPINDLE GAGE 

When a front wheel spindle is bent, it 
usually requires considerable time to 
straighten it. A simple gage is shown 
for aiding in this work. The spindle 
should be perpendicular to the shoulder 
at its base, consequently, a gage which 
rests squarely on this shoulder and has 
a pointer to indicate the correct posi- 
tion of the center of the spindle may 
be used to show when the spindle is true. 
— ^Automobile Sales Corp. (Cadillac), 
Philadelphia. 

(No. 731) GRINDING BUICK VALVES 

A simple way of grinding a Buick 
valve cage to a perfect seat is shown 
herewith. Through the center of the 
cage insert a round iron rod which has 
been threaded for a nut at the two places 
shown. Then tighten the nuts. With the 
rod as a handle, the cage can be ro- 
tated easily. — ^Wilson's Garage, Hunt- 
ingdon, Pa. 

(No. 732) CTHAIN HOIST SUPPORT 

In many cases the roof trusses of a 
building are not strong enough to stand 
the strain of a chain hoist and its load. 
In such cases the truss can be braced 
with a length of iron pipe, which can be 
bolted to the truss and to the side wall. 
All the necessary fittings can be ob- 
tained at a plumbers' supply house. — 
Packard Motor Car Co. of Philadelphia, 
Bethlehem, Pa. 

(No. 733) OXYGEN BURNING AIDED 

The removal of carbon by oxygren burn- 
ing is successful or not, depending on 
the method used. If every vestige is 
burned away the result must be satisfac- 
tory, but if a few patches of carbon re- 
main on the walls, they quickly grow in 
size and soon the cylinder must be 



cleaned again. The difficulty in burning 
the cylinder clean arises from the fact 
that as the carbon is burned away, it 
does not burn evenly, but spots on the 
cylinder walls will become clean while 
other spots may be thickly covered with 
carbon. Towards the end of the process 
these spots become scattered, so that 
the flame cannot spread from one to an- 
other. The result is that the flame fre- 
quently goes out. Under these circum- 
stances it is almost impossible to burn 
the cylinder clean. A simple means of 
surmounting this difficulty is to use an 
electric spark to ignite the carbon. A 
wire may be attached to the oxygren noz- 
zle, the other wire grounded on the car, 
and then the switch is closed. A spark 
will occur when the nozzle is touched 
to any part of the car and then removed. 
This gives a simple and ready means 
of producing a spark right at the tip of 
the nozzle, where it is desired. The spark 
is supplied by a battery of five cells, con- 
nected with a make-and-break coil to in- 
tensify the spark. A switch is provided 
on the nozzle pipe, so that the spark 
only occurs when it is closed. The elec- 
trical apparatus, as well as the oxygen 
tank, is mounted on a two-wheeled truck. 
— A. J. Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. 
( Pierce- Arrow ) , Philadelphia. 

(No. 734) BRAKE DRUM FOR GONG 

In a busy shop the din is so great that 
it is difficult to hear the ordinary bell. 
A powerful gong may be constructed out 
of an ordinary brake drum, using a large 
electric bell and hammer to ring it by. — 
Cadillac Automobile Co. of Boston, 
Boston. 

(No. 735) OIL DRAIN RACK 

Where much oil is sold, a draining 
rack is a convenience and also serves to 
save much oil that otherwise would be 
lost. This can be a light wood box about 
2 ft. square and fitted inside with a tin 
lining. A number of holes in the cover 
serve to receive the small ends of the 
funnels used in selling oil. — Deitrich Mo- 
tor Car Co., Allentown, Pa. 

(No. 736) PLUG PRESSURE TESTER 

A simple device for testing spark plugs 
under pressure can be made of a short 
length of ordinary 8-in. iron pipe and 
two blind ends. The lengrth of pipe 
should be about 6 in. long and the blind 
ends are screwed tightly on the ends. In 



one blind end a central window is cut 
and a piece of heavy plate glass is fast- 
ened in place, as shown. In the other 
end, several holes may be drilled and 
tapped for standard spark plug threads. 
The air pressure, taken from the com- 
pressed air tank, is led in through a 
threaded hole in the same end. — Berks 
Garage & Auto Co., Reading, Pa. 



(No. 737) FLOAT VALVE TESTER 

This illustration shows a device for de- 
termining whether the float valve of th#» 
carbureter leaks. It is designed par- 
ticularly for pressure systems, although 
it may be used for the ordinary gravity 
system by simply removing the pressure. 
It consists of a tank partly filled with 
gasoline and provided with an air gage 
and hand pump. The carbureter is at- 
tached, the pressure raised to the re- 
quired amount, and then the carbureter 
is allowed to stand for several hours to 
determine whether any leakage takes 
place. Float valves which may not leak 
at all when tested under a small gravity 
head, will leak badly when put under a 
few pounds pressure. — A. J. Hettrich, 
Foss-Hughes Co. ( Pierce- Arrow ) , Phila- 
delphia. 



(No. 738) CONNECTING-ROD JIG 

The connecting-rod jig shown may be 
used for determining the truth of any 
size of rod. Different mandrels for the 
wrist-pin and crank-pin ends are required 
for each rod, however. The rod is 
clamped ai'ound the crank-pin mandrel 
and if it is true the wrist-pin mandrel 
should touch both sides of the jig. — A. J. 
Hettrich, Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- Ar- 
row), Philadelphia. 



(No. 739) SOLDERING RADIATORS 

Dipping is a quicker and more satis- 
factory way to solder the tubes of a 
radiator in place. The objection to the 
use of the soldering iron is that the 
tubes are so inaccessible that it is diffi- 
cult to solder, and if a blow torch is used, 
there is danger of melting some of the 
joints previously soldered. The ideal 
method is to provide a solder bath. The 
parts to be soldered are thoroughly 
cleaned and then the radiator dipped. 
The solder naturally will only adhere to 
the parts that are clean. — A. J. Hettrich, 
Foss-Hughes Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Phils' 
delphia. 



AUTOMOBILE RBPAIKSHOF SHOBT-CUTS 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Protecting Air Hose— Grinder Mounting — Hinged Stairway — Gasoline Hose Sup- 
port — Car-Lifting Device — Convenient Drilling Chuck — Tire Rack — Portable 
Garage Lamp — Knife for Switch Test — Torch Stand — Connecting-Rod Kink — 
Composition of Standard Alloys and Solders 



(So. 740) PROTECTING AIR HOSE 

Compressed air at erory pillar In a 
garage is a convenience, though it is not 
always easy to provide for the safety of 
the tubing. If ttae pillars are hollow, the 
tubing can be mad« to rise out of the 
way by weighting it, as shown. The 
counterweight descends into the center of 
the pillar. — Keystone Motor Co., Lewis- 
town, Pa. 

(No. 741) GRINDER MOUNTING 

A small grinder can be mounted on a 
box bracket on the wall. The box be- 
neath the grinder provides a convenient 
place for small tools, spare wheels, buff 
wheels, etc. — Northampton County Buick 
Co., Easton, Pa. 

(No. 742) HINGED STAIRWAY 

Where a small hanging ^Ilery has 
been put in a garage, a convenient means 
of reaching it is a hanging stairway. 
This is hinged at the upper end and when 
not in use can be pulled up out of the 
way by means of a block and tackle, 
fs stoned to the roof beams. — Keystone 
Garage, Allentown, Pa. 
(No. 743) GASOLINE HOSE SUPPORT 

At best a gasoline hose is compara- 
tively short-lived. The fuel attacks it on 
the inside and it is thrown and knocked 
around, kinked and bent so that the out- 
side does not stand up as it should. A 
remedy is to provide a hose rest, as 
shown. The groove of the rest is curved. 
The advantage of this simple device is 
that it is easier to throw the hose up into 
the groove, where it will be supported 
properly and protected against injury, 
than it would be to wind it around the 
top of the pump or throw it on the floor, 
almost. — Van's Garage, Pougbkeepsie. 

(No. 744) CAR-LIPTING DEVICE 

A double hook placed over the frame, 
ss shown, is extremely handy in support- 
ting the car white a wheel is removed. 
By using two of these brackets l>oth 
wheels or the axle may be taken out with 
ease. The brackets extend front out of 
the way, so that the mechanic has full 
freedom in working on the car. They 
may be used just as well at the rear as 
at the front. — Locomobile Co. of America 
(branch). Philadelphia. 
(No. 745) CONVENIENT DRILLING 
CHUCK 

When the space in constricted it is 

often difficult to use an ordinary breast 

' or pneumatic drill, and in some cases it 

is impossible unless considerable time is 

■pent in disassemblint; the parts. A way 



the insulation enough to cause trouble. 
— Berks Garage & Auto Co., Beading, Pa. 

(No. 749) TORCH STAND 

An excellent adjustable stand for a 
torch can be made of a discarded fly- 
wheel for a base and a %-in. round rod 
The rod is driven into the hole in tbs 
center of the flywheel, which, if too 
Isrge, can be filled up with melted lead. 
The other member can be bent as shown 
and the weight of the torch will hold it 
securely in place. — Berks (Parage & Auto 
Co., Reading, Pa. 

(No. 749a) CONNECTING-ROD LINK 
When overhauling an engine the con- 
necting-rods should not be placed with 
the rest of the parts. In the first place 
the bearing surfaces are liable to be in- 
jured and besides it is not easy to find 
the desired connecting-rods quickly on 
assembly. This is particularly true in a 
case of 8 or 12 cylinder engines. By the 
use of a metal box divided into small 
compartments, each connecting assem- 
bly may be isolated — No, 1 connecting 
rod in a No. 1 box, and so on in the 
same order as they move from the en- 



to save this time is to build a drilling de- 
vice consisting of two bevel gears mount- 
ed in a substantial steel box, one gear 
being driven by a flexible shaft and the 
other driving the chuck. — A. J. Hettrich, 
FoBS-Hughes Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Phila- 
delphia. 

(No. 746) TIRE RACK 

A convenient tire rack which attaches 
to the ceiling can be made of ordinary 
iron pipe and fittings. The main member 
is made of 2 -in. pipe, into which are 
screwed the nipples to hold the project- 
ing members. The projecting members 
should be about 3 ft. long and should be 
on 3-ft. centers to allow room for the 
largest sizes of tires. — Palmer Garage, 
Easton, Pa. 
(No. 747) PORTABLE GARAGE LAMP 

This lamp was made primarily to l>e 
used in washing sutomobiles at night, but 
has also proved to be of much value in 
night work of any nature. The vertical 
support snd cross-braces are made of 
wrought-iron pipe, and the base is made 
of %-in. L's welded onto the upright' 
member. The reflectors are made of 
sheet metal, the inside being enameled 
white and the outside green, as 
was the balance of the lamp. 
The floor end of the angles were 
flattened and carried castors. 
These, cotnbined with a long ex- 
tension cord, allowed the lamp 
to be moved to any desired po- 
sition. — Hodskin Garage, Can- 
ton, N. Y. 

(No. 746) KNIFE FOR 
SWITCH TEST 

To test a switch in order to 
ascertain whether it is short- 
circuited or whether one or both of the 
wires have become detached, press a knife 
blade through the insulation of both wires 
leading to the switch. This will not harm 

COMPOSITION OF STANDARD ALLOYS AND SOLDERS 

Anti- Bii- 

ALLOYS Tin Copper Zinc mony Lead muth 

Brass engine bearings U 112 '4 

Babbitt 10 1 .. 1 .. 

Metal to expand in cooling 2 9 1 

Pewter 100 17 

Spelter 1 1 

SOLDERS 

For Lead 1 

For Tin ' 

For Pewler 2 

For BraziriT (hardest) 

For Brazing (hard) 

For Brazing (soft) 1 

For Brazing iiott) 2 




gine, so there is no possibility of confu- 
sion on assembly. — Willys-Knight Div. 
Willys-Overland Co., Elyria, Ohio. 



IM 



AUTOMOBn.E REPAIRSHOP SHOBi 




no 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Windshield Repair — Emergency Insulation — Rain Vision Windshield — Tap Wrench 
— Emergency Valve Remover — Nut and Bolt Holder — Adjustable Light — Stud 
Remover — Simple Motor Stand — Wrench Handles — Elevator Gate — Parts Conveyor 



(No. 750) WINDSHIELD REPAIR 

Upper halves of windshields do not al- 
ways stay put, especially when worn; 
there is a tendency for the upper section 
to fall over. In the construction shown 
the position of this part is determined by 
a pair of disks at each end. These are 
held in contact by stiff coil springs, and 
additional friction is obtained by having 
a series of raised points on one disk and 
cupped ones registeiing with these on 
the other. Sometimes the springs may 
be adjusted; but if not, or if this is not 
sufficient, a leather washer placed as 
shown will do the trick.— S. P. M. 

(No. 751) EMERGENCY INSULATION 

Tire tape is not the only means of 
temporarily repairing wires with broken- 
down insulation. It is surely the moat 
convenient; but if none is at hand, cord 
may be tightly bound around the defect- 
ive section as shown, or even strips of 
paper may be used. In the latter case 
there is danger of current leakage until 
the mucilage dries; for this reason, and 
because of its insulating properties, tire 
cement is preferable. — H. F. B. 

(No. 752) RAIN VISION WINDSHIELD 

Rain-vision windshields are common on 
closed cars but unusual on open ones. It 
is a simple matter, however, to add this 
feature. The upper section of a wind- 
shield is mounted on the front of the top, 
two specially made brackets being used 
to hold it in place. It catches the rain 
and the regular windshield protects the 
driver from the wind. — W. B. Snyder. 

(No. 753) TAP WRENCH 

The tapping of small holes is facili- 
tated by the use of a tap wrench, which 
consists of a hexagonal nut mounted on 
a short rod and having square holes in 
each of the faces. Each of these holes 
is made to fit a different sized tap, there 
being six holes. 

(No. 754) EMERGENCY VALVE RE- 
MOVER 

Myriads of valve removers have been 
designed, some simple and some compli- 
cated, but the simplest of all is merely 
an S wrench. The jaws at one end form 
the yoke which slips around the end of 
the valve stem. The wrench is supported 
by a stout wire which is attached to any 
convenient point on the cylinder. 

(No. 755) NUT AND BOLT HOLDER 

Considerable time may be saved when 
nuts and bolts of a given size and from a 
certain part of the car may be kept to- 
gether. This is readily done by con- 



struction of the holder shown. In the 
center are several stiff pieces of wire, 
over each one of which washers and nuts 
of any particular size may be dropped. 
Thus all the nuts and washers holding 
the two halves of the crankcase, for ex- 
ample, would be carried on one of these 
wires. Bolts are dropped into the slots 
around the sides of the holder. The four 
slots are all different in width, so that 
bolts of various sizes may be accommo- 
dated. This is better than a series of 
compartments in a box, because the dif- 
ferent nuts are always in sight. 

(No. 756) ADJUSTABLE LIGHT 

Instead of having the drop light at- 
tached to a flexible cord, it will often be 
found of greater advantage to use the 
universal bracket shown. Particularly 
will this be true when it is necessary to 
illuminate parts that cannot easily be 
reached by the former. The universal 
bracket may be made out of bar stock or 
pipe, and consists of an upright standard 
from which projects a long arm which 
has a joint which allows it to be moved 
in any direction. At the end of this arm 
there is a similar short one attached by 
a similar joint. 

(No. 757) STUD REMOVER 

Studp,, especially those difficult to move, 
may be taken out with the aid of a split 
nut and a C clamp. The nut is screwed 
over the stud, and then the clamp is 
screwed down on it until the nut grips 
the stud firmly. 

(No. 758) SIMPLE MOTOR STAND 

A substantial motor stand that is 
easily adjustable can be made of 2 x 4s. 
as shown. The base should be made of 
a single heavy block of wood, if pos- 
sible, in order to grive the necessary 
rigidity. The adjustable feature is the 
bar which' spans the two side members. 
This can be forged of %-in. round iron 
and will be plenty strong enough for al- 
most any size motor. — Overland Garage, 
Harrisburg, Pa. 

(No. 759) WRENCH HANDLES 

Wrench handles in odd sizes and shapes 
are often required in order to do the 
work in minimum time. Sometimes a 
very short handle is necessary to clear a 
closely projecting part, sometimes a long 
one for a nut which must be attacked 
from a distance because of cramped quar- 
ters; then there are various types with 
curved handles to meet the peculiarities 
of design of certain cars. Sometimes a 
wrench with thin jaws is required, and 



again one with thick jaws. All these 
types may be combined in one by having 
several jaws and handles, the two being 
threaded into each other. 

(No. 760) ELEVATOR GATE 

A satisfactory elevator gate can be 
made of two planks about % in. thick 
and of the proper length. These are^ 
bolted to shorter leng^ths at each end by 
means of a single bolt through the center 
as shown. A counterweight is then at- 
tached, with the rope running through a. 
pulley hung to the ceiling, and an addi- 
tional rope provided for raising the gate. 
The gate folds into small space when 
raised. — Crispen Motor Car Co., Harris- 
burg, Pa. 

(No. 760a) PARTS CONVEYOR 

In cases where the repairshop is di- 
rectly over the stockroom, small parts 
may be quickly carried from one to the 
other by the conveyor shown. It com- 
prises a wire netting box, 6 in. sq. and 
12 in. deep, mounted on two piano wire 
guides connecting the two rooms, and 




^P 



GUIDE 
W1RE?S 



^-. 




QS^M: 



TOOL 
ROOM 




operated by a hand rope running over a 
drum secured at the roof of the repair- 
shop. This drum has two diameters, 
one 2 in. and one 8 in., the hand rope 
running over the smaller drum. Then 
when the hand wheel is pulled, the box 
is carried up with one-fourth the motion 
otherwise necessary. — John D. Rommel, 
Overland-Louisville Co., Louisville, Ky. 



AUTOMOBILE BEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




112 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Camshaft Puller — Carbon Scraping Tools — Adjustable Puller — Flywheel Lever — 
Battery Grid Press — Piston Ring Spreader — Welding Tank Frame — Magnetic Pick- 
up — Straightening Axle — Repairshop Horse — Adjusting Brake — Offset Screw- 
driver — Emery Wheel Guard — Rack for Tires — Removing Bevel Pinion 



<No. 761) CAMSHAFT PULLER 

Camshafts may readily be drawn out 
by the tool shown. The timing gear is 
ftret removed and then the puller ia 
screwed over the end. This member of 
the puller is free to turn on the ton; 
screw which actually does the pulling. 
The mechanism is mounted on a length 
of 3-in. pipe. — C. E. Bradish, Connell & 
McCone Co. (Overland), Boston. 

(No. 7«2> CARBON SCRAPING TOOLS 

With the tools illustrated almost any 
motor may be cleaned of carbon without 
removing the cylinders from the crank- 
case. The various shapes enable the me- 
chanic to reach the most inaccessible 
parts of the combustion chamber. — John 
R. Mason, Fenway Garage, Boston. 

(No. 763) ADJUSTABLE PULLER 
The feature of this puller is the pe- 
culiar shaped hooka designed so that they 
may be effective on a wide range of 
gears. The arms are exceptionally strong 
and will grip firmly whether they are 
swung in to hold a small object or out 
to hold a large one. — C. E. Bradish, Con- 
nell & McCone Co. (Overland), Boston. 

{No. 764) FLYWHEEL LEVER 
When overhauling a motor, particularly 
when scraping bearings, it is necessary 
to frequently rotate the crankshaft. 
Usually it is so stiff that more leverage 
is necessary than that obtainable by 
merely grasping the rim of the flywheel. 
The lever shown is an excellent tool for 
aiding in this work. — C. E. Bradish, 
Connell & McCone (Overland), Boston. 

<No. 765) BATTERY GRID PRESS 
When storage battery plates become 
buckled they may be straightened by 
applying pressure. An arbor press, or 
even a vise, may be used, but where 
considerable work is done the small press 
shown will be found to be a great con- 
venience. — C. E. Bradish, Connell & Mc- 
Cone (Overland), Boston. 



(No. 76.6) PISTON RING SPREADER 

Piston rings may readily be expanded 
so that they can slip over the pistons by 
the use nf the tool shown. It consists 
merely of a ateel ring with handles so 
that it may be expanded. At the top 
of each handle is a little nub which fits 
in the step of the ring. — Fenway Ga- 
rage, Boston. 

(No. 767) WELDING TANK FRAME 

Tanks of acetylene and oxygen for 

welding and brazing are heavy and diffi- 



cult to carry. The illustration shows a 
substantial frame for holding these units. 
It is made of flat bar atock and angle 
iron and is mounted on casters. There 
is a tool box in one comer in which not 
only tools, but also tips, fluxes and all 
the necessary paraphernalia for doing 
work of this character is carried. 

(No. 768) MAGNETIC PICKUP 
The small diameter of this tool makes 
it excellent for picking up small iron 
and steel articles which have 
dropped into inaccessible 
places. One side of the coil 
is grounded on the handle 
and the other is attached to 
an insulated wire which runs 
up the handle and from 
thence to the battery. The 
other wire from the battery 
is connected to a small in- 
sulated sleeve at the base of 
the handle, so that by squeez- 
ing the handle the circuit is 
closed.— C. E. Bradish, Con- 
nell & McCone (Overland), 
Boston. 
(No. 769) STRAIGHTEN- 
ING AXLE 
An axle was bent by the 
hub striking a pole and the 
owner was desirous of having 
the repair effected in the 
shortest time. This was ac- 
complished by cutting a 2 x 
4 ao that it could be securely 
wedged between the hub and a ceiling 
beam. Then a jack was placed at the 

Coint where the bend occurred and the 
an die operated until the axle was 
straightened. 

(No. 770) REPAIRSHOP HORSE 
A serviceable and durable repairshop 
horse may be made from channel sec- 
tions and iron pipe, welded together by 
means of an ojty-acetyiene welding out- 
fit. When used to hold motors with 
three point suspension, a cross brace 
may be used, being held in place by 
lugs fitting into the slots between the 
channels. 

(No. 771) ADJUSTING BRAKE 
The illustration shows a method of 
using a jack for changing the adjustment 
of the brakes on an Overland. It will be 
found particularly useful when the parts 
stick.— M. C. H. 

(No. 772) OFFSET SCREWDRIVER 
Offset screwdrivers are as convenient 
to use as they are simple to make. They 
enable screws set in accessible locations 
to be reached with ease and are particu- 
larly useful to hold a machine acrew head 
while the nut is turned with a wrench 



(No. 773) EMERY WHEEL GUARD 

In most shops goggles are provided 
for the workmen, to be used when work- 
ing on an emery wheel. Too often these 
are not used, and accidents result. 
These accidents are not often serious, 
but break into the work routing and 
destroy efficiency. Any protective de- 
vice should be so designed that it is 
easier to use it than to neglect it. A 




small glass window, held in a metal 
frame, so that it may be swung over 
the face of the wheel, beneath the eyes 
of the workman, is an effective guard. 
It is hinged to a hanger at the rear of 
the wheel, and in no way interferes with 
the work. — Cadillac Motor Car Co., De- 
troit, Mich. 

(No. 774) RACK FOR TIRES 

A rack for holding stock tires in po- 
sition can he made of U-in. round iron 
rod fastened in place by ordinary staples. 
The rods should be about 5 in. apart 
in order to allow room for the larger 
sizes of tires. — Vuille Motor Co., Hunt- 
ingdon, Pa. 
(No. 775) REMOVING BEVEL PINION 

To remove a tight bevel pinion on a 
taper seat, remove nut and rest edge of 
gear on bench. Take a cold chisel and 
round the end so that it will fit into the 
bottom of the tooth space, not touching 
the sides of the teeth. Put the chisel in 
place and strike several blows with a 
heavy hammer, and the pinion can be re- 
moved easily without damaging It in any 
way. — Cornell & Barber, Canton, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REFAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




114 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Steering Wheel Puller — Generator Testing Board — Connec ting-Rod Mandrel — Hub 
Wheel Puller — Wrench for Close Quarters — Timing Gear Puller — Headlight Frost- 
ing — Cylinder Caliper — Electric Drill Press — Lapping Tool — Open Stock Bin 



(No. 776) STEERING WHEEL PULLER 

A simple form of steering wheel puller 
is shown herewith. It differs from most 
of those seen in that it is merely a large 
jaw which fits around the rim of the 
wheel. It is cheap and easy to make. — 
Herbert Johnson, Beacon Motor Car Co. 
(Peerless), Boston. 



(No. 777) GENERATOR TESTING 

BOARD 

When a generator gives trouble it is 
often necessary to remove it from the 
car and run it at various speeds, using 
voltmeter, ammeter and cut-out to deter- 
mine where the trouble is. It is essential 
to have an apparatus which may be 
mounted quickly and on which the driv- 
ing mechanism may be connected with 
little trouble. The generator is bolted 
to a board which is hinged to the bench. 
A pulley is clamped to the generator 
shaft and a belt is connected between it 
and the pulley on the motor. The ten- 
sion of the belt is secured by the adjust- 
ment of a roller between the board and 
the top of the table. The roller is merely 
a piece of 2% -in. pipe. — Herbert John- 
son, Beacon Motor Car Co. (Peerless), 
Boston. 



(No. 778) CONNECTING-ROD MAN- 
DREL 

A quick way to lap in connecting-rod 
bearings is to- use a mandrel, which is 
merely a bar the same diameter as the 
crank-pin and flattened for a distance at 
the center so that it may readily be 
placed in a vise. The mandrel is not 
only more convenient to work on, but has 
the advantage that the connecting-rod 
may be removed for inspection without 
unbolting the bearing cap. If the man- 
drel is perfectly straight, it may also be 
used to determine whether the connect- 
ing-rod is bent or not by testing it 
with a try-square. — J. M. MacAlman 
(Steams), Boston. 



(No. 779) HUB WHEEL PULLER 

The difficulty with the ordinary hub 
type of wheel puller, for removing wheels 
from semi-floating axles particularly, is 
that when the wheel is badly rusted to 
the axle it is not powerful enough to 
work and some other type of puller must 
be employed. By a slight modification of 
the design of this puller, however, the 
ordinary hub design may be made to meet 



all requirements. The pulling screw on 
the device illustrated is drilled through 
its full length and a hardened steel rod 
is placed inside of it. The hub of the 
puller is first screwed into place and then 
the screw is turned tight. So far, the 
operation is not different from the or- 
dinary. The next step is to strike the 
rod inside the screw several sharp blows 
and this force, added to the pull already 
exerted by the screw of the puller, is 
sufficient to loosen the most refractory 
wheel. — C. E. Bradish, Connell & Mc- 
Kone (Overland), Boston. 



(No. 780) WRENCH FOR CLOSE 
QUARTERS 

Occasionally a nut on a car will be so 
placed that it will be impossible to put 
an ordinary wrench in place to move it. 
The space is so cramped that the wrench 
handle can only be moved a few degrees 
before a new hold is necessary and this 
is not far enough for even an S wrench 
to obtain a new grip. The wrench shown 
will be valuable under such circum- 
stances. It is designed especially for 
turning up the packing gland nuts on 
the water pump on a certain car but 
there are many other places where it 
might be employed to advantage. — Her- 
bert Johnson, Beacon Motor Car Co. 
(Peerless), Boston. 



(No. 781) TIMING GEAR PULLER 

A special puller for timing gears, that 
is strong and simple, is illustrated here- 
with. It is designed to go through the 
holes in the web of the gear and is then 
turned to the left as far as possible, so 
that the three feet of the puller bear 
against the web and thus draw the gear 
off when pressure is applied by timing 
the central screw. 



(No. 782) HEADLIGHT FROSTING 

Recently there has been a great de- 
mand for frosted headlight glasses, and 
particularly for glasses in which only the 
upper half is frosted. This offers a good 
opportunity for making money, as it is 
the work of only a few moments to frost 
a pair of glasses, and the apparatus re- 
quired is exceedingly simple. Sand and 
compressed air are the principal things 
required. In other words, the frosting is 
accomplished by the use of a sand blast. 
A box is constructed, as shown, with half 
of the top of glass and the rest of cloth 
and the upper half of the front, also of 



cloth. The sand reservoir is suspended 
from the ceiling, and from it a pipe runs 
down to join the compressed-air pipe, 
which is horizontal. The headlight glass 
is placed in the back of the box and then 
all is ready. The sand and compressed 
air are turned on until a powerful stream 
of sand is obtained, and this is directed 
against the glass. If only half of the 
glass is to be frosted the other half is 
protected by pasting a piece of heavy pa- 
per over it. More intricate designs may 
be produced by the same method. — Her- 
bert Johnson, Beacon Motor Car Co. 
(Peerless), Boston. 

(No. 783) CYLINDER CALIPER 

A device for determining the irregular- 
ities in the cylinder surface consists of a 
short strip of angle iron which bears on 
one side of the cylinder and supports an 
adjustable member perpendicular to it 
which carries the indicating member of 
the caliper. This is held in contact with 
the cylinder wall by a spring, and as the 
device is moved over the surface the nee- 
dle magnifies the movement, which may 
be read on the scale at the end of the in- 
strument. — Herbert Johnson, Beacon Mo- 
tor Car Co. (Peerless), Boston. 

(No. 784) ELECTRIC DRILL PRESS 

In a small shop it is not always advis- 
able to buy a drill press; even a small 
one is a greater outlay than is warrant- 
ed by the volume of work. A solution of 
this difficulty is a portable electric drill, 
together with the device shown, in which 
it is mounted. This peculiar drill press 
may be used for all ordinary work, and 
in addition the electric drill may be used 
separately. — E. T. Linehan, Cole Motor 
Co. of Boston (Cole),. Boston. 

(No. 785) LAPPING TOOL 

The accompanying illustratioti shows a 
simple lapping tool consisting of a single 
piece of %-in. stock. It may be made in 
a few minutes by any blacksmith. 

(No. 786) OPEN STOCK BIN 

The large pans shown herewith and ar- 
ranged in a suitable metal rack are excel- 
lent for storing parts, either carried in 
stock or from a car being overhauled. 
Since they are open, the material in them 
is readily seen and easy to remove. Whan 
desired the whole pan may be taken out 
and carried to the work, which is an add- 
ed advantage. — C. E. Bradish, ConnelU 
McKone (Overland), Boston. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




116 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Valve Spring Lifter — Generator-Bearing — Babbitt Hammer Mold — Adjustable 
Puller — ^^Camshaft Gear Puller — Valve Spring Tester — Generator Testing Set — 
Auxiliary Jack — Valve Spring Remover — Crankshaft Stand — Valve Guide Swedge 

— Generator Brush Care 



(No. 787) VALVE SPRING LIFTER 

An adjustable valve spring lifter that 
possesses the added advantage of holding 
the valve down from the top is shown 
herewith. It is cheap and easy to make, 
and may be adjusted to fit many makes 
of cars. — G. A. Wadman, J. W. Maguire 
Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Boston. 

(No. 788) GENERATOR-BEARING 

Inaccessible generator bearings may 
be easily removed by the device shown. 
The two halves of the puller are first 
slipped beneath the overhanging edge of 
the bearing and tightened by means of 
the bolts. A screwdriver may then be 
used to pry the bearing loose. — J. E. 
Quinn, Studebaker Corp., Boston. 

(No. 789) BABBITT HAMMER MOLD 

A serviceable babbitt hammer mold 
may be* made from a hardwood block. 
A large hole is drilled lengthwise 
through the block and a smaller hole 
for the handle is drilled at right angles 
to it. The block is then sawed in two, 
after the bottom plate has been screwed 
into place. To use, the two halves are 
clamped together, with the handle in 
place, and the mold is ready for the 
molten babbitt. Care must be taken to 
have the hold dry, and the babbitt 
should be poured slowly. In removing 
gears and arbors, or in any place that 
there is danger of upsetting the work, 
the babbitt hammer is indispensable. 

(No. 790) ADJUSTABLE PULLER 

Time is lost in the adjustment of the 
jaws of a gear or wheel puller. The 
work is facilitated by the use of a puller 
having the adjusting holes cut away to 
the sides in the manner shown. The 
jaws may readily be moved from one 
position to the other, and are securely 
locked in place when the screw is tight- 
ened onto the work. Jaws made thus 
should be extra heavy, as the removal 
of the stock tends to reduce the 
strength. — George Schuster, Henshaw 
Motor Co. (Dodge), Boston. 

(No. 791) CAMSHAFT GEAR PULLER 

It is often difficult for a workman to 
remove the gear from a camshaft alone. 
The difficulty arises in catching the 
jaws of the puller beneath the gear and 
tightening the bolt at the same time. 
With the puller illustrated, the fixed 
jaw may be placed beneath the gear and 
the adjustable jaw caught by turning 
the thumbscrew. The puller may then 
be held in place with one hand until the 



screw is tightened, after which the op- 
eration is the same as with the ordinary 
puller. — J. L. Hall (Jeffery), Boston. 

(No. 792) VALVE SPRING TESTER 

The valve springs of a motor must 
have the correct tension, or the motor 
will not run smoothly. This may be de- 
termined by ascertaining the pressure 
necessary to deflect the spring a griven 
amount. A testing set may be made up 
from an old valve, mounted in a thread- 
ed guide that is secured to the bench 
by means of an iron brace. The spring 
is placed on the valve rod and the lock- 
ing collar tightened down until the 
spring has the same length as when in 
the motor. A stirrup is then hooked 
between the lower end of the valve 
stem and a spring balance connected 
through a cable to a pedal. Pressure 
on the pedal will compress the spring. 
A notch is made on the valve stem ex- 
actly ^ in. below the edge of the seat, 
and the tension is taken at the time the 
notch appears. A table of the number 
of pounds necessary to compress valve 
springs from the common types of cars 
should be posted near the apparatus. 
Reference to this table will show if the 
spring is all right. The data for the 
table may be obtained from the car 
manufacturer. — G. A. Wadman, J. W. 
Maguire Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Boston. 

(No. 793) GENERATOR TESTING SET 

Disabled generators can best be test- 
ed and repaired by means of a special 
testing stand. The layout shown per- 
mits the generator to be quickly mount- 
ed, run at any desired speed, and the 
trouble located by the resulting instru- 
ment readings. A pulley is clamped to 
the generator shaft and the generator 
clamped to the carriage. Lateral mo- 
tion of the carriage governs the belt 
tension, and the carriage is locked by 
the same bolt that holds the generator. 

r. E. Quinn, Studebaker Corp., Boston. 



(No. 794) AUXILIARY JACK 

It is ofttimes necessary to block a car 
up and remove the jack for other pur- 
poses, and an auxiliary jack offers a 
ready method. One may be made up 
from a piece of iron pipe, oxy-acetylene- 
welded onto a strap-iron base and carry- 
ing an adjustable upright of steel turned 
down to fit the inside of the pipe. Holes 
are drilled at inch intervals in the up- 
right, and the insertion of a steel pin 
locks the jack in the required position. 



A flat piece of steel turned up at the 
ends offers a rest for the work. 

(No. 795) VALVE SPRING REMOVER 

A valve remover that may be uaed on 
many makes of cars is made up from 
two pieces of strap iron and a threaded 
rod. The lower bar is placed between 
the engine frame and the chassis, and 
is slotted to permit the lateral move- 
ment of the fulcrum. The threaded up- 
right with the two nuts permits up-and- 
down adjustment, and the plate at the 
top offers a rest for the lever while 
prying up the valve washer. Each end 
of the lever is notched — one large and 
one small — for different sizes of valves. 
The set may be made readily by any 
blacksmith. — J. Guinazzo (Winton), 
Hyde Park, Mass. 

(No. 796) CRANKSHAFT STAND 

After removal from the engine the 
crankshaft is usually placed on the 
bench or in a box, where there is danger 
of injury to the polished bearings. The 
wooden rests shown remove this danger 
and may be made up in a few minutes. 
— G. A. Wadman, J. W. Maguire Co. 
(Pierce- Arrow), Boston. 

(No. 797) VALVE GUIDE SWEDGE 

Worn pushrod guides may be made 
quiet and oil-tight by the use of a 
swedge and swedge block. The upper 
portion of the guide is placed in the lower 
swedge block, the upper swedge block 
placed upon it. Then, by turning the 
guide with tongs and hammering the 
upper swedge block, the metal is forced 
into the hole. The guide may then be 
reamed to the correct size and replaced 
in the engine. — G. A. Wadman, J. W. Ma- 
guire Co. (Pierce- Arrow), Boston. 

(No. 797a) GENERATOR BRUSH 

CARE 

The dynamo brushes should be inspect- 
ed and cleaned about every 2000 miles. 
Do not oil them. When worn down to 
about % in. long replace with a new set. 
New brushes should be cn^ound to a per- 
fect seat on the commutator by drawing 
a piece of sandpaper, smooth side against 
face of commutator, several times under 
each brush, at the same time holding 
brush firmly against the paper. Keep 
the brush cover tight at all times and 
avoid soaking the dynamo with water or 
oil, as this will cause unnecessary trouble. 
Never install brushes other than those 
furnished by the mnnufacturera. — King 
Instruction Book. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




118 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Wire Beading Former — Shaft Straightening — Replacing Guides — Flange Puller — 
Rod Wrench — Spring Clip Tong — Quick-Action Jack — Tap Wrench — Transmission 
Support — Wristpin Boring Jig — Clutch Bearing Puller — Punch O- K, System 



(No. 798) WIRE BEADING FORMER 

The appearance of tool boxes and bod- 
ies may be greatly improved by fitting 
brass strips or beading over the comers 
and joints. Similar beading is often re- 
quired in body repair work. It is not an 
easy matter, however, to hold such a 
strip while bending it to fit a curved 
edge. A forming vise may be constructed 
in the manner shown and, though holding 
the beading securely while being bent, 
permits a ready change of position in 
forming or removal for fitting. The 
lower locking strip is adjustable and will 
accommodate all ordinary-sized beading. 
—Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 

(No. 799) SHAFT STRAIGHTENING 

A shaft, such as a bent rear axle or 
driveshaft, may readily be straightened 
by the aid of the device shown. The ends 
of the pipe are placed on steel V-blocks 
and pressure applied to the bend by the 
clamp screw shown. This clamp closely 
resembles the common pipe vise, except 
that the lower jaws are replaced by an 
opening for the shaft, and is bolted to 
the bench. The shaft to be straightened 
is passed through this opening and a V- 
block placed under each end. The upper 
clamp is thrown back until the highest 
point of bend is determined, either by the 
aid of a piece of chalk or a Bath indi- 
cator and turning the shaft. The clamp 
is then locked down and pressure ap- 
plied to the high point of the shaft by 
turning the clamp screw. All bends may 
be removed by repeated applications of 
pressure, the indicator determining each 
time where the pressure should be ap- 
plied. — Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 



(No. 800) REPLACING GUIDES 

The valve guides of T- or L-head mo- 
tors may be driven from the cylinder cast- 
ing from above. The fitting of new guides 
must be done with more care, however, as 
a slight distortion of the guide will cause 
the valve to stick. The puller illustrated 
is ideal for this work, as it applies a 
steady, even pull to the guide in a man- 
ner that cannot spring it out of shape. 
An old cylinder cap is drilled and tapped 
to carry the threaded rod, which may be 
made on the lathe in a few minutes. — 
Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 

(No. 801) FLANGE PULLER 

A puller of the common type is poorly 
adapted to remoying flanges at the best 



und often cannot be used at all. Where 
the volume of work warrants, the puller 
illustrated is very efficient. A plate, hav- 
ing holes mating with holes in the flange 
to be removed, is secured through a 
swivel joint to a threaded rod. The U- 
bar is made of heavy iron, and the up- 
right is a short leng^th of iron pipe. In 
use, the plate is fastened to the flange 
to be removed by two bolts, and the legs 
of the U-bar braced at some convenient 
point. By screwing down the nut, an even 
strain is applied to the flange, removing 
it with little opportunity for injury. — 
Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 

(No. 802) ROD WRENCH 

Bent or twisted connecting-rods may 
be straightened with the aid of the 
proper wrench. Although an extra large 
adjustable wrench is often used, a spe- 
cial solid wrench is advisable for this 
purpose. The wrench shown is made from 
heavy bar steel, filed to a close fit on the 
connecting-rod, and case hardened. The 
offset jaw is used in removing bends, and 
the other for removing twists in the con- 
necting-rod. A suitable means of testing 
the alignment of the bearings should be 
used in connection with the wrench. — 
Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 

(No. 803) SPRING CLIP TONG 

Spring clips may be sprung into place 
and driven home much more readily by 
the use of suitable bending tongs. The 
device is made from %-in. round rod, 
bent in the manner shown. A powerful 
leverage may be applied to the free side 
of the clip, forcing it into alignment 
with the hole in the strap, and a single 
blow with a hammer forces the clip into 
place. — Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 

(No. 804) QUICK-ACTION JACK 

A quick-acting jack, to be used in con- 
junction with auxiliary jacks, is illus- 
trated. The jack consists of a steel up- 
right, riveted together and supporting a 
long lever arm. One side of this lever 
is hooked to give a firm hold on the 
wheel hub, the other being fitted with a 
long handle made up of 2-in. pipe. The 
auxiliary jacks are made up from cast- 
iron, and are slipped beneath the axle 
after the car has been raised with the 
lever jack. These auxiliary jacks offer 
a ready support for cars left in dead 
storage and may be cast in any foundry 
at a very low cost. — Packard Motor Car 
Co., Boston. 



(No. 805) TAP WRENCH 

The tap wrench shown herewith, in 
addition to having openings for several 
sized taps, possesses the advantage of 
being able to grip the tap firmly in its 
jaws. A minimum of time is used in 
fitting the tap into the wrench and an 
over- or under-sized tap can be held with 
equal ease. — Packard Motor Car Co., 
Boston. 

(No. 806) TRANSMISSION SUPPORT 

Rear axle transmission housings, when 
removed from the axle, may be conven- 
iently held by a %-in. plate in the man- 
ner shown, and when clamped in a vise 
leave all parts of the transmission ac- 
cessible. The material in the plate is re- 
moved to within ^ in. of the bolt hole 
line, and the holes are drilled to match 
the holes in the housing. Two or three 
bolts are sufficient to hold the transmis- 
sion to the plate. — Packard Motor Car 
Co., Boston. 

(No. 807) WRISTPIN BORING JIG 

A piston may be securely held and the 
wrist-pin bearing accurately bored by 
the use of a proper jig, which may be 
made in the manner shown. The piston 
is clamped in the V-block by a steel 
strap, adjusted to the proper position by 
the screw at the end, and then securely 
locked by the strap. The rear of the 
jig casting is threaded to fit the head- 
stock of a lathe, and after drilling a 
small hole the bearing is finished with 
an inside lathe tool. — Twentieth Century 
Garage, Boston. 

(No. 808) CLUTCH BEARING PULLER 

Although designed for removing the 
clutch bearing from the Packard, a pul- 
ler of this type has many features recom- 
mending it to general repairshop work. 
The construction is simple and sturdy, 
and the puller may be used in removing 
gears, collars and steering wheels. — 
Packard Motor Car Co., Boston. 

(No. 809) PUNCH O. K. SYSTEM 

Many repairshop systems require the 
foreman to sign the work-card on the 
completion of the job. Time is often 
lost in locating a pencil, and the signature 
resulting is not permanent. The use of a 
conductor's punch for this purpose has 
many advanta^s — it is quick, distinct 
and cannot be forged. 



AUTOMOBILE BEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




120 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Wrist-Pin Remover — Brake Band Gage— Lathe Driven Tire Pump — Connecting- 
Rod Testing — Portable Tool Box — Lapping Rings — Portable Repairshop 



Adjustable Motor Stand — Valve and Spark Timing — Motor Cooling Tank — Exten- 
sion Bit — Case Hardening — Blower for Forge 



(No. 810) WRIST PIN REMOVER 

The pistons of eight- and twelve-cjrlin- 
der motors are small and it is difficult 
to remove the wrist pin without injury 
to the piston. This is particularly true 
with pistons made from aluminum com- 
position. The remover shown herewith 
IS constructed of cast-iron and permits a 
powerful leverage to be applied to the 
pin with no attendant damage to the pis- 
ton. Wrist pins may be removed and new 
ones fitted without taking the connecting- 
rod from the engrine. — Cadillac Automo- 
bile Co., Boston. 



(No. 811) BRAKE BAND GAGE 

Brake bands are frequently sprung out 
of round, and although dragging at cer- 
tain points are too loose for effective 
breaking action. The high and low points 
may be located by the aid of the gage 
shown herewith. The hub may be made 
from cast-iron, bored to fit the axle; the 
arm and pointer being made from soft 
steel rod. The wheel is removed from 
the axle, the gaee slipped in place and 
rotated. The high points are marked and 
the band bent back to shape. A similar 
{rage may be made for cars having float- 
ing rear axles. 



(No. 812) LATHE DRIVEN TIRE 

PUMP 

A small tire pump, of the type com- 
monly installed on an automobile motor, 
may be used to supply compressed air 
for the small grarage. The pump is 
mounted on the tail stock end of the 
lathe and is driven through a grear fast- 
ened to the lathe lead screw. This latter 
?:ear is the one supplied with the pump 
or attachment to the motor, and its split 
construction permits it to be readily 
bolted to the lead screw. — William Cook, 
3 High Street, Brookline, Mass. 



(No. 813) CONNECTING-ROD TEST- 
ING 

Ordinarily a connecting-rod testing set 
is only good for engines of one model. 
The use of self-centering mandrels in the 
manner shown provides a testing set 
that may be used on many makes of 
motors. The threaded mandrels are 
turned from soft steel, case-hardened and 
ground. The cone washer B is made in 
Qie same manner and ground down until 
its diameter is the same as that of A. 
The mandrels are placed in the bearings 
of the connecting-rods and the nuts tight- 
ened until the cones come to a bearing 
all the way around. The connecting-rod 
is then rested on V-blocks, supported on 
a surface plate. If the bearings are in 
alignment, the weight will be equally dis- 
tributed on each block, but if any free- 
dom is noted the connecting-rod must be 
bent or twisted until equal distribution 
is obtained. — Packard Motor Car Co., 
Boston. 



(No. 814) PORTABLE TOOL BOX 

A portable tool box, having leather 
loops for holding tools and parts, is illus- 
trated. The loops are made from a 
strap and extend around the inside and 
outside edge of the box. Not only are the 
tools convenient to use, but the desired 
tool may be located at a glance. — Stan- 
hope Forge Co., Boston. 



(No. 815) LAPPING RINGS 

New rings may more readilv be fitted 
to the cylinder by the use of tne dummy 
piston illustrated. The top of an old 
piston is cut off, leaving only one ring 
groove; then the bottom is cut away 
slightly, to permit the wrist pin to be 
used as a handle. The ring to be fitted 
is placed on this piston, the cylinder is 
smeared with Prussian blue, and the pis- 
ton inserted. The piston is then re- 
moved and the high spots taken down 
with a file or by scraping. — G. A. Wad- 
man, J. W. Maguire Co. (Pierce- Arrow), 
Boston. 



(No. 816) PORTABLE REPAIRSHOP 

LAMP 

An electric light may be placed and 
held in almost anyposition by standard 
shown herewith. The base is a wooden 
box filled with concrete, supported on 
castors and carrying the iron pipe up- 
right. An adjustable clamp holds the 
arm to the upright and permits the lamp 
to be extended over the work or dropped 
to shine on the under parts of the car. 
— Henley-Kimball Co. (Hudson), Boston. 



(No. 817) ADJUSTABLE MOTOR 

STAND 

This engine stand is made of 2-in. angle 
iron riveted together. The cross-members 
are hinged at the center and may be 
locked in an inclined position. A motor 
of any width may be accommodated, as 
the lengthwise members may be bolted 
in any position. The construction of the 
stand does not permit the engine to be 
completely turned over. It may, however, 
be swung down to an angle of about 60 
deg., permitting free access to the crank 
bearings or a more easy position in grind- 
ing valves. — Stanhope Forge Co., Boston. 



(No. 818) VALVE AND SPARK 

TIMING 

Igniition and valve timing on inclosed 
flywheel motors is greatly facilitated by 
the device illustrated. The bushing 
holding the cross-member is made of an 
old spark plug, and acts as a guide for 
the vertical rod resting on the piston. 
The pivot supporting the pointer is 
placed at M of the distance of the rod 
to the scale, and the travel of the piston 
is made twice as large on the scale. In 
valve timing, the piston is placed in the 
position that it is desired to have the 



valve open and the camshaft set. A 
spark gap held in a fiber washer pro- 
vides a means of timing the ignition; the 
scale and pointer being used to deter- 
mine the position of the piston as before. 
With L- or T-head motors the rod may 
be offset to rest on the piston. 

(No. 819) MOTOR COOUNG TANK 

After the motor has been overhauled 
it is often desirable to test it out on the 
stand. Much damage may be done, even 
in a short run, if some method of cooling 
is hot provided. A 6-gal. can, mounted 
on a wooden stand and provided with 
suitable hose connections, offers a handy 
solution. Connections may be readily 
made or broken and the thermo-syphon 
cooling is sufficient for an ordinary test 
run. — Henley-Kimball Co. (Hudson), 
Boston. 

(No. 820) EXTENSION BIT 

Clean holes, for the installation of in- 
struments on the instrument board or 
dash, may be cut by the adiustable bit 
illustrated. The shank is made from soft 
steel, with the point case-hardened, and 
the upper end squared and tapered to 
fit a bit-stock. The arm and knife should 
be made from a good grade of tool steel. 
—Henley-Kimball Co. (Hudson), Boston. 

(No. 821) CASE HARDENING 

The durability of all fittings and small 
tools made from soft steel can be yreatly 
increased by the formation of a thin case 
of hard steel on the outer layer of the 
piece. Such a layer may be made by 
heating the part to a cherry-red heat and 
sprinkling it with potassium-cyanide. 
The cyanide will fuse and flow over the 
entire surface, changing the outer layer 
of the metal to tool steel. The depth of 
this layer depends largely on the time 
the heat is held after the cyanide is ap- 
plied, from 1 to 2 min. usually being suf- 
ficient. It should, however, be under- 
stood that the case obtained from the 
above treatment is very thin and is not 
suit 2d to parts that must be ground to a 
finish or parts that are to be subjected 
to much wear. 

(No. 821a) BLOWER FOR FORGE 

A small blower for a forge can be 
made of odds and ends about the shop. 
For the sides, use wood, the circle be- 
ing about 8 in. in diameter. The paddle 
which induces the draft can be made of 
tin inserted into a central spindle. For 
bearings a couple of large nails driven 
through the side casings will do. The 
top and bottom casing can be either light 
wood tacked in place or can be tin, 
which is easier to work. From the spin- 
dle a belt runs to an old fan motor. Al- 
most any motor will suffice, because no 
pressure need be raised by the impro- 
vised blower; a continuous draft is all 
that is needed.— Gerhart & Young, Har- 
risburg, Pa. 



AUTOMOBILE RKPAIBSHOF SH0BT-CUT3 




122 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Rack Lock — Flashing Sign — Timing Gear Puller — Eye-Bolt Wrench — Private 
Door Latch — Valve Resurfacing Tool — Valve Grinding Tool — Bearing Testing — 

Repairing Cracked Water-jackets — Crankshaft Gear Puller 



(No. 822) TIRE RACK LOCK 

It is often necessary to leave the store 
room unlocked and unwatched during the 
day, making the theft of a valuable tire 
an easy matter. A piece of pipe, sup- 
ported and locked in the manner shown, 
secures the tires and yet leaves them 
accessible to the proper persons. All 
parts entering into the construction of 
the lock may be purchased directly from 
a hardware store stock. 



(No. 823) FLASHING SIGN 

An * electric sign that alternately 
flashes and then goes out attracts much 
more attention than one that is con- 
stantly lighted. Economy is another 
point in favor of the flashing sign. A 
flashing device operating on the princi- 
ple of unequal expansion of two differ- 
ent metals is illustrated. Two thin strips 
of metal— one brass and the other iron — 
about 4 in. long and ^ in. wide, are 
riveted together and screwed onto the 
wooden base in the manner shown. After 
being insulated with mica, a length of 
small-sized soft iron wire is wound 
around them and carried to the contact 
screw at the top. Care must be taken 
not to have the coils of wire touch each 
other. The current going to the Bign is 
passed through this wire, and because 
of the high resistance of the iron the 
two metal strips are heated. The brass 
is expanded approximately twice as much 
as the iron and the strip is bent away 
from the contact screw, breaking the 
current. The strip then cools, straightens 
out, and again makes contact, starting 
the cycle again. The on-and-off period 
may be regulated by the contact screw. 

(No. 824) TIMING GEAR PULLER 

The puller illustrated is made specially 
for the timing gear of the Maxwell car, 
but one of similar construction may be 
made for any make of car. It consists 
of a flat triangular plate of cast-iron, 
having a %-in. tapped hole in the center 
and 7/16-in. plain holes in each comer. 
The hooks are made from %-in. steel 
rod, each about 4H in. long and threaded 
half their leng:th. — E. W. Chamberlain 
(Maxwell), New York. 

(No. 825) EYE-BOLT WRENCH 

In removing or replacing radiator eye- 
bolts it is difficult to get a full turn with 
tlie common solid wrench, even when 
one that will fit is at hand. A special 
liook««haped wrench may be made up in 



a few minutes, and permits a full turn 
with a good leverage. After the nut 
has been removed the wrench may be 
used as a hook to pull the eye-bolt from 
the frame. 



(No. 826) PRIVATE DOOR LATCH 

It is not desirable to permit free ac- 
cess to the repairshop or tool room, and 
an inside-operated latch effectively keeps 
out the undesirables. With the device 
shown, the knobs are removed from the 
door and the bent wire fitted into the 
door casing. A cord is carried from the 
handle to a point convenient to the tool 
room boy, a helper, or anyone that is 
always in sight, and opens the door for 
the privileged person. 



(No. 827) VALVE RESURFACING 

TOOL 

Pitted valves may be resurfaced 
quickly and accurately by the use of the 
proper grinding fixture. The accompany- 
ing layout shows a grinder that may be 
made up and requires no separate motor 
drive, being driven from the power line. 
The emery wheel is mounted on V- 
blocks, sliding in a cast-iron base bolted 
through a slot to the bench. Forward 
and backward adjustment is effected by 
means of this slot, the V-block and hand 
wheel controlling the cross-feed of the 
emery wheel. 

The valve is held and rotated in a 
chuck supported in an adjustable spindle. 
This chuck consists of a split bushing 
held firmly against the valve stem 
by the pressure of the lock nut on the 
spindle. The rear end of the stem is 
supported by the bushing. Various 
sizes of bushings may be made to handle 
the common valve stems and are easily 
removable. 

The spindle is supported by two bear- 
ings and driven by a round belt. It is 
mounted on an adjustable base that per- 
mits the valve to be swung at any angle 
to the grinding wheel and locked in the 
position. After carefully setting the 
valve at the required angle, the wheel is 
fed onto the work and the valve readily 
resurfaced. — Packard Motor Car Co., 
Boston. 

(No. 828) VALVE GRINDING TOOL 

Valve grinding is made less tedious 
and the work better done by this tool. 
The clutch is held in the S-shaped handle 
and is tapped to permit either a screw- 



driver or spanner point to be used. These 
points should be made from tool steel 
and hardened, as soft steel is not dura- 
ble enough for this purpose. Sufficient 
pressure may be easily applied and the 
proper partial rotation imparted to the 
valve. This device is also very service- 
able as a high-power screwdriver. 

(No. 829) BEARING TESTING 

Loose bearings may be quickly located 
with the aid of the oil-pressure tank 
shown. It is a small tank, carrying a 
20-lb. gage, and made air tight by means 
of a screw cap over the opening. An 
inner tube valve stem, valve and c^p 
permit the pressure to be applied and 
held on the oil, the oil being delivered 
to the oil manifold after the removal of 
the oil pump. The oil is thus forced to 
the bearing under pressure, and if the 
bearing be tight no leakage will occur. 
The test may be made with the engine 
idle and the loose bearings found and 
tightened. 

(No. 830) REPAIRING CRACKED 
WATER-JACKETS 

Cracked water-jackets may be repaired 
and the crack prevented from spreading 
in the following manner: Drill and tap 
a %-in. hole at each end of the crack 
and screw in brass plugs. This stops off 
the crack and prevents it from spread- 
ing. Then, with a small cold chisel, cut 
back the sides of the crack to permit 
the packing in of the rusting compound. 
The crack is then filled with a compound 
made up of two parts of iron filings to 
one part of sal ammoniac, with just 
enough water to make a good working 
mixture. Rapid rusting and hardening 
takes place and the crack is effectively 
sealed. 

(No. 831) CRANKSHAFT GEAR 
PULLER 

A simple gear puller is shown here- 
with. Though designed to remove a 
crankshaft gear, it may readily be 
adapted to many jobs that the common 
type of puller cannot handle. The cross- 
bar is made from a steel bar and the two 
end bolts fit loosely into the holes. It 
is advisable to make the center bolt 
from tool steel and have it fit the threads 
of the cross-bar very loosely. This will 
permit a sharp blow to be struck on the 
end of the bolt, applying a shock to th^ 
gear and loosening it very readily. — E^ 
W. Chamberlain (Maxwell), New Tork^ 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




124 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Wheel-Alignment Test — Oil Storage Tanks — Drilling Clutch Yokes — Straightening 

Frames — Valve Tool — Repairshop Pit — Crankshaft Bearing Wrench — Oil-Settling 

Tank — Sorting Ball Bearings — Auxiliary Wheel for Disabled Fords 



(No. 832) WHEEL-ALIGNMENT TEST 

Misalignment of the front wheels 
causes difficult steering and an excessive 
amount of wear on the tires. The align- 
ment of the wheels should be tested from 
time to time and any error corrected. A 
simple method of checking up the align- 
ment is to pass a cord all the way around 
the car just below the wheel hubs and 
then bring one front wheel into line with 
the rear wheel. The distance from the 
string to the rims of the wheel is care- 
fully measured on the side in line with 
the rear wheel and compared with the 
similar distance as measured on the 
other wheel. To facilitate easy steering 
the front wheels should ''toe-in" about 
hi in., and under no conditions should be 
allow^ to "toe-out." — M. Marc (Max- 
well), Boulevard, Jersey City. 

(No. 833) OIL-STORAGE TANKS 

The common type of oil-storage tanks 
requires a pump and does not provide a 
convenient place for keeping the meas- 
ures. Gravity flow is somewhat handier 
and the installation requires less floor 
space. A simple method of storing sev- 
eral grades of oil and having them on 
tap is illustrated. The tanks may be 
made by any tinsmith, and are provided 
with gage glasses that show at a glance 
the amount of oil on hand. The conical- 
shaped bottoms permit the draining of 
the last drop of oil and prevent the col- 
lection of any sediment. A shelf pro- 
vided with a drip-pan offers a convenient 
place for keeping the receptacles. 

(No. 834) DRILUNG CLUTCH YOKES 

It is usually necessary to remove the 
clutch yoke when drilling and tapping it 
for an oil-cup attachment. By the aid 
of the drilling fixture shown this may be 
done with all parts in place. A 5/16-in. 
square steel rod is drilled and tapped 
% in. on one end and the drill fastened 
in the other end by brazing. The drill 
is rotated by the ratchet wrench and fed 
into the work by the set-screw braced 
against the flywheel. The length may 
be made as little or as much as is neces- 
sary, and a similar drill may be made for 
drilling almost any inaccessible hole. — 

M. Marc (Maxwell), Boulevard, Jersey 
City. 

(No. 835) STRAIGHTENING FRAMES 

Bent frames may be straightened cold 
in the manner shown without the neces- 
sity of tearing down the car. The car 
is run into the doorway until the parts 



to be straigh^ned are opposite the frame 
of the door. Blocking should be placed 
at the point of bending between the 
frame and the door and the straighten- 
ing force applied by means of a jack. 
The ordinary automobile jack is usually 
sufficiently strong for this purpose, and 
if not a screw jack should be used. The 
doorway may often be used in a similar 
manner to straighten axles or axle spin- 
dles. — M. Marc (Maxwell), Boulevard, 
Jersey City. 

(No. 836) VALVE TOOL 

This valve tool was made for the '15 
and early '16 Paige-Detroit cars. A 
wooden pattern was whittled out and 
shaped until it was found by trial to fit. 
A bronze casting was then made and the 
steel hook fastened to it. In use the 
hook is caught into one of the ports and 
the valve spring and washer forced up. 
A pattern for a similar tool suitable for 
any car may readily be made and the 
casting obtained from it. — M. Marc 
(Maxwell), Boulevard, Jersey City. 

(No. 837) REPAIRSHOP PIT 

A concrete repair pit, the depth of 
which may be varied, is illustrated. 
Ledges are provided at different heights 
and boards may be placed across, giving 
the mechanic free access to the work. 
Much of the dampness of this type of 
pit is removed by the wooden floor and 
the space beneath. Several of the boards 
on one of the upper ledges may be left 
in place and used as shelves for the tools 
and for steps in getting into and out of 
the pit. — M. Marc (Maxwell), Boulevard, 
Jersey City. 

(No. 838) CRANKSHAFT BEARING 

WRENCH 

It is often difficult to get a socket 
wrench thin enough to fit between the 
nut and the bearing housing of the con- 
necting-rod or crankshaft bearing. Or 
if thin enough to do this the wrench is 
too weak to properly tighten the nut 
A solid S-wrench may be used, but is not 
as satisfactory as the socket for this 
purpose. A solid socket wrench, cut 
away in the manner illustrated, pos- 
sesses the required strength and has all 
the advantages of the full-socket wrench. 
As the connecting-rod nuts are not the 
same size as the main bearing nuts, the 
wrench should be made double-ended and 
fitted with a removable handle.— William 
Burke (Billie Burke's Garage), 115 Har- 
rison Avenue, Jersey City. 



(No. 839) OIL-SETTLING TANK 

The oil drained from the crankcase is 
usually a dead loss, as it is unfit for fur- 
ther motor use. It is, however, suitable 
for lubrication of farm machinery or 
such light implements as the lawn- 
mower and the wheelbarrow, and may be 
reclaimed by the settling tank shown. 
The old oil is poured into the tank as 
fast as it collects and the sediment al- 
lowed to drop to the bottom, the clean 
oil rising to the top and being drawn off 
as required. The resale price should be 
made low to attract the trade, and is al- 
most a clear profit — C. R. Cook (The 
Island Garage), Canton, N. Y. 

(No. 840) SORTING BALL BEARINGS 

When dismantling old ball bearings it 
is advisable to save all good balls that 
they may be later used for replacements. 
With the cabinet illustrated the old balls 
are placed in the top drawer and are 
automatically sorted and placed with 
the proper grroup. The bottoms of the 
drawers are steel plate, having holes 
drilled as close together as possible, the 
holes in each drawer being just large 
enough to retain the balls for that 
drawer and to allow all other smaller 
sizes to pass. When one or more balls 
are desired the proper drawer is opened 
and a suitable ball found by micrometer 
measurements. 



(No. 841) AUXILIARY WHEEL FOR 
DISABLED FORDS 

Ford cars disabled by having the rear 
axle broken near the hub may be towed 
in by the aid of the device shown. A bar 
of steel about 3 ft. long and 1^ in. 
square is put in 'the lathe and a standard 
Ford hub turned on one end and fitted 
with the cones and locking nut. The 
other end of the bar is then forged out 
flat and bent to clear the rear brake 
band, after which the lower clamping 
straps are riveted on. The addition of 
the upper clamping straps and a stand- 
ard Ford wheel makes the outfit com- 
plete. To use, the disabled car is jacked 
up and the auxiliary wheel clamped in 
place, permitting the car to be towed in. 
In the case of a front wheel the pro- 
cedure is much the same, except that the 
cross-steering rod must be tied and the 
car towed very slowly. The device is not 
limited to use on the Ford, and has been 
used to bring in a 1-ton truck. — ^Williaro 
Burke (Billie Buike's Garage), 115 Har- 
rison Avenue, Jersey City. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHOKT-CUTS 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Time-Card Holder — Slotting Bolt Heads — Slip-Cover Fastener — Garage Door 

Latch — Crowned Fender Anvil — File Handle — Testing Connecting-Rods — Signal 

Whistle — Removing Cylinder Heads — Cylinder Lapping Fixture — Oil Storage 



(No. 842) TIME-CARD HOLDER 

The time-card holder shown herewith 
is always in sight and keeps the card 
flat and clean. The back of the holder 
is leather, with a transparent front of 
celluloid. It may be fastened to the 
windshield or door handle, and being soft 
will not injure the varnished surfaces. 
Ifueh delay may be avoided by having a 
pencil fastened to the holder, and the 
holder may be used as a support when 
filling out the card. — H. Hare (Max- 
well), Boulevard, Jersey City. 



(No. 843) SLOTTING BOLT HEADS 
The removal of many inaccessible bolts 
Is facilitated by slatting the heads to 
permit the use of a screwdriver. A 
single hacksaw blade is too thin for this 
purpose, but if two blades be fastened 
in the saw frama the resulting slot 
will have the proper width. The slot 
should not be made over H in. deep or 
it will impair the strength of the head. 
— W. R. Davis, Worcester, Mass. 

(No. 844) SLIP-COVER FASTENER 

The retaining straps of the top slip- 
cover may be securely anchored in place 
by tying a ball of waste on the end of 
each strap and placing them beneath the 
cushion in the manner shown. To re- 
move, it is only necessary to slide the 
cushion forward and pull the straps out, 
which is much easier than when buckles 
are used.— C. B. S., New York. 

(No. 845) GARAGE DOOR LATCH 

A door latching device for a double 
swinging garage door is illustrated. Or- 
dinary draw-botts are fastened at the 
top and bottom of the inner edge of one 
door and fit loosely into sockets in the 
door frame. These may be operated 
simultaneously through U-in. iron rods 
fastened to a horizontal strap iron mem- 
ber controlled by turning the door knob. 
The other door is held shut by an over- 
lapping strip fastened to its inner edge. 
The feature of the device is that the 
door may be opened from the outside 
and may he locked from the inside with- 
out the necessity of a separate lock. To 
lock, the cotter pin is removed from the 
squared rod and the cross-member drawn 
back, thus disconnecting the draw-bolts 
from the knob. A small side door, how- 
ever, must be provided. — Prank Man- 
kowski. Old Bridge. N. J. 



(No. 846) CROWNED FENDER ANVIL 

An anvil to be used in conjunction 
with a rubber mallet for straightening 
crowned fenders may be made in the 
manner shown. A block of hard wood 
about 7 in. square is placed in the lathe 
and turned to a mushroom form, after 
which it is sanded to a smooth finish. 
The upper surface should not be that of 
a section of a sphere, but one of a solid 
with a gradually increasing radius, so 
that some part of it may always be found 
that will fit the curve of the fender. 
To straighten a bent fender the anvil is 
pressed up against the under side of the 
damaged part and the fender worked 
back to shape by means of a rubber 
mallet. 

(No. 847) FILE HANDLE 

A universal file handle in which the 
file is held by means of a clamp and 
thumb-screw may be readily made and 
will accommodate any file or scraper. 
The steel centerpiece is H-in. flat steel 
plate and fitted with wooden handles and 
notched at the end to hold the clamp 
in place. The clamp is slipped in place 
and pinched into the notches by means 
of a vise, after which the handle is 
ready for use. — Frank Hankowski, Old 
Bridge, N. J. 

(No. 848) TESTING CONNECTING- 
RODS 

Any misalignment of the connecting- 
rod twarings may be determined by the 
testing stand shown herewith. The base 
supports a stud, on which the crank- 
shaft bearing is fitted, and the upright 
is drilled and reamed to a running fit 
for the main test-plate. A similar test- 
plate is placed in the wrist-pin bearing 
and the two surfaces of the test-plates 
brought together. In case of misalign- 
ment of the bearings, light will be seen 
between the plates, and may be cor- 
rected by the use of a heavy wrench. 
The entire construction is of cast iron 
with the exception of the crankshaft ar- 
bor, which is of steel. The two test 
plates should be brought to a flat sur- 
face in the same manner as employed in 
making a surface plate. It is essential 
that all parts of the apparatus be made 
very accurately and by a toolmaker, if 
possible. — Dodge Bros., Detroit. 

(No. 84«) SIGNAL WHISTLE 

The sound of a whistle is more pene- i 
trating than that of a bell and hence it 
is a more suitable instrument for signal- 
ing above the din of a repairshop. An 
electrically controlled whistle operated 



from the compressed air line may be 
readily made for this purpose. A low- 
voltage circuit with convenient push 
buttons is connected to a magnetic relay 
that makes the connection between the 
lighting circuit and the solenoid oper- 
ating the whistle cord. The relay is 
simply a U-magnet connected to dry 
cells. The solenoid consists of several 
layers of fine .wire wound onto a hollow 
cardboard core containing the steel rod 
connected to the whistle rod in the man- 
ner shown. — Bern b- Robinson, Detroit, 
Mich. 

(No. 850) REMOVING CYLINDER- 
HEADS 

Detachable cylinder-heads may be 
forced off without injury to the gasket 
by means of a bolt and collar threadcil 
to fit the spark plug hole. This device is 
also valuable in holding the valve down 
so that the retaining washer may be 
pried up when removing the valves. 

(No. 851) CYLINDER LAPPING 
FIXTURE 

Where there are many cars of one 
cylinder bore to be overhauled, an old 
piston split and mounted in the manner 
shown offers a ready means of lapping 
the cylinder to a fine finish. The handle 
is made of strap from m x ^ in. and is 
held by the cross-member made from a 
piece of 1-in. pipe. Pressure on the 
sides of the cylinder is obtained by 
tightening the screw in the handle. — 
Dodge Bros., Detroit. 

(No. 851a) OIL STORAGE 
There is usually an appreciable amount 
of leakage when oil is stored in wooden 
barrels. This may be reclaimed by stor- 
ing the barrels on wooden racks, having 
the rear end higher than the front. By 
this means the oil is carried to the front, 
and may be caught in metal catchpans. 
In addition to reclaiming the oil, this 
method of storing is much cleaner than 
the common method. — G. 0. Simons, 
Simons Sales Co., Saginaw, Mich. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




128 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Time-Card Board — Torque Tube Repair— Toolroom System — Bumper Bar — Parts 
Box — Fixture for Reboring Cylinders — Expanding Lap for Cylinders — Valve-Cap 
Wrench — Welding Table — Spring Leaf Spreader — Adjustable Engine Stand — Car 

Checking Tags 



(No. 852) TIME-CARD BOARD 

A system whereby the foreman can see 
at a glance the amount of work before 
each man and assign a new job to the 
proper workman. As each car comes 
mto the shop, the work to be done is 
noted and typewritten on a work-card. 
The foreman then snaps this card into 
the clamp of the workman that is to do 
the work. The workman, having finished 
his last job, comes to the board, gets his 
card and goes to the work without fur- 
ther instruction. — Charles Coon (Drenco 
Machine Co.), New York. 

(No. 853) TORQUE TUBE REPAIR 

It is difficult to re-rivet a torque tube 
to the flange holding it to the rear axle. 
A simple and effective repair may be 
made by removing the rivets, drilling the 
holes to take a %-in. plug tap, and 
screwing in a threaded rod in the man- 
ner shown. After sawing off the rod it 
should be headed over to prevent loosen- 
ing. In the case of a badly abused tube, 
melted spelter should be poured in be- 
tween the tube and the housing to give a 
good bearing. — Charles Coon (Drenco 
Machine Co.), New York. 

(No. 854) TOOLROOM SYSTEM 

The special tools for each make of car 
are kept together on the toolroom 
shelves and are marked and indexed so 
that they may be readily found when 
needed. Tools that may be used on sev- 
eral makes of cars are each listed in the 
column provided for each car. The list 
is fastened at the end of the shelf and 
is protected by a coat of shellac. The 
small insert shows the method of listing 
the tools. — Charles Coon, New York. 

(No. 855) BUMPER BAR 

The strain provided by a puller is 
often insufficient to remove a stuck taper 
fit, such as that on a rear wheel or a 
drive sprocket. The removal is facili- 
tated by the addition of a heavy blow to 
the strain of the puller. The bumper 
bar shown herewith has sufficient weight 
to give the blow required, and the brass 
heads prevent injury to the shaft end. — 
Charles Coon, New York. 

(No. 856) PARTS BOX 

Repair work is accelerated by the iso- 
lation of relative parts, and the arrange- 
ment illustrated offers a convenient 
method. Three packing boxes of the 
same size are fastened one above the 



other by means of side strips and placed 
near the car being repaired. All motor 
parts, for example, are placed in the 
lower compartment, the transmission 
parts in the middle and the rear axle 
parts in the upper compartment. — 
Charles Coon, New York. 

(No. 857) FIXTURE FOR REBORING 

CYLINDERS 

Any cylinder having a detachable head 
may be rebored while on the base by the 
fixture shown. A rigid upright, secured 
to the adjacent cylinder by means of 
taper plugs, carries the brackets and 
bearings that hold the boring spindle. 
Drive is effected through a spiral and 
spur gear train driven from an overhead 
shaft. This spindle is hollow and slotted 
to carry the boring head. A feed screw, 
controlled by a hand wheel at the top of 
the spindle, runs through the internal 
arm of the boring head, thus permitting 
the head to be fed up or down. To use,, 
the cylinder head is removed, the pistons 
and connecting rods taken out, and the 
fixture clamped on in the manner illus- 
trated. The boring spindle is lined up by 
careful adjustment and a very light cut 
taken, feeding from the top down. Too 
heavy a cut will cause the tool to chat- 
ter, though it must be deep enough to 
cut all the way around. — Charles Coon 
(Drenco Machine Co.) , New York. 

(No. 858) EXPANDING LAP FOR 

CYLINDERS 

After reboring, the cylinders should 
be lapped to a perfect finish. The ex- 
panding lap shown offers a ready means 
for doing this. Four lead quadrants are 
held in an adjustable head with their 
inner surfaces tapered and resting on a 
tapered plug. Each of these quadrants 
is charged with an emery and oil mix- 
ture, forming an abrasive that quickly 
brings the cylinders to the required fin- 
ish. By having several sets of quad- 
rants the device may be used on almost 
any motor. — Charles Coon, New York. 

(No. 859) VALVE-CAP WRENCH 

Removal of slotted valve caps is facili- 
tated by the use of the device illustrated. 
It is very similar to a spanner wrench in 
form, except that it is made heavier and 
one arm is adjustable. The teeth are 
mad^ from tool steel, hardened and 
ground to a screwdriver edge and thread- 



ed to fit the tapped holes in the arms. — 
Charles Coon, New York. 

(No. 860) WELDING TABLE 

A welding table forms a valuable ad- 
dition to an oxy-acetylene welding out- 
fit, as the welding is made easier by its 
use. A cast-iron plate rests in an angle- 
iron frame supported on iron pipe stand- 
ards. The joints of the frame and the 
connection with the standards are ail 
welded. Slots are provided in the top 
for fastening the work to the plate. — 
Charles Coon (Drenco Machine Co.), New 
York. 

(No. 861) SPRING LEAF SPREADER 

The clamp illustrated renders the lu- 
brication of the springs a comparatively 
simple matter. It may be made from the 
ordinary machinist's clamp by grinding 
down the fixed jaw to a sharp edge and 
fitting the screw end with a conical point. 
A stronger spreader, however, may be 
made by forging the frame from a steel 
bar. — ^Hudson Motor Car (}o., Detroit. 

(No. 862) ADJUSTABLE ENGINE 

STAND 

This engine stand, with the exception 
of the steel end-members, is constructed 
from 3 X 4 in. wooden joists bolted to- 
gether. It is made about 30 in. high, as 
Uiat is the most convenient height for 
working on the motor. An adjustment 
from 20 to 30 in. in width permits any 
motor to be handled. The stand ia 
equally convenient in overhauling trans- 
missions or rear axles. — Charles Coon 
(Drenco Machine Co.), New York. 

" (No. 862a) CAR CHECKING TAGS 

In large service stations, much time is 
lost by testers in determining which 
workman has done the work on a car. 
This may be saved by mounting one of 

each workmen's 
\yoRKMANS TOOLCMBCJC^^r^ tool checks on a 

brass rod fastened 
to an old radiator 
cap and using the 
cap as follows: 
Each workman 
possesses his own 
cap and number, 
and places it on 
the car from the time the work is started 
until it is finished. The foreman can then 
see at a glance which workman is work- 
ing on any car, and the tester can easily 
return the car to the workman responsi- 
ble if any mistake has been made.— -G. E. 
Toole, Wetmore Quinn, Paige dealer, De- 
troit. 



PRASS ROD 



l^WATDR CAP 




AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




180 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Bench Drill — Gasket Cutter — Quick- Acting Jack — Valve-Lifter — Wash Rack Piping 
— Wash Rack Lamp — Riveting Hammer — Rolling Stockroom Ladder — Valve 

Grinder — Spring Winder — Soldering Iron Stand 



(No. 863) BENCH DRILL 

A portable electric drill may readily 
be made into a bench drill in the manner 
illustrated. All parts entering into the 
construction were obtained from a 
plumbing shop and were put together 
with but little machine work. The frame 
is 1^-in. pipe, the feed wheel an old 
gate valve, and the table a rough cast 
biridge washer. A United States electric 
drill was used, though almost any porta- 
ble drill might be so mounted. Its use 
as a portable drill is not affected, as 
disconnection from the frame may be 
made in about 35 sec. — W. J. Bums, 
Pendleton, Ore. 

(No. 864) GASKET CUTTER 

A gasket cutter containing many valu- 
able features is shown. It consists of a 
thin metal plate carrying four upright 
rods supporting the bearing plate of the 
cutter spindle. The knives of the cutter 
are tool steel, ground to a razor edge, 
and are readily adjustable. The depth 
of the cut taken on each revolution of 
the cutter is regulated by the depth 
screw, facilitating the cutting of soft 
material, such as felt. — Chas. Coon 
(Drenco Machine Co.), New York 

(No. 865) QUICK-ACTING JACK 

Cars may be quickly lifted and placed 
on an auxiliary jack by means of the 
device illustrated. It consists of a long 
wooden lever pivoted on a wooden frame. 
The height of the lever may be ad- 
justed to suit the requirements of the 
various cars. The pivot pin bearings are 
protected by metal plates fastened to the 
uprights and to the lever. To use, the 
point of the lever is caught beneath the 
wheel hub, the car lifted and the aux- 
iliary jack placed beneath the axle. The 
auxiliary jacks used are similar to the 
quick-acting jack, except that they have 
no lever. Several sets of these auxiliary 
jacks should be made to be used in con- 
junction with the quick-acting jack. — 
Chas. Coon (Drenco Machine Co.), New 
York. 

(No. 866) VALVE LIFTER 

Valves designed to be ground by means 
of a spanner wrench may be lifted from 
their seats by means of a valve lifter 
made from a spring steel rod. A piece 
of 3/16-in. round rod, about 14 in. long, 
is heated and bent in the form illus- 
trated, after which the coil is spring tem- 
pered. The points are filed down until 
they are a snug fit in the holes in the 
valve top. Valves may be ground and 
readily lifted out for inspection by means 



of this device. — A. Somenberg (Capitol 
Auto Co.), Lansing, Mich. 

(No. 867) WASH RACK PIPING 

An inexpensive hose system having an 
automatic shut-off and permitting two 
men to work on the car at a time may 
be readily made. A T-connection is 
placed on the end of the water main 
above the center of the wash rack, and 
horizontal arms extending to a point 
above each side of the rack are fastened 
into it. An elbow and close nipple at 
the end of these arms permits the at- 
tachment of the valves. These valves 
are of the common gate valve type, hav- 
ing a special long handle counterbalanced 
with a lead ball and operated by a cord 
running to a point near the washer's 
hand. The initial cost is low and the 
saving effected by the automatic shut- 
off is well worth while. — ^Van's Garage, 
Asbury Park, N. J. 

(No. 868) WASH RACK LAMP 

This lamp provides perfect illumina- 
tion for car washing and yet may be 
swung tup out of the way when not in 
use. A board 12 ft. long, 6 in. wide and 
about % in. thick is hinged, with the 
edge vertical at a point about 3 ft. above 
the floor. This board serves to carry 
the wiring and the lamps with their re- 
flectors. Extra large reflectors and at 
least 50-watt tungsten lamps should be 
used. Both sides of the wash rack should 
be provided with lamps, and if two wash 
racks are adjacent the board between the 
two may be used to carry two sets of 
lamps. 

(No. 869) RIVETING HAMMER 

A hammer having a cross pene instead 
of the common straight pene is advaa- 
tageous in many riveting jobs. Any 
blacksmith can readily make the hammer 
and it should be made somewhat heavier 
than the usual riveting hanuner, as these 
are ordinarily made too light for the 
most efficient work. — ^A. Somenberg (Cap- 
itol Auto Co.), Lansing, Mich. 

(No. 870) ROLLING STOCKROOM 

LADDER 

Where the stockroom shelves are high 
and long, access to the goods is facili- 
tated by the use of a rolling ladder. A 
common ladder may be made over into 
one of this type by the addition of 
grooved rollers running on a track at the 
top and plain rollers at the bottom. The 
track is made from strap iron screwed 
onto the top rail of the shelf. The 
grrooved wheels may be made up on a 



lathe, and are held in an iron frame that 
may readily be made by any blacksmith. 
The ladder may be readily pushed to the 
desired position and is sufficiently strong 
to permit change of position while stand- 
ing on the rounds. 

(No. 871) VALVE GRINDER 

The proper oscilatory movement may 
be imparted to the valve by means of the 
valve grinding tool illustrated. It con- 
sists of a cast-iron frame carrying an 
upright shaft. This shaft has a small 
spur gear mounted on it and resting in 
a recess in the frame. Motion is im- 
parted to the gear and grinding spindle 
by means of a hand-operated rack. The 
advantage of the device is that the work 
is equally divided between the two hands 
of the grinder, and the valve may be 
quickly ground with a small amount of 
exertion. — Chas. Coon (Drenco Machine 
Co.), New York. 

(No. 872) SPRING WINDER 

Springs of various sizes may be wound 
on the spring winding outflt illustrated. 
A cast-iron frame supports two up- 
rights that act as bearings for the spring 
winding spindle. These spindles are tool 
steel rod, having a diameter somewhat 
smaller than the inside diameter of the 
spring to be wound. One end is bent to 
form a crank and handle, the other being 
notched to receive the spring wire. As 
many spindles are made as the shop 
practise indicates to be necessary. — (3has. 
Coon (Drenco Machine Co.), New York. 

(No. 872a) SOLDERING IRON STAND 

Many mechanics use makeshift methods 
to hold the soldering iron in the torch 
flame. A simple holder may be made by 
riveting together three pieces of strap 
iron in the manner illustrated. The 




weight of the iron holds the handle 
curely between crotched rest and res^ 
hook. — K. B. C. Carbureter Co., DetroL: 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIKSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




132 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Rear Wheel Puller — Clutch Faceplate — Valve Tongs — Piston Alignment — Special 

Wrench — Motor Stand — Straightening Vise — Piston Ring Binder — Cylinder Lap — 

Clutch-Spring Clamp — Repairshop Gate 



(No. 878) REAR WHEEL PULLER 

A special puller ib required for the re- 
moval of the Dodge rear wbeeL After 
the removal of the outside flange and 
the rear axle, the frame of the puller is 
bolted onto two of the flange bolts. The 
plunger on the end of the screw fits in- 
side the rear axle, housing, giving a lev- 
erage that permits the read; removal of 
the wheel. The frame is made of cast 
iron, reinforced by ribs; the screw is 
a Kin. bolt 

(No. 874) CLUTCH FACEPLATE 

An old clutch face may be refiniahed, 
or a new one given the proper surface in 
a lathe b; tbe aid of this faceplate. It 
is made of cast iron, turned down to 
permit the clutch to be bolted on in the 
manner shown. It is placed in the lathe 
on an arbor caught between the centers 
and is rotated from a dog at the back 
of the plate. A tool made of high speed 
steel is uaed for removing the leather, 
after which it is sanded to a smooths 
finish. 

(No. 875) VALVE TONGS 
Valve springs may be readily com- 
pressed and the locking device removed 
or replaced by the aid of these tongs. 
The points are thinned down and shapefl 
in the manner shown for ready insertion 
beneath the locking washer. The tool 
may be made up by any blacksmith. 

(No. 876) PISTON ALIGNMENT 
This fixture not only affords a method 
of checking up the alignment of the pis- 
ton, but also offers a means of holding 
the connecting rod while it is being 
straightened. Two rigid cast iron bear- 
ings carry the arbor that passes through 
the crank shaft bearing of the connect- 
ing rod. The piston is placed in the 
semi-cylindrical gage at the top of the 
upright, and the wrist pin bushing 
slipped in place. The alignment is read- 
ily determined by measurement to the 
three steel gage-strips placed at the 
sidea and bottom of the gage. Any mis- 
alignment is corrected by means of a 
heavy solid wrench or by a clamp 
straightener made up for that purpose. 
The fixture must be made with utmost 
care and exactness, and the bushings and 
arbors ground t' the final size, 

(No. 877) SPECIAL WRENCH 

The removal and replacement of the 
clutch-shaft anchor bolts is facilitated 
by the use of this wrench. It is made of 



cold-rolled bar steel, lU x H in., about 
12 in. long. One end is notched to fit 
over the 9/16 std. anchor-bolt nut and 
bent in the manner illustrated, leaving a 
7-in. handle. The jaws of the wrench 
snould be case-hardened to a depth of at 
least 1/32 in. 

(No. 878) MOTOR STAND 
This motor stand is made of an old 
car frame. The frame was cut just back 
of the main cross member and is sup- 
ported on a wooden framework made 
from 2 X 4-in. pieces. Though the work 
of overhauling is facilitated by the ac- 
cessibility of the parts, the feature of 
the stand is that the motor may be run 
in and adjusted before being placed in 
the car frame. The gasoline tank, meters 
and radiator are part of the equipment 
of the stand. 

(No. 879) STRAIGHTENING VISE 
This clamp was made to be used in 
connection with the piston alignment fix- 
ture. It is, however, a very effective 
straightener for any moderate-sized 
shaft. A piece of bar steel, Ixm, Is 
heated, bent to the U-form as illustrated, 
tapped % in. at the top to receive the 
screw and the lower jaw bolted in place. 
This lower jaw is made of stock meas- 
uring 1^x1 in., the distance between 
the two knife edges being about 6 in. 
When used as a shaft straightener it 
may be conveniently held in a vise. 

(No. 880) PISTON RING BINDER 

The replacement of the piston is 
facilitated by the use of the binder illus- 
trated. The tri- 
angular base is 
drilled so that it 
may be placed on 
the head, the 
studs slipping 
through the holes 
and bringing the 
central opening in 
line with the cyl- 
inder. FYom the 
top the opening 
gradually de- 
creeses in size 
until the diameter 
is that of the cyl- 
inder. The rings 
are gradually 
compressed and 
pass easily into 
the cylinder with- 
out burring or in- 
terference. 



(No. 881) CYLINDER LAP 

An expanding lap for cylinders is 
shown. It consists of a caat-bronse 
frame covered with a sheet-brass sleeve. 
Both are split through down one side and 
the bronze frame is drilled to carry the 
taper expanding bolt. Tightening the 
nut at the top of the taper bolt expands 
the lap until the required pressure on the 
piston walls is reached. A feature of the 
device is the three metal cups for carry- 
ing the abrasive. The abrasive used is 
made of kerosene and grinding com- 
pound, and is distributed through small 
holes in the walls. 



(No. 882) CLUTCH-SPRING CLAMP 

The removal and replacemmt of the 
clutch spring is facilitated by this clamp. 
The head is made of strap iron and so 
hinged that it can be placed over the 
spring, clamped, and the spring com- 
pressed and removed. During the subse- 
quent work on the clutch the spring is 
left compressed in the clamp and not re- 
moved until the clutch is assembled. 



(No. 882a) REPAIRSHOP GATE 

By mistake, rather than intention, 
many owners leave the repairshop with- 
out signing the car register, or obtain- 
ing a release. This may be prevented 
by placing a lifting gate across the exit 
The gate resembles the common pivoted 
bar used at railroad crossings, and is 
operated by a system of levers from the 
repairshop office. It is constructed 
throughout of pipe and pipe fittings, and 
being counterbalanced by an iron weight 
may be opened with little effort — G. E^ 
Toole, Wetmore-Quinn, Paige, Detroit 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




AUTOUOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Lathe Attachment for Truing Brake Drums — Piston Tongs — Radiator Stand — 
Circular Wood Saw — Cylinder Match — Valve Cap Wrench — Die Holder — Winding 
Carbureter Springs — Table for Washing Parts — Cylinder Lap — Piston Lap — Oil 

Service System 



<No. 883} LATHE ATTACOHENT FOR 
TRUING BRAKE DRUMS 

The ordlnaiT engine lathe may be used 
to true ap brake drums by mean a of a 
simple extenBion attachment. Two arms, 
bolted to each side of the tailstock end 
of the lathe, carry the bearing that sup* 
ports the wheel arbor. This arbor is 
made from IK-in. round stock, caught 
at one end in the chnck, and carrying 
the wheel on a bushing between the 
lathe end and the bearing support. This 
bushing is made to fit the wheel bear- 
ings and the wheel is locked in place by 
means of a drift pin. The cutting tool 
is carried in an extension tool holder 
that is braced by means of a planer jack. 

(No. 884) PISTON TONGS 

The replacement of the piston block 
onto the assembled pistons is facilitated 
by the ring clamping tongs shown. Two 
semi-cylindrical metal strips are riveted 
to the jaws of the tongs, the interior 
diameter of the cylinder thus formed be- 
ing that of the bore of the motor. The 
rings are then readily compressed and 
the pistons slipped into place. 

(No. 885) RADIATOR STAND 
The radiator is rendered less awkward 
for repair work by the use of a special 
repair stand. The stand shown is made 
of 2 X 4 in. wooden pieces, covered with 
old carpeting to prevent damage to the 
radiator finish. The height, about 24 in., 
is most convenient, and the upper sur- 
face shoald be made large enough to hold 
the radiator securely while lying flat 
Two cross strips permit holding the 
radiator upright in the manner shown. 
(No. 886) CIRCULAR WOOD SAW 
A clean round hole for monnting clocks 
or meters may be cut in the dash by 
means of this simple circular saw. It 
_ consists of an old hack saw blade held 
to a circle by a metal frame in the man- 
ner shown. A ball pointed pin in the 
center serves to hold the cutting edges 
true to the circle and foIlo«>s a small hole 
drilled for that purpcse. 

(No. 887) CYUNDER HATCH 
In refitting piston and connecting-rod 
assemblies, the accuracy of the work may 
be readily checked by means of the match 
illustrated. It is made from a sheet of 
steel about % in. thick and 5 In. wide, 
having the semi-circular notches cut in 
exact reproduction of the cylinder bore 
fjid drilled to fit over the cylinder studs. 
This is then placed on the base and the 



pistons adjusted until contact on the en- 
tire inner edge of the match is regis- 
tered. The cylinders may be replaced with 

certainty of correct piston alignment. 

(No. 888) VALVE CAP WRENCH 

Sticking valve caps may be easily re- 
moved by the use of this wrench. It is 
made of wrought iron, case hardened, 
and has the handle offset to assure the 
possibility of always being able to en- 
gage two of the jaws of the wrench with 
the slots in the valve cap. The tool may 
readily be made up by any blacksmith. 
The threads of the valve cap should be 
coated with a paste made from graphite 
and oil before replacement. Tbis will ef- 
fectively prevent rusting in of the valve 
caps and permit easy removal. This paste 
should contain as little oil as possible. 
(No. 889) DIE HOLDER 

Damaged threads on spring shackle 
bolts may be put in good condition by 
the use of an extension die holder. It 
is made of cast-iron, drilled through and 
countersunk to hold the die. A short 
piece of round stock makes a good handle. 
(No. 890) WINDING CARBURETER 
SPRINGS 

A simple carbureter spring winding 
set is illustrated. It consists of a tapered 
mandril held in the lathe and having the 
wire fed onto it through a friction de- 
vice held in the tool post. The amoant 
of tension placed on the spring may be 
regulated by a set screw, and the proper 
number of coils to the inch is controlled 
by feeding the carriage as the lathe is 
rotated. No. 12 steel wire is used. 

(No. 891) TABLE FOR WASHING 
PARTS 

For any given quantity of gasoline a 
maximum of service with a minimnm of 
waste in washing parta may be obtained 
by the use of the washing table shown. 
The table is covered with sheet metal, 
the feature being the trough around the 
pdge which serves as a return to the pail 
for the washing liquid. In returning, 
much of the heavier grease is dropped 
and may be scraped up and deposited in 
a can kept for that purpose. 

(No. 892) CYLINDER LAP 

The feature of this expanding lap is 
that the drill press may be used to do 
the work, a much quicker and less tedi- 
ous method than using the band-operated 
lap. The lapping sections are three in 
number, having the outside surface made 



of copper sheets riveted onto cast-iron 
wedge pieces, and when expanded the 
desired amoant are locked in position by 
means of the cast-iron heads. The cop- 
per lap is charged with groimd glass and 
oil, or grinding compound mixed to a 
thin consistency with kerosene oil. It is 
essential that the cylinder block he se- 
curely locked to the drill table by means 
of special clamps made for that purpose. 
The locking heads of the lap are then 
loosened and the lap placed within the 
cylinder and expanded. Using a low ro- 
tative speed at first, gradually increasing 
as the lapping proceeds, the lap is slow- 
ly moved from the top to the bottom of 
cylinder by the band lever on the drill. 

(No. 893) PISTON LAP 

After the cylinder has been lapped 
to the finished surface, the piston should 
be lapped to a perfect finish in the cyl- 
inder it is to occupy. Hie drill press 
may be used for this work by using 
the attachment shown. The collet fitting 
the spindle carries the universal join^ 
to which the clamping arm is fastened. 
Injury to the piston is prevented by the 
use of a wooden wristpin. The piston Is 
made a press fit to the cylinder and 
lapped in by the aid of ground glass and 
oil. 
(No. 893a) OIL SERVICE SYSTEM 
The working supply of oils and greases 
may be kept in a convenient manner as 
shown. A framework built up of angle 
iron sections supports the individual con- 
tainers for the oils and greases. The oils 
are held in square cans provided iviU) 




faucets that are placed in the lower 
shelf, and the heavier greases are in the 
upper containers that are provided with 
hinged covers. A drip pan fastened be- 
neath the faucets offers a rest for the 
measure and funnels and keeps the stand 
clean. — Union Garage, Cadillac, Lansing. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIBSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




186 



AUTOMOBILE BEPAIBSHOP SHOBT-CUTS 



1 

Axle Straightener — Bushing Puller — Rear Axle Testing Stand — Ash Can Water- 
Cooler — Towing Truck — Steering Post Puller — Valve Tool — Universal Valve Tool 
— Wheel Aligning Fixture — Axle Tester — Front Cross-Member Anvil 



(No. 894) AXLE STRAIGHTENER 

A bent rear axle housing may usually 
be straightened in a heavy lathe by sup- 
porting the axle in a fixture on the face 
plate at one end and bending it back to 
shape by inserting a piece of pipe in the 
other to give increased leverage. The 
bent end of the axle should be placed 
next to the fixture. Obviously, when the 
axle is perfectly true it will rotate evenly 
on its axis. The fixture is a heavy cast- 
ing bolted firmly to the face plate and 
with a hole which snugly fits the axle 
end. Different size axles may, of course, 
be accommodated by using different size 
bushings. — W. W. Mitchell, M. A. Young 
(Reo and Mitchell), Detroit. 

(No. 895) BUSHING PULLER 

A threaded rod working in a tube may 
often be used as a substitute for an arbor 
press if used in the manner illustrated. 
For removing wrist-pins, a rod is turned 
to slide freely through the pin and is 
threaded S. A. E. standard. The pulling 
bushing is made somewhat smaller than 
the pin to be pulled, and the pressure 
bushing is drilled to permit the pin to 
slide through its center. The pin may be 
replaced in the same manner and a sim- 
ilar device may be made up for work on 
spring, transmission, crankcase or steer- 
ing column bushings. — Carl Tinkham 
(Downey Garage), Denver. 

(No. 896) REAR AXLE TESTING 

STAND 

A stand for testing rear axles is 
shown. Two 4-in. angle irons placed 
back to back form the base and carry 
the upright rests at the ends. The ends 
of these uprights are carefully lined up 
and fitted to the axle-bearing tube, and 
carry an indicating pointer in the man- 
ner illustrated. To test the alignment 
the axle is placed upon the stand and the 
registration of the pointer noted as the 
axle is slowly turned by hand. If the 
axle be straight the pointer will just 
toucl all the way around; if bent, it will 
first scrape and then miss. The high 
points ar^ chalk marked and the axle 
straightened. — F. Hoskin (Cadillac Mo- 
tor (;ar Co.), Detroit. 

(No. 897) ASH CAN WATER-COOLER 

A satisfactory water-cooler may be 
made from a small ash can. A coil of 
tubing of about six turns is placed in 
the bottom and ice is packed above it. 
The inner end of the coU is connected to 



the water supply and the outer end is 
attached to the faucet. The water will 
be cool even if it is drawn continuously. 
— W. W. Mitchell, M. A. Young (Reo 
and Mitchell), Detroit. 

(No. 898) TOWING TRUCK 

The car disabled by a broken wheel or 
axle may be towed to the garage by 
means of the jack illustrated. It is made 
of built-up sections of 2 x 8 in. planking 
bolted together and supported on a heavy 
axle carrying two pulley wheels. The 
attachment beneath the car axle is ef- 
fected by means of the notched frame 
member and a metal hook. If the roads 
are rough, the frame of the truck must 
be strapped to the axle. In the case of 
a rear axle break the attachment is the 
same except that the towing pole must 
be lashed to the front axle and a rope 
or cable used to tow the car. F. J. 
McLoughlin (Cass Park Garage), De- 
troit. 

(No. 899) STEERING POST PULLER 

Two wooden blocks clamped to the 
steering post by a heavy metal clamp 
offer a convenient brace for a jack, thus 
permitting the removal of the steering 
post. After applying a strain to the post 
by means of the jack, a few blows on the 
blocks with a heavy hammer so loosen 
the post that it may be drawn out with- 
out injury. — F. Hoskin (Cadillac Motor 
Car Co.), Detroit. 

(No. 900) VALVE TOOL 

A discarded Ford radius rod may be 
made into a serviceable valve tool by 
merely heating the ends, and then pound- 
ing them out and notching them in the 
manner illustrated. A complete set, con- 
sisting of several tools, some straight 
and some bent, should be made up. A 
good tire tool may be made in a similar 
manner. — F. W. McLoughlin (Cass Park 
Garage), Detroit. 



ball and socket joint, thus allowing the 
handle to be swung at any angle. — A. £. 
Bossert (D. A. C. Garage), Detroit. 

(No. 902) WHEEL ALIGNING FIX- 
TURE 

The alignment of either the front or 
rear wheels may be tested by this fixture. 
The frame is made of wrought iron pipe, 
and is adjustable by means of sliding 
joints. The feature of this fixture is 
that both sides of the wheel are tested 
at the same time; the camber and amount 
the wheels toe in can be readily deter- 
mined. The front wheels should toe in 
from % to % in.— F. G. Price (Auto- 
Kraft & Garage Co.), Detroit. 

(No. 903) AXLE TESTER 

In straightening a rear axle it is neces- 
sary to use great accuracy. Not only 
must the axle tubes be straight through- 
out their length, but they also must be 
in line. These two conditions may be 
tested for by using two heavy steel 
tubes which closely fit the rear axle tubes. 
When the alignment is correct these two 
tubes should be able to enter a long bush- 
ing which is placed in the center of the 
axle as shown. — W. W. Mitchell, M. A. 
Young (Reo and Mitchell), Detroit. 

(No. 904) FRONT CROSS-MEMBER 

ANVIL 

The front-frame cross-member on the 
Ford is occasionally bent. In such cases, 
it may be straightened, without remov- 
ing it from the car, in the following man- 
ner: First, the front axle and wheel as- 
sembly is removed, also the radiator. 
Then a special anvil, built up from flat 
strip steel, and shaped to fit the inside 
of a perfect cross-member, is placed be- 
neath the bent member. The weight of 
the car is allowed to rest on this anvil, 
when the cross-member may quickly be 
formed back to shape. — Cheesly-Tumer 
Co., Detroit. 



(No. 901) UNIVERSAL 
VALVE TOOL 

The feature of this valve 
tool lies in the fact that the 
swinging head i>ermits inser- 
tion in inaccessible places, 
often permitting the valves 
to be ground without dis- 
mantling the engine. The 
two jaws are kept in align- 
ment by means of guide pins 
and are opened or closed by 
the tong handles. The con- 
nection between the handle 
and the jaw is pivoted on a 




n?ONT a^oss memder 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



poiKT or &cn> 



No. 900 



JCBWJin <^I»t'"AT:OMJ 



Wi 




JCStV 



=^J 




No. 903 



138 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Lathe Tool Grinder— Rear Wheel Wrench— Wash Rack Piping— Cole 8 Valve Tool 
— Oil Transferring System — Emergency Valve Tool — ^Workman's Tool System — 

Body Stand — Portable Wash Barrel and Wringer — Lathe Grinder 



(No. 905) LATHE TOOL GRINDER 

The fi^rinding of lathe tools is facili- 
tated, and all tools made with the proper 
clearance angle by the use of the tool 
grinding fixture illustrated. The grind- 
ing rest of a common bench g^^inder is 
removed, and the swiveled rest shown 
at the top substituted in its place. By 
this the face angle and radius is ground. 
The lower sketch shows the fixture for 
grinding the top face, and is also held 
in the grinding rest holder. — T. W. 
Famsworth, Worcester, Mass. 

(No. 906) REAR WHEEL WRENCH 

A special wrench for removing the 
locking device of the Dodge rear wheel 
Is illustrated. A short piece of 1% in. 
pipe is cut away in the manner shown, 
and engages the ends of the 5/16 in. 
bolt in the rear axle, permitting the 
locking nut to be removed. A %-in. 
steel rod is riveted across the diameter 
for the purpose of strengthening the de- 
vice, a short length of %-in. rod serv- 
ing as a handle. The durability of the 
wrench is increased by case harden- 
ing the jaws. — Colt-Stratton (Dodfi:e 
Brothers), New York. 

(No. 907) WASH RACK PIPING 

A swinging, overhead wash rack piping 
may be made complete from plumbers' 
fittings at a total cost of 70 cents each. 
The horizontal arm is swung from a 
1-in. cross supported on a lock washer 
clamped to a %-in. pipe screwed at the 
upper end into the wall fitting. This 
1-in. pipe runs through a stuffing box 
made from a 1%-in. cap and expansion 
nipple carrying the horizontal distrib- 
uting arm. The swinging arm is sup- 
ported from the cross by means of a 
% steel rod at the pipe end, and an 
old Weed side chain at the other end. 
Both are fastened into awning eye-bolts 
in the manner shown. One system is 
installed for every four cars, the cars 
being placed in the aisle in front of 
their stand when being washed. Due 
to the small amount of handling of the 
cars, it has been found that six men 
could do the work formerly done by 10 
when there was one wash rack at the 
end of each aisle. — Jack Rowan, 637 St. 
Nicholas Avenue, New York. 

(908) COLE 8-VALVE TOOL 

The sketch shows a convenient and 
simple valve tool for removing the lock- 
ing washers on an 8-cylinder Cole. It 



comprises a circular hook of about 7 in. 
radius with an opening of about 6 in. 
for insertion over the manifolds. This 
hook is made of % round stock, and 
flatted and drilled at the lower end for 
adjustment of the lever arm. The lever 
is made of flat stock, notched for en- 
gaging the valve locking washer and 
provided with a pipe handle about 14 in. 
long. This handle must be bent in the 
manner shown so as not to strike the 
opposite cylinder manifold. — Colt-Strat- 
ton Co., New York. 

(No. 909) OIL TRANSFERRING 

SYSTEM 

Oil may be most readily transferred 
from the barrel to the storage can by 
the aid of a differential pulley and suit- 
able gn^ab-hooks. The differential pulley 
may be fastened to the ceiling beams 
just over the oil storage room doorway, 
and if the storage cans are mounted on 
castors in the manner shown, they may 
be easily rolled under the suspended 
barrel, a hole drilled in the bung, and 
the oil transferred without further at- 
tention. The oil storage room shown in 
the sketch has several valuable features. 
First, the oil may be locked up, and is 
only accessible to the proper persons; 
secondly, the upper part contains a shelf 
in which the surplus stock of heavy oils 
and gn^eases are stored. — Jack Rowan, 
637 St. Nicholas Avenue, New York. 

(No 910) EMERGENCY VALVE TOOL 

An emergency tool for grinding Ford 
valves may be made from an 8 in. leng^th 
of broom handle and two nails. The two 
nails are driven into the sawed off end 
of the handle, until only about one inch 
of the nail is left. The heads of the 
nails are then filed off and bent until 
they will fit into the drilled holes in the 
valve top. — A. C. Bird, Worcester, Mass. 

(No. 911) WORKMAN'S TOOL SYSTEM 

The average workman carries more 
tools than are necessary to the job, and 
often finds that even then he does not 
have the right one. A careful study of 
the cars handled usually shows that 12 
of the common tools will serve to do the 
ordinary job, and these tools should be 
listed and given to each workman, to- 
gether with a suitable box for carrying 
them. It has been found that the fol- 
lowing tools are most essential, and are 
adequate for most jobs: Four open end 
wrenches, Nos. 34, 25, 29, 276; 1 monkey 
wrench; 1 valve cap wrench; 1 screw- 



driver; 1 pair pliers; 1 connecting rod 
wrench; 1 main bearing wrench. — Raa- 
sel B. Taber, Reo distributor, Hartford. 
Conn. 

(No. 912) BODY STAND 

The portable body stand illustrated 
facilitates the removal of the car body, 
and offers a most convenient method of 
caring for it during overhauling or re- 
painting. The legs are made of 2 x 4-in. 
wooden pieces, mounted on heavy castors 
and held together by a framework made 
of 1% X 6-in. pieces. It is rolled directly 
behind the car whose body is to be re- 
moved, the body placed on it and trans- 
ferred to any point with a minimum of 
effort. — Jack Rowan, 637 St. Nicholas 
Avenue, New York. 

(No. 913) PORTABLE WASH BARREL 
AND WRINGER 

Many steps are saved by the use of 
the portable wash barrel and wringer 
illustrated. The upper quarter of an 
old soap barrel was cut away, fitted with 
an ordinary wringer and mounted on a 
portable stand. The feature of this stand 
lies in the combined handle and brake. 
This handle is made of wrought iron 
pipe, hinged to the stand by two hangerp 
and provided with legs so that the front 
wheels of the stand may be raised from 
the castors when the handle is in the 
position shown. This prevents the wash 
barrel from rolling down the inclined 
sides of the wash rack, and holds it 
steady while the wringer is being used. 
— Jack Rowan, 637 St. Nicholas Avenue. 
New York. 

(No. 914) LATHE GRINDER 

An old fan motor may be readily made 
into an effective lathe grinding fixture. 
After the removal of the fan base, fan 
and fan guard, a wooden pattern of the 
grinding spindle housing should be made, 
and a casting obtained from it. This 
casting should then be machined and 
fitted with the g^rinding spindle carrying 
the wheel in the manner shown. The 
motor shaft is squared off and fitted into 
a slot in the grinding spindle, forming 
the drive coupling. A steel strap bolted 
around the motor housing to the end of 
a steel bar offers a means of fastening 
the device in the tool post of the lathe. 
The operation from then on is aa with 
the commercial lathe g^rinder. — ^Herr- 
mann G. Kroeger, 1005 Caldwell Street, 
Louisville, Ky. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHOKT-CUTS 




140 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Generator Spanner Wrench — Valve-Grinding Tool — Valve Tappet Adjustment — 
Crankcase Wrench — Generator Gear Puller — Valve-Grinding Machine — Valve-Cap 
Wrench — Quick- Acting Jack — Slewing Castors — Replacing Cork Inserts — Ford 

Transmission Band Clamp 



(No. 915) GENERATOR SPANNER 
WRENCH 

A spanner wrench for facilitating the 
adjustment of the silent chain drive on 
the motor generator of the Dodge car. 
It consists of a piece of ^-in. round 
stock about 9 in. long, bent and formed 
in the manner shown. To adjust the 
chain, the chain-inspection plates are 
first removed from the motor gear cover. 
Then the set-screw on the cylinder cast- 
ing and the strap holding the motor to 
the hand hole cover plate are loosened. 
By means of the spanner wrench the ec- 
centric bushing is turned until the chain 
has the proper tension. When properly 
adjusted the chain should run without 
perceptible noise. — Colt-Stratton (Dodge 
Brothers), New York. 

(No. 916) VALVE-GRINDING TOOL 

A simple tool for facilitating valve 
grinding is illustrated. The body of the 
tool is made of 1%-in. flat stock, 3/16 in. 
thick and about 6 in. long. The upper 
end is forged round and fitted with bit- 
stock hand rest, the lower end carrying 
the jaws for engaging the valve. A short 
length of round stock riveted on provides 
a convenient handle. A similar tool 
with a screwdriver point may be made 
for valves with a slotted head. — E. W. 
Chamberlain (Maxwell Service), N. Y. 

(No. 917) VALVE TAPPET ADJUST- 
MENT 

The valve tappets of the Maxwell may 
be readily adjusted by means of special 
wrenches provided for that purpose. Two 
standard 626-X check nut wrenches are 
purchased at any supply store, and bent, 
after heating, in the manner shown. 
After loosening the lock-nut the adjust- 
ing screw may be turned until a gage 
registers the proper clearance. This 
should be from .006 to .009 in.— E. W. 
Chamberlain (Maxwell Service), N. Y. 

(No. 918) CRANKCASE WRENCH 

The retaining, nuts on the crankcase 
may be quickly removed or replaced by 
the aid of this wrench. The handle is 
made of ^-in. round stock bent in the 
form of a bit-stock, as shown. The upper 
end is fitted with a hand rest; the lower 
end with a socket for engaging the nut. 
A short piece of round stock, slightly 
larger in diameter than the nut to event- 
cally be turned, is drilled, as illustrated 
in the smaller sketch. It is then heated 
and formed over the nut it is to fit, case- 



hardened and secured to the handle by a 
pin. — Colt-Stratton (Dodge), New York. 

(No. 919) GENERATOR GEAR 
PULLER 

A puller for removing the generator 
gear on the Dodge car is shown. The 
housing is made of cast iron, cut away 
at the base to engage the gear and pro- 
vided with a %-in. set-screw for obtain- 
ing a leverage on the generator shaft. 
The feature of the puller is the method 
of attaching the set-screw to the hous- 
ing. It is screwed through a swiveled 
cross-member, thus permitting it to be 
swung out of the way when being placed 
on the gear. — Colt-Stratton (Dodge 
Brothers), New York. 

(No. 920) VALVE-GRINDING 
MACHINE 

An old speed lathe may be modified 
into a poppet valve grinder that will 
grind valves to a perfect seat at the rate 
of one per minute. Four special castings 
are required, but are of a form that 
renders the pattern making simple. The 
grinding wheel is shown mounted on a 
V-block ways, permitting the wheel to 
be fed onto the valve, the valve being 
held in a universal chuck rotated by 
means of a round belt from an overhead 
shaft. The arbor holding the chuck is 
mounted on a swiveled base that permits 
the valve to be placed at any angle with 
the wheel, and the required bevel g^round 
onto the face. After once obtaining the 
correct angle all the valves may be quick- 
ly gn^ound. A valve reseating reamer will 
facilitate refacing the seat. 

(No. 921) VALVE-CAP WRENCH 

A wrench for removing slotted-head 
valve caps may be made from a bar of 
steel 2 in. round and 6 in. long. A %-in. 
hole is drilled through the center of the 
piece and the jaws filed on the lower end, 
as shown. A transverse hole drilled in 
the upper end permits the insertion of a 
bar ^-in. round for a handle. The 
threads of the cap should be smeared 
with a paste made of graphite and oil 
before replacing the cap. — Hudson Motor 
Car Co., New York. 

(No. 922) QUICK-ACTING JACK 

Both front or both rear wheels of the 
car may be quickly raised from the 
ground by the aid of this jack. The 
standards at each side are made of cast 
iron, mounted on castors and provided 



with a handle made of 1-in. pipe. To use, 
the two half-round supports are caught 
beneath the axle and the handle thrown 
in the position shown. The supports 
swing on the axle of the car as a center 
and are forced beneath the car, raising 
it from the floor. The half-round sup- 
ports should be lined with leather to pre- 
vent marking the axle. This jack may 
be made in a simpler form by having 
only one upright instead of two, as illus- 
trated. Two wheels, one on each side of 
the support, are necessary. A pipe- 
T replaces the elbow on the handle. In 
this form the jack is similar to those 
used on racing cars. — Colt-Stratton 
(Dodge Brothers), New York. 

(No. 923) SLEWING CASTORS 

The car may be slewed into place in 
crowded quarters by means of the device 
illustrated. It consists of four heavy 
castors mounted in pairs on steel plates 
and connected by two wooden strips. The 
ends of the steel plate are bent to the 
floor in the manner shown, and form an 
inclined plane that permits the car to be 
rolled up on to the frame. It may then 
be swung around in any direction. The 
castors, plates and cross-strips are all 
bolted securely together. Large washers 
should be placed beneath the heads of the 
bolts to prevent splitting the board. 

(No. 924) REPLACING CORK 
INSERTS 

Corks may be readily inserted in a 
clutch plate by the use of this device. 
It comprises a hollow metal tube, tapered 
for insertion in the hole in the plate, and 
a plunger for forcing the cork into posi- 
tion. The action is similar to that of a 
popgun. — Hudson Motor Co., Detroit. 

FORD TRANSMISSION BAND CLAMP 

Replacement of Ford transmission 
bands and springs is rendered easy by 
the use of a special transmission band 
clamp or pair of pincers. The jaws of 




these pincers are cut away to fit around 
each of the transmission band cross bolts 
and permit the springs to be compressed 
and tied in a compressed position until 
the work is completed. — G. G. Foster, 
Ford Service Station, Lansing, Mich. 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




142 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Aluminum Piston Lap — Bushing Puller — Portable Parts Box — Fender and Door 
Protectors — Handy Puller — Auxiliary Jack — Car-Recording System — r Lifting 

Cradle— Double- Ended Wheel Puller— Valve-Lifting Tool 



(No. 925) ALUMINUM PISTON LAP 

Cast-iron pistons may be lapped to a 
finish in the cylinders that they are to 
occupy; this cannot be done with alumi- 
num pistons, as they are too soft. The 
high parts may be removed by means of 
the semi-cylindrical brass lap shown. To 
do this, the piston is placed in the cyl- 
inder it is to occupy and the high points 
determined by the aid of a 0.003-in. 
feeler gage. The inner surface of the 
lap is then charged with a lapping mix- 
ture made of ground glass and oil, and 
the piston brought to the required finish. 
— C. T. Silver (Chalmers), New York. 

(No. 926) BUSHING PULLER 

This puller was designed primarily to 
remove the forward clutch-bearing bush- 
ing from the flywheel of the Chalmers, 
but has been found to facilitate the re- 
moval of many similar bushings on the 
car. It comprises two split locking mem- 
bers, a locking pin and a puller clamp. 
When in the collapsed position the two 
locking members are inserted in the 
bushing until the inner flanges drop be- 
hind the edge of the bushing in the man- 
ner shown. The locking pin is then 
placed in position, forcing the split mem- 
bers out and locking them behind the 
bushing. The puller clamp is then caught 
onto the outer flanges, and by tightening 
the screw the bushing is forced out of the 
hole.— C. T. Silver (Chalmers), New 
York. 

(No. 927) PORTABLE PARTS BOX 

The feature of this portable parts box 
is that it is so designed that almost any 
part of the motor car may be accommo- 
dated. It is made of %-in. pine or other 
cheap lumber, planed on both sides and 
mounted on four heavy castors. Com- 
partments at each end provided with 
hinged covers form a storage space for 
all small parts, or a convenient ledge for 
larger parts, such as the cylinder or 
crankcase casting. The center compart- 
ment, flanked at each side by raised par- 
titions, may be used to hold the radiator, 
the partitions offering a secure rest for 
the axles or transmission. — C. T. Silver 
(Chalmers), New York. 

(No. 928) FENDER AND DOOR PRO- 
TECTORS 

The varnished surfaces of the fenders 
and doors often suffer injury while the 
car is in the repair shop, and should be 
provided with a suitable protector. Two 



such protectors are illustrated — one for 
the fender, and one for the door. They 
are made from upholstery leather and 
cut to a perfect fit. The surfaces are 
thus protected from injury due to the 
careless handling of tools and gn^ease or 
from contact with the mechanic's clothes. 
Though leather is perhaps the best ma- 
terial, pantasote or heavy canvas would 
be satisfactory. — C. T. Silver (Chal- 
mers), New York. 

(No. 929) HANDY PULLER 

The puller illustrated facilitates the 
removal of many gears on the Chalmers 
and may be readily made by any black- 
smith. It consists of a U-shaped frame 
forged from 1-in. stock in the manner 
shown. The maximum opening between 
the arms is about 8 in., and the puller 
may be placed over a gear of 10 in. diam- 
eter. The screw is % in. in diameter, 
and carries a fine thread and should be 
case-hardened, if possible. The opening 
in the jaws should be suflicient to accom- 
modate a 1%-in. shaft. — C. T. Silver 
(Chalmers), New York. 

(No. 930) AUXILIARY JACK 

Many expensive lifting jacks may be 
eliminated by the use of auxiliary jacks. 
The auxiliary jack illustrated has many 
important features. It is inexpensive, 
easily made in large quantities, and of- 
fers a firm support for the car. It is 
made of cast iron, cored hollow, and has 
the following dimensions: Overall height, 
17 in.; diameter of base, 10 in.; thickness 
of base, % in.; diameter of base of up- 
right, 6 in.; thickness of walls, % in.; 
diameter top, 2^ in. Two jacks should 
be provided for each stand in the repair- 
shop and several for the storage room. 
A neat profit may be derived from the 
sale of these jacks to the owners for 
their personal use. — C. T. Silver (Chal- 
mers), New York. 

(No. 981) CAR-RECORDING SYSTEM 

In those service stations that are Irrge 
or occupy several stories, much time is 
lost in determining the exact location of 
a car. A system for eliminating this dif- 
ficulty is illustrated. The layout of each 
shop is made put on a blackboard hang- 
ing beside the foreman's desk and each 
repair stand numbered. The repair 
stands themselves bear corresponding 
numbers attached to the ceiling above 
the car. Then as each car comes into 
the shop it is assigned a stand and the 



owner's name written in the rectangle 
representing that stand on the black- 
board. A report of the disposition of the 
car is immediately sent to the manager's 
office and noted on a master-board that 
hangs there. The manager is then able 
to tell at a glance both the location of 
any car and how much work there is in 
that department. — C. T. Silver (Chal- 
mers), New York. 



(No. 932) UFTING CRADLE 

The cradle illustrated, when used in 
conjunction with a set of differential 
blocks and an overhead track, facilitates 
the handling of heavy parts. It consists 
of a heavy bar of steel, about 3 ft. long, 
provided with a heavy ring for attach- 
ment to the hook of the chain fall and 
having several holes drilled at each end. 
The part to be moved is suspended from 
this bar on steel cables, passing through 
the holes at the end, the ends of the cable 
being fastened together by means of 
suitable clamps. Hemp rope might be 
used for this purpose, but is not as safe 
as the cable and is somewhat harder to 
handle. — C. T. Silver (Chalmers), New 
York. 

(No. 933) DOUBLE-ENDED WHEEL 

PULLER 

The feature of this puller lies in the 
fact that it will fit two models, and the 
size desired is certain to be at hand. In 
construction it is similar to the standard 
puller, except that the neck of two dif- 
ferent sized pullers is made a unit in the 
manner shown. The main casting is 
made of malleable or cast iron; the screw 
of tool steel. — C. T. Silver (Chalmers), 
New York. 

(No. 934) VALVE-LIFTING TOOL 

This valve tool possesses the advan- 
tage of holding the valve down from the 
top at the same time that it compresses 
the spring. It is made of %-in. round 
stock, bent U-shape in the manner illus- 
trated, the overall height and leng^th of 
the arms being about 7^ in. each. The 
compression screw is about % in. in di- 
ameter, the lower end being hardened 
and provided with a sharp point to pre- 
vent it from slipping from the top of the 
valve. Another important feature of this 
device is that the spring is held in the 
compressed position, facilitating the re- 
moval or replacement of the locking 
washer and pin.— C. T. Silver (Chal- 
mers), New York. 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIB8H0F SHOBT-CUTS 



^ 




144 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Timing Gear Puller — Oxygen Tank Truck — Cylinder Polishing Lap — Garage Door 
Guard — Grinding Wheel Guard — Emergency Wheel for Fords — Removing Nut 
from Ford Transmission — One-Man Tow Bar — ^Repairshop Truck — Straightening 

Wrench — Colored Inspection Lamp 



(No. 935) TIMING GEAR PULLER 

The removal of the upper camshaft 
driving gear of the vertical driveshaft 
of the Chalmers is facilitated by the use 
of the puller illustrated. It consists of a 
flat bar of steel carrying two bolts 
screwed into the face of the spiral gear 
in the manner shown, the tension being 
applied by a screw pressing against the 
end of the vertical shaft. The holes at 
each end of the plate should be some- 
what larger than the bolts in order to 
permit the central screw to align with 
the driveshaft. This central screw 
should be made of tool steel, and the 
threads should be as fine as possible to 
create the maximum leverage. A steel 
collar is fitted to the lower end of the 
screw, having a diameter equal to that 
of the driveshaft. This causes the gear 
to be pulled off without binding. — C. T. 
Silver (Chalmers), New York. 

(No. 936) OXYGEN TANK TRUCK 

A truck for carrying the oxygen tank 
to the car is illustrated. It consists of a 
large board, mounted on casters and pro- 
vided with a convenient handle, carrying 
the tank in two wooden uprights in the 
manner shown. The tank may then be 
readily transported to the car instead of 
taking the car to the tank, as is often 
done. Oxy-acetylene welding outfits may 
be mounted in a similar manner. — Hup- 
mobile Service Station, New York. 

(No. 937) CYLINDER POLISHING LAP 

The interior of the cylinder may be 
brought to as fine a finish as desired by 
means of the simple expanding lead lap 
illustrated. A hollow cylinder of lead is 
cast in a wooden or pasteboard mold, its 
diameter being somewhat larger than the 
cylinder to be lapped. It is then turned 
down and finished in a lathe until it will 
just fit in the cylinder, after which it is 
slotted up one side in the manner shown. 
The lap is expanded to the required pres- 
sure on the cylinder walls by means of 
the wedge in the lower end of the slot, 
this wedge being operated by a screw 
braced against a horseshoe member 
pinned to the top of the lap. The lap is 
charged with emery and oil, and worked 
up and down in the cylinder by means of 
a central plunger. — Colt-Stratton (Dodge 
Brothers), New York. 

(No. 938) GARAGE DOOR GUARD 

The sides of the garage door are often 
injured by the hubs of the passing cars 
Injury to both the doors and the car may 
be prevented by means of the guards 



shown. Each guard is made of three 
2 X 4 in. wooden pieces constructed into 
a pyramid, as illustrated. The edge of 
the member projecting into the doorway 
should be rounded so as not to injure the 
tire and so as to force the car back into 
its proper place in the doorway. 

(No. 939) GRINDING WHEEL GUARD 

Even though each grinding wheel be 
provided with goggles, the average me- 
chanic will not take the time to put them 
on and needless injury often results. A 
simple but effective guard is shown that 
catches the particles as they come from 
the wheel and guides them away from 
the operator's eyes. Each wheel is 
guarded by means of a light sheet-metal 
hood held by a strap-iron hanger bolted 
to the rear of the grinder. These metal 
hoods may be quickly made up by any 
tinsmith, and represent an investment 
that is well worth while. — Hupmobile 
Service Station, New York. 

(No. 940) EMERGENCY WHEEL FOR 

FORDS 

Fords disabled by a broken rear-axle 
shaft may be towed to the repair shop 
by the aid of this device. It comprises 
a cast-iron housing, clamped to the axle 
flange by four hook-clamps and carrying 
an axle spindle exactly like the one on 
the front wheel of the Ford. To use, the 
device is clamped to the flange in the 
manner show in the lower sketch, a 
standard Ford front wheel fitted to the 
axle spindle, and the car towed home. A 
similar device might readily be made for 
any car. — Ford Motor Co., Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 941) REMOVING NUT FROM 
FORD TRANSMISSION 

It is not an unusual occurrence to have 
a nut drop into the Ford transmission 
during the process of changing the trans- 
mission bands. The common methods of 
employing a magnet or bent wire to re- 
move the nut usually fail or are ex- 
tremely tedious. If a piece of woolen 
cloth or cotton waste be inserted tightly 
between the transmission and housing 
and the motor slowly cranked over while 
locked in high, the nut will be quickly 
brought to light. — George W. Allan 
(Normington- Allan Co.)f Rochester, N. Y. 

(No. 942) ONE-MAN TOW BAR 

By means of the device illustrated a 
car can be towed without the aid of a 
driver in the rear car. The part at- 
tached to the towing car is preferably 
permanently clamped in place around the 



rear spring and cross-member, and is 
provided with a universal joint to make 
the towing connection flenble. U-clamps 
are attached both to the axle and croas- 
tie-rod of the car to be towed, and are 
connected by means of the pivoted tow- 
ing bar. Connection between the two 
cars is effected by means of a pin coup- 
ling and the wheels of the towed car 
forced to move in accordance with the 
motion of the forward car through the 
action of the towing bar. Though illus- 
trated on a Ford, this device might read- 
ily be adapted to almost any car. — Ford 
Motor Co., Detroit. 

(No. 943) REPAIRSHOP TRUCK 

All parts transported in the repair- 
shop should be carried on a suitable 
truck, as one can then do the work other- 
wise requiring two or three men. The 
truck shown is simple in its construction 
and almost universal in its use. The 
sides are made of 1^-in. angle iron bent 
to a U-shape, held together by 1% x % 
in. strap-iron pieces and the whole 
mounted on swiveled casters. Small 
parts, boxes, junk, etc., may be carried 
in the compartment formed by placing 
boards on the bottom, sides and end of 
the frame. Motors or transmissions may 
be placed on boards laid across the two 
top members, and the truck is long 
enough to permit a car body to be car- 
ried. — Hupmobile Service Station, New 
York. 

(No. 944) STRAIGHTENING WRENCH 

Steering-gear spindles, front axles, 
connecting-rods, etc., may be straight- 
ened by the aid of the wrench shown. 
It is made of cast steel or iron, ex- 
tremely heavy, and the jaws should be a 
tight fit on the piece to be straightened. 
A piece of iron pipe may be used as a 
handle, and is slipped over a projecting 
arm having a diameter equal to the in- 
side diameter of the pipe. — Hupmobile 
Service Station, New York. 

(No. 945) COLORED INSPECTION 

LAMP 

Inspection lamps of clear glass give an 
illumination that is too intense, and the 
rays thrown back into the eyes of the 
workman prevent a clear view of the 
part in question. If the bulbs of the in- 
spection lamps be made of a g^reen tinted 
glass or be stained with some of the spe- 
cial preparations, the light will be dif- 
fused and of a color that will not dazzle 
the eyesight of the mechanic. — Chevrolet 
Motor Co., New York. 



AUTOUOBILE KEPAIR3H0P SHORT-CUTS 




146 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Timing Gear Tester — Crankshaft Crank — Tool Rack — Wheel Puller — Pump-Gear 
Replacer — Pit Construction — Valve Cage Reseater — Cam Gear Puller — Radiator 

Rack — Engine Stand — Clutch Hub Rivet Set 



(No. 946) TIMING GEAR TESTER 

In order to insure quiet running of the 
timing gears they must mesh perfectly. 
This may be tested by a jig on which the 
gears are mounted in the same relation 
as they are on the motor. This device is 
of particular use where the teeth have 
become burred, as it is possible to re- 
move such a defect by applying ground 
glass and oil and rotating the gears by 
hand. The pins on which the gears ro- 
tate are hardened and a washer placed 
under each gear to hold it away from the 
plate. 

(No. 947) CRANKSHAFT CRANK 

When scraping in the main bearings it 
is difficult to rotate the crankshaft un- 
less a special wrench, such as the one 
shown, is provided. It consists of a 
member which fits snugly over the front 
end of the shaft, to which is attached a 
long handle. The wrench meshes with 
the crankshaft in the same way as the 
starting crank. 

(No. 948) TOOL RACK 

Compact and convenient arrangement 
of tools and parts is afforded by this oc- 
tagonal rack or cabinet. The upper part 
consists of bins for small articles, and 
the drawers below house the larger ones. 
The unit is mounted on rollers, and may 
be turned so that the tool-room attendant 
can rotate the case rather than walk 
around it. Instead of bins in the upper 
part, shallow individual compartments 
for the tools may be built. One row 
might be used for reamers, another for 
drills, a third for arbors, etc. This rack 
is something that is not difficult to build, 
and will readily make a worth-while sav- 
ing in the space required in housing these 
items as well as in the time consumed in 
finding them. 

(No. 949) WHEEL PULLER 

A convenient way to remove the rear 
wheel on a floating axle is to construct a 
puller out of the hub. The hub is bushed 
and threaded to take a large screw. 
Then, after the axle shafts are removed 
the puller is bolted into place, the screw 
turned and the wheel drawn off, bearing 
and all. 

(No. 950) PUMP-GEAR REPLACER 

This illustration shows a unique device 
which is designed as an aid in replacing 
the pump gear without going to the 



trouble of removing the pump, which is 
attached to the other end of the shaft. 
Probably there are many other instances 
where a similar tool would prove of ad- 
vantage. Obviously the necessity for this 
tool arises from the fact that the pres- 
ence of the pump on the other end of the 
shaft prevents pressure being applied. 
Instead the thrust must be taken by this 
device, which fits around a shoulder on 
the pump shaft. The tool consists of a 
light I-beam section in which the web is 
cut away for several inches. Two strips 
of %-in. stock the exact width of the web 
are drilled at one end to accommodate the 
pump shaft, and when the whole is as- 
sembled the pump shaft is firmly held. 

(No. 951) PIT CONSTRUCTION 

(Cutting away the concrete floor be- 
tween adjacent I-beam members makes 
an excellent pit construction. A raised 
floor brings the worker within easy reach 
of the under parts of the car. The lower 
flanges of the I beams serve as a support 
for a plank at one end on which is mount- 
ed a vise and for a sliding wooden tray 
for holding tools. A rack for hanging up 
pistons, wrist-pins and other small parts 
may be suspended from one comer of the 
pit. 

(No. 952) VALVE CAGE RESEATER 

This fixture has the advantag^e that it 
is provided with a universal joint, and 
consequently any tendency to press hard- 
er on one side than the other is resisted. 
The result is that a better seat is ob- 
tained, whereas with the ordinary tool 
there is danger of a 
high or low spot, 
which will cause a 
leak. 

(No.953) CAM-GEAR 
PULLER 

This cam-gear 
puller is adjustable 
both with respect to 
pulling lugs and cen- 
tral screw, and is 
particularly designed 
for camshaft gears. 



(No. 954) RADIATOR 
RACK 

Particularly in the 
large shop a radiator 
rack is a necessity, 



although it may not seem so at first 
glance. It is essential because it pro- 
vides a safe place for a radiator re- 
moved from a car undergoing over- 
hauling; there is no danger of it being 
damaged by accidental knocks so that 
either its exterior flnish or its working 
efficiency is impaired. Furthermore, it is 
where it can instantly be found and no 
time is wasted in looking for it. 

(No. 955) ENGINE STAND 

A very simple engine stand which an- 
swers practically all purposes. The 
crankcase arms are bolted to pivots- 
mounted in the center of the stand* 
Either the top or the bottom of the mo- 
tor may be worked on by simply swing- 
ing it around these points. 

(No. 955a) CLUTCH HUB RIVET 

SET 

The rivets holding the clutch pressing 
to the hub occasionally become loose, 
and may be headed over and again made 
tight by the aid of this device. It is 
made of tool steel about 2H inches in 
diameter and cut away in the manner 
shown, that it may be inserted around 
the clutch hub. The upper end, against 
which the rivet head is placed, is coun- 
tersunk and hardened; the other drawn 
down and squared, that it may be placed 
in the anvil or caught in a vise. If the 
looseness is extremely great, reheading 
the rivets is insufficient, and in this case 
the old rivets should be removed, the 
holes reamed out and new rivets inserted 
and headed while hot. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




148 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Hub Puller — Quick-Lifting Jack — Relining Brake Bands Quickly — Brake-Drum 
Truing — Crankshaft-Turning Wrench — Piston Lapper — Rear- Axle Spanner 
Wrench — Oil and Grease Rack — Simple Bushing Puller — Repairshop Truck 



(No. 956) HUB PULLER 

When the rear-wheel hubs flare out 
as illustrated a convenient form of hub 
puller is the one shown, particularly 
with a semi-floatingr or three-quarter- 
floating axle. The jaws of the tool are 
simply slipped in the neck of the hub, 
and turning the screw pulls the wheel 
off. 

(No. 957) QUICK-LIFTING JACK 

A jack which is designed particularly 
for use around the shop, and may be 
used either on the hub of the wheel or 
on the axle, consists of the metal stand- 
ard shown, on which is mounted a heavy 
wooden lever. The large end of the lever 
is hollowed out to fit the axle, and the 
part coming in contact with the car is 
padded with heavy leather so that it will 
not scratch the paint. The sides, end 
and bottom are heavily armored with 
brass so that the wood will not splinter 
with rough usage. The tool is adjust- 
able as to height. — Warner F. Russell, 
Buick Motor Co., New York. 

(No. 958) RELINING BRAKE BANDS 

QUICKLY 

The time required for relining a pair 
of brake bands may be cut from a pos- 
sible 3 hr. to ^ hr. by the simple sub- 
stitution of split rivets for the ordinary 
type, and yet the results obtained are 
just as good. The ordinary method of 
relining brake bands requires drilling 
and countersinking of the lining, and in 
many cases also the rivets are too long 
and must be cut. After this the lining 
is clamped in place and riveted. A fur- 
ther difficulty is that in drilling the lin- 
ing it is likely to slip, with the result 
that the holes do not register exactly 
with those in the bands and consequently 
the lining may bulge and a dragging set 
of brakes will result. When split rivets 
are used it is not necessary to drill or 
countersink the lining. It is simply nec- 
essary to cut the lining to the correct 
length, clamp it in place and then drive 
the rivets in with about the ease and 
rapidity that one would drive so many 
nails. The band during this operation is 
supported on a stout steel bar, the 
curved surface of which turns the rivets 
automatically as they are driven 
through. When this operation is com- 
plete the ends are carefully flattened 
against the lining and the job is fin- 
ished. It would seem as though the 
ends of these rivets, since they must 



come in contact with the drums, would 
cause trouble, but extensive experience 
has proved that this is not the case. — 
Warner F. Russell, Buick Motor Co., 
New York. 



(No. 959) BRAKE-DRUM TRUING 

The quickest method of retruing brake 
drums after they have become scored is 
to place wheel and all in the lathe. The 
usual difficulty, however, is that the re- 
pairman does not possess a lathe which 
has a large enough swing. This objec- 
tion may be overcome by making a spe- 
cial attachment which allows the wheel 
to be mounted at the end of the lathe 
bed, where the swing is only limited by 
the distance of the lathe centers from 
the floor. A special hub fitting is bolted 
in place of the regular hub flange which 
carries the axle shaft. The interior of 
this fitting is tapered and is mounted on 
a 2% -in. steel shaft which is carried in 
the chuck and supported near the wheel 
end by a steady rest. Of course, the 
tailstock must be removed before this 
apparatus can be put in place. Finally, 
an extension is mounted in the tool post 
so that the lathe tool may reach the 
drum. This extension is clearly shown. 
It is substantially made so as to mini- 
mize chattering, although it is obvious 
that if too heavy a cut is taken chatter- 
ing will result. The cost of this appa- 
ratus is small and the time it will save 
will soon repay for the expense in mak- 
ing it. — ^Warner F. Russell, Buick Motor 
Co., New York. 

(No. 960) CRANKSHAFT - TURNING 

WRENCH 

When taking up motor bearing^ it is 
difficult to turn the crankshaft without 
some form of special tool, and the de- 
sign frequently used, which consists of 
a wrench which clamps the rim of the 
flywheel, is objectionable if there are 
starter teeth on the flywheel, inasmuch 
as the teeth may be injured. In this 
case the tool illustrated may be used, 
which has a starter pinion gear to mesh 
with the flywheel gear. When pressure 
is applied to the handle the gear does 
not rotate, but the tool binds and pulls 
the flywheel with it. — ^Warner F. Russel. 

(No. 961) PISTON LAPPER 

A convenient tool for lapping piston 
rings is shown. It is more convenient 
than placing the rings in a piston. As 



is clearly illustrated, the rings are 
clamped between two wooden disks, and 
the shaft, which serves as a handle, is 
guided by another disk which fits into 
the cylinder opening. — Charles W. Gear, 
Forty-ninth Street Garage, New York. 

(No. 962) REAR-AXLE SPANNER 
WRENCH 

The wrench illustrated is used for ad- 
justing the rear-axle drive pinion of the 
Hupmobile. After loosening the locking 
nut on the bearing housing, the teeth of 
the wrench are caught into the notches 
on the adjusting screw and the bearing 
readily set in the proper position. The 
wrench is made of machine steel and the 
teeth should be case-hardened to prevent 
breakage. — Hupmobile Service Station, 
New York. 

(No. 963) OIL AND GREASE RACK 

By the use of the rack illustrated cars 
may be more readily oiled and g^reased. 
It consists of two elevated tracks sup- 
porting the car about a foot above the 
floor, thus permitting the mechanic to 
reach every part. An inclined track per- 
mits the car to be run onto the tracks 
and a special creeper for the mechanic 
should be provided for use with the rack. 
A method of storing the oil and grease 
is also shown, consisting of an elevated 
platform provided with a drain to carry 
away any oil leakage. — Hupmobile Serv- 
ice Station, New York. 

(No. 964) SIMPLE BUSHING PULLER 

Bushings may be readily removed by 
means of the puller illustrated. It is 
made from a single square nut turned 
down in the manner shown and then 
split in two. It is inserted through the 
bushing to be removed and expanded by 
means of the bolt, the lower edges catch- 
ing beneath the bushing and forcing H 
from the hole. 

(No. 965) REPAIRSHOP TRUCK 

Whenever possible a truck should be 
used to carry all parts of the car to the 
workbench. The truck illustrated is 
practically universal in its use. It con- 
sists of a heavy wooden frame mounted 
on castors and provided with a con- 
venient handle. The cross-members at 
the top are grooved in both direetioDi, 
and provide a purchase either for the 
axle or for the motorw— Hapmobilf 
Service Station, New York. 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIKSHOP SHOET-CUTS 




160 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Front Hoisting Sling — Wrist Pin Press — Gasket Replacing Clamp — Bushing Fix- 
ture—Clutch Spring Clamp— Car Lifter— Valve Lifting Tool— Wheel Puller— Fan 
Replacing Device — Valve Cap Wrench — Driving Gear Holder 



(No. 966) FRONT HOISTING SLING 

The front of the ear may be readily 
suspended by means of the chain block 
and hoisting eling illustrated. It com- 
prises two short len^hs of chain, joined 
at one end by a ring, and carrying forged 
eteel hooks at the lower end. The ring 




is caught onto ,the hook of the chain 
blocks and each of the smaller hooks 
beneath a front frame member, permit- 
ting the front of the car to be easily 
lifted and securely held. This is quicker 
and safer than using a rope sling. 

(No. 967) WRIST PIN PRESS 

Wrist pins may be easily removed or 
replaced by the aid of this press. The 
frame is made of cast iron, machined on 
the inside diameter to a close fit for 
the piston, and carrying a smooth ver- 
tical plunger somewhat smaller than the 
pin to be removed. This press was de- 
signed to be used in conjunction with 
an arbor press, as this applies a steady, 
even pressure that cannot damage either 
Che pin or piston. 

(No. 968) GASKET REPLACING 
CLAMP 

Gaskets may be replaced beneath the 
intake manifold on the Cadillac without 
tearing down the motor, if the clamp 
illustrated be used. The bolts holding 
the manifold to one cylinder casting are 
removed, the clamp applied and the 
manifold pulled away from the cylinder 
by turning the tumbuckle joining the 
two hooks. The old gasket may then 
be removed, a new one inserted and the 
bolts again tightened in place. This 
flamp is well worth the time expended in 
its construction. 

(No. 969) BUSHING FIXTURE 

All hollow bushings, such as the brass 

•rristpin bushing, may be quickly cut 

aown to the proper length by the use 

iH the fixture shown. The bushing is 



slipped over a hollow, upright spindle, 
and the end cut down by the rotating 
knife held in the cutter arm, and driven 
from the drillpress. When the bushing 
has been cut to the proper length, the 
cutting arm bottoms on the upright 
jpindle, and hence no skill is required to 
do the work. 

(No. 970) CLUTCH SPRING CLAMP 
Clutch springs may be compressed, 
and held in the compressed position 
until inserted in the car, by the use of 
this compreuing and clamping device. 
The spring to be compressed is slipped 
over the end of a rod caught horizontally 
in a vise, the clamp slid over the outer 
end and the spring compressed by means 
of pressure applied on a piece of pipe 
placed over the end of the rod. When 
compressed, the other end of the clamp 
is caught onto the spring, and the spring 
is then ready for insertion in the clutch. 
By having the tool room boy clamp up 
the complete set of springs, the replace- 
ment is facilitated and much of an ex- 
pensive mechanic's time saved. 

(No. 971) CAR LIFTER 
The lifter illustrated is only suitable 
for Cadillac models previous to 1914, 
or to any car having similar rear frame 
cross braces. It is made of 1-in. wrought 
iron rod, bent in the manner illus- 
trated, and permits the car to be lifted 
quiclcly, safely and wiUiout danger of 
marring the finish. In the case of all 
Cadillacs, from and including the 1914 
model, the lifting sling illustrated in 
Shortcut 966 is used, and is caught be- 
neath the frame after removing the rear 
compartment floor boards. 

(No. 972) VALVE LIFTING TOOL 
This tool was designed for use on the 
8-cylinder Cadillac, though it could be 
readily adapted to use on almost any 
car. It is made of % in. stock, bent to 
fit around the manifold in the manner 
shown, and provided with a forked valve 
lifting lever. The feature of this lifter 
lies in the fact that the valve is held 
down from the top, at the time that the 
locking members are being replaced or 
removed. In adjusting the valves, open 
the relief valves and crank the engine 
by hand until the valve being timed has 
just closed. Then turn the engine in 
the same direction 1% in. further, as 
measured on the flywheel face. The 
clearance between the end of the valve 
stem and the adjusting screw should be 
made about .003 in. when motor is cold. 



(No. 973) WHEEL PULLER 

The rear wheeb often become set on 
the rear axle housing, and due to the 
construction, cannot be readily removed 
with the ordinary puller. In such cases, 
the removal is facilitated by the use of 
the special puller shown, and applies the 
strain in a manner that can cause no 
injury to the parts. It is made of cast 
iron, threaded to fit the wheel hub, and 
carrying a central screw that is pro- 
vided with a steel collar that fits the 
inside of the axle tube. The hub cap, 
rear axle drive shaft and locking nuts 
are removed, the puller applied and the 
wheel pulled from the shaft. 

(No. 974) FAN REPLACING DEVICE 

Replacement of the fan on the Cadil- 
lac is facilitated by the use of the 
special device shown. It consists of a 
threaded stud, drilled and tapped at each 
end to fit the fan spindle, and turned 
down at each end to the same diameter 
as the main part of the fan spindle 
shaft. The spring and fan are placed 
on the fan spindle, and the threaded 
stud screwed in place. The thick horse- 
shoe washer is then inserted between 
the hub of the fan and the nut on the 
arbor, and the fan forced into place. 
Once in place, it is held by the key, 
until the arbor can be removed and the 
nut screwed in place. 

(No. 975) VALVE CAP WRENCH 

The removal of valve calii is facili- 
tated by the valve cap wrench illus- 
trated. The head is made from a piece 
of round steel stock, turned down until 
it is a close fit in the inside of the valve 
cap, the teeth being <4-in. pegs driven 
into drilled boles, and filed down in the 
manner shown. The upright handle and 
cross bar are then fitted to the head, 
and should be made of at least %-ia. 
stock. The threads of the valve caps 
should be painted with a paste made of 
graphite and oil before the cap is re- 
placed, as this will prevent it from be- 
coming frozen in the head. 

(No. 976) DRIVING GEAR HOLDER 

After the removal of the front high- 
speed clutch and bearing assembly from 
the transmission, further dismantling i* 
facilitated by the use of the holder illus- 
trated. It is made in exact reproduction 
of the main transmission driving shaft, 
and when clamped in a vise offers a 
rigid support for the shaft and as- 
sembly. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




152 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Valve-Reseating Reamer — Valve Cleaning — Valve Ref acing Tool — Armature Rack 
— Leaf Spring Jack — Cleaning Brass Parts — Stock Card System — Portable Grinder 
— Powerful Grease Gun — ^Window Ventilator — Rear- Axle Kink — Spring Opener — 

Parts-Box System 



(No. 977) VALVE-RESEATING 
REAMER 

Valve-reseating is facilitated by the 
use of this reamer. It comprises four 
tool-steel beveled cutters held between 
two disks in the manner shown. The 
spindle inserted in the valve guide serves 
to hold the cutters in the proper posi- 
tion» and the lock-nut offers a place to 
catch the socket-wrench for turning the 
reamer. The tool-steel bits should be 
locked between the disks and ground to 
the proper bevel either in a lathe or 
grinding machine. A bench grinder may 
then be used to give the edges the cor- 
rect cutting clearance. 

(No. 978) VALVE CLEANING 
Valve stems, heads and seats may be 
quickly cleaned by catching the stem of 
the valve in a drill press and using a 
piece of emery paper in the manner 
shown. All parts of the valve should be 
given a high polish to prevent the de- 
position of carbon. — £. W. Chamberlain, 
Maxwell Service Station, New York. 

(No. 979) VALVE-REFACING TOOL 
All ridges and pits may be removed 
from the valve face by this device. Two 
uprights on a metal base carry bushings 
that hold the valve firmly in a horizontal 
position and permit it to be turned by a 
crank so that the face is cut to the 
proper bevel by a tool-steel cutter. Pres- 
sure is applied to the head of the valve 
by a pointed thumbscrew. Care must be 
taken, in grinding and setting the tool, 
to have it cut the proper bevel. 

(No. 980) ARMATURE RACK 

A convenient method for storing mo- 
tor and generator armatures is shown. 
It consists of a series of wooden wall 
racks, in which the armatures may be 
systematically placed. Injury is pre- 
vented and any desired type found at a 
glance. — ^Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 
Co., New York Service Station. 

(No. 981) LEAF SPRING JACK 

In removing and replacing spring eye 
bushings it is sometimes difficult to get 
the end of the spring down where it may 
be worked upon. This trouble may be 
avoided by the use of a jack in the man- 
ner illustrated. The base is of channel 
iron, fitted with a metal wedge piece riv- 
eted to the underside so that it will lie 
level on the spring; the upright, a piece 
9t round stock drilled and tapped, and 
the screw, a hexagon-headed cap-screw 



having the end turned down to a point 
and case-hardened. — ^M. B. Potter, Sus- 
quehanna Garage, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 982) CLEANING BRASS PARTS 

Small brass parts, such as pet cocks, 
carbureter parts, etc., may be made to 
look like new by dipping them in the 
following bath: Nitric acid, 75 parts; 
sulphuric acid, 100 parts; lampblack, 2 
parts, and salt, 1 part. This solution 
should be mixed and kept in an earthen- 
ware or glass jar, and the parts should 
be thoroughly rinsed and dried after dip- 
ping. — 'M. R. Potter, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 983) STOCK CARD SYSTEM 

Stock may be readily stored in wooden 
racks, but each bin should be provided 
with a bin card showing what the con- 
tents are and how much are on hand. In 
the method shown the card is held in 
metal slides fastened to the side of the 
bin and, while they may be easily drawn 
out and inspected, are held securely and 
away from the dirt when in place. — 
Westinghouse New York Service Station. 

(No. 984) PORTABLE GRINDER 

A portable electric drill may be con- 
verted into a portable grinder by mount- 
ing a small emery wheel on a small spin- 
dle in' the manner illustrated. This 
grrinder is most useful in removing stock 
from hardened metal parts where it is 
not practical to take them to a large- 
size wheel. — ^M. R. Potter, Susquehanna 
Garage (Cadillac), Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 986) POWERFUL GREASE GUN 
A powerful grease gun for filling uni- 
versal joints and steering gears is illus- 
trated. The barrel of the gun is a piece 
of 6-in. pipe about 16 in. long, and car- 
ries a metal piston having a single ring. 
This piston is forced downward through 
the action of a threaded rod, screwed 
into a cap at one end, and operated by 
a hand wheel. The other end of the bar- 
rel is likewise covered with a cap and 
carries a length of flexible tubing, 
through which the grease is forced to 
the part. The barrel is mounted on 
wooden uprights, and is large enough to 
permit one loading to supply several 
joints. The amount of grease used each 
time may be readily determined by 
weighing the gun before and after using. 
— M. R. Potter, Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 986) WINDOW VENTILATOR 

Some method of ventilating the re- 



pairshop should be provided, and a sim- 
ple form of window ventilator is shown. 
It consists of a piece of an old wind- 
shield glass, held in an inclined position 
on the window sill by two triangular 
supports, and permits the window to be 
raised and the shop ventilated without 
causing a serious draught on the me- 
chanic. — M. E. Parrott, Newburgh, N. Y. 

(No. 987) REAR-AXLE KINK 

Grease leakage around the brake bands 
may be prevented by taking a piece of 
felt hi in. square and about 2 ft. long and 
wrapping it around the axle in a counter- 
direction to the rotation of the shaft 
when driving forward. The ends are 
fastened with cord and well shellacked. 
The thread acts as a screw pump, and 
forces the grease back into the differen- 
tial housing. — M. R. Potter, Susquehanna 
Garage (Cadillac), Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 988) SPRING OPENER 

A quick and powerful tool for opening 
up spring leaves may be made in the 
manner illustrated. It consists of two 
wedges that are forced' between the 
leaves by the action of a cam, the cam 
in turn being operated through handles. 
The wedges are then locked in the closed 
position and the springs may be readily 
lubricated with a paste of graphite and 
grease. — M. R. Potter, Susquehanna Ga- 
rage (Cadillac), Wilkes'-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 988a) PARTS-BOX SYSTEM 

The respective parts of each car should 
be kept together, and when not under 
direct supervision of an authority, under 




lock and key. In the system illustrated 
each repair stall is provided with a large 
box that is fitted with a lid and piuOoek, 
and any loss or theft prevented. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIB8H0P SHOKT-CUTS 




154 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Parts Rack — Transmission Gear Puller — Board for Bearing Shims — Valve Lifter 
— Portable Work Bench — Circuit Testing — Maxwell Valve Grinding — Cutting Tire 
Fabric — Steering Wheel Kink — Special Screwdrivers — Valve Ref acing in the Lathe 



(No. 989) PARTS RACK 

A simple storage system for small 
parts is illustrated, and possesses the 
advantage of permitting each bin to be 
removed and examined at will. A rack 
is built rigidly and divided into com- 
partments as shown, each compartment 
being provided with a bin or box. These 
bins may be made larger than would 
be possible were the bins not movable, 
as they can readily be pulled out to re- 
move or replace stock. Another feature 
that is noteworthy is that each part 
card, tacked to the face of the box, is 
dipped in melted parrafine after being 
typewritten. This prevents the card 
from becoming soiled or defaced by the 
greasy hands of the mechanic. — H. W. 
Doebert, North East Electric Service 
Station, New York. 

(No. 990) TRANSMISSION GEAR 

PULLER 

The gears on the transmission coun- 
tershaft may be readily removed by 
the use of the puller shown. It consists 
of a square bar of stock, carrying the 
puller screw through the central portion, 
and having the two puller jaws bolted 
to each end. These jaws are slotted 
and fit over the gear teeth in the man- 
ner illustrated, giving sufficient pur- 
chase for the gear to be drawn from 
the shaft. By making up three sets of 
jaws, of three different lengths, all of 
the jackshaft gears may be removed in 
a similar manner. The adjustment to 
suit the different diameters of the gears 
is effected by shifting the position of 
the washers at the attachment of the 
jaws to the square block. — J. C. Kop- 
shac, Mechanical Foreman with Service 
Department, Cadillac Motor Car Co., 
New York. 

(No. 991) BOARD FOR BEARING 

SHIMS 

In taking down engine bearings it is 
advisable to keep account of the num- 
ber of shims removed from each bearing 
half, as in reassembling and adjusting 
the bearings the work is facilitated if 
the workman knows how many shims 
should be in the bearings, and how many 
he has removed. This may be done by 
means of the shim board illustrated. — 
William Ferris, Martlehead, Mass. 

(No. 992) VALVE LIFTER 

This valve lifter was designed for 
use on the 4-cylinder Cadillac, but might 



be readily adapted to suit the require- 
ment of many cars, as it is adjustable. 
The part engaging the valve washer is 
forged from rectangular stock, and bent 
L-shape in the manner shown, and car- 
ries the sliding arm which holds the 
valve lifting screw. As the valve is 
held down from the top the spring can 
be locked in the compressed position, 
thus leaving both hands of the work- 
man free. — J. C. Kopshac, Mechanical 
Foreman with Service Dept., Cadillac 
Motor Car Co., New York. 

(No. 993) PORTABLE WORK BENCH 

Instead of taking the car to the bench, 
it is often more expedient to take the 
bench to the car, and the portable bench 
illustrated renders this very easy. It 
is made of heavy wood, being about 30 
in. high, 36 in. long and 24 in. wide. 
The legs at one end are mounted on 
heavy casters, and a vise is bolted to 
the top at the other end. This permits 
the bench to be moved much in the man- 
ner of a wheelbarrow, yet causes it to 
rest securely on the floor when in use. 
The under part of the bench carries a 
shelf that may be used either for tool 
or for parts. 

(No. 994) CIRCUIT TESTING 

One of the best devices for testing 
circuits, especially on the road, or away 
from the shop, is a Murdock Circuit De- 
tector No. 80. This detector is self- 
contained, can readily be slipped in the 
pocket, and does away with buzzers, 
batteries, wires, etc. — M. R. Potter, Sus- 
quehanna Garage (Cadillac), Wilkes- 
Barre, Pa. 

(No. 995) MAXWELL VALVE 
GRINDING 

The cylinder head of the 1914 and 
1915 Maxwell should not be removed 
unless absolutely necessary, but when 
removed valve grinding is facilitated by 
bolting the head to the bench in the 
manner shown. Not only are the valves 
more accessible, but the light at the 
bench is usually better than at the re- 
pair stand. — E. W. Chamberlain, Max- 
well Service Station, New York. 

(No. 996) CUTTING TIRE FABRIC 

A simple but effective device for per- 
mitting fabric to be cut on the bias, with 
a wet knife, instead of shears, is illus- 



trated. A hardwood strip, forming the 
straight edge, is placed 45 deg. across 
the tire repair bench, and each end fitted 
with hardwood angle blocks in the man- 
ner shown. These edges even up against 
the edge of the bench and secure a per- 
fect 45 deg. cutting angle. — Goodyear 
Tire & Rubber Co., Repair School Div., 
Akron, 0. 

(No. 997) STEERING WHEEL KINK 

A rattle occasioned by looseness be- 
tween the steering wheel hub and the 
steering column tube may be removed 
by simply loosening the clamp holding 
the tube to the dash, flattening the upper 
end of the tube slightly with the pene 
of a hammer, and then clamping the 
tube back in position. This kink is par- 
ticularly effective on the model H2 and 
F3 Chevrolet, but may be readily ap- 
plied to any car having a steering gear 
of similar construction. Care must be 
taken, however, not to flatten the tube 
too much, or it will be difficult to slide 
the tube back over the hub of the wheel. 
— -S. P. M., New York. 

(No. 998) SPECIAL SCREWDRIVERS 

For tightening up hose clamps, or 
any screw in an out of the way place, 
an extra long screwdriver is exceedingly 
handy; % in. drill rod may be used in 
making the tool, and it is usually ad- 
visable to make at least three sizes, 
one 8^ in., one 2 ft. and one 3 ft. long. 
— M. R. Potter, Susquehanna Garage 
(Cadillac), Wilkes-Barre, Pa. 

(No. 999) VALVE REFACING IN THE 

LATHE 

The ordinary engine lathe having a 
compound rest may be used for refac- 
ing valves in the manner illustrated. 
The valve is caught between the lathe 
centers and driven from the face place 
by means of a lathe dog. The tool used 
in refacing the valve should be a left- 
hand side tool, and must be very care- 
fully ground. The setting of the com- 
pound rest is facilitated by the use of 
a new valve taken from stock, as this 
is certain to have the correct bevel 
After refacing on the lathe the valve 
must be ground to a more perfect seat 
on the motor, but this may be done 
very quickly, as the pits and scale have 
been removed. — £. W. Chamberlain, 
Maxwell Service SUtion, Nesw Yoric. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIBSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



An Engine Testing Stand — Clutch Spring Compressor — Tap and Drill Stand — 
Adjustable Bending Bar — ^Welding Table — Wrench for Tight Quarters — Straight- 
ening Twisted Axles — Emergency Piston Lap — Tire Rack — Straightening Bent 
Axles — Front Axle Gage 



(No. IftOO) AN ENGINE TESTING 
STAND 

It is common practice to replace the 
engine in the car after overbaulinK> and 
then making a test to see that the over- 
hauling has been properly done. This is 
not the best method. When in the car, 
the parts are not accessible; noises may 
be caused by parts not in the engine; en- 
gine accessories may be at fault, or any 
one of many other circumstances lead the 




mechanic to believe that the engine is not 
properly overhauled. By supporting the 
engine on a cast-iron stand, and operat- 
ing it from an auxiliary gasoline tank, 
storage battery, water supply, etc., the 
performance of the engine may be ob- 
served and the necessary adjustments 
made without difficulty. — F. W, Bowen, 
Technical Department, Paige- Detroit Mo- 
tor Car Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1001) CLUTCH SPRING 
COMPRESSOR 

Though designed primarily for the 
Paige, this compressor could readily be 
modified to meet the requirements of 
many cars. It was quickly made of a 
short piece of 2-in. angle iron drilled to 
bolt onto the rear engine frame and car- 
rying an old clamp-screw in the manner 
shown. Ab the angle iron is too thin to 
be tapped, a tapped block is placed on 
tile inner side, as illustrated. — S. E. Bar- 
ber, Hodskin Garage, Canton, N. Y. 

(No. 1002) TAP AND DRILL STAND 

A systematic and efficient method of 
storing taps ia illustrated. Wooden com- 



partments, nailed to the bench, carry the 
taps, tap drills, dies and wrenches, all in 
a small space and near the vise. An- 
other advantage is that the tap drill is 
just below the tap and both may be taken 
out at once. — Frank Lindenthaler, Chev- 
rolet Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1003) ADJUSTABLE BENDING 
BAR 

This adjustable bending bar is suitable 
for straightening any bent member hav- 
ing a rectangular or I-beam section. It 
is forced from a 1 x lU bar of machin- 
ery steel, and the sliding head is made 
slightly loose on the handle so that it 
may pinch when the bending force is 
applied. 

(No. 1004) WELDING TABI^ 

Oxy-acetylene welding is facilitated by 
the use of a table that permits the work 
to be securely clamped in place, yet is 
not damaged by repeated contact with 
the welding flame. A suitable table ia 
shown, and is angle iron, welded to- 
gether, the top being asbestos placed on 
sheet metal. — S. £. Barber, Canton, N. Y. 

(No, lOOS) WRENCH FOR TIGHT 
QUARTERS 

In those places that it is only pos- 
sible to obtain a part turn on a nut the 
use of the double-cut wrench shown will 
facilitate the work. It is made of an 
old spring leaf, annealed, the hescagon 
being first cut and filed in the ordinary 
manner, and then similar hexagon cor- 
ners being cut at a point half way on 
each of the faces. This permits a part 
tarn to be given to the nut, when the 
wrench is lifted and the following jaws 
used. — Frank Lindenthaler, Clievrolet 
Service Station, New York. 

(No. lOOS) STRAIGHTENING 
TWISTED AXLES 

A long and heavy I-beam, drilled to 
permit tjie front axle to be bolted on in 
the manner shown, offers an excellent 
purchase for the application of straight- 
ening forces to axles twisted between 
the spindle and spring seat. The 
straightening force may be applied 
either through a bending bar, a heavy 
wrench or through a rod placed in the 
spindle holes. Light axles may he 
straightened without heating; heavy axles 
must be heated before bending.— -S. E. 
Barber, Hodskin Garage. Canton, N. Y. 



(No. 1007) EMERGENCY PISTON 
LAP 

When all other piston laps are in uae, 
or none are at hand, an old piston may 
be cut down and rigged into a satis- 
factory lap. The piston is cut acroaa 
at the wrist pin and the head drilled 
and tapped to take the handle in the 
manner illustrated. Two of the new 
rings to be fitted into the cylinder are 
placed on the piston, and both the piston 
and cylinder lapped to a fit together. — 
Frank Lindenthaler, Chevrolet Service 
Station, New York. 

(No. 1008) TIRE RACK 
A complete stock of tires may be 
systematically stored in a small space 
by the use of the tire rack illustrated. 
Vertical posts, running from the floor 
to the ceiling, carry transverse mem- 
bers that hold the lengthwise strips of 
the rack proper. The tires are stored 
in two tiers, the tL'es of the uppor tier 
being readily accessible by means of 
a portable ladder that hooks onto length 
of pipe fastened to the sides of the rack. 
— S. E. Barber, Canton, N. Y. 



Front axles that are bent between the 
spindle and spring seat may be straight- 
ened by clamping them to a short length 
of 6-in. I-beam, as illustrated. The 
clamp is attached to the I-beam through 
a square hole cut for that purpose, this 
permitting the force to be applied di- 
rectly to the axle. Though small axles 
may be straightened cold, it is usually 
advisable to heat the heavier axles at 
the point of bend before applying the 
straightening force. — S. E. Barber, Hod- 
skin Garage, Canton, N. Y. 

(No. 1010) FRONT AXLE GAGE 

By the use of the gage illustrated bent 
front axles may be tested; the amount 
they must be bent back indicated and 
the final accuracy of the job determined. 
It is thin strip steel, long enough to rest 
on both spring seats, and still permit 
the adjustable angle-end to touch a rod 
placed tlirough the spindle holes in tlis 
manner shown. If only one end of the 
axle is bent the gage may be set by 
placing a rod tbro-igh the other end; if 
both are bent, the gage must be set 
from an axle that is known to bt 
straight— S. E. Barber, Canton, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




16S AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Ford Engine Lifting Hook — Oil Storage System — Steel Auxiliary Jack — Sand 

Storage — Spring Leaf Opener — Welding Torch Lighter — Extension Lamp. Lock — 

Portable Bench — Driveshaft Hook — Wheel Puller — Removing Brake Spiders 



(NO. 1011) FORD ENGINE LIFTING 
HOOK 

This lifting hook is used in conjunc- 
tion with a chain block to remoye the 
Ford engine from the frame. It is in 
two parts, one U-shaped, and bent in the 
manner shown, having eyes to catch two 
manifold stud nuts, the other fastened 
to it, and bent to grab below the water 
jacket between the second and third 
cylinders. Ordinarily the manifolds, 
cylinder head, transmission case cover 
and crank-cose base are removed, the 
illustration showing the application of 
the hook. When these are removed the 
engine will balance. — Orlen J. Chestnut, 
Foreman with Ford Service Station. 
Lawton, Mich. 

(NO. 1012) OIL STORAGE SYSTEM 
An oil storage system whereby the oil 
is discharged by gravity, is shown. It 
comprises several tanks, as many as 
there are kinds of oil to be stored, held 
close to the ceiling on pipe standards, 
and each pipe connected to its discharge 
valve. Oil is transferred from the origi- 
nal barrel by air pressure, through 
a special connection, in the manner illus- 
trated. In addition to facilitating the 
withdrawal of oil, this method gets the 
. storage tanks up out of the way, and 
saves much valuable room. — J. H. 
Breitenbach, Chandler Service, New 
York. 

(NO. 1013) STEEL AUXILIARY JACK 
Whenever possible, repairshop equip- 
ment should be steel, as it is more dur- 
able than wood, besides being fireproof. 
A steel auxiliary jack is illustrated, be- 
ing made throughout of angle and strap 
iron members, with all joints welded. 
Where the welding equipment is not ac- 
cessible, the joints could be readily 
riveted or bolted together. — J. M. Breit- 
enbach, Chandler Service, New York. 

(NO. 1014) SAND STORAGE 
A supply of sand is almost a necessity 
around a repairshop, both as a fire ex- 
tinguisher and as a medium for clean- 
ing up oil or grrease. It may be con- 
veniently stored in an overhead bin, 
placed on a meEzanine floor, as illus- 
trated. A chute and draw-valve permit 
the sand to be readily drawn into a pail 
or box, and the bin is out of the way. 
All sides of the bin should slope toward 
the chute, to prevent the possibility of 



(NO. 1015) SPRING LEAF OPENER 

Spring leaves may be forced u,.art for 
the purpose of lubrication, by the aid 
of this opener It comprises a channel- 
section, carrying at one end a fixed jaw, 
and at the other a movable jaw, actuated 
by a lever and cam in the manner 
shown. The two jaws are tool steel, 
hardened and tempered, that they may 
not be injured in forcing the leaves 
apart, and due to the cam shape, the 
jaws are locked in the closed position. 
A coiled spring in the central channel 
serves to keep the movable jaw against 
the cam face. — J. M. Breitenbach, Chand- 
ler Service, New York. 

(NO. 1016) WELDING TORCH 
LIGHTER 

The continual nuisance of obtaining 
and lighting a match every time the 
welding torch goes out may be obviated 
by the use of a lighted kerosene torch 
hanging near the welding table. This 
torch is lighted at the start of the work, 
and its use saves much time for the me- 
chanic. — J. M. Breitenbach, Chandler 
Service, New York. 

(NO. 1017) EXTENSION LAMP LOCK 
Misplacement or theft of inspection 
lamps can he prevented by the use of 
the simple extension lamp lock shown. 
Each half of the common rectangular 
plug-connector was drilled through at a 
point that would not touch the con- 
ductors, and the two joined by steel 
loops as illustrated. The ends of the 
bolts were headed over to make the re- 
moval of the locking loops more difficult. 
— J. M. Breitenbach, cihandler Service. 
New York. 

(NO. 1018) PORTABLE BENCH 

The portable repairshop bench illus- 
trated possesses many valuable advant- 
ages. It is a complete unit in itself, vrith 
extension lamp, vise, parts-compart- 
ments, and a place for tools, in addition 
to the bench proper. The frame is steel, 
with all joints welded, and the bench 
top and shelves are hard wood. These 
benches have been found so valuable that 
one is provided for each car-stand in the 
station, as they enable the mechanic to 
have light, tools, a place for parts, and 



a bench at just the point most needed. — 
J, M. Breitenbach, Chandler Service, 
New York. 

(NO. 1019) DRIVESHAFT HOOK 

The hook illustrated is used to hold 
the driveshaft from contact with the 
floor after the removal of the gearbox. 
It is a steel rod, bent in the form of a 
double hook, one end engaging the drive 
shaft, and the other being used as a 
handle, or as a catch on the floor board. 
This hook, or a similar hook, may be 
used to remove and replace storage bat- 
teries. — J. M. Breitenbach, Chandler 
Service, New York. 

(NO. 1020) WHEEL PULLER 

This steering wheel puller was de- 
signed primarily for the Chandler, but 
may be readily adapted to the require- 
ments of many cars. It comprises a flat 
metal plate, carrying hinged jaws at both 
ends, these jaws being formed in the 
manner shown, that they may be inserted 
through the spider of the wheel, and 
engage the wheel hub, permitting the 
removing force to he applied through 
the central screw. — J. M. Breitenbach, 
Chandler Service, New York. 

(No. 1020a) REMOVING BRAKE 
SPIDERS 

The brake spiders on the outer end of 
a rear axle may be removed without in- 
jury to the housing by the use of a con- 
cave driving chisel. This chisel is a steel 
bar, about 2^ in. in diameter and 20 in. 
long, forged into the form of a blunt 




gouge at one end, so that it may be placed 
against nearly one-half of the inner end 
of the spider hub. ^is equalises the 
removing force and Hrftvents injury to 
the spring bearing. — P. W. Bowen, Tech- 
nical Department, Paige-Detroit Motor 
Car Co., Detroit. 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




160 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Double Auxiliary Jack — Connecting Rod Alignment — Expanding Cylinder Lap — 
Clutch Spring Compressor — Car Hoisting Cradle;— Front Axle Gage — Wheel Align- 
ment Gage — Rear Axle Stand — Straightening Rear Axles — Air Operated Grease 

Gun — Home-Made Mastic 



(No. 1021) DOUBLE AUXILIARY 

JACK 

The auxiliary jack illustrated pos- 
sesses stability, in addition to strength. 
It is heavy plank, bolted together with 
the uprights spaced to support the car 
through the running board braces. After 
raising the car the jack is readily 
pushed into place, holds the car securely 
yet affords ample room for the mechanic. 
— Frank Lindenthaler, Chevrolet Service 
Station, New York. 

(No. 1022) CONNECTING ROD 
ALIGNMENT 

Part of an old crankshaft, in con- 
junction with a faceplate and square, 
may be used in testing the alignment 
of connecting rod assemblies. The 
crankshaft is cut just forward of the 
rear connecting rod bearing, and the fly- 
wheel flange used Its a base to bolt the 
dunmiy crank thus formed to the face- 
plate. To use, the assembly to be tested 
is attached to the bearing in the man- 
ner shown, and a metal square used to 
determine whether the top of the piston 
is parallel to the crankshaft bearing. It 
is evident that the dummy crank must 
be bolted to the faceplate absolutely 
true, or the accuracy of the test is de- 
stroyed. — Frank Lindenthaler, Chevrolet 
Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1023) EXPANDING CYLINDER 

LAP 

An old piston, larger than the cylinder 
to be lapped, may be made into an ex- 
panding cylinder lap in the manner il- 
lustrated. The piston is turned down 
until it is the exact diameter of the 
cylinder to be lapped, and the part below 
the wrist pin removed. A diagonal slot 
is then cut in the remaining part, mak- 
ing it in form an extremely wide piston 
ring. Two connecting rods, bolted to- 
gether, as shown, form a handle, and 
the lap is kept in the expanded position 
by coiled springs placed between the 
connecting rod and the wrist pin bear- 
ing cheeks. Ground glass and oil are used 
as a lapping compound. — W. S. Porter, 
Chevrolet Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1024) CLUTCH SPRING 
COMPRESSOR 

This compressor was designed for use 
on the Chevrolet model H-4, but could 
readily be adapted to the requirements 
of many cars. It comprises a cast iron 
cross membor, carrying a compression 
screw, and held to the clutch flange by 
two threaded rods, as shown. The fea- 



ture of this puller is that it cannot slip 
from the flange, and that the point of 
the compressing screw is held in aligpi- 
ment with the clutch spring. — Frank 
Lindenthaler, (Chevrolet Service Station, 
New York. 

(No. 1025) CAR HOISTING CRADLE 

A hoisting cradle for the Chevrolet 
model 490. The rear ends of the side 
frame members are channel section, and 
open at the rear, the inner part of the 
channels offering a convenient purchase 
for the hoisting cradle. This cradle is 
merely an extension of the frame, made 
of angle iron bolted together, and in- 
serted in the car frame channels as 
shown. The lifting force may then be 
applied either from a chain block or 
special quick acting jack, without the 
possibility of injuring the car body. — 
Frank Lindenthaler, Chevrolet Service 
Station, New York. 

(No. 1026) FRONT AXLE GAGE 

A rigid T-square, made of strip steel 
measuring 2 x 3/16 in., forms a con- 
venient gage for testing front axle 
spindle alignment. The two parts are 
riveted together; the spring seats and a 
rod placed through the spindles forming 
the basis of the test. By placing rods 
in both spindles and sighting lengthwise 
of the axle, any twist may be detected. — 
Frank Lindenthaler, Chevrolet Service 
Station, New York. 

(No. 1027) WHEEL ALIGNMENT 

GAGE 

A gage for testing the alignment of 
the wheels may be readily made in the 
manner shown. It comprises a bent 
cross rod having a C-hook formed at one 
end, and a sliding pointer at the other. 
The C-hook is caught over the felloe on 
the front side of one of the wheels to be 
tested and the sliding pointer brought 
against the felloe of the opposite wheel 
and locked in position by the thumb 
screw. The rear sides of the wheels are 
then tested, and the amount the pointer 
was moved to bring it into the same 
relative position noted. A handy rule 
to go by is that the front of the front 
wheels should be from ^ to % in. closer 
together than the rear felloe on the 
same wheels. The rear wheels should be 
parallel. — Frank Lindenthaler, Chevrolet 
Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1028) REAR AXLE STAND 

Rear axle assembly and adjustment is 
facilitated by the use of this stand. It 



is wood throughout, bolted together, as 
shown, and holds the axle in a vertical 
position, as this position has been found 
most efficient because the assembly and 
adjustment is done from a standing posi- 
tion. A feature is that the stand is ad- 
justable. The brake support may be 
placed in anywhere along the base, and 
the drive shaft support may be caught 
at any height. — Frank Lindenthaler, 
Chevrolet Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1029) STRAIGHTENING REAR 

AXLES 

. Bent rear axle drive shafts may be 
straightened without removing them 
from the frame by the aid of this rig. 
It comprises an H-section base, carrying 
two uprights, a cross piece for catch- 
ing the end of the bent shaft, and a 
notched fulcrum plate that acts as a 
brace between the housing and the base. 
To use, the wheel of the bent axle is re- 
moved and the shaft turned until it is 
in the top position. The rig is then ap- 
plied as shown, and the nuts on the 
threaded uprights tightened until the 
shaft is brought back to true. — Frank 
Lindenthaler, Chevrolet Service Station, 
New York. 

(No. 1030) AIR OPERATED GREASE 

GUN 

This grease gun is operated by air 
pressure. It comprises a 3 in. pipe, 
closes at both ends by a pipe-cap, and 
carrying a leather cupped piston. The 
leather cups are held between metal 
disks, and the central bolt is threaded, 
and carries a guide disk in the air cham- 
ber. The grease end of the pump is 
fitted with a copper discharge tube; the 
air end with an inflation valve. For 
light non-fluid oils, the pump may be 
fllled by pulling the plunger back with 
a tapped rod inserted through the rear 
of the air chamber; heavier greases, 
however, requiring that the grease 
chamber cap be removed and the grease 
packed in. — Frank Lindenthaler, Chevro- 
let Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1030a) HOME-MADE MASTIC 

In an emergency a tire mastic can 
be made by mixing rubber buffings with 
three parts of gasoline and one part of 
vulcanizing cement, using enough buf- 
flngs to get the proper consistency. Doe 
to differences in rubber, however, the 
user will have to be careful to get a 
proper proportion of buffiiigs. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




162 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Cylinder Repa^ Kink — Spring Storage Rack — Flange Puller — Tool Room Step- 
ladder — Connecting-Rod Testing — Spark Plug Tester — Testing Connecting Rods — 
Flanging Copper Tubing — Adjustable Jack — Crankshaft Testing — 

Handle 




(No. 1031) CYLINDER REPAIR KINK 

Reboring of cylinders may often be 
done away with if a strip of crimped 
spring steel be inserted beneath each 
ring. The spring used in this work 
is described as polished, tempered and 
blued strip spring steel. A piece is cut 
off to the straight strip just long enough 
to reach around the piston. It is then 
crimped in a vise by the aid of the 
crimping device illustrated. This de- 
vice comprises seven pieces of %-in. 
fiber cylinders fastened to one block and 
fitting loosely into mating grooves in 
another block. The strip is placed be- 
tween these two blocks and the vise 
clamped together. The crimped strip is 
then inserted beneath the piston rings 
and the piston inserted in the cylinder. 
This repair is practical only on concentric 
rings.— W. L. Toffard, Philadelphia. 

(No. 1032) SPRING STORAGE RACK 

The side members of a discarded car 
frame may be built into a serviceable 
spring storage rack. The sections of 
the frame are bolted together in the 
form of an inverted T and are con- 
nected by cross pieces in the manner 
shown. Side strips riveted to the up- 
rights at regular intervals offer a con- 
venient rest for the springs to be stored. 
Not only may a large number of springs 
of different sizes and styles be stored 
in a small space, but any spring is in- 
stantly accessible. Though in the con- 
struction shown rivets and bolts are 
used, oxy-acetylene welding, if available, 
would be more simple. — W. L. Toffard, 
The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 1033) FLANGE PULLER 

A novel form of flange puller is illus- 
trated. It is round bar stock, somewhat 
larger than the flange to be removed, 
turned to a taper on the outside, with 
the inner part bored out and under cut, 
as shown. The body of the bar is split 
to permit the jaws to be contracted on 
the flange to be removed by a contract- 
ing ring. The removing force is applied 
by a central pressure screw. The ad- 
vantage of this type of puller is that it 
applies the removing force evenly to the 
flange and hence cannot spring it out 
of shape. It is, however, obvious that 
the puller can only be used on one size 
flange. — G. S. Kaylor, Reo Service, N. Y. 

(No. 1034) TOOL ROOM STEPLADDER 

This is a combination stepladder and 
stool for the tool room boy. It is made 



of wood throughout, having a step and 
seat in the manner shown, and obviates 
the necessity of having a separate lad- 
der for reaching stock on the shelves. — 
W. L. Toffard, Philadelphia. 

(No. 1035) CONNECTING-ROD 
TESTING 

A device for testing alignment of the 
wrist pin and crankshaft bearings of 
the connecting-rod. The testing device 
proper is a micrometer screw fastened 
to the upper end of a piece of drill rod 
that is mounted on a piece of 1 l/f6-in. 
piece of angle iron. To use cold rolled 
steel mandrils are placed in the bearings 
of the connecting-rod and the micrometer 
head set imtil it just touches between 
the two on one side. The other side is 
then checked up and any difference in 
the two readings of the micrometer cor- 
rected by bending the connecting-rod. 
Twist in the connecting-rod may be de- 
termined by the aid of a face plate. — 
W. L. Toffard, Philadelphia. 

(No. 1036) SPARK PLUG TESTER 

A method of testing spark plugs is 
illustrated. The device used comprises 
an old spark coil mounted on a box con- 
taining several dry cells, and connected 
to two metal rests in the manner shown. 
To test the plug is placed on the two 
rests, the circuit made by pressure on 
the push button and the resulting action 
of the plug noted. — G. S. Kaylor, Reo 
Service Station, New York. 

(No. 1037) TESTING CONNECTING- 
RODS 

A jig or fixture for testing the align- 
ment of connecting-rod assemblies is 
shown. The crank bearing of the con- 
necting-rod is attached to an arbor that 
is part of the base, and the piston swung 
across the face of the disk that is fast- 
ened to an upright. This disk is made 
similar to a face plate and is neces- 
sarily at right angles to the crank bear-, 
ing arbor. Any misalignment is instant- 
ly detected and corrected by bending the 
connecting-rod so that the side of the 
piston forms a line contact with the sur- 
face of the disk. This prevents the pos- 
sibility of unequal wear of cylinders due 
to off-center pistons. — Continental Mo- 
tors Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1038) FLANGING COPPER 
TUBING 

Copper tubing may be readily flared 
for the attachment of unions by the 
use of a pair of lineman's splicing pliers. 



The end of the tube to be flanged is 
caught in the jaw of the pliers and a 
punch used to press the end -out the 
required amount. Ordinarily, some one 
of the grooves in the pliers will be 
found to fit almost any of the copper 
tubing commonly used. When this is not 
the case the grooves may be readily en- 
larged by an emery wheel. — W. L. Tof- 
fard, The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 1039) ADJUSTABLE JACK 

In addition to the feature of adjusta- 
bility, this jack is strong, stable and easy 
to construct. It is wood throughout, 
bolted together in the manner illus- 
trated. Steel strips protect the sides 
and top of the plunger from injury, and 
a steel plate on the top table prevents 
the locking pin from cutting into the 
wood. The jack is used in conjunction 
with a quick acting jack, or with the 
common lifting jack. Another advantage 
gained by the use of an auxiliary jack 
is that it leaves the lifting jack free 
for other purposes. — Gomery-Schwartz 
Motor Car Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 1040) CRANKSHAFT TESTING 

The crankcase may be used as a fixture 
for testing the alignment of the main 
bearings of the crankshaft with little 
difficulty. The case is placed on the 
bench in the position shown, a strip of 
pasteboard about 1 in. wide and 1/64 in. 
thick placed beneath the front and rear 
bearings of the crankshaft. By these 
the shaft is raised from the center bear- 
ing and side play prevented. A pointer 
is then clamped onto the side of the case 
at the center bearing, and by turning the 
shaft the amount it is out of true is de- 
termined. This method is not only bet- 
ter but quicker than testing in a lathe. — 
Edwin Purkess, Quincy, Mass. 

(No. 1040a) TIRE GAGE HANDLE 

Loss or theft of tire g^ages may be 
made difficult by soldering a strap iron 
or brass handle to the body of the gage. 
It is then difficult to get the gage into 



AIR GAGE 




a pocket; the handle provides a meant 
of hanging up the gage and facilitates 
its use. — S. E. Barber, Canton, N. Y. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No 1040 



164 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Bench Lamp Bracket — Adjustable Puller — Valve Grinding Fixture — Portable 

Grinder — Repairshop Door Lock — Expanding Cylinder Lap — ^Arbor Press Fixture 

— Ford Valve Tool — Towing Bar — Rear Axle Kink — Dowel Puller 



(No. 1041) BENCH LAMP BRACKET 

A simple bracket for the repairshop 
bench lamp is shown. It is made 
throughout of ^-in. pipe, consisting of 
an upright and a horizontal piece con- 
nected by a pipe elbow. The upright 
member is fastened to the wall by strap 
iron clamps, and the clamp may be 
swung to any position and held by 
means of a thumb screw in the lower 
clamp. The lamp cord is passed through 
a wooden block fastened to the end of 
the bracket and may be raised or low- 
ered to any position. — ^W. L. Toffard, 
The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 1042) ADJUSTABLE PULLER 

The adjustable puller shown possesses 
many valuable features. It is siqaple to 
construct, strong and easy to operate. 
The feature in the construction is the 
method of securing the pulling arms to 
the cross piece, the arms merely being 
drilled and squared to fit over the cross 
piece ends. Though a simpler con- 
struction would be to drill the holes 
in the pulling arms and use a round 
cross piece, this construction has not 
been found desirable, as the screw can 
then slip from the end of the shaft 
when the puller is in use. — ^W. L. Tof- 
fard. The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 1043) VALVE GRINDING 
FIXTURE 

Pits and scores in the face of a valve 
may be removed by an emery wheel by 
the aid of a fixture illustrated. This 
fixture comprises a bushing drilled to 
be an exact fit for the valve stem and 
carrying a coiled steel spring that serves 
to hold the valve in the bushing. The 
entire assembly is held by hand on the 
face of the emery wheel, taking care 
that the valve face is ground at the 
same angle as formerly. Due to the 
action of the wheel the valve is rotated 
and new surfaces brought into contact 
and the valve ground down evenly. — 
Charles Hill, Graham-Hill Garage, Shaw, 
Miss. 

(No. 1044) PORTABLE GRINDER 

A small %-hp. electric motor may be 
easily converted into a lathe or port- 
able grrinder. The motor used for this 
purpose should have a base that will 
permit attachment to the T-support in 
the manner illustrated, and this sup- 
port should be forged so that the arm 
will fit into the tool post of the lathe. 
The grinding wheel found to be best for 



grinding this type is a 6-in. wheel ^-in. 
thick.— W. L. Toflfard, The Winton Co., 
Philadelphia. 

(No. 1045) REPAIRSHOP DOOR LOCK 

A method of preventing intruders 
from entering the repairshop is illus- 
trated. The spring lock on the repair- 
shop door is connected by a chain to a 
point convenient for the tool room boy. 
As each person desiring to enter the re- 
pairshop must pass a window of the tool 
room, any privileged person may be seen 
and permitted to enter. — King Service 
Station, New York. 

(No. 1046) EXPANDING CYUNDER 

LAP 

An expanding cylinder lap for the 
model 69 Overland may be made from 
a worn out piston from a model 79 Over- 
land. The head of the piston is removed, 
the piston turned down to 4 8/82 in. 
diameter, and one wrist pin bearing 
drilled and tapped with a %-in. pipe 
plug tap in the manner illustrated. The 
wide ring thus formed is then split 
down through the wrist pin bearing on 
the tap side, so that a plug screwed into 
the tap hole will cause it to expand. A 
handle is formed from an old connect- 
ing-rod having a ^-in. crosspiece bolted 
to its upper end, as shown. Ground glass 
and oil are used for a lapping compound. 
— Harry L. Olive, Overland-Pacific, Inc., 
Spokane, Wash. 

(No. 1047) ARBOR PRESS FIXTURE 

Flanges and gears may be readily re- 
moved in the arbor press by the aid of 
this fixture. A metal base carries two 
pivoted arms that are braced against 
the hub of the gear or fiange to be 
removed, pressure being applied by the 
plunger of the press, forcing the arbor 
or shafts from the gear. The pins hold- 
ing the pivoted arm to the base are 
made a loose fit, so that in use the pres- 
sure is transmitted directly from the 
arm to the base, removing the possi- 
bility of shearing the hinged pins. — 
W. L. Toffard, The Winton Co., Phila- 
delphia. 

(No. 1048) FORD VALVE TOOL 

A handy tool for removing Ford valves 
may be made from a piece of steel % in. 
round and about 12 or 14 in. long. One 
end is fiattened out for about 4 in. and 
then drilled % in., and the fiattened end 
is then notched in the manner shown 
to permit insertion beneath the valve 



locking washer. A piece of hi in. rod 
is then bent at both ends, one end pass- 
ing through the ^-in. hole in the lever 
and the other being used to hook over 
one of the manifold studs. By the aid 
of this lifter the valve may be removed 
with removing either manifold. — ^H. S. 
WUliams, Wilmington Auto Co., Wil- 
mingrton, Del. 

(No. 1049) TOWING BAR 
A towing bar for service station use 
is illustrated. It is constructed through- 
out of parts that may be found in any 
repairshop, being chiefiy composed of 
pipe fittings. The tow bar proper is 
2-in. steel pipe, about 6 ft. long. One 
end is fitted with a universal coupling 
for attachment to the towing car, the 
other end with a spring plunger and 
similar coupling for attachment to the 
towed car. The spring plunger is housed 
in a casing made of 3-in. pipe in the 
manner shown, the rear end being sealed 
by a pipe cap bearing an eye for at- 
tachment to the towed car. A special 
clamp is fastened to the car to be towed. 
W. L. Toffard, Philadelphia. 

(No. 1050) REAR AXLE KINK 

A rear axle repair for several Over- 
land models. The threads in the rear 
axle housing carrying the differential 
thrust adjusting nuts occasionally bo- 
come stripped. In such cases the holes 
may be tapped 1/64 in. oversize by the 
aid of a device illustrated. All parts 
of the differential are removed and an 
oversize cap screwed into the stripped 
threads as shown; the tap being carried 
on and turned by a squared shaft run- 
ning through the axle. — ^Harry L. Olive, 
Overland-Pacific, Inc., Spokane, Wash. 

(No. 1050a) DOWEL PULLER 

A combination claw and offset chisel 
saves much time and trouble in remov- 
ing front cover plate dowels. It is a piece 
of % in. hexagon steel about 10 in. long, 
one end being forged into a claw and tibe 




other into an offset wedge. The daw is 
hooked in behind the nuts in tlie dowds, 
permitting them to be removed witboot 
any side strain, and the wedge ond is of 
value in removing cover platea, ete. 



ACTOMOBILE SBPAIR8H0F SHORT-CUTS 




1 




^PEESS 


'r 


\ 


"\ 












'! . 1 






BCMCH 





166 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Piston Ring Compressor — Dry Disk Clutch Offset — EHectric Torch Lighter — Lift- 
ing Hooks for Ford — Locating Engine Noises — Tool Checking System — Adjustable 
Valve Tool — Air Hose Reel — Counterbalance for Telephone — Small Battery 

Charging Stand 



(No. 1051) PISTON RING COM- 
PRESSOR 

The insertion of piston and ring as- 
semblies in the cylinder is facilitated 
by aid of the piston ring compressor 
illustrated. This compressor is made of 
sheet metal, about 2 in. wide and long 
•enough to reach around the piston and 
lap ^ in. The ends are then soldered 
together, forming a cylinder with one 
•end somewhat larger than the other. 
This is slipped over the piston, com- 
pressing the rings and permitting the 
piston to be readily inserted. This com- 
pressor is found to be especially ad- 
vantageous in replacing piston froni the 
•crankcase. — Charles Field, Field & Her- 
man Garage, Wymore, Neb. 

(No. 1052) DRY DISK CLUTCH 
OFFSET 

The action of dry disk clutches may 
be improved by offsetting the surface of 
«very other disk at regrular intervals. 
A tool for offsetting these disks is 
shown, consisting of a tool steel base and 
a blunt center punch carried in an over- 
hanging arm. To use, the disk to be 
•offset is placed beneath the punch and 
the end of the punch given a very light 
blow with a hammer. As the spring re- 
turns the punch to the upper position 
•each time, and as the punch is always in 
the position for the next blow, one man 
can readily do the work. — ^W. L. Toffard. 
The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(NO. 1053) ELECTRIC TORCH 
LIGHTER 

The torch is automatically lighted by 
an electric spark by simply putting it in 
position. The shank of the torch closes 
the primary circuit and then it is lighted 
by a spark which appears at a gap in 
the secondary circuit. A Ford spark coil 
unit and three dry cells complete the 
equipment. — J. V. Haney, Wells Garage 
Co., St. Catherines, Ontario. 

(NO. 1054) LIFTING HOOKS FOR 

FORD 

Each hook is placed on the fender iron 
below the nut on the end of the lamp 
bracket. The ring is placed in the hook 
on the chain fall and the car raised. 

(No. 1055) LOCATING ENGINE 
NOISES 

An ordinary physicians' stethoscope 
may be effectively used in locating en- 
gine noises. To the trained mechanic it 
will be found to be too strong, but for 



the amateur who is not used to study- 
ing motor noises the sensitiveness of 
this type of instrument is well adapted. 
— W. L. Toffard, Philadelphia. 

(NO. 1056) LIFTING HOOKS FOR 

FORD 

With this device the rear end of the 
car may be held securely while removing 
or repairing the rear axle assembly or 
spring. To attach, first place the clamps 
on the frame and then bring the ends 
of the bars together, one bar resting in 
the safety clevis on the other bar. The 
links are then placed in the hook on the 
chain fall and the car raised. 

(No. 1057) TOOL CHECKING SYSTEM 

By the use of this system, the loca- 
tion of any of the tool room tools may 
be determined at a glance. Each of the 
tools has a particular bin and the name 
of the tool and the number of the bin is 
marked on a chart hanging at the side 
of the shelves, as illustrated. Six num- 
bered brass checks are g^iven to each 
workman, the number corresponding to 
the workman's number on the time 
cards. When a tool is taken out, a check 
is given in return, and hung on a nail 
in the square marked off for the tool. 
Then if anyone else wants the tool, the 
workman who has it may be quickly 
found, or the workman returning the tool 
can tell in which bin it belongs. — 
Williams Mclllvrid, Colt-S t r a 1 1 o n 
(Dodge Brothers), New York. 

(No. 1058) ADJUSTABLE VALVE 

TOOL 

This valve tool operates on the pliers 
principle, but possesses the feature of 
being adjustable. It is in three parts, 
one comprising the lower handle carry- 
ing the adjustable jaw and pivoted to 



the upper handle and jaw in the man- 
ner shown. A loop at the ends of the 
handles permits the jaws to be locked 
in the open position, thus leaving the 
hands free to insert or remove the lock- 
ing device on the valve stem. ,The jaws 
of the tool should be made as thin as 
is consistent with strength, and case 
hardened to prevent injury. — W. L. Tof- 
fard, The Winton Co., Philadelphia. 

(No. 1059) AIR HOSE REEL 

One length of air hose may be used 
for supplying air to several cars in the 
garage, if mounted on a common hose 
reel and carried to the tap nearest the 
car for which the air is desired. By 
attaching a hose to the reel by its middle 
portion, both ends of the hose may be 
wound at once. The advantage of this 
system is in the saving of the amount 
of hose, and the removal of the neces- 
sity of taking a car from its stall to the 
hose as when a single hose and tap are 
used. With this system, it is, however, 
essential that the air be piped so that 
the hose may be attached at a point that 
will permit several cars to be served. — 
— W. L. Toffard, Philadelphia. 

(No. 1060) COUNTERBALANCE FOR 
TELEPHONE 

The telephone in a tool room is often 
injured, due to the nature of the work 
done in its vicinity. Such injury may 
be prevented by counterbalancing the 
phone, as illustrated, so that it is raised 
out of the way when not in use. The 
counterbalance should be made some- 
what lighter than the phone, so that it 
will not raise the phone when in use, 
but not so light but that a slight touch 
will raise it. — CJharles Sweigert, Haynes 
Service Station, New York. 



HEAVY COPPER 




(No. 1060a) SMALL 
BATTERY CHARG- 
ING STAND 

A simple method 
of connecting many 
individual batteries 
to one pair of sup- 
ply wires is to bare 
the supply wires and 
string them across 
the panel, mounted 
on insulators. 
Smaller leads to in- 
dividual batteries 
may be attached at 
any point. — G. 0. 
Simons, Saginaw, 
Mich. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Auxiliary Jack — Inside Boring Fixture — Valve Tappet Lever — Rear Wheel Puller 
— Valve Cage Grinding — Frame Straightening — ^Wheel Alignment Tram — Battery 
Work Bench — Combined Wrench and Spring Compressor — Wire Brush for Clean- 
ing — Oil Storage System 



(NO. X06I) AUXILIARY JACK 

The feature of this auxiliary Jack is 
its simple and risid conBtruction. It IB 
triangular in form, and made of wooden 
piecea bolted together in the manner 
BhowD. The apex is leather covered to 
prevent injury to the car. — H. A. Ammer- 
man, Marmon-Buick Sales Co., Urbana, 

m. 



<N0. 1062) INSIDE BORING FIXTURE 

A boring fixture adapted to many uses. 
A cast iron platform, held in the tool 
post of the lathe supports the too) holder, 
which carries the cutting tool at the 
outer end. The tool holder is hollow, 
and holds a steel rod that is pressed 
against the cutting tool by a set screw 
at tiie outer end. Due to the sturdy 
coDBtniction, and the method of sup- 
porting the tool holder, the tool is not 
only rigidly held, but may be readily ad- 
justed. — H. A. Ammerman, Harmon- 
Buick Sales Co., Urbana, 111. 



(NO. lOM) VALVE TAPPET LEVER 

The push rods of the overhead valves 
on the Boick may be removed in an in- 
■tant by the aid of this lever. It is 
Btael, dxiut 8 in. long, and bent and 
notched to grasp the tappet as shown, 
permitting it to be raised, and the push 
rod lifted out— J. E. Trotter, Buick 
Motor Co., Indianapolis. 

(NO. 1064} REAR WHEEL PULLER 

This puller is used to remove the rear 
wheels of the Buick, The wheel flange 
and axle are removed and the puller 
bolted to the flange bolts. A steel but- 
ton is then placed in the rear axle. tube, 
and the pressure applied by the central 
screw. By having several sizes of steel 
buttons, and making the flange bolt holes 
oval, this puller may be used on many 
cars. — J. E. Trotter, Buick Uotor Co., 
Indianapolis. 

(NO. 1065) VALVE CAGE GRINDING 

Valve cages on the Buick may be 
quickly ground to a seat by the aid 
ot this tool. It is U in. steel rod, bent 
in the form of a bit brace, and threaded 
at the lower end. The valve cage to be 
ground is caught between two nuts on 
the threaded end, and the cage is ground 
to a seat the same as valve. — J. E. Trot- 
tar, Buick Motor Co., Indianapolis. 



(NO. 1066) FRAME STRAIGHTENING 
Bent frame horns may be pulled back 
into place by a chain, providing the 
force is applied in the proper place. 
The method of attaching the chain is 
shown, and the force is applied by twist- 
ing the chain with a steel pinch bar. 
A jack braced against wooden blocks 
may be used to straighten the side mem- 
bers of the frame. — J. E. Trotter, Buick 
Motor Co., Indianapolis. 

(NO. 1067) WHEEL ALIGNMENT 
TRAM 

The brace rod from an old windshield 
may be made into an excellent wheel 
aligning tram. After cutting the rod 
to a length about 2 in. less than the 
distance between the front wheels, a 
brass ferrule is soldered to one end. 
This ferrule is then drilled and tapped 
to carry a thumb screw in the manner 
shown. The adjustable part of the tram 
is a piece of M. in, drill rod, marked off 
into 1/16 in. divisions as shown, and 
placed within the tube.— J. E. Trotter, 
Buick Motor Co., Indianapolis. 



(NO. 1068) BATTERY WORK BENCH 

The ordinary flat top bench is not well 
adapted to battery work, as acid and 
water, when spilled, are not absorbed. 
By means of a special bench, having a 
concrete basin filled with sawdust, bat- 
tery work is rendered much 
cleaner and neater. The 
sawdust instantly absorbs 
any acid that is spilled, and 
turns black when satu- 
rated, indicating that it 
must be renewed. — J. E. 
Trotter, Buick Motor Co., 
Indianapolis. 

(No. 1069) COMBINED 

WRENCH AND SPRING 

COMPRESSOR 

Though designed primar- 
ily for replacing the clutch 
bolt on the Buick D-28, this 
tool may be adapted to al- 
most any job that requires 
a spring to be compressed 
before the nut is replaced. 
The wrench proper is a U- 
shaped piece of steel, bent 
to just fit the face of the 
nut, and held together by a 
cross strap. A rod, placed 
in the manner shown, per- 
mits a wooden lever to be 
used to compress the spring. 



after which a steel bar, stuck through 
the legs of the U is used to screw the 
nut in place. — J. E. Trotter, Buick Mo- 
tor Co., Indianapolis. 

(NO. 1070) WIRE BRUSH FOR 
CLEANING 

Gasoline or kerosene will not remove 
the caked and baked dust, dirt and 
grease from an old engine. In such caaea 
the use of a heavy wire brush facili- 
tates the work. This brush should not, 
however, be used on finished surfaces. — 
J. E. Trotter, Buick Motor Co., Indianap- 

(No. 1070a) OIL STORAGE SYSTEM 

Oil may be stored in the basemntt, 
and delivered to taps on the garage 
floor under air pressure, by this system. 
Storage tanks of any type may be uaed, 
the only requirement being that they 
stand the air pressure without leaking. 
These tanks are filled through a targe 
hose, attached to a filler cap set in the 
garage floor. The oil is delivered 
through pipes and lock taps placed 
above the oil station. All waste oil is 
caught in drip cans beneath a screen, 
and the tapa may be locked when not in 
use. — J. C. Harria, The Gibson Co. 
(Overland), Indianap<^B. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




170 AUTOMOBILE EEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Piston Alignment — ^Wheel Painting — Valve Lifter — Quick-Acting Jack — Body 

Truck— Auxiliary Jack — Parts Cleaning— Hub Cap Wrench — Radiator Testing — 

Front Wheel Puller— Switch Testing 



(Na 1071) PISTON AUGNMENT 

The ftligimieiit of the piston, connect- 
ingr-rod and cranksh&ft may be tested 
on the engine by the aid of this fixture. 
It comprises two aprights, placed each 
side of the piston in the manner illus- 
tnted, and carrying a cross piece at the 
top that is beveled and fitted to be ex- 
actly parallel to the crankshaft, and to 
set on top of the piston when it is at 
the top of the atroke.— W. A. Terrgeon, 
Packard Service Station, Chicago. 

(Na 1072) WHEEL PAINTING 
Wheel painting is facilitated by the 
use of the stand illustrated. It cotn- 
prises a wooden upright mounted on a 
base in the manner shown, and carrying 
a swiveled goose-neck for supporting 
the wheel. This goose-neck is iron and 
mounted on a piece of pipe set in the 
upright, BO the goose-neck and the wheel 
may be turned in any direction. — W. A. 
Terrgeon, Packard Service Station, Chi- 
cago, 111. 

(No. 1073) VALVE LIFTER 
This valve lifter was designed for the 
Packard, but may be adapted to the 
needs of many cars. It is a U-shaped 
clamp, having a fork that catches the 
spring locking washer at the lower end, 
and a cam-operated compreaaing plunger 
at the upper end. The plunger is held 
against the cam by a spring. A steel 
baH between the cam and plunger re- 
duces friction. Due to the cam action, 
tke spring is easily compressed and held 
in tiie compressed position. Another 
feature is that the valve is held down 
from the top. — W. A. Terrgeon, Packard 
Service Station, Chicago. 

(No. 1074) QUICK-ACTING JACK 

A quick-acting jack for use with 
auxiliary jacks, featuring simple con- 
struction, is illustrated. The upright is 
two IM-in. X 6-in. wooden boards bolted 
to a 6 X 4-in. piece. The lever is about 
10% ft long and pivoted at a point 18 
in. from the lifting end, which is hook- 
shaped and steel covered, to prevent 
slipping or splintering. — W. A. Terrgeon, 
service manager, Packard Service Sta- 
tion, Chicago. 

(No. 1075) BODY TRUCK 

Bodies should not be left in the re- 
pairshop during the overhauling. A 
truck that facilitates moving bodies to 
the garage is shovm. It ia made of 2 
X 6-in. wooden pieces, bolted together 
In the form of a large I, the dimensions 
varymg with the type of body to be 



moved, and mounted on heavy castors. 
In addition to permitting one man to 
move the body, the body is rendered 
more accessible to body work. — W. A. 
Terrgeon, Packard Service Station, 
Chicago. 

(No. 1076) AUXIUARY JACK 

A cheap and simple auxiliary jack is 
illustrated. The base is a large pipe 
flange, obtained from any hardware 
store; the upright is iron pipe and the 
rest is a casting. The pattern for this 
casting may be whittled out by any re- 
pairman, and the castings made for a 
few cents a pound. At least two of 
these jacks should he made for each re- 
pair stand, and used in conjunction with 
a quick-acting jack. — W. A. Terrgeon, 
Packard Service Station, Chicago. 

(No. 1077) PARTS CLEANING 
Gasoline, or kerosene, forced by air 
pressure onto the parts to be cleaned, 
quickly removes all dirt and grease. A 
system for doing this is illustrated. The 
cleaning liquid is held in a metal tank 
placed beneath the inclined cleaning 
troughs in the manner shown. An in- 
jector type nozzle, connected to the air 
line and to the liquid, permits the liquid 
to be drawn from the tank and forced 
onto the part to be cleaned, after which 
it drains back to the tank to be used 
over and over again. During the periods 
that the cleaning outfit ia not in use the 
dirt settles to the bottom and may be 
scraped out. — W. A. Terrgeon, Padcard 
Service Station, Chicago. 

(No. 1078) HUB CAP WRENCH 

Hub caps may be readily removed 
without injury by this wrench. It is 
hard wood, made in the manner shown. 
The jaws are lined with leather, giving , 
a non-slipping grip, and yet one that 
cannot injure the hub. The hinge at 
the end is a common door hinge. — ^W. A. 
Terrgeon, Packard Service Station, 
CJhicago. 

(No. 1079) RADIATOR TESTING 

A thorough and painstaking method 
of testing radiatora is shown. The 
radiator is removed from the car, and 
all intakes and outlets sealed. The 
filler opening ia closed by a metal cap, 
soldered on; the outlet closed by a ptate 
bolted to the flange, and the inlet closed 
by a soldered plate bearing an inner 
tube air valve. Air pressure may now 
be applied to the radiator, after immera- 
ing it in water. Bubbles locate the leaks 



immediately, after which the leaks are 
soldered, the radiator tested and finally 
repaired. This method seems involved, 
but has been found to save time in the 
long run, as leaks are definitely regis- 
tered.— W. A. Terrgeon, Packard Serv- 
ice Station, Chicago. 

(Nol 1080) FRONT WHEEL PULLER 

A quick-acting puller for removing 
front wheels. It consists of a thin steel 
shell, expanded and threaded at the 
lower end, so that it may be contracted 
on the hub cap screws after attachment. 
The removing force Is applied by a cen- 
tral plunger, actuated by a wedge, and 
an additional jar may be applied by a 
blow on the exposed end ol the plunger. 
The feature of this puller is the ease 
with which it may be applied, and the 
quickness with which the wheel may be 
removed. — W. A. Terrgeon, Packard 
Service Station, Chicago. 

(No. 1080a) SWITCH TESTING 
This switch-testing switch was de- 
signed to test switches on Overland cars, 
but could be readily adapted to testing 
switches for any other car. Lights rep- 
resenting the different units in the elec- 
trical circuit are mounted on a small 
shelf at the back of the bench, and wires 
are led off from each set of lights. A 
storage battery beneath the bench sup- 
plies the testing current. To test, the 
switch wires are connected to the lamps 
and the battery, and the operation of the 
switch noted. New switches should al- 
ways be tested before installatiou. This 
set may be used in any kind of electrical 
testing. — G. 0. Simons, Simons Sales Co.. 
Saginaw, Hfch. 




AUTOMOBILE EEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




172 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Gear Puller — ^Wire Storage — Replacing Grease Cups — Chassis Stand — Starting 
Clutch Puller — Frame Horn Straightener — Removing Valve Tappet Guides — 
Extension Socket Wrench — ^Valve Grinding Tool — Stock Cards Protection — Rear 

Axle Stand — ^Water Pump Stuffing-Box Wrench 



(No. 1081) GEAR PULLER 

This gear puller catches the gear 
through the flange holes by means of 
four L-shaped legs, and removes the 
gear by means of pressure applied 
through the central screw in the usual 
manner. The feature of this puller is 
the method of attachment of the legs to 
the cross. The holes in the cross are 
oblong, and the body of the legs is 
square, permitting the puller to be 
adapted to many gears. — Charles Bal- 
lenger, General Motor Service Co., In- 
dianapolis. 



(No. 1082) WIRE STORAGE 

Many kinds of wire are necessary in 
the service station, and these may be 
systematically stored on large spools ar- 
ranged in the manner shown. Spools 
are provided for each kind of wire kept 
in stock, and are mounted in racks, 
placed in tiers of three. One tier will 
carry small, medium and heavy in- 
sulated wire; another twisted lamp- 
cord, and two sizes of high tension wire; 
and a third, insulating tubing, annealed 
wire and piano wire. The amount of 
wire needed may be quickly unwound, 
measured and cut off without waste. — 
W. A. Terrgeon, Packard Service Sta- 
tion, Chicago. 



(No. 1083) REPLACING GREASE 

CUPS 

Replacement of the conmion type of 
hollow threaded grease cup is difficult, as 
the use of a Stillson often injures the 
body of the cup. Such cups may be 
quickly removed or replaced by the 
wrench shown. It consists of a threaded 
handle, screwed into the inside of the 
grease cup body, and a lock ring that per- 
mits the cup to be turned through the 
threaded handle. After screwing the 
cup in place, the lock ring is loosened, 
and the handle removed. — Charles Bal- 
lenger, Greneral Motor Service, In- 
dianapolis. 



(No. 1084) CHASSIS STAND 

All work, such as painting or over- 
hauling, is facilitated by the use of the 
chassis stand shown. The wheels may be 
removed, rendering all parts accessible, 
and the chassis may be moved or slewed 
in any direction. With the exception of 
the iron braces and the castors, the 
stand is wood throughout. — Nordyke & 
Marmon Co., Indianapolis. 



(No. 1085) STARTING CLUTCH 

PULLER 

This is a special puller for removing 
the starting clutch on the Studebaker. 
It is a steel plate, carrying three screws; 
the end screws being 2^ in. long, thread- 
ed % in. S. A. E. standard, and the cen- 
tral screw 6 in. long, %-in. thread stand- 
ard. The smafl screws are caught in the 
tapped holes already in the clutch face, 
and the pressure applied to the crank- 
shaft end by the central screw. — F. L. 
Cannon, Studebaker Service Station, 
Champaign, 111. 

(No. 1086) FRAME HORN 
STRAIGHTENER 

Bent or crumpled frame horns may be 
pounded back to shape over the frame 
dolly illustrated. It is iron, cast to 
exactly fit into the inside of an unbent 
horn. A pattern for such a dolly may be 
made by taking a plaster of Paris cast 
from the unbent horn, though the better 
practice is to cut a pattern from wood. — 
Charles L. Ballenger, Greneral Motor 
Service Co., Indianapolis. 

(No. 1087) REMOVING VALVE TAP- 
PET GUIDES 

Valve tappet guides may be pulled 
from their seats without injury by the 
puller illustrated. A piece of pipe, 
larger than the tappet to be removed, 
is placed over the tappet, and the re- 
moving force applied by screwing down 
on the upper nut threaded onto the cen- 
tral screw. The force is transferred 
from the screw to the bushing by a 
lower nut, that is smaller than the bush- 
ing. A bushing puller of this type may 
be made up for almost any bushing. — 
F. L. Cannon, Studebaker Service Sta- 
tion, Champaign^, 111. 

(No. 1088) EXTENSION SOCKET 
WRENCH 

By mounting a socket wrench head in 
the end of a 4 ft. length of 2-in. pipe, 
an extension wrench is made that facili- 
tates the removal or replacement of the 
nut on the rear axle drive pinion. A 
steel ring is first shrunk on the end of 
the pipe, to provide strength, the pipe is 
heated red, and the cold socket wrench 
head driven into the pipe. When cool, 
the head is firmly held in place. Because 
of the long handle, a pipe wrench may be 
used to get a leverage, and the workman 
may work from an uncramped position. 
— F. L. Cannon, Studebaker Service Sta- 
tion, Champaign, HI. 



(No, 1089) VALVE GRINDING TOOL 

This tool permits a bit stock or breast 
drill to be used in grinding valves. A 
piece of ^-in. square steel stock, about 
6 in. long, is turned down at one end to 
fit the breast drill chuck, and the other 
end is split to carry the swiveled jaw, as 
shown. By using a bolt and nut to at- 
tach the jaw to the shank, several inter- 
changeable jaws may be made and the 
one best suited to the type of valve may 
be readily used. — F. L. Cannon, Stude- 
baker Service Station, Champaign, IlL 



(No. 1090) STOCK CARDS 
PROTECTION 

A system of protecting stock cards. 
A strip' of celluloid is tacked along the 
face of the stock bins and the cards in- 
serted beneath it. Though the cards are 
clearly visible, and may be removed or 
changed at will, they cannot become 
soiled, mutilated or lost. — ^W. A. Terr- 
geon, Packard Service Station, Chicago. 

(No. 1091) REAR AXLE STAND 

Rear axle work is facilitated by the 
use of a special stand. The one illus- 
trated possesses several important fea- 
tures. It holds the assemble through the 
third' member, or torque tube, thus per- 
mitting the axle to be turned over, ren- 
dering the parts more accessible. Also 
either side of the axle housing may be 
easily removed. 

(No. 1091a) WATER PUMP STUF-. 
FING-BOX WRENCH 

The wrench illustrated is used to 
tighten the water pump stuffing box. It 
is made of thin steel tubing of about 2% 
in. diameter, expanded at the lower end 




and cut away as shown, to fit into tJ^ 
stuffing-box nut. To use, the pump ^ 
removed and the nut tightened with t1>^ 
wrench until the pump shaft bar^I/ 
seems to bind under the action of ^ 
screwdriver. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




174 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Tilting Engine Stand — Hub Cap Speed Wrench — Cadillac Cylinder Cap Wrench — 

Adjustable Spanner Wrench — Cranking Stiff Engines — ^Jackshaft Alignment — 

Lathe Angle Plate — Overland Engine Stand — Portable Service Lamp — ^Welding 

Torch Lighter — Socket Wrench Ratchet — Ammeter and Voltmeter Case 



(No. 1092) TILTING ENGINE STAND 

Engine repair is facilitated by the use 
of the tilting stand illustrated. It is 
cast iron throughout, and may be modi- 
fied to suit the requirements of many 
makes of engines. In principle, it com- 
prises semi-circular grooved tracks sup- 
ported on uprights, and carrying the 
engine cradle by means of tongued end 
plates. This stand is best fitted to serv- 
ice station work, because several stands 
may be made from one set of patterns. — 
W. A. Terrgeon, Packard Service Station, 
Chicago. 

(No. 1093) HUB CAP SPEED WRENCH 

For every job there is some tool that 
promotes maximum efficiency, even in as 
simple a thing as the removal of a hub 
cap. The speed wrench illustrated was 
made for that purpose. The wrench part 
is steel pipe, heated and forged to a 
close fit to the hub cap. It is turned 
through a semi-universal jointed brace 
handle that permits quick action in the 
vertical position, and the application of 
a great force when swung down to the 
side.— Universal Motor Co.. Ford Service, 
Omaha. 

(No. 1094) CADILLAC CYLINDER CAP 

WRENCH 

This special wrench was made to re- 
move or replace the cylinder plug of the 
Cadillac. It consists of a hollow body, 
slotted in the manner shown, and pro- 
vided with a short handle of solid stock. 
The slot in the body fits over the bridges 
in the plug, giving a leverage that per- 
mits the turning force to be applied. — 
Geo. F. Reim, Cadillac Co. of Omaha, 
Omaha. 

(No. 1095) ADJUSTABLE SPANNER 

WRENCH 

Ordinarily a spanner wrench will only 
fit one particular job. The spanner 
wrench illustrated is adjustable through 
a notched collar, so that the wrench may 
be used on many sizes of spanner nuts. 
The handle and pulling tooth is made 
in the same manner as on the standard 
spanner, with the exception that the 
handle is notched at the usual point 
of attachment of the brace tooth. A 
notched brace collar fits and slides over 
the notched handle, and may be locked in 
any required position. — ^LaVeme Avery, 
Auburn Service Station, Omaha, Neb. 



(No. 1096) CRANKING STIFF EN- 
GINES 

• New engines, or engines just over- 
hauled are hard to crank, and will over- 
load the starting system until some of 
the stiffness is removed. An IngersoU- 
Rand air drill, fitted with a starting 
crank dog, in the place of a drill may be 
used for this preliminary cranking. The 
method of fitting the dog is illustrated, 
and it will he noted that the normal func- 
tion of the drill is not harmed. — C. T. 
Silver, Chalmers, New York. 

(No. 1097) JACKSHAFT AUGNMENT 

When replacing the gearbox on trucks 
having separate jacksliaft brackets (as 
in the chain drive Mack), it is advisable 
to test the jackshaft and gearbox align- 
ment. To do this, cut two disks of 1-64 
in. galvanized iron to fit the outer bores 
of the jackshaft brackets, and drill a 
small hole through the center of each. 
These disks are placed in the outer 
bores of each bracket, and a fine thread 
passed through the drilled holes and the 
gearbox in the manner illustrated. 
Measurements from the outside of the 
bearings to the thread show when the 
alignment is perfect. — ^Edwin Purkess, 
171 Independence Ave., Quincy, Mass. 

• 

(No. 1098) LATHE ANGLE PLATE 

A face plate may be used as a make- 
shift angle plate for lathe work in the 
manner shown. Two angle iron brackets 
are made, and bolted to the lathe car- 
riage, holding the face plate as illus- 
trated. The face plate is then squared 
up by placing shims beneath the braces 
and the carriage. The work to be bored 
is then bolted to the face plate, and the 
boring bar passed through the centers 
in the usual manner. — Edwin Purkess, 
171 Independence Ave., QuiLcy, Mass. 

(No. 1099) OVERLAND ENGINE 
STAND 

Though made for the Overland, this 
stand could readily be adapted to many 
makes of engines. The construction is 
simple, the stand being 2 in. angle iron 
bolted together as shown, and then 
securely braced with % in. round braces. 
The rear of the engine is hung on angle 
iron rests, and the front carried on a 
single plate as illustrated. — John D. 
Rommel, Overland-Louisville Co., Louis- 
ville, Ky. 



(No. 1100) PORTABLE SERVICE LAMP 

This portable service lamp was made 
both for night service in the shop, and 
for work on the road. A standard head- 
light, together with its bracket, ia 
clamped to a pipe upright, bent as illus- 
trated. This upright is fastened to a 
base that is an old rear wheel flange 
bolted to a brake drum. Current la 
derived either from direct connection 
with the storage battery or by plugging 
into the dash lamp circuit. — P. H. Wells, 
Chevrolet Service Station, St. Louis, Mo. 

(No. 1101) WELDING TORCH 
LIGETFER 

A means of electrically lighting the 
welding torch is shown. A box, holding 
several dry cells, and a spark coil, is 
mounted at the rear of the welding truck, 
and is connected to a spark plug attached 
to the top of the frame. The plug is 
thrown into operation by a push button 
connected into the battery circuit. Thia 
system of lighting is particularly adapted 
to short welding jobs. — ^Will Law, East 
End Garage, Steamboat Springs, Col. 

(no. 1102) socket wrench rat- 

c:het 

In tight quarters, a ratchet is essentiaL 
The ratchet illustrated may be adapted 
to almost any socket wrench set, and is 
readily made. It consists of a hollow 
rod, squared out to fit the wrench handle 
and head, and joined to a similar rod 
through a ratchet toothed face. The 
two rods are held together by a plunger 
and spring. If the ratchet is made of 
soft steel it will be found necessary to 
case harden it throughout, as otherwise 
it would not stand up under the work. — 
Geo. F. Reim, Cadillac Co. of Omaha, 
Neb. 

(No. 1103) AMMETER AND VOLT- 
METER CASE 

By mounting the ammeter and volt- 
meter in a hinged wooden case, the in- 
struments are protected from injury, and 
may be most readily used. The instru- 
ments are first flush-mounted on a board, 
and their terminals connected with corre- 
sponding binding posts at the side of the 
case. Lead wires are taken from these 
binding posts, and when not in use may 
be stored in the top of the box. — ^Mar- 
rion Williams, Warren M. Shallcroas 
Co. (Hupmobile), Louisville, Ky. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




176 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Portable Oil Gun — Valve Tool — Durable Creeper — Tilting Car Rack — Spring and 
Axle Rack — Testing Piston Rings — Self-Opening Door — Oxygen Tank Stand — 

Home-Made Arbor Press — Auxiliary Jack 



(No. 1104) PORTABLE OIL GUN 

steam engine oil may be readily car- 
ried and delivered to the rear axle or 
transmission by this portable oil gun. 
It is made of junk parts throughout, 
at a total cost of 35 cents. The re- 
tainer is an old Ford gasoline tank. 
The pump is an old hand tire pump, 
and is joined to the tank and hose 
through ordinary check valves. A pipe 
nipple and valve at the hose end facili- 
tate delivery and prevent waste. Both 
tank and pump are mounted on a 
board on castors. — La Verne Avery, 
Auburn Service Station, Omaha, Neb. 

(No. 1105) VALVE TOOL 

An excellent valve tool for the Ford 
may be made from an old brake rod 
yoke end, and a 1/3 in. steel bar. The 
bar is flatted and notched at one end, 
that it may be caught beneath the 
valve washer. The shank is squared 
up, and fitted into the yoke end in the 
manner shown. With this tool the 
valve may be readily lifted, and the 
lock pin removed or replaced without 
difficulty. — Central Auto Service, St. 
Louis, Mo. 

(No. 1106) DURABLE CREEPER 

This creeper is easily made, and 
strong enough to permit a car to run 
over it without injury to the creeper. 
The cross strips are 2 x y2 in. steel 
and bent slightly to give clearance for 
the castors and yet keep the body of 
the creeper low. The slats are 4 x % 
in. hardwood and are bolted to the 
cross strips. A board at one end of- 
fers a head rest. The casters are of 
the swiveled type, so that the creeper 
may be pushed in any direction, and 
are bolted to the metal strips. — Mar- 
rion Williams, Warren M. Shallcross 
Garage (Hupmobile), Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1107) TILTING CAR RACK 

In cases that it is impossible to con- 
fltruct a pit, the tilting rack illus- 
trated provides a desirable substitute. 
Two boards, about 13 ft. long, and 
measuring 6x2 in., are mounted on 
pivoted rests raised about 2 ft. from 
the floor. The ends of these boards 
are then tied together by steel cross 
strips, and sideboards nailed on the 
outside to prevent the car from run- 
ning off. Due to the fact that the 
grade of the rack is too great to per- 
mit a car to run onto it when tilted a 



geared hoist with ratchets is necessary 
to raise the car. The rack is then 
tilted, and blocked in a horizontal posi- 
tion, permitting any work to be read- 
ily done on the under side. — Longest 
Brothers Co., Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1108) SPRING AND AXLE RACK 

Economy of space is effected by the 
use of this spring and axle rack. A 
triangular wooden framework ends 
carry spikes that hold the springs 
where they may readily be seen, and 
the axles are placed on cross-rods con- 
necting the wooden pieces. By having 
several of these cross-rods, several 
models of axles may be stored, and 
easily removed. The cost of this rack 
was $4.50. — John Rommel-Overland- 
Louisville Co., Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1109) TESTING PISTON RINGS 

It is essential that piston rings have 
the correct tension when compressed, 
and the gap between the rings should 
be within the required limits. A de- 
vice for testing this is illustrated. The 
rings are removed from the piston and 
the piston placed in the cylinders and 
tested with feelers at the skirt for 
clearance. The amount of this clear- 
• ance is determined. This piston is then 
placed in the middle of a testing de- 
vice and an amount equal to the 
amount of clearance placed beneath it. 
Another piston is likewise taken, 
placed in the cylinder, and its amount 
of clearance at the skirt noticed. This 
is connected to the first piston by 
means of a wrist pin and placed as 
shown. Weights are then placed on 
the weight platform after the ring has 
been placed between the jaws, and 
weights are added until the clearance 
between the top bar and the outer pis- 
ton is equal to the clearance between 
that piston and the cylinder. If the 
weights added exceed 9 lb. for Burd 
rings, or 10 lb. for Muskegon Step- 
Joint rings, the rings are too strong, 
and should not be used. After this the 
caps between the ring ends should be 
tested with a feeler gage to see that 
they are not over 0.006 in. 

(No. 1110) SELF-OPENING DOOR 

A self-opening repairshop door is 
shown. The door is of the sliding 
type, hung on a horizontal track, but 
counterbalanced with weights swung 
over a pulley so that it automatically 



opens when the catch is released. This 
catch is of the hook t3i>e, and con- 
nected with a hinged board placed 
across the roadway, the car itself re- 
leasing the catch and allowing the door 
to open. One of these hinged doors is 
placed both on the inside and the out- 
side of the door, so that one entering 
or leaving has only to get out of the 
car once. — Longest Brothers Co., 
Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1111) OXYGEN TANK STAND 

A durable and portable stand for 
carrying the oxygen tank of a carbcm 
burning outfit is illustrated. The base 
is wood, X-shaped and bolted together. 
Four steel uprights hold a ring in 
which the tank is held, and a tin 
match box on the side of the ring 
holds the necessary matches. The 
tank is prevented from slipping by 
another ring bolted to the base, and 
the base is mounted on casters. — Mar- 
rion Williams, Warren M. Shallcross 
Co. (Hupmobile), Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1112) HOME-MADE ARBOR 

PRESS 

This arbor press is made of channel 
sections from an old truck frame, 
though one could readily be made from 
any channel section. It comprises an 
inverted U-shaped member, supported 
in an upright position on the channel 
base as shown. The overall height is 
about 5^2 ft. and the width 4 ft. The 
pressure screw is carried on two large 
nuts that are old clutch flanges tapped 
out, both the screw and the nuts hav- 
ing square threads. An old flywheel, 
keyed to the lower end of the pressure 
screw serves as a hand wheel, and is 
provided with vertical pins so that a 
pinch bar may be used to increase the 
leverage. — Longest Brothers Co., 
Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1113) AUXILLIRY JACK 

Auxiliary jacks are a necessity in 
the repairshop to hold cars up while 
wheels or axles are removed. Two sat- 
isfactory auxiliary jacks may be made 
from one old Ford rear axle housing. 
The housing is taken apart, and each 
tube cut off at the desired length. The 
cut off end is then heated, and pound- 
ed shut, forming a groove that holds 
the car securely in place. — Universal 
Motor Co., Ford Service, Omaha. 



1 

i 



AUTOUOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORTCUTS 




178 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Stock Bin Marker — Bearing Race Puller — Air Compressor — Battery Charging Con- 
nection—Body Hoisting — Pan Hook— Wrench for Tight Quarters — Carbon Burn- 
ing Tank Stand — Tool Rack — Piston Turning Center 



(No. 1114) STOCK BIN MARKER 

This stock bin marker permits ready 
location of any bin in the stock room. 
It is a sheet metal tag, bearing the 
number of the bin to which it is at- 
tached. As it projects out into the 
aisle, and is large enough to be easily 
read, the location of any desired bin 
may be seen at a glance. — Packard- 
Missouri Co., St. Louis. 

(No. 1115) BEARING RACE PULLER 

This puller was designed to remove 
the bearing race in the torque tube of 
the Marmon. In form, it is a gear 
puller, with the toes turned out, in- 
stead of in. These toes are caught 
beneath the lower edge of the race, and 
the pressure applied through the screw 
to a bar placed across the tube mouth. 
— Nordyke & Marmon, St. Louis, Mo. 

(No. 1116) AIR COMPRESSOR 

A serviceable air-compressor was 
made out of an old one-cylinder, air- 
cooled stationary engine with yery 
little work. In order to raise the com- 
pression pressure it was necessary to 
minimize the clearance between cylin- 
der head and piston. This was done, 
first by fitting a conical wooden block 
to the piston head and holding it in 
place with three %-in. cap screws. 
Then the space surrounding it was 
filled with lead. The intake valve of 
the engine is still the intake valve and 
the discharge valve is a ball check 
valve operating on a hard rubber seat 
in the discharge pipe, as close to the 
cylinder as possible. The exhaust 
valve opening was plugged up and all 
excess fittings were removed from the 
engine. The piston was fitted with 
step rings and a force feed oiler was 
substituted for a drip type. The com- 
pressor will fill a 16 X 48-in. tank to 
158 lb. in 25 min. with a 1-hp. engine, 
but a 2-hp. would be better. The bore 
and stroke are 31/2 x 3% and the speed 
is 225 r.p.m. — M. A. Porter. Iowa. 

(No. 1117) BATTERY CHARGING 
CONNECTION 

When charging storage batteries, a 
quick and satisfactory connection may 
be made by driving a tack into each 
of the terminals to be connected, and 
using a No. 18 steel wire for the con- 
nector. This connection possesses a 
further advantage — if an overcharge 
be applied, the steel wire will become 
heated and break the circuit. — Vesta 
Service Station, St. Louis, Mo. 



(No. 1118) BODY fiOISTING 

Closed bodies may be removed 
without strain by the aid of the 
hoisting cradle illustrated. Two cross 
pieces are attached to separate chain 
hoists and are so spaced that they 
hang 2 ft. from the ends of the body 
to be removed. First one end of the 
body is pried up, and a lower cross- 
member slipped beneath it. Then the 
other end is raised, and the other 
lower member put in place. The 
steel stirrups are then used to at- 
tach the lower and upper cross 
pieces, after which the body may be 
removed.— W. A. Terrgeon, Chicago. 

(No. 1119) PAN HOOK 
This hook was designed to aid in 
removing or replacing the dust pans of 
Overland cars, but has been found of 
equal value on many other cars. It is 
simply a short metal rod bent to form 
a pointed hook at one end and looped 
at the other end. — S. E. Barber, 
Hodskin Garage, Canton, N. Y. 

(No. 1120) WRENCH FOR TIGHT 
QUARTERS 

This wrench was specially designed 
to facilitate the removal of Chandler 
cylinders without first removing the 
valves. Roughly, it is spoon shaped, 
formed to pass over the fianges, the 
feature being the method of making 
the wrench head. The head is double 
hexagon in shape, so that at each one- 
twelfth of a turn the nut may again 
be engaged. — C. C. Dieffenbacher, 
Chandler Service, Indianapolis. 

(No. 1121) CARBON BURNING TANK 

STAND 

This is an all-steel portable stand 
or truck for an oxygen tank. The base 
is composed of an inner and an out- 
side ring, the inner ring being con- 
tracted by a thumb screw, and hold- 
ing the tank; the outer ring forming 
the base, and carrying the castors. 
To the inner ring is riveted the up- 
right handle that carries the upper 
contracting ring, holding the tank at 
the top. — Weber Implement and Auto 
Co., St. Louis. 

(No. 1122) TOOL RACK 

This tool rack provides a large 
amount of storage space, and yet 



takes up little room. A base, contain- 
ing drawers, divided into compart- 
ments, holds all bolts, nuts and screws, 
as well as other miscellaneous small 
parts. The tools are classified, and 
placed on the sides, end and top of the 
rack, where they may be readily seen. 
—Packard-Missouri Co., St. Louis. 

(No. 1128) PISTON TURNING 
CENTER 

By the use of this piston turning 
center, either new or old pistons may 
be caught in the lathe, automatically 
centered, and driven without the use 
of a dog. In form, the center is sim- 
ilar to a pipe, or umbrella center. It 
is attached to the chuck spindle 
threads, and drives the piston through 
a cross bar that catches behind the 
wristpin lugs, when the wristpin is 
not in place. If the wristpin is in 
place, a notched top is placed in the 
center, that serves to drive the piston. 
— Packard-Missouri Co., St. Louis. 

(No. 1123a) REMOVING WRIST PIN 

BUSHINGS 

Wrist pin bushings may be readily 
removed by means of a device whereby 
the end of the connecting rod is 
grasped between two jaws and the 
bushing pushed from place with a 
push-pin and pressure screw. A fea- 
ture of this device is that the wrist 
pins may be removed without taking 
the connecting rods from the crank- 
shaft. 




AUTOMOBILE REFAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




180 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Circuit Testing Set — Socket Wrench — Oil Transferring — Work Card Holder — Ford 

Transmission Band Clamp — Shop Key Tag — Tire Gage Protection — Instruction 

Book File — Engine Cleaner — Battery Service Kit — Brake Adjusting Wrench 



(No. 1124) CIRCUIT TESTING SET 

This is a portable electrical testing 
set. It consists of four dry cells, car- 
ried in a wooden box, and connected to 
a common electric bell. The circuit is 
broken by two test leads, about 4 ft. 
long, and having solid copper points. 
One of these test points is placed on 
each end of the wire being tested. If 
the wire is all right the bell rings, if 
broken it does not ring, unless the wire 
is grounded. This may be tested by 
touching first one and then the other of 
the leads to the frame of the car. A 
ring in either case denotes a gn^ounded 
wire^ — A. L. Johnson, Tremain Rankin 
Garage, Fort Dodge, Iowa. 



(No. 1125) SOCKET WRENCH 

A durable and satisfactory set of 
socket wrenches may be made from old 
wristpins. One end of the pin is drawn 
down and brazed onto an octagonal piece 
of chisel rod, which forms a shank. To 
this a cross-piece is brazed, forming a 
handle. The end of the wrist-pin is then 
formed into a socket over the nut it is 
to fit. T-wrenches, L-wrenches and 
special wrenches may be made in this 
manner. — A. L. Johnson, Tremain Rankin 
Garage, Fort Dodge, Iowa. 



(No. 1126) OIL TRANSFERRING 

It is difficult to transfer oil from the 
common oil barrel to a smaller container 
unless some special outfit is at hand, 
such as illustrated. The oil is forced by 
air pressure from the barrel. Air pres- 
sure is applied through a valve that is 
an ordinary tire valve soldered into an 
old spark plug shell, which in turn is 
screwed into a hole in the barrel. The 
eil is delivered through a bent brass 
pipe, passing through a second spark 
plug bushing, also screwed into a hole 
in the barrel. Packing is placed between 
the bushing of the plug and the shell, 
so that the tube may be adjusted to any 
barrel, and the amount of oil is readily 
regulated by the pressure applied. — R. 
H. Brown, Fort Dodge Auto Co., Fort 
Dodge, Iowa. 



(No. 1127) WORK CARD HOLDER 

The workman's order or work card 
may be held on the job by means of this 
card holder. It is thin sheet metal, cut 
as long as the card and turned over at 
the edges. The holder offers a stiff 
backing when writing on the card. A 
strap secures the holder to either hood 
or windshield. — Ernest Coffman, Ford 
Service Station, Louisville, Ky. 



(No. 1128) FORD TRANSMISSION 
BAND CLAMP 

This clamp is used to hold Ford trans- 
mission bands together while replacing 
the transmission cover. It is made of 
spring steel % in. wide and 3/32 in. 
thick, bent into the form of a U, having 
legs 3% in. long and being 2 7/16 in. 
across. One of these is clamped over 
the lugs on the transmission bands be- 
fore replacing the cover and removed 
after the cover is bolted in place. — 
Charles M. Ford, Moore Automobile Co., 
Grand Forks, N. D. 

(No. 1129) SHOP KEY TAG 

All departments of the shop should be 
locked, unless some responsible person 
is present. Yet all keys should be in- 
stantly available to the proper persons. 
If each key be tagged with a common 
suit case tag, and lettered with the de- 
partment it fits, and hung in the main 
office, this will be accomplished. Each 
key should have a hook on a keyboard 
that is always in sight of some of the 
office force. — R. E. Beedee, Interstate 
Auto & Supply Co., Davenport, Iowa. 

(No. 1130) TIRE GAGE PROTECTION 

Tire testing gages are essential to 
free air service, but being small are 
easily mislaid or stolen. By securing 
the gage to a 6-ft. lengrth of stnall chain, 
attached to a leather ring, the gage is 
rendered difficult to mislay or carry 
away. The gage may be hung close to 
the air nozzle and swung into using 
position from the hook, or removed and 
carried to the tire to be tested. — R. E. 
Beedee, Interstate Auto & Supply Co., 
Davenport, Iowa. 

(No. 1131) INSTRUCrriON BOOK 

FILE 

Instruction books are usually kept in 
the repairshop without much order or 
system, and considerable time is lost in 
hunting for the desired book. By the 
provision of a simple wooden file, as 
shown, the desired book may be seen 
and obtained instantly. It comprises a 
wooden box, divided into compartments. 
Each compartment is labeled with the 
book it is to hold. — R. E. Beedee, Inter- 
state Auto & Supply Co., Davenport, 
Iowa. 



(No. 1132) ENGINE CLEANER 

A gasoline or kerosene spray, acting 
under air pressure, will quickly remove 
dirt and grease from the engine or 
chassis. A device for forming this 
spray is shown. It comprises a metal 



tank, holding the cleaning solution, and 
an aspirator for forming the spray. 
This aspirator is a copper pipe, passing 
through the center of the tank, one end 
being connected to the air line and the 
other being drawn down into a nozzle. 
A small copper tube connects this pipe 
and the solution, so that the solution is 
drawn from the tank and forced into a 
spray by the passing air. — R. E. Beedee, 
Interstate Auto & Supply Co., Fort 
Dodge, Iowa. 

(No. 1133) BATTERY SERVICE KIT 

This kit contains all the tools neces- 
sary for hydrometer testing and replen- 
ishing the water supply of a storage bat- 
tery. A rectangular box is divided into 
four compartments, as shown. One 
contains the hydrometer, in a cylindrical 
pasteboard box. The second contains 
distilled water, in an old battery jar; a 
third holds a syringe for placing the 
water in the battery. The third space 
runs the entire leng^th of the box, and is 
used for miscellaneous tools, such as a 
screwdriver, pliers, ammeter, etc. By 
the use of this box all the battery took 
are kept together, and no time is lost 
hunting for mislaid parts. — J. P. Hand, 
Willard Service Station, Davenport, 
Iowa. 



(No. 1133a) BRAKE ADJUSTING 
WRENCH 

Many external brakes are adjusted by 
means of a wing nut on the bolt connect- 
ing the ends of the band. These nuts 
occasionally rust in place. A wrench 
rendering this adjustment easy is a piece 




of pipe, slotted at one end to engage the 
wings of the wing nut, and provided 
with a rod handle, passed through holes 
drilled at right angles to each other at 
the upper end of the pipe.— Frank Hoff- 
man, Chandler Service, Toledo. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



LCATHEEVlSRCB' 




182 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Traveling Crane — ^Wheel Painting Stand — Rear Axle Stand — Carboy Holder- 
Undercutting High Mica — Towing Truck — Cork Insert Tool — Portable Tool Box- 

Anti-Freeze Container — Parts Cleaning 



(No. 1134) TRAVELING CRANE 

This crane is particularly adapted 
to shops that have ceilings that do not 
readily permit the attachment of a 
chain block. It also permits the car 
to be worked on from any position in 
the shop, as the castors render it port- 
able. It comprises a framework, car- 
rying the chain block, and supported 
on four uprights. The engine may be 
lifted from the car and carried to the 
engine stand, or a car may be moved 
in any direction, even though the 
wheels are not in place.— R. H. Brown, 
Fort Dodge Auto Co., Fort Dodge, 
Iowa. 

(No. 1135) WHEEL PAINTING 
STAND 

Four wheels may be handled at one 
time by the use of this wheel-painting 
stand. It comprises a cast-iron base, 
supporting a pipe standard. This 
standard carries a piece of round stock 
that in turn carries two cross pieces. 
The wheels are hung on these cross 
pieces, in the manner shown. Any one 
of the four wheels may be swung in 
front of the painter, and the wheels 
may be rotated into any position. — 
Velie Motor Vehicle Co., Moline, 111. 



(No. 1136) REAR AXLE STAND 

Though designed for work on the 
Ford rear axle, this stand could read- 
ily be adapted to the requirements of 
many makes of axles. The ends of 
the axle are supported on notched up- 
rights, about 30 in. from the floor, 
and the torque tube is placed on either 
of two uprights similarly notched. 
These two uprights permit the axle to 
be turned over, giving access to either 
side. In the center is a diamond- 
shaped shallow tray, holding the tools 
and parts. — S. R. Sithers, Barrs Serv- 
ice Station, Davenport, Iowa. 

(Na 1137) CARBOY HOLDER 



It is difficult to transfer sulphuric 
acid from the carboy to the smaller 
container, to be used in battery work. 
This transfer may be facilitated by the 
use of a tilting holder, as shown. It 



consists of a box, holding the carboy^ 
and pivoted on standards. These 
pivots are so placed that the carboy 
assumes the upright position when re- 
leased, but may be readily tilted to 
pour the acid out. It may be locked 
in the upright position by a drop 
catch. — J. P. Hand Co., Willard Serv- 
ice Station, Davenport, Iowa. 



(No. 1138) UNDERCUTTING HIGH 

MICA 

Due to the difference in hardness of 
the mica and copper in commutators, 
unequal wear results, causing imper- 
fect commutation. The high mica may 
be removed in a lathe, as illustrated. 
The armature is put in a lathe and 
turned to the desired finish, after 
which a special tool is placed in the 
tool post and each section of mica un- 
dercut using the lathe as a planer, 
moving the tool by the lateral feed. 
When properly undercut, the mica has 
the appearance of that shown in the 
sketch. — G. L. Illingworth, Wataga, 
lU. 



(No. 1139) TOWING TRUCK 

Cars disabled by the loss of both or 
either front or rear wheels may be 
towed to the repairshop by the aid of 
this truck. It is a square wooden box, 
bolted together and mounted on farm 
implement wheels. The towing pole is 
a 2-in. pipe, going through the box, 
and attached to it by pipe flanges. In- 
side of this pipe is a bar, the two be- 
ing fastened together by a steel pin. 
In the case of a front axle break, the 
towing pole is telescoped and pinned 
in the short position. With rear axle 
breaks, the pole is extended. In each 
case the car rests directly in the truck 
box. The truck is attached to the tow- 
ing car through a heavy coiled spring. 
— R. E. Beedee, Interstate Auto & Sup- 
ply Co., Davenport, Iowa. 



(No. 1140) CORK INSERT TOOL 

This is a tool for inserting corks 
into the face of a cone type cork insert 
clutch, such as is used on the Pierce- 
Arrow. A hollow tapered brasS plug 
is held over the hole in the clutch 



face by a hooked lever, in the manner 
shown, and the cork pushed into {dace 
with a steel plunger. The brass plug 
may be shifted, so as to rest over any 
of the cork openings, and the pressure 
may be regulated by shifting the 
thumb screw. — Frank Petrick, Mason's 
Garage Co., Davenport, Iowa. 



(No. 1141) PORTABLE TOOL BOX 

This tool box is made integral with 
* its base, and is mounted on castors, 
so that it may be taken to the side of 
the car upon which the work is to be 
done. The tool box proper is shallow, 
and contains a space for the more com- 
mon tools, in addition to several small 
compartments for miscellaneous parts. 
The more valuable, precise and less 
frequently used tools are kept in a 
drawer beneath the box, which is 
locked unless in use. — Fra^ Petrick, 
Mason's Garage Co., Davenport, Iowa. 



(Na 1142) ANTI-FREEZE 
CONTAINER 

The anti-f reeze solution in the ra- 
diator is often thrown away, when it 
is necessary to remove the radiator to 
get at some part of the engine. By 
the provision of a container, as shown, 
this solution may be saved, and re- 
placed in the radiator on assembly. 
Dirty solution will settle, and the dirty 
part may be drawn off first and thrown 
away. — ^R. H. Brown, Fort Dodge Auto 
Co., Fort Dodge, Iowa. 



(Na 1143) PARTS CLEANING 

An old oil container may be made 
into a spray cleaning device. Through 
the top of the can a brass pipe is 
soldered, as shown. The nozzle of this 
pipe is connected by a small tube to 
the bottom of the oil can, and the op- 
posite end is attached to the air line. 
The air, in passing through the pipe, 
past the end of the small tube, draws 
the solution from the can and forces 
it onto the part in the form of a 
spray, quickly softening and remov- 
ing the dirt and grease. Either gaso- 
line or kerosene may be used as a 
cleaning solution. — Frank Petrick, Ma- 
son's Garage Co., Davenport, lows. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




184 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



P^rts Washing Table — Piston Assembly Vise — Piston Ring Clamp — Connecting- 
Rod Alignment Jig — Bearing Scrapers — Axle Housing Straightening — Shop Blow- 
torch—Radiator Testing— Reo Clutch Tool— Cleaning Tank— Ball Bearing Wrench 



(No. 1144) PARTS WASHING TABLE (No. 1148) BEARING SCRAPERS 



This parts washing table is large 
enough to permit any part of the car 
to be cleaned. But more important, it 
may be moved to the job. A wooden 
basin, or sink, 5 ft. long, 2 ft. wide and 
6 in. deep is mounted on legs, and lined 
with tin. A drain plug is placed in the 
center, permitting the dirty cleaning 
solution to be drawn off into a pail hang- 
ing beneath the stand. Gasoline may be 
used for cleaning parts, but kerosene is 
cheaper and safer. — A. L. Johnson, Tre- 
main Rankin, Fort Dodge, Iowa. 

(No 1145) PISTON ASSEMBLY VISE 

This vise facilitates piston assembly 
work. It comprises an L-shaped base, 
carrying a ifixed and a movable jaw. The 
movable jaw is operated by a cam, and 
the piston is firmly held between two 
fiber plates. When the piston is so held, 
the connecting-rod may be inserted, the 
wrist-pin put in place, and readily locked. 
Not only is the pistoii held without the 
possibility of injury, but the work may 
be' better done. With the exception of 
the cam and cam plate, the device is 
cast iron throughout. — Swaner Motor 
Car Co., Fort t)odge, Iowa. 

(No. 1146) PISTON RING CLAMP 

Ford piston rings may be readily in- 
serted by the use of this clamp. The 
form of the clamp is familiar, the feature 
being that it is made directly from the 
retaining strap of a Stewart Vacuum 
tank. The only work necessary to con- 
vert the strap into a piston clamp is to 
straighten out the lugs in the manner 
illustrated. These straightened lugs 
serve as a handle, and permit the rings 
to be compressed with a slight pressure. 
.— W. D. Seanor, Woodward Tire Repair 
Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1147) CONNECTING-ROD 
ALIGNMENT JIG 

It is essential that the two bearings 
of the connecting-rod be in perfect align- 
ment. Not only should they be parallel, 
bat they should also be in the same 
plane. The jig illustrated is designed 
to test these with one setting. The con- 
necting-rod is held on an arbor, and a 
second arbor placed in the wrist pin bear- 
ing. Knife edges are used to check the 
alignment of the two arbors, one pair 
for parallelism horizontally, and one for 
vertical parallelism, the rod being swung 
from one test position to the other. — 
Swaney Motor Car Co., Fort Dodge, Iowa. 



A very satisfactory set of bearing 
scrapers may be made from old files. 
Two such scrapers are shown. The first 
is ground from a part round file, after 
being carefully heated and forged to ap- 
proximately the desired shape. The sec- 
ond is gfround directly from a triangular 
file, without forging of any sort. By 
careful grinding on the emery wheel and 
finishing the cutting edges with an oil 
stone, the scrapers should be as good as 
any purchased. — W. D. Seanor, Wood- 
ward Tire Repair Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1149) AXLE HOUSING 
STRAIGHTENING 

By this method, bent axle housings 
may be straightened without removing 
them from the car. The point of bend 
is determined, and a steel bar, about 4 
ft. long and the same size as the inside 
of the housing, is inserted to the point of 
bend. A welding torch flame is then 
used to heat the point of bend, and pres- 
sure is applied to the bar, bringing the 
axle back to true. — Ed. Smith, Standard 
Automobile Co., Cadillac, Louisville, Ky. 

(Na 1150) SHOP BLOWTORCH 

Small soldering jobs, especially in 
cramped quarters, may be most readily 
done by means of a blowtorch. Such a 
torch may be made from pipe fittings in 
the manner illustrated. In brief, it com- 
prises a piece of pipe, attached to the 
gas main by a length of rubber hose, 
with another piece of pipe, attached to 
the air line, and welded to the gas nozzle 
as shown. A spacer cross-brace is welded 
between the two pipes, at the rear, mak- 
ing the torch a unit. A valve on the 
gas pipe renders regulation of the flame 
easy. Though this torch is somewhat 
small for brazing jobs, a heavier torch 
could readily be made for that purpose. — 
E. E. Thodes, Woodward Tire Repair Co., 
Detroit. 

(No. 1151) RADIATOR TESTING 

All openings of the radiator must be 
plugged before air pressure may be ap- 
plied, to test for leaks by immersion in 
water. Ordinarily this is done by solder- 
ing up the openings. By the method 
illustrated all the openings may be 
stopped in an instant. The filler open- 
ing is closed tightly by placing a rubber 
gasket beneath the filler cap, and screw- 
ing it in place. The inlet and outlet are 
stopped by rubber corks, that are in- 



serted, and then expanded by squeezing 
them together with thumb screws. The 
overflow is stopped by screwing a tapered 
cap screw into it. Air pressure is applied 
through a special nipple, one end of 
which is screwed into the drain plug hole 
and the other attached to the air line. — 
Velie Motor Vehicle Co., Moline, Illinois. 

(No. 1152) REO CLUTCH TOOL 

This is a simple tool for compressing 
the clutch springs on the Reo when as- 
sembling the clutch. It is a strip of flat 
iron, bent into a square, and riveted to- 
gether by a cross strip as shown. Holes 
are drilled and tapped at each side of 
the cross piece for the pressure screws. 
In addition to holding the ends of the top 
together, the cross strip also furnishes 
sufficient material to give the pressure 
^screws a good purchase. The lower cross 
strip should be notched in the manner 
illustrated. — W. D. Seanor, Woodward 
Tire Repair Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1153) CLEANING TANK 

This is a cleaning tank, in which 
gasoline or kerosene is forced by air 
pressure in a form of a spray onto the 
part to be cleaned. The container is an 
old hot water heater boiler. Air pressure 
is applied through a tire valve soldered 
to the tank, and the cleaning solution is 
drawn up through a small tube to the 
outlet pipe. A length of rubber hose, 
terminating in a copper tube, fitted with 
a valve, completes the outfit. Eitho* 
gasoline or kerosene may be used as a 
cleaning solution, but the latter is prefer- 
able. — Frank Petrick, Masons Garage (>>.« 
Davenport, Iowa. 

(No. 1153a) BALL BEARING WRENCH 

Adjustment of ball bearings of the 
cone type is facilitated by the use of a 
special speed wrench. The jaws of this 
wrench engage the flat sides of the bear- 
ing cone,' and permit the cone to be 
readily tightened or removed. A wrench 
of this nature may be constructed from 
an old socket wrench, and it is essential 
that the jaws be case hardened to pro- 
mote durability. — Lawrence Budd, Becker 
Auto Co., Grand Rapids, Mich. 




TiSPPTD 
HOLE 



CASE HAIOTNED 



THE CONE 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIKSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




186 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Rear Axle-Stand— Chassis Cleaning— Bending Bar— Bench Lock— Simple Creeper 
—Ford Transmission Bearing Reamer— Adjustable Puller— Simple Hand Vise- 
Portable Grinder — Ford Rear Axle Stand 



(No. 1154) REAR AXLE STAND 

Rear axle work is facilitated by the 
use of a proper stand. The stand iU 
lustrated possesses many valuable 
features. Roughly, it is a T-shaped 
framework, supporting the axle ends 
on the cross, and the drive shaft on 
the end. Compartments are built 
into the ends, and are used to hold 
axle tools, and parts. The complete 
axle may be assembled and tested on 
this stand. All axle tools should be 
kept in the stand, ready for use when 
needed. — E. E. Rhodes, Woodward 
Tire Repair Co., Detroit, Mich. 



(Na 1155) CHASSIS CLEANING 

It usually takes some time to clean 
the mud and grease from a chassis by 
the scrape and wash method. This 
time may be reduced by the use of a 
circular wire brush mounted in a small 
arbor chucked in a portable electric 
drill. With this tool, a man can do 
twice as much cleaning as without it. 
— K. A. Pullen, West Broadway 
Garage, New York. 

(No. 1156) BENDING BAR 

This is a bending bar, for straight- 
ening front axles. It has a 5-ft. han- 
dle, of 2-in. iron pipe. The bending 
jaws are brazed to one end. These 
jaws comprise a U-shaped piece of 
steel, fitted and brazed to the pipe, 
and braced by diagonal steel members, 
also brazed to the pipe, as shown. 
Several sets of these bending bars 
may be made, one for connecting rods, 
and various others for different 
axles. The jaws could readily be 
welded to the pipe, if a welding outfit 
is at hand. — R. H. Brown, Fort Dodge 
Auto Co., Fort Dodge, Iowa. 

(No. 1157) BENCH LOCK 

Tools may be most readily stored 
beneath the bench, but should be 
locked to prevent theft. A simple 
method of locking both the tool draw- 
ers and storage space, with one lock, 
is shown. The drawers are hung 
from the bench top in the usual man- 
ner. A hinged door encloses the com- 
partment beneath the bench, and both 
drawer and compartment are locked 
by a single Yale lock. The lock is 
bolted to the hinged door, and catches 
against a steel strip fastened to the 
lower side of the drawer. This strip 



is so placed that when the lock is set, 
any attempt to open either drawer or 
door only wedges the two tighter to- 
gether. Another feature of this 
method of tool storage is that the 
swing door offers a convenient place 
to hang small tools. — W. D. Seanor, 
Woodward Tire Repair Co., Detroit, 
Mich. 



(No. 1158) SIMPLE CREEPER 

This is a simple and durable 
creeper. It is a platform of boards, 
held together by three cross pieces, 
and mounted on six furniture castors. 
A head rest is formed at one end by 
inclined short boards, as shown. In 
addition to the features of being easy 
to construct, and durable, this creeper 
is exceptionally low, and does not hold 
the mechanic tight up to the car. An 
advisable addition might be made by 
padding the head rest. — E. E. Rhodes, 
Woodward Tire Repair Co., Detroit, 
Mich. 



(No. 1159) FORD TRANSMISSION 
BEARING REAMER 

When new bushings are replaced in 
the Ford reverse drum, it is essential 
that they be scraped or reamed to 
size. Reaming is easier, but reamers 
are expensive. A suitable reamer for 
this purpose may be made from an 
old slow speed gear from a Ford, in 
the manner illustrated. The gear is 
removed from its drum, and ground 
by hand to the required size. The 
back edges of the teeth should be 
given a slight clearance, so that the 
edges will cut freely, and the chips 
will not clog. As the gear teeth are 
case hardened, no further heat treat- 
ment is necessary. A cross piece, 
riveted to the gear fiange serves as a 
handle in doing the work. — W. D. 
Seanor, Woodward Tire Repair Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 



(No. 1160) ADJUSTABLE PULLER 

Most manufacturers are now pro- 
viding tapped holes in gear and 
flange faces, for the application of 
special pullers. The puller illustrated 
is designed for use in such cases. In- 
stead of single holes for the puller 
screws, in the cross bar ends, each 
screw rests in a slot. This slot per- 
mits the screws to be set at any de- 



sired distance from the center, and is 
also wide enough to allow large or 
small puller screws to be used. The 
central pressune screw should be 
about % in. in diameter, and long 
enough to cover a va^piety of work. — 
W. D. Seanor, Woodward Tire Repair 
Co., Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1161) SIMPLE HAND VISE • 

A pair of combination pliers may 
be made into an excellent hand vise in 
the following manner. First driU 
through each end of the handles in the 
manner shown. Then pass a %-in. 
machine screw of sufficient length to 
allow the pliers to open, and fit a 
thumb screw to it in the manner 
shown. By this arrangement, any 
small work or tool may be securely 
held, as in the ordinary hand vise. — 
Elvin Lawler, Gordon, Wis. 

(No. 1162) PORTABLE GRINDER 

Junk parts were used to construct 
this portable grinder. The motor used 
is the motor of an old Newtone horn, 
and is mounted on the base after the 
removal of the horn and horn sound- 
ing mechanism. A small emery wheel 
is mounted directly on the end of the 
motor shaft as shown. The current 
is derived from either a 6- or 12-volt 
storage battery. The former gives 
the motor sufficient power for most 
grinding jobs, the latter enough to 
drive the wheel up to its capacity. 
When used as a bench grinder, a 
clamp may be used to hold it to the 
bench, or the grinder is small enough 
to be carried directly to the job. — ^W. 
D. Seanor, Woodward Tire Repair 
Co., Detroit, Mich. 



(No. 1163) FORD REAR AXLE STAND 

Rear axle repair is facilitated by 
the use of a proper rear axle stand. 
The stand illustrated may be easily 
made, and leaves all parts of the axle 
accessible when in use. It is channel 
iron through, each upright laid out at 
a point of an L on the fioor as shown. 
One-half of the rear axle housing 
passes through, and is held by two of 
these uprights, the other upright hold- 
ing the torque tube. A steel cross- 
piece is riveted to this latter upright, 
serving as a rest for the radius rods. 
— Universal Motor Co., Ford Service, 
Omaha. 



AUTOMOBILE HEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




188 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Foreman's Desk — Gland Nut Wrench — B attery Filling Alarm — Valve Lifter — Shop 
Horse — ^Wash Rack Lamps — Clutch Cleaning — Electrical Testing — Paige Clutch 

Compressor — Engine Stand — Hub Cap Wrench 



(No. 1164) FOREMAN'S DESK 

System is essential in the repair- 
shop, but because it is system does not 
necessarily require an elaborate equip- 
ment. An old packing box may be 
made into a foreman's desk, and a few 
strips of wood and tin may be used 
to construct a workmen's time and 
work card filing rack. The blank cards 
are always available, and clean. Any 
of the workmen's cards may be seen 
at a glance, and are in order. A clock 
should be hung near at hand, so that 
the men will not have to guess at the 
time.— W. C. Slicer, Paige-Toledo, To- 
ledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1165) GLAND NUT WRENCH 

The gland nuts on most water cir- 
culating pumps are rather hard to 
reach, unless a special wrench be used. 
Such a wrench is illustrated. It is 
% in. sheet metal, filed and ground to 
the shape shown, and then case hard- 
ened. This latter is essential, as 
otherwise the jaws would spread in 
use. As a refinement, the handle 
should be fitted with fiber pieces. 
Though this wrench was designed for 
use on the Paige, it has been found 
equally useful on any cars having the 
same type of engine. — H. E. Murrey, 
Paige-Toledo Co., Toledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1166) BATTERY FILLING ALARM 

A device to facilitate filling Edison 
storage batteries with distilled water. 
It may, however, be used on any bat- 
tery. The water is passed into the 
cell through a brass tube, from an 
overhead tank. At the tip of the tube 
is a fiber plug, containing a central 
screw attached to one wire of an alarm 
system. The other wire of the sys- 
tem is grounded on the tube. An ad- 
justable stop, fastened to the tube, 
regulates the dip of the plug into the 
electrolyte, and when the electrolyte 
has risen above the fiber plug, the 
alarm circuit is completed. The alarm 
is merely several dry cells, connected 
to an electric bell, and its ringing indi- 
cates that enough water has been 
placed in the cell. — Fashion Garage, 
Detroit, Mich. 



(Na 1167) VALVE LIFTER 

This valve tool is especially adapted 
to work on the Paige valves. It is of 



the tong type, having the jaws so 
shaped that when closed they may be 
readily forced beneath the valve 
washer. The pivot is so placed that 
the jaws are opened when the handles 
are closed together, permitting the use 
of a lock link to hold the jaws in the 
open position. The ends of the han- 
dles should be bent up to prevent loss 
of the lock link. — ^W. C. Slicer, Paige- 
Toledo, Toledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1168) SHOP HORSE 

This is a simple and sturdy shop 
horse that has many uses. The ends 
are cast iron, and have an angle, or 
L-shaped section, being fastened to- 
gether by steel side strips. Two 
holes are drilled in each of the end 
piece top plates, permitting the work 
to be bolted in place. The horse can 
be readily used as an engine stand, 
rear axle stand, auxiliary jack, or as a 
welding stand in some grades of work. 
— Ed. L. Cousino, Grasser Motor Car 
Co. (Hupmobile), Toledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1169) WASH RACK LAMPS 

Car washing requires an intense 
illumination that may be directed to 
the point of work. An adjustable 
wash rack lamp is shown, the feature 
being in the curved tin reflector placed 
behind the lamps. Both the lamps and 
the reflector are attached to a long 
board, hanging alongside the wash 
rack, that may be raised or lowered by 
ropes. One such hanging lamp is on 
each side of the rack, and a fixed wall 
lamp is fastened to the wall at the end 
of the wash rack. This style of lamp 
also makes an effective bench lamp. — 
John Carey, The Smalley Garage, To- 
ledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1170) CLUTCH CLEANING 

The clutch of the Paige may be 
quickly washed out by the aid of this 
device. It is a 1-qt. can with the top 
removed, and a copper tube soldered 
to the bottom. This tube should be 
about Vs in. in diameter, and is fitted 
with a valve. The %-in. pipe plug is 
removed from the clutch housing, and 
a mixture of 1 part kerosene to 2 parts 
cylinder oil passed through the clutch 
plate.— W. C. Slicer, Paige-Toledo, To- 
ledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1171) ELECTRICAL TESTING 

A spark plug testing and lamp test- 
ing box is a convenient combination. 
Several dry cells are placed in a long, 
narrow box, and connected through a 
double-throw switch to the testing 
terminals. One side of the switch 
throws the two types of lamp sockets 
into the circuit, and the other side con- 
nects the batteries through the spark 
coil to the plug testing rests. This 
unit is compact enough to be taken 
directly to the job. — John Carey, The 
Smalley Garage, Toledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1172) PAIGE CLUTCH COM- 
PRESSOR 

A clutch compressor for the Paige 
consists of two 5/16-in. rods, about 4 
in. long. One end of the rods is 
threaded 5/16 in. S. A. E. standard for 
about % in., and the other end thread- 
ed 5/16 in. standard, for about 3 in. 
Two 5/16 in. standard nuts are pro- 
vided for the latter ends. The studs 
are caught in the clutch, and the nuts 
tightened, forcing the spring into the 
compressed position. — ^W. C. Slicer, 
Paige-Toledo, Toledo, Ohio. 



(No. 1173) ENGINE STAND 

This is a simple engine stand that 
will take almost any engine. It is 2 in. 
angle iron, bent into a U-form, and 
fastened together b^ cross braces. 
The engine side arms rest directly on 
the stand, but a cross bar must usually 
be fitted under the front of the engine 
to hold it in place. This stand may 
also be used for rear axle and gearbox 
work. — Ed. L. Cousino, The Grasser 
Motor Car Co. (Hupmobile), Toledo. 
Ohio. 



(No. 1173a) HUB CAP WRENCH 

A leather loop bolted to a steel handle 
may be used in removing or replacing 
hub caps. The leather loops should be of 



LEATttER 



y 




a diameter slightly larger than the ^^° 
cap to be removed, the leverage 1>^^ 
effected by the shoulder on the hflUHU^ 
^hich pinches against the bob cap. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




190 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Ford Crank Case Stand^Inspection Lamp Reflector — Radiator Neck Wrench — 
Parts Cleaning— Portable Test Lamp— Steel Shop Horse— Portable Chassis Truck 
^Socket Wrench Extension — Shop Pinch Bar — Rear Axle Stand — Ford Transmis- 
sion Assembly 



<No. 1174) FORD CRANKCASE STAND 
Seams and joint in the cninkcase of 
the Ford become loosened, due to the 
action of the car, and must again be 
brazed together. This bracing is facili- 
tated by the use of a welding stand. 
The base is an old rear wheel, support- 
ing an upright that carries the rest for 
the crankcBse. The front of the case is 
fastened by a clamp, and rear by an old 
nniversal flange. Both the rest and the 
flange are swiveled, so that the case 
may be turned over, or tipped up and 
down. — Swaney Motor Car Co., Fort 
Dodge, Iowa. 

(Nft 1175) INSPECTION LAMP RE- 
FLECTOR 

Glare from the inspection lamp is as 
bad as too little lighi and may be pre- 
vented by the use of the simple reflector 
shown. This reflector is shim brass, cut 
roughly pear-shaped, polished, and in- 
serted between the guard and lamp. This 
reflector tends to concentrate the light 
on the work and keep it from the 
eyes of the mechanic. — Ernest C. Timm- 
sen, 1520 Temple Street, Los Angeles, 
Cal. 



<No. 1176) RADIATOR NECK WRENCH 

The neck of the 1917 Chandler radiator 
is held in place by means of a bushing. 
Occasionally this bushing becomes loos- 
ened, or it is desired to take it off to 
remove the radiator neck. A wrench 
for tightening or removing the neck is 
shown. It is a piece of pipe, slotted to 
engage the two lugs on the inner side 
of the radiator bushing, and turned by a 
rod handle. — Frank Hoffman, Chandler 
Service Station, Toledo, Ohio. 

(N». 1177) PARTS CLEANING 

Parta may be readily cleaned by a 
gasoline spray or aspirator, actuated 
from the air pressure line. This spray 
comprises a short length of copper tub- 
ing, about M in. in diameter, having a 
piece of 1/16 in. brass tubing soldered 
into its side. The air line is connected 
to the larger tube, and the smaller tube 
is connected to the gasoline supply. When 
the air Is turned on, a suction is created 
in the smaller tube, drawing gasoline 
from the can, and forcing it onto the 
part to be cleaned. — Geo, F. Reim, Cadil- 
lac Co. of Omaha, Omaha. 

(No. 1178) PORTABLE TEST LAMP 
This is a portable test lamp, used in 
conjunction with a 110-volt lighting cir- 
cuit, for testing lighting and ignition 



circuits on the car. It consists of a 
wooden base, on which is mounted a por- 
celain socket carrying a 16-candle power 
lamp, connected to the lighting circuit 
as shown in the wiring diagram. Tile 
test points are connected to the binding 
post, and any metallic connection between 
the two causes the lamp to light. Hence, 
if a wire is 0. K., the lamp will light, 
when the test points are placed on each 
end of the wire. If there is an open 
circuit, it will not light Similarly, short 
circuits and grounds may be determined. 
By short circuiting the two binding posts, 
the lamp may be used for inspection 
work. — B, C. Manly, Universal Motor 
Service, Gallup, New Mexico. 



(No. 1179} STEEL SHOP HORSE 

This steel horse, or auxiliary jack, is 
used to hold up Fords, Maxwells, or 
other light cars, when removing the rear 
assembly. It is triangular in form, con- 
sisting of steel strips, secured to an 
angle iron base. The side strips are hot 
riveted to the angle iron pieces, and are 
bolted to the top cross-piece. Ooss 
pieces, connecting the angle iron strips 
are not absolutely necessary, but make 
the horse much more durable. — C. R. 
Pierson, Salineville Auto Garage, Saline- 
ville, Ohio. 



(No. 1180) PORTABLE CHASSIS 
TRUCK 

Overhauling and painting are facilitated 
by the use of a chassis truck. The truck 
shown, in addition to being easy to con- 
struct, is durable, and permits the chassis 
to be moved in any direction. Due to the 
length of the front support, no adjust- 
ment is necessary for different cars, — 
P. H. Wells, Chevrolet Service SUtion, 
St. Louis, Mo. 



(No. 1181) SOCKET WRENCH EXTEN- 
SION 

This extension permits the heads of 
the common commercial socket wrenches 
to be used in conjunction with a bit 
brace wrench. A rectangular opening 
is filed in the upper socket ends, and a 
bit brace shank made to fit into the 
opening so formed. By this arrange- 
ment, a socket of any size may be used 
with one shank, and the change of 
wrenches is facilitated. One shank should 
be made up 12 in. long, and another 
20 in. long, so that any of the common 
jobs may be handled. By the use of an 
additional piece, the shank may be used 
with the square end socket extensions. 



this piece serving as a union between 
the two shanks.— E. C. Timmsen, 1520 
Temple Street, Los Angeles, Cal. 

(No. 1182) SHOP PINCH BAR 

This pinch bar may be used for a 
number of purposes, and aften may be 
used to remove gears or flanges when 
no puller is at hand. It is merely an 18 
in. length of H in. cold rolled steel, 
forged flat at one end, and bent into a 
right angle wedge at the other end. Both 
ends are then case hardened to promote 
durability. — E. C. Timmsen, 1G20 Temple 
Street, Los Angeles, Cal. 

(No. 1183) REAR AXLE STAND 

This rear axle stand is pipe fittings 
throughout The framework Is IK io. 
pipe. The bases of the standards are 
pipe flanges, and the axle supports are 
1^-6 in. pipe crosses, sawed in the mid- 
dle, as illustrated. By the use of tiiis 
stand, the axle may be completely as- 
sembled and readily adjusted at a height 
that permits efficient work. — Ernest 
Coffman, Ford Service, Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1183a) FORD TRANSMISSION 
ASSEMBLY 

An adaptation of the work bench for 
Ford transmission work is illustrated. 
A 10 in. bole is cut in the bendi, and 
fitted with a movable wooden ring 2 in. 
thick and 14 in. outside diameter. The 




BEKCH - 



body of the transmission 

through the ring and hole, the t 

sion resting on the wooden ring. The 

magnets are then accessible, and thor 

removal or replacement facilitated. — S. 

R. Sithers, Barr Service Station, Dava- 

port, la. 



AUTOMOBILE BEFAIRSHOP SHOBT-CUTS 




192 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Electric Door Opener — Acid Carboy Rocker — Lead Punch — Axle Housing Die — 

Body Hoist — Soldering Torch Lighter — Electric Lead Burning — Locking Valve 

Tool — Expanding Cylinder Lap — Collapsible Puller — Rod Bushing Puller 



(No. 1184) ELECTRIC DOOR OPENER 

Tool and stock rooms should only be 
accessible to the proper persons, yet key 
or mechanically operated locks are 
troublesome. An electrically operated 
lock is most efficient.- Such a lock con- 
sists of a latch, operated by magnets 
from a storage battery. The feature is 
the use of a combination electrical 
switch, such as is used on an automobile 
ignition circuit. This switch is mounted 
outside the door, and pressure on the 
buttons in the proper sequence completes 
the circuit, opening the door. A simple 
push button permits the door to be 
opened from the inside. — Gordon Ream, 
U. S. L. Service Station, Detroit, Mich. 



(Na 1185) ACID CARBOY ROCKER 

Two wooden rockers nailed to the bot- 
tom sides of the sulphuric acid carboy 
permit ready tilting for transferring the 
acid to a smaller container. Increased 
leverage is provided by a vertical handle 
nailed to the rear of the carboy. By 
making the handles and rockers of hard 
wood, and attaching and removing them 
with care, the set may be used many 
times. — Henry Fowler, Lewis-Allen Co., 
Jackson, Mich. 



(No. 1186) LEAD PUNCH 

For the purpose of identification, 
storage batteries should be marked the 
moment they come into the shop for 
diarging or repairs. This may be done 
most satisfactorily by means of lead 
tags, as the lead may be easily stamped 
with the serial number, and will not cor- 
rode. These tags may be made by cut- 
ting notches across a lead strip, stamp- 
ing the work order number on each, and 
then punching holes for tacks in the 
ends. The tags are broken from the 
strip as required. — Gordon Ream, U. S. 
L. Service Station, Detroit, Mich. 



(No. 1187) AXLE HOUSING DIE 

Threads on the ends of the rear axle 
housing occasionally become crossed, or 
partially stripped. Due to the fact that 
the threads are small, and on a large 
tube, it is difficult to start a solid die 
straight. A hinged and split die that 
may be opened and clamped onto the 
threads may be started straight. Such 
a die should be made from a solid plate, 



and split after the hinges, clamps and 
expanding plugs have been fitted. Soft 
steel may be used, providing the jaws 
are case hardened. — Jas. M. Howard, 
Southern Motors, Inc., Louisville, Ky. 



(No. 1188) BODY HOIST 

Bodies are difficult to hoist without 
marring the finish. This may be readily 
done by the use of a steel framework 
that holds the lifting chains away from 
the sides of the body, and equally dis- 
tributes the lift to the four comers. 
Such a framework may be used with any 
hoist for direct lifting. A more com- 
plete lifting set comprises an electric 
hoist mounted on an I-beam track, so 
that one man can remove or replace the 
body and carry it to any part of the 
shop. — Hupp Motor Car Co., Detroit, 
Mich. 



(No. 1189) SOLDERING TORCH 
LIGHTER 

, This is a combined soldering iron 
stand and torch lighter. The iron is 
held in a horizontal position above the 
bench, on an L-shaped strap iron stand. 
The torch is mounted on a swiveled con- 
nection, so that it may be swung beneath 
the end of the soldering iron. Attached 
to the stand by a short copper wire is 
a small piece of carbon, so placed that 
in swinging the torch to position its tip 
brushes past the carbon. As the torch 
is connected to one side of a battery cir- 
cuit, and the stand to the other, a spark 
results, lighting the gas. No time is lost 
hunting for matches. — Gordon Ream, U. 
S. L. Service Station, Detroit, Mich. 



(Na 1190) ELECTRIC LEAD BURNING 

Old and oxidized terminals do not 
bum readily to the posts. The burn- 
ing, however, may be facilitated by the 
use of an electric lead burner. Such a 
burner comprises a pointed carbon pen- 
cil, held by a setscrew in a small pipe-T 
fastened to a wooden handle. This pipe- 
T is connected to the negative terminal 
of an 8-volt battery, and the positive 
terminal is connected to the terminal to 
be burned. An arc is formed by con- 
tact between the carbon and the terminal 
to be burned, supplying the heat to melt 
the lead. It will be found advisable to 
have the battery on charge at the nor- 
mal rate. — Henry Fowler, Lewis-Allen 
Co., Jackson, Mich. 



(No. 1191) LOCKING VALVE TOOL 

Two features are incorporated in this 
valve tool. The first is that it may be 
locked in the open position, and the sec- 
ond is that it has an exceptionally high 
lift. Locking is effected by a ratchet 
and cross bolt, the high lift being due 
to the wedge shape of the jaws. Tht- 
tool is strip steel throughout, the strips 
being forged to shape and then riveted 
together. Durability is increased by 
case hardening the jaws. — Reo Garage, 
Kalamazoo, Mich. 



(No. 1192) EXPANDING CYLINDER 

LAP 

In addition to easy operation, this lap 
possesses a valuable expanding feature, 
due to the construction of the handle, 
which is strip steel, bent U-shaped, 
carrying a pipe handle at the upper end. 
the lower ends pressing out against tht* 
cheeks of the wrist pin bosses on th** 
split piston. This causes the piston t* 
exert a constant pressure on the sides 
of the cylinder wall, automatically, with- 
out attention on the part of the work- 
man. — F. S. Rowan, Buhl Auto Co., Jack- 
son, Mich. 

(No. 1193) (X)LLAPSIBLE PULLER 

Certain gears, flanges and bearings 
are so placed that it is difficult to attach 
the jaws of an ordinary puller behind 
them. In such cases the use of a col- 
lapsible puller facilitates the work. It 
has two jaws, that may be inserted in- 
dependently behind the part to be re- 
moved, and two S-shaped cross members 
carrying the pressure screte. After the 
jaws are inserted, the S-shaped pieces 
are swung into place and locked by the 
pressure of the screw. — F. S. Rowan, 
Buhl Auto Co., Jackson, Mich. 



(No. 1193a) ROD BUSHING PULLER 

This puller is used in removing tht 
starter motor shifting rod bushing and 
comprises a machine steel bolt 11 in. long 
and % in. in diameter. The threads are 
13 pitch U. S. standard and they extend 




for 9 in. on the rod. On this threading s 
standard % in. nut and a piece of 1 in. 
pipe 3% in. long together with two 
% in. standard washers are then slipped 
in place. Following this is a smsD 
knurled nut threaded into the shaft 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




Nall90 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Extension Lamp — Battery Charging Connection— Radiator Testing — Ford Engine 
Removal — Speed Wrench — Charging Block — Gasoline Feed Line Repair 



(No. 1194) EXTENSION LAMP 

The bench lamp in&7 b« bwuh? and 
locked in Klmoat any poaitioii above the 
bench. The ext«nBion is in three sec- 
tions, each made up of two Btripa fast- 
ened together at the ends by bolts and 
thamb flcrewa. One end of the exten- 
sion is fastened to a wall bracket, the 
free end carrying the lamp and shade. 
Horizontal adjustment is effected by 
■winging or pulling the extension to the 
desired posftion, and the lamp may be 
raised or lowered to the desired height. 
— F. S. Rowan, Buhl Auto Co., Jackson, 
Hicb. 



(No. 1195) BATFERY CHARGING 
CONNECTION 

Perhaps the easiest method of attach- 
ing charging leads is by wedging them 
into terminal openings by wooden pings. 
The wires may be used indefinitely, as 
they ore not bent or kinked, and the con- 
tact on the post is good. A light wooden 
mallet should be used to drive the ping, 
and care shonld be taken not to injure 
the terminal. — George Storm, Reliance 
Auto Co., Jackson, Hich. 



(No. 1196) RADIATOR TESTING 

Radiator testing by air pressure is 
liable to place a dangerous strain on the 
tubes and dipping in water is necessary 
in order to locate the leaks. By using 
city gas these difficulties may be avoided. 
The inlet, outlet and filler opening are 
plugged and the city gas passed into 
the radiator through the overflow. When 
a lighted match is passed over the tabes, 
the location of any leak is immediately 
shown by a flame. — Roberts Bros., River- 
side Garage, Medford, Oro. 

(No. 1197) FORD ENGINE REMOVAL 

To remove the Ford motor from the 
frame without lifting the front of the 
body, take a hacksaw and cut out a 
square 1 in. by 1 in. on each side of the 
dash.— C. G. Teal, HcFarlan, N. C. 

(No. 1198) SPEED WRENCH 

By bending the handle of an ordinary 
socket wrench, so that it forms an L with 
the shank, a crank is formed that per- 
mits nuts to be removed or replaced with 
great rapidity. This type of wrench is 
especially adapted to work on the crank- 
case, the one shown being used on the 
Cadillac. — George Storm, Reliance Auto 
Co., Jackson, Hlch. 



(No. 1199) CHARGING BLOCK 

This block permits the charging cat- 
Tent to be reversed at viU, so that no 
attention need be paid to which is tlis 
positive or negative pole when makiac 
the connections. It is a charging block 
from an electric car, mounted on a 
wooden base, and provided with binding 
posts, to which the charging leads to tbt 
battery are attached. To reverse tha 
current, it is only necessary to ronon 
the terminal plug from Uie char^nf 
block and insert it from the oppoeits 
side. When heating starts the plug moj 
be easily removed, breaking the circuit 
and allowing the electrolyte to cool off^— 
Henry Fowler, Lewis-Allen Co., Jaclooa, 
Hich. 

(No. 1199a) GASOLINE FEED LINE 
REPAIR 

A broken gasoline feed line may b« 
quickly repaired by scraping the tubs 
near Uie break, and winding it for 1 fo. 
each side with clean copper wire, nit 
wire should then be heated, covered widi 
soldering flux, and sweated together witk 
solder. A solid sleeve is thus fofmed 
that makes the pipe stronger than orIgi> 
nally. — James HcIUvrid, Jr., 907 Omd- 
munipaw Avenue, Jersey City, N. J. 




Kcxn9» 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Air Acting Grease Gun — Small Muffle Furnace — Instruction Book Mounting — Trav- 
eling Hoist — Ford Clutch Compressor — Drill Press Guard 



<N<k 1200) AIR ACTING GREASE GUN 

The ^ease is forced from this ^n 
by air pressure actingr on a leather 
cupped piston. The barrel of the pump 
ia iron pipe, closed at each end by a 
pipe cap, one end carrying a delivery 
anout and the other a relief cock. Dae 
to the manifold and petcock arrangement, 
the piston may be forced in either direc- 
tion by air pressure. A button nosed 
delivery cap permits grease to be forced 
into the cup without loss. — J. C. Harris, 
The Gibson Co. (Overland), Indianapolis. 

<No. 1201) SHALL MUFFLE FURNACE 
When overhauling: a car, all loose frame 
rivets should be removed, and new rivets 
replaced. The furnace illustrated was de- 
signed to heat the rivets before placing 
them in the frame and heading them 
over. It is fir* brick, built into the form 
of a box, and lined and covered, with 
fire clay. Heat is supplied from the 
burning of city gas and air mixed in a 
small blow torch. This torch is a pipe Y 
with one leg attached to the gas main, 
another to the air pressure line, and the 
third leading to the furnace. The sup- 



ply of air and gas is valve regulated. 
— Ed. Smith, Standard Automobile Co. 
(Cadillac), Louisville, Ky. 

(No. 1202) INSTRUCnON BOOK 
MOUNTING 

Instruction books are indispensable for 
quick and efficient work in the shop, but 
Ute difficulty is that the book soon be- 
comes so Boiled and frayed that it is 
useless. A way out of ttie difficulty ia 
to mount the pages on heavy cardboard 
and hang it on the wall. Two books will 
be required. The surface may be varn- 
ished for protection. 

(No. 1203) TRAVELING HOIST 

A structural steel traveling hoist Es 
expensive, and in a small repairshop but 
little more satisfactory than a wooden 
hoist. At each side of the shop, close 
against the wall, triangular braces are 
made of 2 x 8 in. pieces bolted together. 
Joining the tops of these braces is a 2 
X 10 in. clear timber beam, providing a 
track for the hoist. The hoist comprises 
a flanged wheel, mounted on a U-shaped 
bar, to which the chain block is attached. 



permitting the work to be lifted and car- 
ried to either side of the room. — Raappe 
Motor Car Co. (Oldsmobile), Omaha. 

(No. 1204) FORD CLUTCH 
COMPRESSOR 

This is a device for compressing the 
Ford clutch spring. The end plates are 
Ford front wheel flanges, one being cut 
away, so that it may be inserted over the 
shaft, behind the spring. Two bolts con- 
nect the plates, and by tightening the 
nuts, the plates are drawn together, com- 
pressing the spring. — Ed. Rossler, The 
Smalley Garage, Toledo, Ohio. 

(No. 120S) DRILL PRESS GUARD 
Safety is as essential in the repair- 
shop as in the factory. A simple form of 
belt guard may be applied to a drill 
press preventing injury to the workman. 
It consists of a framework of 1 in. angle 
iron, riveted together, and covered with 
wire netting. A similar framework may 
be used on almost any machine tool. — H. 
Parsons, Studebaker Service Station, 
Indianapolis. 




196 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Pneumatic Door Opener — Distributer Point Grinder — ^Adjustable Lamp Hanger- 
Cylinder Testing Gage— Towing Skid— Safety Auxiliary Jack— Quick-Acting Air 
Jack— Ford Spark Coil Tester— Try-Square for Lining Up Wheels— Battery Termi- 
nal Storage 



(No. 1206) PNEUMATIC DOOR 
OPENER 

Much time is lost in opening and 
closing the repairshop door not pro- 
vided with an opener. In winter heat 
is lost through leaving the door open. 
A mechanical door opener will soon 
pay for itself. The door opener illus- 
trated herewith is operated by com- 
pressed air. It consists of a piston 
operating in a metal cylinder and con- 
nected to a system of levers attached 
to the door. Air pressure applied to 
the piston forces it down the cylinder, 
pulling the door open through the 
action of the levers. The door is 
closed by the action of a weight, at- 
tached to the door by a rope running 
over a pulley, when the pressure is re- 
leased from the piston. The valves 
admitting the air to the cylinder may 
be placed at any convenient point in 
the building, preferably in the office. 
At the sound of a horn the door is 
opened. — Harry A. Scott Co., Kalama- 
zoo, Mich. 

(No. 1207) DISTRIBUTER POINT 
GRINDER 

The difficulty in refacing distrib- 
uter points is to take off the mini- 
mum amount of metal necessary to 
remove the pits and to get the points 
flat and parallel. A small grinder at- 
tachment makes refacing easy and 
accurate. It consists of a swinging 
hanger attached to the grinding head 
and holding the point in an adjust- 
able arm. The grinder must possess 
two essentials, first, the stone must 
be as fine as possible and true, and 
second, the point must be held per- 
pendicular to the wheel. In addition, 
the point must just lightly touch the 
surface of the wheel. — H. J. Sherlitz, 
Cadillac Motor Car Co., Kalamazoo, 
Mich. 

(No. 1208) ADJUSTABLE LAMP 
HANGER 

By winding the lamp cord of the 
bench lamp several times around a 
curtain rod fastened to the ceiling a 
lamp hanger is provided that per- 
mits the lamp to be suspended at any 
desired height about the bench. The 
light may also be used as an inspec- 
tion lamp and carried to the job, pro- 
vided the cord is made long enough. 
The curtain rod should be extra 
heavy, and is suspended exactly as 



though it were carrying a curtain. — 
H. J. Cooper, Dodge Brothers, Kala- 
mazoo, Mich. 

(No. 1209) CYUNDER TESTING 

GAGE 

This gage offers a positive method 
of determining the eccentricity of an 
engine cylinder, or of determining 
whether the cylinder is bell-mouthed. 
It is a dial indicator, divided into 
.0001 graduations, and is mounted on 
a standarci fastened to a metal base. 
To test the cylinder the indicator is 
fastened to the standard in such a 
position that the needle starts read- 
ing on the middle of the scale when 
the gage is placed in the cylinder. 
This prevents the needle from being 
pressed past the maximum reading 
or dropping to zero. Then the maxi- 
mum and minimum readings are 
taken, and the amount the cylinder is 
out of true is determined. The gage 
is invaluable for lapping or regrind- 
ing work. — Universal Tool Co., De- 
troit, Mich. 

(Na 1210) TOWING SKID 

A simple steel sled, or skid, may be 
used instead of a towing truck to 
bring home the car that has had its 
rear wheel broken. The skid com- 
prises a wooden block mounted on a 
steel runner 6 in. wide and about 
2y2 ft. long. The skid is placed be- 
neath the brake drum of the broken 
wheel and held in place by a chain 
connected to the front spring shackle. 
— Bert Borden, Harry A. Scott Co., 
Kalamazoo, Mich. 

(No. 1211) SAFETY AUXILIARY 

JACK 

One requirement demanded by most 
axle manufacturers is that a jack be 
never placed so that the truss rod car- 
ries the car's weight. A simple at- 
tachment to an ordinary auxiliary 
jack accomplishes this requirement. 
A metal strap bolted to the jack is 
bent so that the axle is supported 
and the truss rod is free. A similar 
attachment might be made for the 
common lever jack. — H. J. Sherlitz, 
Cadillac Motor Car Co., Kalamazoo, 
Mich. 

(No. 1212) QUICK-ACTING AIR JACK 

Quick action with little exertion is 
effected by this jack. It is a pipe 
cylinder having a pipe cap at each 



end and carrying a leather-cupped 
piston that holds the standard and 
crutch for lifting the car. The fea- 
ture of this jack is the method of 
locking the standard in the raised 
position, this being done by a dog 
snapping into a notch in the stand- 
ard. The jack is lowered by opening 
a relief valve.— J. C. Harris, The Gib- 
son Co. (Overland), Indianapolis. 

(No. 1213) FORD SPARK COIL 
TESTER 

Accurate adjustment of the Ford 
coil, when on the car, is difficult, as 
there are so many elements entering 
into the adjustment. By removing 
the coil and adjusting it on a mag- 
neto known to be in good condition 
the coil may be accurately adjusted. 
The device shown herewith comprises 
an old Ford engine block, cut away 
with the exception of the rear main 
bearing, with the crankshaft cut to 
form a hand crank and the magneto 
left intact. The magneto is connected 
direct to a dummy coil box mounted 
on the bench, and the coil to be tested 
is placed in this box. The secondary 
is connected to an old spark plug 
core that forms an adjustable spark 
gap. By cranking the magneto the 
character and frequency of the spark 
may be noted. The spark should be 
hot and regular. — S. R. Sithers, 
Barr's Service Station, Ford Service, 
Davenport, Iowa. 

(No. 1214) TRY-SQUARE FOR LINING 

UP WHEELS 

A large try-square is a simple tool 
for lining up front and rear wheels. 
A piece of iron approximately 1 x 
y^ in. X 16 ft. long and another 5V^ ft 
long are welded at right angles. With 
this device the rear and front wheels 
can be aligned; also the two front 
wheels and the two rear wheels. — P. 
J. Thue, Cannon Falls, Minn. 

(No. 1214a) BATTERY TERMINAL 

STORAGE 

Lead storage battery terminals and 
plates oxidize if stored without protec- 
tion in the chargring room due to the 
acid particles in the air, and makes hom- 
ing difficult. By packing the terminalf 
and plates in pipe sawdust the air is ex- 
cluded and oxidation prevented. — CSordoD 
Ream, U. S. L. Service Station* Detroit* 
Mich. 



AUTOMOBILE EEFAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




198 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Spring Oiling Chisel — Quick-Acting Jack — Transmission Gear Puller Attachment 
— Reaming Oversized Holes-^Inspection Mirror — Portable Tool Box — Tire Tool 
Stand — Engine Stand — Repeat Order Boards — Doorway Guards — Ford Lifting 

Rig 



(No. 1215) SPRING OILING CHISEL 

Spring leaves may be readily opened 
and the oil or grease carried to the 
center of the leaf by the use of this 
chisel. It is tapered somewhat more 
than a standard cold chisel, and is 
grooved to permit the insertion of the 
lubricant.— W. B. Rood, Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1216) QUICK ACTING JACK 

This quick acting jack not only 
raises the car, but may be locked in a 
raised position by the clicking.' The 
lever may be adjusted to many cars 
by a pin and holes in the side strips. 
— C. R. Pierson, Salineville Auto Gar- 
age, Salineville, Ohio. 

(No. 1217) TRANSMISSION GEAR 
PULLER ATTACHMENT 

Occasionally diffkulty is experienced 
in removing some of the Ford trans- 
mission gears. This work is facili- 
tated by the use of the puller attach- 
ment shown. It is an old Ford rear 
wheel flange, cut away, so that it may 
be passed behind the gear to be re- 
moved. The puller hooks of a three 
legged puller are caught in these links 
and the gear removed.— Ed Rossler 
The Smalley Garage, Toledo, Ohio. 

(No. 1218) REAMING OVERSIZED 

HOLES 

Twist drills, used in conjunction 
with a reamer, permit the reaming of 
, almost any sized hole. The hole is 
first drilled and reamed to as near the 
desired size as possible. Then a small 
twist drill is dropped down one of the 
flutes of the reamer and the hole again 
reamed. This is repeated with the 
next sized drill and so on until the 
hole has the required size. — Paterson 
Auto Sales Co., Flint, Mich. 

(No. 1219) INSPECTION MIRROR 

In adjusting differential gears dif- 
ficulty is often experienced in seeing 
whether the gears are meshing prop- 
erly. A small pocket mirror, mounted 
on a soft iron wire handle, may be used 
in much the same manner as a dentist's 
mirror. Inspection or repair on many 
hidden and obscure parts is also fa- 
cilitated by the use of this mirror. — 
C. S. Rowan, Buhl Auto Co., Jackson, 
Mich. 



(No. 1220) PORTABLE TOOL BOX 

One essential to eflicient work is to 
have all the necessary tools on the 
job and yet not to have them all over 
the job. By mounting the tool box on 
a stand, that in turn is mounted on 
casters, all the tools may be taken to 
the job. But more important, the 
tools may be put in their proper places 
after use, instead of being scattered 
all around the car. — A. L. Johnson, 
Tremain Rankin Garage, Fort Dodge, 
Iowa. 

(No. 1221) TIRE TOOL STAND 

All tire tools may be kept together 
and may be quickly moved to the car 
when they are needed. The stand has 
three trays, one deep and two shallow, 
and are mounted on a T-base. Swiv- 
eled casters are secured to each end of 
the T, permitting the stand to be read- 
ily moved. The tools carried are: 1 
jack, 1 hanmier, 4 tire tools, 2 special 
tire tools, 1 screwdriver, 1 oil can, 1 
tire brace wrench, 1 can talc and 1 
tire gage.— F. A. Seeman, Interstate 
Auto & Supply Co., Davenport, Iowa. 

(No. 1222) ENGINE STAND 

This stand is particularly adapted 
to work on the Hupmobile, Buda or 
Continental engines, though it might 
readily be used for many other makes. 
It consists of two cast iron uprights, 
bolted to the floor, and carrying the 
engine on special hangers bolted to 
the engine supporting arms. These 
hangers are swiveled in bearings at 
the end of the uprights and permit 
the engine to be turned from the up- 
right to the bottom side up position. 
In either of these positions the end of 
the engine is held up by a wooden 
block. Special hangers have to be 
used with each 
make of engine 
to permit at- 
tachment to the 
engine support- 
ing armsrr-Ed. 
L. Cou s in e, 
Crasser Motor 
Car Co. (Hup- 
mobile), Toledo, 
Ohio. 



(Na 1223) RE- 
PEAT ORDER 
BOARDS 

Certain o r - 



ders are constantly recurring in the 
repairshop and may be most readily 
given by one of the repeat order 
boards illustrated. Several boards, 
about 9 in. long and 4 in. wide, are 
painted and lettered with the desired 
order. Then when the job comes in 
the foreman can quickly give the 
order without looking up the proper 
workman. This is also a convenient 
way of leaving night orders. — Ernest 
Coffman, Ford Service Station, Louis- 
ville, Ky. 

(No. 1224) DOORWAY GUARDS 
Garage doors are frequently knocked 
off by cars that are backing out This 
may be prevented by placing guard 
rails on the inside of the exit. If the 
floor is wood the guards may be wood; 
if concrete, concrete rails may be con- 
structed. In either case the rails 
should be about 4 in. high, of semi- 
circular section, and converge at a 
point about 6 ft. from the doorway. 
In backing out the wheels are forced 
to the center of the drive, lined up, 
and the car caused to leave through 
the center of the doorway. — Paterson 
Auto Sales Co., Flint, Mich. 

(No. 1224a) FORD UFTING RIG 

An excellent lifting rig for the 
front end of a Ford may be made from 
an old Ford front axle. The chains at- 
tached to the block are fastened to 
eyes bolted in the radius rod holed in 
the axle. The car supporting chains 
are attached to the axle in the man- 
ner shown, and carry hooks that 
catch the front of the car. — Swaney 
Motor Car Co., Fort Dodge, Iowa. 




AUTOMOBILE EBPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




200 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Balancing Rollers — ^Rear Axle Speed Wrench — Quick-Acting Jack — ^Armature 
Testing Stand — Hose Clamp Tool — Chain Tool — Protected Mallet — Carbureter 
Float Level Gage — Lamp Straightening Anvil — ^Wash Rack Piping — Swiveled 

Valve-Grinding Tool 



(No. 1225) BALANCING ROLLERS 

Perfect balance is essential to smooth 
runningr in fast rotating^ parts. Static 
balance may be determined by resting: 
the part on two frictionless rollers which 
permit the heavy part to come to the 
bottom so that the material may be re- 
moved until perfect balance is obtained. 
The device for testing static balance 
comprises four sheet steel roller plates 
mounted on pivot bearings held in a steel 
framework. One of the pair of rollers 
so formed should be fastened to a 
wooden base by thumbscrews so that 
the rollers may be adjusted to accom- 
modate any lens^th of shaft. — ^William 
Brenner, Paige-Detroit Motor Car Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 



(No. 1226) REAR AXLE SPEED 
WRENCH 

Rear axle nuts may be removed or re- 
placed in an instant by the aid of this 
speed wrench. The feature of the 
wrench is the pin in the center of the 
handle, which serves as a crank handle, 
and is used as long as Ihe nut turns 
easily. The reg^ular handle is used to 
start . or tighten the nut. — Universal 
Motor Co., Ford Service, Omaha. 



(No. 1227) QUICK ACTING JACK 

This quick acting jack picks both front 
or both rear wheels up from the floor 
at the same time with little effort. 
These uprights are caught beneath the 
axle, which serves as a brace, permit- 
ting the jack to be rolled beneath the 
car. With the exception of the wheels, 
the construction is steel throughout. — 
Petit Garage, Ford dealer. Port Huron, 
Mich. 



(No. 1228) ARMATURE TESTING 

STAND 

This is an adjustable stand used in 
testing open or short circuits in an arma- 
ture after it has been removed. It con- 
sists of two wooden rests notched to 
hold the armature shaft. One rest is 
adjustable and may be locked in any 
position, so that practically any arma- 
ture may be accommodated. Attached 
to the binding posts on the sliding rest 
are two copper wire brushes, so bent 
that they rest on opposite sides of the 
commutator. In making a test, a single 
dry cell is attached to these binding 
posts. Leads are then taken from the 
telephone receiver and placed in rotation 
on adjacent bearings of the commutator, 
and the commutator slowly rotated. Ab- 



sence of a buzzing sound indicates a 
short circuit; a large buzz indicates an 
open circuit. A three-scale voltmeter 
could be used in a similar manner in- 
stead of the receiver. In the absence 
of a lathe, these rests may be used as 
a support in refinishing the commutator 
surface, drive being effected through a 
belt placed over the armature winding. 
— Gordon Reim, U. S. Light Service Sta- 
tion, Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1229) HOSE CLAMP TOOL 

This tool facilitates the attachment of 
wire hose clamps. It is an old valve 
tool, with the jaws cut ofif, and drilled 
for the insertion of the hose clamp wire. 
The advantage of the tool is that it per- 
mits the wire to be pulled tight and 
then quickly twisted without dangler of 
breaking. — ^Bert Borden, Harry A. Scott 
Co., Kalamazoo, Mich. 

(No. 1230) CHAIN TOOL 

Removal or replacement of the lock 
link of motor chains is facilitated by 
the use of a tool that will hold the chain 
together while doing the work. Such 
a tool comprises two steel hooks that 
may be caught into the links at each 
side of the lock link and contracted by 
a thumbscrew and bolt. The steel jaws 
should be case-hardened to insure dura- 
bility. — Reo Garage, Kalamazoo, Mich. 

• 

(No. 1231) PROTECTED MALLET 

In straightening sheet metal parts a 
heavy, tempered blow is required. That 
struck by a wooden mallet has the right 
quality, but is liable to injure the finish. 
By fastening a thick piece of leather 
over the head of the mallet the force 
of the blow is softened, so that minor 
dents may be removed without injury 
to the paint. — N. J. Bauman, Cadillac 
Motor Car Co., Kalamazoo, Mich. 

(No. 1232) CARBURETER FLOAT 

LEVEL GAGE 

In each type of carbureter the level 
of the gasoline in the float bowl should 
come to rest at a certain distance from 
the machined top of the bowl, this dis- 
tance depending upon the particular car- 
bureter in question. For most car- 
bureters, a gage may be made that will 
facilitate the float level setting. A gage 
for a 1913 Cadillac comprises a straight 
edged wooden block having two nails 
driven into one face. One nail is cut ofif 
23/64 in. above the wood, the other 
21/64 in. By placing this across the top 
of the bowl to be tested the gasoline 



will come to rest part way between the 
two ends of the nails when the level is 
right. — H. J. Sherlitz, Cadillac Motor 
Car Co., Kalamazoo, Mich. 

(No. 1233) LAMP STRAIGHTENING 

ANVIL 

Parabolic-shaped lamps may be quick- 
ly straightened by forcing them over a 
solid cast iron anvil that exactly con- 
forms to the interior of the original 
lamp. An anvil or form of this nature 
is not practicable for single jobs, but in 
service station work, where many simi- 
lar lamps are straightened, the repair 
work is greatly facilitated. — Fulton 
Specialty Co., Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1234) WASH RACK PIPING 

Simplicity is the feature of this wash 
rack piping. A fixed horizontal pipe 
arm carries a swinging pipe arm by 
means of an elbow, upright and T-con- 
nection, the hose passing through the 
T. — ^Bert Borden, Harry A. Scott Co., 
Kalamazoo, Mich. 

(No. 1234a) SWIVELED VALVE- 
GRINDING TOOL 

The feature of this valve-grinding tool 
is that the swiveled head permits the 
hand of the workman more freedom than 
is possible with the common screwdriver 
type of tool. The shank of the tool is 
made of %-in. cold-rolled stock, one end 




carrying a file handle and the other the 
tool steel piece for engagring the V8lv«« 
Two types of heads are shown, one h*^* 
ing the screwdriver edge and the other 
the two-lipped edge, each being mountw 
in a slot in the shank and held loosely bx 
a steel pin. If desired, the tool may ^ 
held in a conmion bit-stock. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




202 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Lathe Grinding Attachment — Expanding Piston Reamer — Snapping in Valves — ^An 

Oil Splash Plate — ^A Mechanical Door Latch — Auxiliary and Portable Jack — Service 

Car Vise — Battery Charging — Portable Lamps — Service Car Bench 



(No. 1235) LATHE GRINDING AT- 
TACHMENT 

Cylinders may be ground on a lathe, 
providing the grinding attachment is ac- 
curately made, and the work carefully 
dbne. The attachment is in two parts 
— the first, an angle plate, bolted to the 
lathe carriage, for holding the cylinder, 
and second, the rotating grinding head, 
attached to the spindle of the lathe. 
The angle plate is cast iron, holding the 
cylinder in a horizontal position by bolts 
through the cylinder flanges, and being 
attached to the carriage, permits the 
cylinder to be fed onto the grinding 
wheel. As stated, the rotating grinding 
head is attached to the lathe spindle. It 
is cast iron, and in two main parts dove- 
tailed together so that the grinding 
wheel may be ofifset. The gnrinding wheel 
is about % in. smaller than the cylinder 
to be ground, and is separately driven 
from a small electric motor through a 
central flexible shaft passing through 
the hollow lathe spindle. By offsetting 
the grinding head, rotation of the spin- 
dle causes the wheel to pass over the in- 
side surface of the cylinder, and the 
wheel, in turning, grinds ofif the excess 
metal as the cylinder is fed slowly back 
and forth onto the wheel. As is the case 
with all flxtures of this nature, careful 
and accurate work is essential to suc- 
cess. This attachment has, however, 
proved entirely satisfactory. — Packard- 
Missouri Co., St. Louis, Mo. 

(No. 1236) EXPANDING PISTON 
REAMER 

A wrist-pin may be made into an ex- 
panding reamer for reaming out wrist- 
pin bushings when in the piston. Cut- 
ting edges are first ground onto the 
wrist pin, and a solid shank, or handle 
for a wrench riveted to the uncut end. 
The teeth of the reamer are then case 
hardened, and ground to the required 
size. Expansion is effected by the 
pressure of a split nut placed in the 
open end of the reamer, and forced out- 
ward by a pipe plug. The reamer 
is placed in the bushing to be reamed, 
expanded, and drawn back through the 
bushing. During the work, the bushing 
on the opposite side serves as a guide to 
the reamer, keeping the cutting edges in 
alignment. — H. A. Scott Co., Hudson, 
Kalamazoo. 

(No. 1237) SNAPPING IN VALVES 

Many repairmen prefer never to grind 
a new valve to a seat. They claim that 



by snapping it on to the seat several 
times a much better and more perma- 
nent seat is provided. A medianically 
operated device for snapping the valves 
in on a 6-40 model 32 Chalmers com- 
prises a cam actuated plunger that is 
held over the valve stem by a support 
bolted to the cylinder head. The cam is 
crank-operated and on release permits 
the valve to snap back on to its seat, 
giving the seat the required finish. — L. 
J. Robinson Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1238) AN OIL SPLASH PLATE 

It is difficult to adjust the valves on 
a 6-40 Model 32 Chalmers with the en- 
gine running because of flying oil caused 
by the rotating parts. By cutting out 
the middle section of a cylinder head 
cover case and placing it over the timing 
gears, a splash plate is provided that 
permits the valves to be adjusted with- 
out difficulty with the engine running. 
This plate also removes the possibility 
of the repairman getting his fingers into 
the timing gears. — L. J. Robinson Co., 
Detroit. 

(No. 1239) A MECHANICAL DOOR 

LATCH 

It is often desirable to keep intruders 
from the repair shop, yet the employees 
should not be prevented from coming 
and going at will. By fitting the shop 
door with a Yale or similar snap lock 
and connecting the knob with the store- 
room, by spark plug levers and controls, 
the door may be readily opened to admit 
the proper persons. — L. J. Robinson Co., 
Detroit. 

(No. 1240) AUXILIARY AND PORT- 

ABLE JACK 

The base is an old packing box carry- 
ing two wooden supports for the axle 
housing, and is mounted on casters. One 
side of the box is cut away to provide 
a space for tools or parts. With this 
jack in use the car may be moved 
around even though the wheels have 
been removed, and it is stable enough to 
render tipping over impossible. — L. J. 
Robinson Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1241) SERVICE CAR VISE 

The method of carrying a vise on a 
service car is somewhat of a problem, 
as the vise is usually in the way when 
not in use. By making a trap door in 
the floor, and mounting the vise on the 
underside, it may be swung into posi- 
tion when needed. The floor and the 



step offer a convenient bench for the 
tools. — Thomas J. Doyle, Dodge Bros., 
Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1242) BATTERY CHARGING 

An ordinary 6-volt shunt wound light- 
ing generator may be used to charge a 
12-volt battery without danger of burn- 
ing up the generator, by removing ona 
end of the shunt field winding, and at- 
taching it to the central connection of 
the battery. This causes an impressed 
voltage of 6 volts to be applied to the 
shunt field, as formerly, and holds the 
field current down to normal. The gen- 
erator is speeded up to generate the re- 
quired 12 volts, and the armature is con- 
nected to the battery terminals in tfa« 
usual manner. While this use of t 
lighting generator is not particularly 
efficient, or commercially satisfactory, it 
may be used in the small shop on occa- 
sional jobs. — Gordon Reim, U. S. L 
Service Station, Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1243) PORTABLE LAMPS 

These lamps are of the common wash- 
rack t3^e, but may be carried directly 
to the job, and are suitable for night re- 
pair shop work. The lamp comprises t 
series of electric lights, mounled on m 
board and hung on pipe standards that 
are in turn held in a heavy cast mm 
base. An extension cord permits the 
lights to be lighted from any lamp 
socket. — W. T. Murray, Chevrolet Serv- 
ice, Flint, Mich. 

(No. 1244) SERVICE CAR BENCH 

Roadside service often requires the 
use of a portable bench. A bench that 
may be easily carried in a service ear 
and erected on a job comprises a wooden 
plank carrying a vise and supported on 
two rests made of 1%-in. pipe. These 
rests are each A-shaped, the plank being 
wedged between the two top croM 
bars. — W. B. Rood, Detroit, Mich. 



(No. 1244a) ONE MAN ON A JOB 

There are a number of systems in use 
in different repair shops as regards the 
disassembling and reassembling of cars. 
It is wise to have all of the men in the 
shop follow a definite system in setting 
aside parts that have been taken from a 
certain car. Each part of a car should 
have its place and every workman should 
know where to find the hood, carbureter 
or footboards of that car. 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 




N<xl244 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Relining Brake Bands — ^Adjustable Drop Lamp— Radiator Repair Stand — Wheel 

Aligning Tram — Running-Ih Stand — Buick Valve Grinding — Portable Chassis 

Stand — Dummy Axle Housing — Dummy Brake Drum — Door Opening Ssrstem 

— Rear Axle Drive Repair 



<No. 1246) RELINING BRAKE BANDS 

This is a dummy bub, used in relining 
Kxtemal contntcting: brake or trRnamis- 
■ion banda. It ii made by turning up a 
wooden wheel, 2 in. thick, and fastening 
a 8t«el tire onto it in the manner illus- 
trated. The band to be lined is locked 
over a length of the lining placed on the 
dummy hub. The lining is then secured 
. to Uie band by split copper rivets, that 
an driven in as though they were so 
maiiy tacks, and clinched by the steel 
tire. A hole is drilled through the vriieel, 
permitting mounting on an axle caught 
in a vise in the manner ahown.^ — C. R. 
Pierson, Salineville, Ohio. 



(No. lUe) ADJUSTABLE DROP LAMP 
By means of this fixture, the bench 
lamp may be adjusted to many positions 
above the bench. A two-piece arm is 
pivoted to a wall bracket that is an old 
car shipping block. Both joints are held 
together on the pivots by pressure from 
valve springs, and though adjustment is 
easy, the arms are automatically locked. 
— Carl Paul, Kalamazoo, Mich. 



(No. 1247) RADIATOR REPAIR STAND 

Radiator repair is facilitated by the 
use of a proper stand. A square hole 
in the top permits the radiator to be 
held in an upright position, as is neces- 
sary for certain repairs. By placing a 
small box over the hole, the radiator 
may be placed on its side, and as the 
edges project beyond the box, the work 
there may be readily done. The wooden 
standard supporting the lamp is detach- 
able.— M. Katz, Detroit Auto Radiator 
Repair Co., Louisville, Ky. 



(No. 1248) WHEEL AUGNING TRAH 

The feature of this tram is the quick- 
acting cam permitting ready adjustment. 
The crossrod is an old windshield brace, 
bent in the manner shown, and fitted 
with a graduated rod. The end carrying 
the rod is split, and fitted with a brass 
bracket, soldered in place. This bracket 
carries a cam that may be swung to 
pinch and lock the graduated rod. — H. 
Parson, Studebaker Service, Indianapolis. 



(No. 1249) RUNNING-IN STAND 
After the Ford engine has been over- 
hauled, the bearings may best bt. run — 
or "burned" in from an external source 
of power. A stand permitting this to 
be done may be made from two line shaft 
hangers, a pulley, an old Ford universal. 



and a suitable engine stand, the drive 
being effected through the universal and 
transmission. Two types of stands are 
in common use — one, in vrtiich the engine 
is completely assembled, and rested upon 
four uprights. Two of the uprights sup- 
port the rear engine arms. The forward 
part of the engine is held upon a steel 
strap swung between the two other 
arms. It is this t^pe of stand that is 
illustrated. The other type ia similar, 
except that an old engine base is perma- 
nently bolted to the wooden framework, 
and tiie upper part of the engine to be 
"run in" is bolted to iL This latter stand 
is best, because the besrings should be 
inspected after burning in, and because 
the engine may best be placed in the 
frame after the base has been replaced. — 
(^tral Auto & Supply Co., Jackson, 
Mich. 



(No. 1250) BUICK VALVE GRINDING 

Buick valve grinding may be facilitated 
by the use of a breast drill modified in 
the manner shown. The side handle is 
removed, and a threaded steel rod sub- 
stituted, this rod being used to hold the 
drill in a vise in a vertical position. The 
stem of the valve to be ground is caught 
in the chuck of the drill, and by holding 
the cage in one hand, and turning the 
drill handle back and forth, the valve 
may be readily seated.— C. R. Pierson, 
Salineville Auto Garage, Salineville, Ohio. 

(No. 1251) PORTABLE CHASSIS 
STAND 

Overhauling and painting are facili- 
tated by the use of this portable chassis 
stand. Four uprights, mounted on cas- 
tors, are held together by wooden strips, 
to which they are braced by steel braces. 
The lengthwise stripe are adjustable, so 
that the uprights may be placed beneath 
the axles of any car. All the wheels 
may be removed, promoting accessibility, 
yet the car may be moved at will. — Ed. 
Smith, Standanl Automobile Co., Cad- 
illac, Louisville, Ky. 



(No. 1252) DUMMY AXLE 
HOUSING 

Many rear axles are hard 
to adjust, because one cannot 
see exactly how the gears are 
meshins. By taking a dis- 
carded half of an axle hoas- 



houHing may be made that 
will facilitate the adjustment 
This old axle is cut away, 
as shown, so that the gears 
may be seen and properly 
set— Ed. Smith, Standard 



Automobile Company, Cadillac, Louis- 
ville, Ky. 

(No. 1253) DUMMY BRAKE DRUM 

An old broken rear irtieel, together 
with the drum, may be easUy made into 
an excellent dummy drum for adjusting 
brakes. All except two opposite spokes 
are sawed off, these being left for 
handles. Two segments are than re- 
moved from the face of the drum in the 
manner shown, to give access to the in- 
ternal brake bands. — Cole Motor Co., In- 
dianapolis. 

(No. 1264) DOOR OPENING SYSTEM 

The garage door may be opened or 
closed at will by means of a rope and 
weight rigging. The opening ropes sre 
attached near the inner edge of each 
half of the door, at the top, and are run 
over pulleys to any desired point on the 
wall. By pulling on these ropes, and 
fastening them around a cleat, the doors 
are opened, and held open. The clos- 
ing ropes are attached to the door over a 
wooden framework, and carry weights 
that come into action vt'hen the opening 
ropes are released. The advantage of 
this system is that the doors may be 
opened without loss of time. — King Auto 
Sales Co., Detroit, Mich. 

(No. 1264a) REAR AXLE DRIVE 
REPAIR 

Injury or breakage of the rear axle 
drive gear often brings with it an at- 
tendant injury to the differential flange, 
so that if a new gear be riveted to the 
flange it will be sprung out of aliape. In 
such cases the gear seat on the flange 
should be refaced, and this may be most 
readily done with the fixture shown. The 
differentia] is removed, the defective gear 
taken off and the casing caught between 
the blocks on the spindle in the manner 
illustrsted. These pinch blocks are nude 
of cast iron, accurately formed to fit over 
the bearing seats. The whole is mounted 
in a lathe and the gear seat carefully 
trued up with a few light cuts. 




AUTOMOBILE GEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




206 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Slotting Device — Valve Reamer — Removing Broken Axle Ends — ^Ring Gear Star 
— ^Rear Axle Stand — Quick-Acting Jack — Gasoline Pump Valve — Gear Pusher- 
Number Holders — Cylinder Block Clamp 



(No. 1255) SLOTTING DEVICE 

It is now practically impossible to ob- 
tain thin brass strips such as mig^ht be 
used in finishing a car body. By means 
of the attachment illustrated strips may 
be cut from the solid plate in any de- 
sired widths. The device is mounted on 
the carriag^e of a lathe, and comprises 
two ang:le-iron rests placed back to back, 
and supporting a slotted table. At the 
front of this table is a small strip of 
angle iron used as a g^uide. Mounted 
on an arbor, placed in the head stock 
of a lathe, is a 8-in. metal saw which 
passes through the slot in the table and 
extends above it about hi in. Just in 
front of the saw is a hardened-steel 
guide roller that holds the work down 
on to the saw. The table may be ad- 
justed so that the saw will cut a bevel, 
or the guide may be set to cut any de- 
sired width. — S. E. Barber, Hodskin Gar- 
age, Canton, N. Y. 



(No. 1256) VALVE REAMER 

The feature of this valve reamer is 
that both guides and cutters may be 
changed to meet the requirements of 
various engines. Both cutter and g^uide 
are held on a steel shank, the g^uide 
screwing into the end of the shank, 
and the cutter screwing over a tai>er 
thread, binding the three together. If 
desired, the cutter may be machinery 
steel, case hardened, as should be the 
case with the rest of the tool. — F. W. 
Bowen, Technical Dept, Paige-Detroit 
Motor Car Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1257) REMOVING BROKEN 
AXLE ENDS 

The squared inner ends of many truck 
axles are separated by a hardened-steel 
thrust washer, which prevents pushing 
the broken end of an axle through from 
the opposite side. Tearing the axle 
down to remove the broken piece is 
unnecessary if a small hole be drilled, 
a rod driven into it, and the piece pulled 
out. To do this it is only necessary to 
remove the wheel and the outside part 
of the broken axle. A %-in. extension 
drill is used to drill a hole in the end 
of the remaining part Then a small 
tapered rod is driven into this hole, per- 
mitting the piece to be removed. — S. E. 
Barber, Hodskin Garage, Canton, N. Y. 

(No. 1258) RING GEAR STAND 

This stand permits the differential and 
ring-gear assembly to be tested without 
the necessity of chucking it up in a 
lathe. It is simply the differential hous- 
ing, having the axles removed at each 
side, but retaining the two dififerential 
locking rings. The ring gear and dif- 



ferential to be tested are slipped into 
this dummy housing and secured in the 
usual manner. To test, it is merely nec- 
essary to rotate the ring gear and check 
the line of rotation up with the outside 
of the housing. This test should always 
be applied to the assembly before plac- 
ing it in the axle. If the ring gear is 
found out of true it may be shimmed 
up. Subsequent adjustment of the bevel 
pinion will then be found necessary. — 
F. W. Bowen, Technical Department, 
Paige-Detroit Motor Car Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1259) REAR AXLE STAND 

Rear axle repair is facilitated by the 
use of an axle stand that renders all 
parts of the axle accessible, and yet does 
not interfere with the movement of the 
workmen. Such a stand is illustrated. 
Two notched metal rests are supported 
on wooden uprights that are in turn 
fastened to two floor boards. A series 
of holes in these floor boards, combined 
with the use of L clamps, permit the 
uprights to be placed at any desired 
distance apart The axle is placed upon 
the two metal rests, which are about 
30 in. from the floor, and may be ro- 
tated so that all parts may be inspected. 
A sawhorse may be used to support the 
drive shaft. — F. W. Bowen, Technical 
Dept., Paige-Detroit Motor Car Co., De- 
troit. 



(No. 1260) QUICK-ACTING JACK 

This device is a combination of a 
quick-acting jack and slewing casters. It 
comprises a hinged wooden upright at- 
tached to a wooden base which is 
mounted on casters. The hinges used 
are extra heavy T-hinges, and are bolted 
to the base and upright. On the upper 
edge of the upright are four bent metal 
rests that support the axle. To use, the 
jack is placed beneath the axle and the 
upright forced to the vertical position 
by means of a pipe lever. This lever 
may be used as a handle to slew the car 
around, or can be removed out of the 
way. The wood in the base and upright 
is 2-in. hardwood plank. — S. P. Rushton, 
Ford Service Station, Canton, N. Y. 

(No. 1261) GASOLINE PUMP VALVE 

After filling a gasoline tank it is or- 
dinarily the custom to drain the hose. 
In doing this a certain amount of gaso- 
line is siphoned from the pump and 
the customer receives an oversupply. 
If the delivery pipe be carried to a point 
about 6 ft. above the floor, and fltted 
with a check valve at the point of high- 
est elevation, the hose may be drained 
without affecting the supply in the pump. 
The check valve used is mounted at the 
highest point of the delivery line, on 



%-in. copper tube. The ball in the chedc 
valve is closed while the grasoline is 
being pumped, due to the pressure of 
the gasoline. When the pump is stopped 
the ball drops down and permits the 
air to enter at the top of the delivery 
hose. This allows all the gasoline in the 
hose to flow out. — S. E. Barber, Hodskin 
Garagre, Canton, N. Y. 



(No. 1262) GEAR PUSHER 

It is usually the practice to replace 
gears on their shafts by a babbitt ham- 
mer. This practice, however, is liable 
to injure the gear or the shaft. The 
gear may be pushed into place by means 
of a gear-pushing tool. Such a tool com- 
prises a double-threaded shaft, tapped on 
the inside to fit the end of the gear 
shaft, and carrjring on the outside a 
metal spool. .Both the inner shaft and 
the outer spool are fitted with handles. 
The inner shaft is caught on the end 
of the gear shaft, after the gear hat 
been slipped in place. The central shaft 
is then held stationary and the outside 
spool turned, forcing the gear into place, 
^all thrust bearings on the inner edge 
of the spool permit easy operati(m. The 
tool may also be used as a gear puller, 
providing there is some method of brac- 
ing the outside spool. — F. W. Bowen* 
Technical Dept., Paige-Detroit Motor Car 
Co., Detroit. 



(No. 1263) NUMBER HOLDERS 

The numbers on shop cars should be 
readily interchangeable, as there are not 
usually enough to go around. On Dodge 
cars, this is rendered possible by the 
devi(5e shown. The numbers are fastened 
to strong coiled steel springs, at each 
end of which are steel rings. These 
rings are slipped over the grrease cups, 
which are placed on the outside of the 
frame horns, and are thus held securely 
in place without danger of marring the 
finish. The numbers may be changed 
instantly. A similar device might be 
used on practically any car. — ^Thos. J. 
Doyle, Dodge Brothers, Detroit. 



(No. 1264) CYLINDER BLOCK CLAMP 

When working on the valves or lap- 
ping in the pistons of a cylinder block 
that has been removed from the crank- 
case, the work is facilitated by fastening 
the block to the bench by a steel clamp 
which extends leng^thwise over the block, 
between the valves and the cylinders, 
where it is out of the way. If desired, 
the block may be similarly held in a 
horizontal position, where the valves or 
cylinders are still more accessible.— 
F. W. Bowen, Technical Dept, Paige- 
Detroit Motor Car Co., Detroit. 



AUTOUOBILE REFAIR3H0P SHORT-CUTS 



Ji'ccmBPm 




No 1356 



NoiJ257 



1tol264 



208 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Electrical Testing Stand — Fitting Rods — Bumper Kink— Flushing Storage Bat- 
teries — Replacing Cylinder Blocks — Battery Charging Plug — ^Arbor Press Stand- 
Heavy Grease Gun — Testing Connecticut Coils — Electrical Testing Set — Adjust- 
able Spanner Wrench 



(No. 1265) ELECTRICAL TESTING 

STAND 

The feature of this testing stand is the 
method employed in holding the gen- 
erator or motor, and in the method of 
tightening the driving belt. The genera- 
tor is caught in the jaws of an extra 
large vise on the testing stand. The 
jaws must be large enough to accommo- 
date any generator, and the slack in the 
belt is taken up by placing wooden 
blocks either in, under or behind the 
generator. — ^Auto Electric Service, De- 
troit, Michigan. 

(No. 1266) FITTING RODS 

The usual method of fitting connecting- 
rods is to remove both the cylinder block 
and crankcase base. This is unnecessary, 
particularly on Ford engines, if the 
cylinder head and base be removed, the 
connecting rod assemblies removed, and 
the fitting done from the base up instead 
of from the cylinders down. A sufficient 
swing is thus permitted to the connect- 
ing rod, so that the blueing-in process 
can be done without difficulty. An extra 
long socket wrench is used to remove 
the bolts from the top. — C. S. Schafifer, 
Detroit Tire Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1267) BUMPER KINK 

On cars equipped with front splash 
plates, attachment of bumi>ers is rend- 
ered difficult because of interference be- 
tween the retaining clip and the splash 
plate. It is common practice in apply- 
ing these clips, either to bend the splash 
plate, and cut a hole in it, or to cut off 
one end of the retaining clip. The first 
two methods mar the appearance of the 
splash plate; the latter is tedious. By 
grasping the clip in the vise and twisting 
the eye so that it forms an angle with 
the shank, the clip may be inserted over 
the frame horn with little difficulty. This 
kink is particularly applicable to the at- 
tachment of Lyon bumpers to Dodge 
Brothers cars, although it could be used 
in any similar installation. — ^Thomas J. 
Doyle, Dodge Brothers, Detroit. 



(No. 1268) FLUSHING STORAGE 
BATTERIES 

In stations giving service on electric 
cars, flushing of the storage batteries is 
facilitated by the use of a special tank 
equipment. A small barrel mounted on 
an angle iron stand, that in turn is placed 
on a casting, will carry sufficient dis- 
tilled water to flush a large number of 
batteries. Due to the elevated position 
of the barrel, the water is easily trans- 



ferred to the batteries, and the stand 
may be readily moved from car to car. 
The use of this equipment has greatly re- 
duced our electrical service cost. — W. L. 
(hooper. Reason Service, Detroit. 



(No. 1269) REPLACING CYUNDER 

BLOCKS 

Difficulty is often experienced in re- 
placing cylinder blocks, as the pistons 
and rings must be carefully guided into 
the cylinder. By removing the connect- 
ing iv)d assembly from the cranks and 
placing each in its respective cylinder, 
the cylinder block may be replaced with- 
out difficulty. The connecting rods are 
then attached to the crank. In this 
manner a workman working alone has 
replaced the block of a Hudson engine 
without even the aid of a hoist. — C. S. 
Schaffer, Detroit Tire Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1270) BATTERY CHARGING 

PLUG 

Electric car charging terminals are 
commonly of two types, the large and 
the small. Two types of charging plugs 
are therefore necessary for the charging 
lead. A single lead, however, may be 
used on any car, and in the following 
manner: The lead is fitted with the 
largre charging plug and is used on cars 
requiring that plug. . Cars requiring the 
small plug are connected to the large 
plug through a terminal block that is a 
duplicate of the terminal block on a 
large machine, the small charging plug 
attached in the usual manner. — W. L. 
Cooper, Reason Service, Detroit. 

(No. 1271) ARBOR PRESS STAND 

As the arbor press usually receives 
severe service its mounting should be 
strong. It should also be high enough 
to accommodate long shafts, such as rear 
axles and drive shafts. For these 
reasons the ordinary bench mounting is 
not entirely satisfactory. An arbor 
press stand, built up from angle iron 
sections, and about 4 ft. high, is most 
suitable for the repairshop. In conjunc- 
tion with this stand a leng^th of pipe, 
bearing a steel ring at one end and 
closed at the other, provides a support 
for a long shaft in removing or replac- 
ing gears. — Cheesly-Turner Co., Detroit, 
Mich. 

(No. 1272) HEAVY GREASE GUN 

By replacing the foot strap and base 
of an ordinary foot tire pump with a 
conical brass mouthpiece, a heavy g^rease 
gun is provided that facilitates filling 



differential housings or universal joints. 
This mouthpiece may be turned from 
solid brass stock, or a sheet metal press- 
ing may be used. To fill the grease gun, 
it is advisable to remove this cap and 
pack it by hand. — ^Liberty Garage, De- 
troit. 



(No. 1278) TESTING CONNECTICUT 

COILS 

The first principle of electrical testing 
is to isolate each of the units and test 
separately, so that its operation is not 
affected by the operation of any of the 
other units. Spark coils should be tested 
under approximately the same conditions 
as when in the car. By providing t 
standard breaker or igniter, operated by 
crank and duplicating the wiring dia- 
gmm of the car, the coil may be slipped 
into a retaining bracket and the quality 
of the spark determined. — ^Auto Electric 
Service, Detroit. 



(No. 1274) ELECTRICAL TESTING 

SET 

All units of an electrical testing set 
may be brought together by mounting 
them in a wooden block, and connecting 
their terminals to binding posts placed 
on the upper surface of the block. The 
voltmeter and ammeter are countersunk 
beneath the surface of the block, to re- 
duce the possibility of injury. Two small 
test lamps in the center of the block 
are connected in parallel, so that if one 
fails the chances are the other will be 
all right, so that no wrong deductions 
will be made from the test. The wires 
from the binding posts to the instru- 
ments and lamps are in grooves cut in 
the bottom of the block, and are pro- 
tected by a fibre plate. — ^Auto Electric 
Service, Detroit. 



(No. 1274a) ADJUSTABLE SPANNER 

WRENCH 

This tool may be used on any car 
where a spanner wrench is required and 
can be made in length and strength ac- 
cording to the work to be performed. 
Instead of having the two fixed jaws in 
the usual manner the jaws swivel on t 
common point and may be locked in 
place by a thumb screw. In rear axle 
work on the Packard the arms should 
not be more than 18 in. long and should 
be at least % in. by 1 in. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No. nu 



210 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Stockroom Bins — Safety Gasoline Can — Air Line Drain — Valve Repair System- 
Locating Rear Axle Noises — Dodge Clutch Tool — Running in Ford Bearings- 
Repairshop Bench System — Storage Battery Truck — Deflating Inner Tubes 



(No. 1275) STOCKROOM BINS 

By this bin system the stockroom bins 
are built up from separate units to meet 
the requirements of the station. Each 
unit is a heavy box, about 18 in. square 
and 10 in. deep, with the lower edgre of 
one unit resting in an upper edge of a 
lower unit. This arrangement permits 
ready access to the bins, and any part 
that can be held can be inserted through 
the opening thus provided. The con- 
struction is extra strong. — F. Schulte, 
Ford Service Station, Detroit 



(No. 1276) SAFETY GASOUNE CAN 

The use of gasoline in the shop, for 
washing parts, is universal, but safe 
methods for handling it are not. Gaso- 
line carried in open pans or in common 
pails may be easily spilled, and is dan- 
gerous. By the use of a 2 qt. pail, fitted 
with a false mouth and cover, the 
amount of gasoline carried is small, and 
the danger of fire decreased. Due to 
the inner, or false mouth, any gasoline 
spilling over the top is drained into the 
trough, and from there back into the 
pail. A brush is used to apply the gaso- 
line to the parts. — Cadillac Motor Car 
Co., Detroit. 



(No. 1277) AIR LINE DRAIN 

Condensation of the moisture in the 
air collects in the air line, and if not 
drained away is forced into the tires. 
Moisture in the tubes may cause rotting 
of the rubber and make vulcanizing dif- 
ficult. Each supply lead, therefore, 
should be fitted with a catch basin and 
drain cock, permitting the moisture to 
be collected and blown out at reg^ular 
intervals. This drain is simply an ex- 
tension of the main air line, fitted with 
a pipe end that is drilled and tapped for 
a small pet cock. — Studebaker Service 
Station, Detroit. 



(No. 1278) VALVE REPAIR SYSTEM 

Poppet valves, after removal for clean- 
ing and regrinding, should not be 
thrown together in a box or on the 
bench. To do so is likely to injure the 
valve faces, and time is lost in finding 
the desired valve for assembly. By pro- 
viding a hardwood board, about 18 in. 
long, 4 in. wide and % in. thick, and 
drilling holes close to the outer edges, 
a support is offered for the valves. In 
such a support any valve may be quickly 
found and removed or replaced without 
possibility of injury. — Cadillac Motor 
Car Co., Detroit. 



(No. 1279) LOCATING REAR AXLE 

NOISES 

Rear axle noises are usually located 
by means of a road test. This necessi- 
tates that the car be taken out, run at 
various speeds, and that two men be 
on the job— one driving and the other 
listening. Usually, however, all noises 
can be located and adjustments made by 
jacking both rear wheels from the floor 
and running the car on high at an en- 
gine speed equivalent to about 20 m.p.h. 
The mechanic can then get close to the 
axle and listen, without the interference 
of road noises. The jacks used for this 
work should be extra strong, and prefer- 
ably of the auxiliary type. By blocking 
the front wheels, all possibility of acci- 
dent is removed. — Studebaker Service 
Station, Detroit. 



(No. 1280) DODGE CLUTCH TOOL 

By cutting away the upper half of 
the ball end of a Dodge front engine 
support, a clutch tool is provided that 
considerably facilitates work on the 
clutch. This tool is slipped over the 
clutch shaft and pressed against the 
clutch yoke collar, permitting the clutch 
tool to be compressed. As the upper 
half of the tool is removed, space is 
provided, permitting the upper half- 
moon key to be picked out. The tool 
is then turned half over, and the lower 
half -moon key removed in a similar man- 
ner. In making adjustments on the 
clutch spring pressure, the tool may be 
used in changing the position of the keys 
from one notch to another. — Thos. J. 
Doyle, Dodge Brothers, Detroit. 



(No. 1281) RUNNING IN FORD 
BEARINGS 

An ordinary engine lathe may be used 
for running in Ford engine bearings, 
and in the following manner: The bear- 
ings are tightened and the cylinder 
block, with the crank in place, is placed 
on the lathe, with the transmission end 
of the crank towards the headstock of 
the lathe. The crank flange is caught 
in the usual manner to an old Ford fly- 
wheel that is bolted to the face plate 
of the lathe, the other end of the crank 
being carried on the lathe tail center. 
By using the large cone of the lathe 
driving pulley, and the back gears, 
enough power is obtained to start even 
the tightest cranks, and the bearingrs are 
run in in the usual manner. — F. Schultz, 
Ford Service Station, Detroit. 



(No. 1282) REPAIRSHOP BENCH 

SYSTEM 

Service may be speeded up in the re- 
pairshop by removing all wall work- 
benches and using portable benches in 
their place. By this system, the end 
of the car to be worked on is faced 
toward the aisle, so that all. the work- 
men may be seen by the foreman in the 
aisle. Each workman is provided with a 
portable bench, containing his personal 
tools — the tools that are capable of 
handling most jobs. At the rear of 
every other post is a small table and 
vise, and at each end of the shop is a 
bench for heavy work. This system re- 
quires less room, no place is offered for 
rubbish to accumulate, and the foreman 
loses less time in finding the workmen. 
The workmen have more room in which 
to work, and claim that the light is bet- 
ter. The change from the old bench sys- 
tem to the present system netted a gain 
of 26 per cent in the shop output, with- 
out any other change being made.— 
Studebaker Service Station, Detroit. 



(No. 1283) STORAGE BATTERY 

TRUCK 

Whenever possible, heavy lifting 
should be avoided. Storage batterieis are 
heavy, and must be frequently moved to 
and from cars. A special truck should 
be provided for use in carrying them 
about, permitting a helper to do the 
work. Such a truck may be a small box, 
mounted on a wooden roller and fitted 
with a handle. By this construction the 
battery has to be lifted but little, is 
carried in a horizontal position and the 
truck is small enough to run between the 
cars. — Studebaker Service Station, De- 
troit. 



(No. 1284) DEFLATING INNER 

TUBES 

In vulcanizing shops it is the usual 
practice to remove the valve from the 
inner tube and roll the tube by hand, 
so that the tube may be packed in the 
smallest possible space. This may be 
done more quickly by means of a special 
fixture. This fixture is a circular plate, 
mounted on a bracket, and rotated by t 
crank. On the face of the plate are two 
pins— one in the center and one slightly 
off center. After removing the valve 
from the tube to be deflated, the tube is 
hung over the central pin and the plate 
rotated. The tube is wound up and the 
air forced out, after which the valve is- 
returned and the tube removed. — ^Amer- 
ican Tire Repair Co., Detroit 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIBSHOP SHOET-OUTS 




No. ma 



No. 1:284 



212 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Rim Expander — Tire Repair Bench — Demountable Rim Holder — Inspection Lamp 
System — Hub Cap Wrench — Running-In Stand — Fender Storage — Crankshaft 

Reamer — Tire Inspection Stand — Expanding Cylinder Laps 



(No. 1285) RIM EXPANDER 

Occasionally demountable rims will 
become bent» so that the usual method? 
of expanding them to grip the tire will 
not apply. Often a jack may be used, 
but by applying the force at two oppo- 
site points the rim may be still fur- 
ther distorted. By the use of a heavy 
steel ring, fitted with seven bolts, hav- 
ing swivel blocks at the outer end, force 
may be applied to the rim in such a man- 
ner that it is caused to expand evenly, 
permitting the locking device to be 
caught — M. P. Hurlbut, Goodrich Serv- 
ice Station, Detroit. 

(No. 1286) TIRE REPAIR BENCH 

In replacing tires on demountable 
rims of the collapsible type difficulty is 
experienced in holding the rim. By the 
use of a bench, having an opening in 
the center, one end of the rim may be 
caught and held down in a manner that 
not only holds the rim securely, but 
also so that the tire may be applied 
without difficulty. When held on this 
bench, the rim forms a large screw, 
and may be threaded into the tire. The 
space beneath the opening may be used 
as a receptacle for the tire tools. — M. P. 
Hurlbut, Goodrich Service Station, De- 
troit. 

(No. 1287) DEMOUNTABLE RIM 
HOLDER 

It is difficult to work on a demount- 
able rim, due to the fact that usually 
no method of holding it is at hand. By 
providing a special bench, fitted with 
three steel brackets, that may be ex- 
panded to grasp the inside of the rim, 
this difficulty is solved. Two of these 
brackets are bolted to the table. The 
third, however, is bolted to a sliding 
plate that may be forced outward by 
means of a screw and clamp. This per- 
mits rims of any size to be held firmly 
in a horizontal position. A shelf be- 
neath the top provides storage space 
for tools. — M. P. Hurlbut, Goodrich Serv- 
ice Station, Detroit. 

(No. 1288) INSPE(mON LAMP 
SYSTEM 

One of the great losses in the repair- 
shop is through breakagre and theft of 
inspection lamps. This loss may be re- 
duced by only issuing inspection lamps 
to the workmen on the receipt of a tool 
check, and requiring each workman to 
return the lamps every night. The lamps 



may be kept in the tool room, suspended 
on a steel wire fastened along the wall, 
and the workmen's checks on the lamps 
out placed on hooks above the lamps. 
Jacks, pumps, etc., are issued in 'the 
same manner. — F. W. Bowen, Technical 
Department, Paige-Detroit Motor Car 
Co., Detroit. 



(No. 1289) HUB CAP WRENCH 

Care should be taken in the repair- 
shop not to injure or mar parts during 
work. Hub caps are frequently injured. 
This may be prevented by the use of 
an extra large socket wrench, having 
the jaws lined with fiber plates. The 
wrench is forged iron pipe, and the fiber 
plates are riveted in place. — F. Sullivan, 
Thos. J. Doyle, Dodge Brothers, Detroit. 



(No. 1290) RUNNING-IN STAND 

After tightening the bearings of a 
Ford engine, it is good practice to run 
or "bum in" the bearings from some 
external source of power. Even where 
electrical power is available, a standard 
Ford power plant is most satisfactory. 
The driving engine is mounted in the 
usual manner at one end of an old Ford 
frame, at the other end of which is an 
old Ford engine base. To this base is 
bolted the cylinder block and crank of 
the engine being repaired, and the crank 
connected with the driving engine by a 
special drive shaft. This shaft is fitted 
with a universal at one end, and with 
flange and pins at the other end that 
engage the holes in the end of the crank- 
shaft flange. As the low gears of the 
driving engine may be used, the crank 
may readily be turned, even though ex- 
tremely tight, and when free run in on 
high gear. — Cheesly-Tumer Co., Detroit. 



(No. 1291) FENDER STORAGE 

Fenders should be stored out of the 
way, so that they will not be damaged. 
By storing them in racks on the ceiling, 
they are not only out of the way, but 
take up space otherwise not used. These 
racks are wood, suspended from the ceil- 
ing beams, and the fenders are placed in 
them, after wrapping in heavy paper. 
Similar racks may be used for many 
parts. — G. O. Simons, Simons Sales Co., 
Saginaw. 

(No. 1292) A CRANKSHAFT 
REAMER 

It is most desirable to line the crank- 
shaft bearings up by the use of a reamer, 



but such reamers are usually not prac- 
tical in the repairshop. The reamer il- 
lustrated, however, possesses features 
that permit it to be made in the average 
machineshop. The reamer is a solid 
shaft carefully turned down on centers 
and fitted with three sets of cutters. 
The cutter for the rear bearing is in 
three parts, each attached to the shaft 
by screws, being of tool steel, channel 
section. The middle bearing reamer is 
of the standard type and hollow, being 
held in place by a key. The front bear- 
ing reamer is also hollow, and is held 
in place by a slot and pin. These last 
two reamers may be removed, and over 
or under size reamers replaced, as cir- 
cumstances may require. The front 
bearing reamer may be shimmed up to 
remove the desired amount of material. 
By lubricating the reamer with oil it 
may be made to cut undersize. Kerosene 
as a lubricant will cause it to cut slight- 
ly oversize. If dry, the reamer will 
remove a still greater amount. — F. W. 
Bowen, Technical Department, Paige- 
Detroit Motor Car Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1293) TIRE INSPECTION STAND 

In tire service stations, where many 
tires must be inspected daily, the work 
is facilitated by the use of a special 
inspection stand. Such a stand supports 
the tire in a vertical position, on two 
wooden rollers or spindles; the upper 
part of the tire resting on a triangular 
back rest This stand permits the tire 
to be turned, opened and inspected much 
more easily and quickly than could be 
done were it placed flat on a bench. — 
M. P. Hurlbut, Goodrich Service Station, 
Detroit. 

(No. 1294) EXPANDING CYLINDER 

LAPS 

An easily constructed and effective 
expanding cylinder lap may be made 
from an old piston. The piston is first 
split from the bottom up as far as the 
wrist pin bushings. A connecting-rod 
is then welded to a steel handle and 
fitted with a wooden cross bar. This 
handle is fastened to the wrist pin in 
the usual manner. A nail or similar 
metal wedge is driven in the slot, and 
used to expand the cylinder the desired 
amount. Ground glass and oil are used 
as a lapping compound, and the piston 
may be lapped to .03 in. oversize if de- 
sired. — F. W. Bowen, Technical Depart- 
ment, Page-Detroit Motor Car Co., De- 
troit. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Mo. 1285 



No 086 



No 1295 




No 1187 



TfcllSS 



Tkr294 



214 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Wheel Repair Stand — Carboy Tilting Rig — Battery Post Shave — Slewing Castors- 
Expanding Cylinder Lap — Finished Car Bulletin — Improved Bench Liegs — Battery 
Service Stand — Resistance Lamp Protection^ — Buick Valve Cage Lifter — Promise- 
Recording System 



(No. 1295) WHEEL REPAIR STAND 

This stand was designed primarily for 
work on the wheels, in the installation of 
the Minute wheel. It is, however, practi- 
cal for wheel work of any nature, as the 
wheel is securely held in a horizontal 
position. The stand comprises two flat 
cast-iron rings, one serving as a base and 
the other as the wheel support. The sup- 
port is carried on four round steel legs. 
Being hollow, the hub of the wheel passes 
through the inner opening, to that the 
hubs rest on the flat surface of the sup- 
port — Grover Watson, Minute Wheel 
Co., Detroit. 

(No. 1296) CARBOY TILTING RIG 

It is difficult to transfer sulphuric acid 
from the commercial carboy to a smaller 
container for shop use. A rig for facili- 
tating this transfer consists of two steel 
rockers, one fastened to each side of the 
carboy. These rockers are attached to 
the carboy by lag screws and permit the 
container to be tipped forward and the 
acid poured out— even to the last drop. — 
C. B. Hurd, Vesta Service Station, De- 
troit. 



(No. 1299) EXPANDING CYLINDER (No. 1303) RESISTANCE LAMP PRO- 

LAP TECnON 



Cylinders may be readily lapped round, 
and to a uniform bore, by the use of the 
expandirg lap shown. It is an old pis- 
ton, having the top removed, and split 
down one side through the wrist pin 
bearing, as illustrated. The bearing is 
then diilled and tapped on a slant, so 
that a setscrew may be used to expand 
the piston. An old connecting rod and 
cross bar form a handle. — ^Ted Lewis, 
Cole Sales Co. of Indiana, Indianapolis. 

(No. 1300) FINISHED CAR BULLETIN 

Large service stations handle many 
short repair jobs. Usually the owner 
waits until the job is finished. If al- 
lowed to wait in the shop, work is de- 
layed, as the customer is in the way. If 
kept outside, the job may be finished ior 
some time before the report goes through 
the usual channels. Rush service may 
be made quicker by posting the license 
numbers of the cars on a bulletin, as fast 
as the jobs are finished. This method is 
simple and direct, and may be incorpor- 
ated into almost any shop systeuL — 
Studebaker Service Station, Detroit. 



(No. 1297) BATTERY POST SHAVE (No. 1301) IMPROVED BENCH LEGS 



The battery posts on the various makes 
of batteries are not standard, and fitting 
new terminals and connectors is hence 
difficult. Ordinarily, the posts are 
whittled down to fit the connector or 
terminal at hand. By the use of the 
shave shown, such posts may be readily 
cut to standard. It is cold rolled steel, 
shaped in the manner illustrated, and 
fitted with a tool steel knife. The cutting 
edge of this knife should be formed and 
set to cut the post to the necessary 
shape, and after one setting may be 
used indefinitely. Ordinarily, two sizes 
of shaves are necessary to bring all bat- 
teries to one standard— one for the posi- 
tive, and one for the negative posts. — 
G. B. Hurd, Vesta Service Station, De- 
troit. 

(No. 1298) SLEWING CASTORS 

By the use of slewing castors, many 
cars may be readily handled in a smaH 
space. A strong and efficient pair of 
slewing castors may be easily made. Each 
comprises two hard wood blocks, mounted 
on swiveled castors, and carrying a 
metal plate on two underslung strap iron 
hangers. The plate is riveted to the hang- 
era, and bent downward at the ends and 
in the middle. This permits the car to 
be easily rolled in place, and held, dur- 
ing the slewing. — Cadillac Motor Car Co., 
Detroit. 



This is an improved bench support. 
The support is cast iron. By it, the bench 
is held away from the wall, so that clean- 
ing up rubbish is facilitated, a back 
board serving both to keep articles on 
the bench, and to support electric lamps 
at frequent intervals. The supports are 
so formed that a shelf may be built 
beneath the bench and used for parts and 
tools. As the front part of the bench 
must stand the most abuse, it should be 
hard wood, though soft wood is satis- 
factory for the back part and the up- 
right. After the pattern for the sup- 
port has been made, as many supports as 
necessary may be cast. — P. H. Wells, 
Chevrolet Motor Co., St. Louis. 

(No. 1302) BATTERY SERVICE STAND 

Battery service is made easy by this 
service stand. A tank of distilled water 
is held on an upright framework in 
the manner shown, the water b^ng 
transferred to the battery through a 
rubber tube. The height of the tank 
should be sufficient to give enough head 
to carry the water to any battery when 
in the car. A small pinch cock on the 
end of the tube regulates the water 
supply. Beneath the tank is a shelf for 
hydrometers, meters, testing instruments, 
and small tools for battery work. The 
lower platform, mounted on castors, may 
be used to carry batteries. — Fashion 
Garage, Detroit. 



In shops that have direct current, and 
use it for battery charging, the exposed 
position of the lamps used renders theft 
easy. Mechanics that have broken their 
own inspection lamps find the charging 
bank a convenient source of supply. By 
caging in the lamps in the manner illiu- 
trated, and padlocking the cage in place, 
theft is rendered impossible. The wire 
screen used does not prevent reaching 
through, and turning the lamps on or 
off as required. — ^A. L. Zechendoxfer, 
Siegel-Zediendorfer Co., (}ole, Peerless 
and Velie, Detroit. 

(No. 1304) BU ICK V ALVE CAGE 

LIFTER 

This is a device for removing Bui^ 
valve cages, when the valve spring has 
been broken. It comprises an old brake 
clevis, drilled to fit tiie valve stem, and 
fitted with a 5/16 in. set screw as shown. 
This is clamped to the stem of the cage 
to be removed, after which a 5/16 in. rod 
is passed through the clevis eyes, and a 
bar used to pry the cage from the cylin- 
der head. — H. S. Williams, Wilmington 
Auto Co., Wilmington, Del. 

(No. 1304a) PROMISE-RE(X)RDING 

SYSTEM ' 

A visible promise-recording system is 
shown. When the car reaches the repair- 
shop fioor, the work to be done is noted 
from the instruction card, and the job 
promised to be done at a certain time. 
This promise is recorded by means of a 



FROKTtSt 
CAT20 



TMCCASD 



OCDte AVD 
IKST2UCTIOK 
CAKD. 




heavy bordered card, pasted to the wind- 
shield and having the initial letter of 
the day of the promise printed at the top 
center. For example, if the car is prom- 
ised for Saturday, a card having the 
letter **S*' is used; if Monday, the letter 
"M." The foreman can then instantly 
see what must be got out each day and 
what promises are broken, and why. 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIESHOP SHORT-CUTS 




NO.IC298 



Nol30i 



216 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Shop-Signaling System — Plug and Lamp Tester — Flood Light for Night Repaii 
Towing Cable — Owners' Tool Protection — Piston-Reaming Jig — Testing Wheel 
Alignment — Belt Shifter — Small Bench Grinder — Heavy Grease Gun — Timing 

Wrench 



No. 1335— SHOP-SIGNALING 
SYSTEM 

Frequent trips into the shop are nec- 
essary for the purpose of calling some 
man to the telephone or for the purpose 
of consultation. In the case of large 
shops this is tedious and much time is 
lost. An electric-light signaling system, 
operated from the office and having a 
signal unit in each department, renders 
simple the location of any desired person. 
Each signal unit consists of a series of 
colored lamps suspended on a pipe brack- 
et, with each light on a separate circuit. 
With four lamps 15 different signals may 
be given, though such a large number is 
rarely necessary. — Cadillac, Detroit. 

No. 1336— PLUG AND LAMP TESTER 

The feature of this spark plug and 
lamp tester is that it is mounted on a 
swinging bracket beside the tool room 
window. This method of mounting per- 
mits the workman to swing the testing 
device out into place, without interfer- 
ence with anyone, and when the tester 
is not in use it may be swimg back out 
of the way. — Morris Offenhauer, Lans- 
ing Garage & Sales, Lansing. 

No. 1337— FLOOD-LIGHT FOR NIGHT 

REPAIRS 

By means of an easily constructed por- 
table lamp a flood of light may be direct- 
ed on the work that will greatly facili- 
tate night repairs. A large tin washpan 
may be used for the reflector, and carries 
four tungsten lamps in porcelain sockets 
secured to the inner surface of the pan. 
A swinging bracket attached to the pan 
permits vertical adjustment. A pipe 
standard is used, and it is in two parts, 
one working in the other, permitting up- 
and-down adjustment. A heavy cast-iron 
base provides stability. — R. E. Court- 
wright & Co., Chevrolet, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1338— TOWING CABLE 

The feature of this towing cable lies in 
the use of extra large and heavy steel 
hooks at the cable ends. These hooks are 
so large that they may be caught over 
the axles of the towing, and tow cars 
with little difficulty, no matter what the 
type or size of the axles of the cars. — G. 
O. Simons, Saginaw, Mich. 

No. 1339— OWNERS' TOOL 
PROTECTION 

A frequent cause of owner complaints 
is that certain tools or car belongings 
have been stolen while the car was in the 
repairshop. Such complaints may be 



forestalled by placing all such parts in a 
heavy canvas bag, sealing the bag and 
placing it under the back seat during the 
process of the work. The seal used is of 
the common lead-and-wire type, such as 
is used in sealing freight cars, and though 
not preventing theft renders tampering 
with the contents impossible without 
leaving evidence that tampering had 
taken place. As all movable parts are 
placed in the bag at the start of the work 
and left there until the car is turned over 
to the owner no list, with its subsequent 
checking, is necessary. If the seal is un- 
touched the parts are complete. — Stude- 
baker Service Station, Detroit, Mich. 

No. 1340— PISTON-REAMING JIG 

In fitting new wristpins and wristpin 
bushings it is essential that the hole be 
absolutely square across the piston. Oth- 
erwise the connecting-rod when fitted 
will be out of alignment, causing friction 
and possibly piston slap. By holding the 
piston rigidly in a piston jig and guiding 
the reamer by means of fixed bushings 
the piston may be reamed true. Two 
cast-iron jaws are held in a C-shaped fix- 
ture and are pressed against the side of 
the piston by means of a steel wedge. 
Two hardened-steel bushings are held 
each side of the frame and guide the 
reamer perpendicularly to the piston. To 
prevent injury to the finished surfaces 
the jaws are fitted with soft copper plugs 
that take the pressure against the piiston. 
— L. C. Greenameyer, Reo Service Sta- 
tion, Lansing, Mich. 



No. 1341— TESTING WHEEL 
ALIGNMENT 

This wheel tram gages the distance be- 
tween the wheel flanges instead of be- 
tween the wheel rims, so that any small 
amount that the wheel is out of true is 
diminished rather than exaggerated. 
This makes the alignment test more sim- 
ple. The tram is %-in. steel rod bent so 
that the outer ends rest against the tires 
and the inner ends rest close against the 
wheel flanges. The distance from these 
inner ends to their respective flanges, 
both at the front and the rear side of the 
wheels, is measured. The distance at the 
front should be but little less than that 
at the rear. — G. O. Simons, Simons Sales 
Co., Saginaw, Mich. 



No. 1342— BELT SHIFTER 

An effective belt shifter may be con- 
structed complete from pipe fittings. A 
horizontal shifting rod is held by pipe 
flanges attached to the ceiling and is op- 
erated through a bell crank and vertical 



shifting rods carried to a point conve- 
nient to the operator. The actual shift- 
ing is accomplished by two arms at- 
tached to the shifting rod. — R. E. Court- 
wright & Co., Chevrolet, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1343— SMALL BENCH GRINDER 

For the small shop, and particularly 
those shops not equipped with electrical 
power, an old starting motor may be used 
to drive a bench grinder. The starting 
motor may be fastened to the bench by 
two steel straps and drives the grinder 
through a belt and pulley fastened to the 
armature. The grinder bracket is pipe 
fittings, the bearings being pipe tees 
lined with babbitt. A common storage 
battery is used as a current supply. — G. 
O. Truxell Truxell Sales Co., Lansing, 
Mich. 

No. 1344— HEAVY GREASE GUN 

A grease gun of extra large capacity 
and capable of handling heavy cup grease 
may be constructed of pipe fittings. The 
barrel is 9 in. iron pipe about 3 ft. long 
and closed at each end with a pipe cap. 
A leather cup plunger is fitted in this 
barrel and is mounted on a central 
square-threaded screw passing through 
the upper cap. This screw is turned by 
means of an old Ford steering wheel 
mounted at the upper end. A rubber 
hose is attached to the lower end of the 
barrel by means of a threaded nipple, and 
the smaller nipple is fitted to the outer 
end, permitting the injection of grrease 
into the transmission, differential or uni- 
versal joint. — R. E. Courtwright & Co., 
Chevrolet, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1344a— TIMING WRENCH 

This tool is used to insure accuracy in 
timing the Twin-Six engine as well as 
to reduce the time and effort required. 
It comprises a handle of % in. cold 
rolled steel 10 in. long, one end of 
which is threaded and screwed into a 2H- 
in. disc M in. thick. This disc has Z% in. 




r ^*\Hb»mimmimiuamuumi 



holes equally spaced on its surface and 
the entire tool is given a cyanide case to 
promote durability. In using this tool 
the three bolts holding the timing shaft 
to the front end of the camshaft are 
loosened and the heads tapped slightly. 
The wrench is then placed over the heads 
of the three bolts and used to turn the 
gear in the required direction, after 
which the bolts are tightened. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




SEWKIE mSE 



No. 1336 



218 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



• Universal Lapping Tool — Tire Repair Grinder — Grilled Wash Rack — Crankshaft 
Bearing Cutter — Piston Wrench — Car Dolly — Surface Grinding — Straightening 
Bent Radiators — Balancing Connecting-Rods — Reaming Ford Transmission Drums 



No. 1345— UNIVERSAL LAPPING 

TOOL 

On cars not havinsr a detachable cylin- 
der head, new pistons may be lapped into 
place without removingr the cylinder 
block by the use of a universal lapping 
tool. The upper portion is a piped-T, 
through which the wrist pin of the piston 
to be lapped is passed. A small uni- 
versal joint divides the handle into two 
parts, and permits it to be inserted and 
turned in spi''e of the crankshaft. The 
lower half of this shank is squared to fit 
a bit stock or breast drill, which is used 
to rotate the piston. — Lawrence Budd, 
Becker Auto Co., Studebaker and Saxon, 
Grand Rapids, Mich. 



No. 1346— TIRE REPAIR GRINDER 

Belts and shafting usually required 
for driving the grinder and buffer may 
be eliminated in a small shop by mount- 
ing the buffing and grinding wheels di- 
rectly upon extensions of the armature 
shaft. A pulley mounted on this shaft 
may be used to drive the air compressor. 
The motor is supported from the floor, 
and should be covered with oiled paper 
to prevent dust and dirt from working 
into the bearings. Inasmuch as the 
work required by a buffing or a grind- 
ing wheel in a tire repairshop is not 
heavy, this method of mounting has been 
found satisfactory. — Lansing Vulcaniz- 
ing Works, Lansing, Mich. 



No. 1347— GRILLED WASH RACK 

Most wash racks are merely depres- 
sions in the concrete floor and are usual- 
ly wet and dirty because the water has 
not sufficient opportunity to drain away. 
By covering this depression with a 
wooden grill, made up of 2 x 6-in. planks 
placed on edge, 2 in apart, a wash rack 
is formed on which it is impossible for 
water or dirt to collect. These grrills 
may be made up in 15 x 10-ft. sections, 
and may be removed to permit cleaning 
beneath. However, it has been found in 
practice that a yearly cleaning is suf- 
ficient. — L. C. Greenameyer, Reo Service 
station, Lansing, Mich. 



No. 134&— CRANKSHAFT BEARING 

CUTTER 

When fitting new crankshaft bearings, 
it is necessary that the center bearing 
be of the proper width and correctly 
spaced between the two end bearings. 
This spacing may be accomplished by 
means of special cutters that are held 
on a rod guided through a fiange bolted 
to the end of the crankcase. These cut- 
ters resemble an end mill in form and 



slide on a key on the rod. A spacer be- 
tween the two cutters stops the cutting 
action when the proper amount of ma- 
terial has been removed, and the cut- 
ters are forced together by means of a 
screw on the end of a rod. Two lock 
rings permit adjustment of the fixed cut- 
ter, so that the bearing is cut to the 
proper distance from the end bearing. — 
L. C. Greenameyer, Reo Service Station, 
Lansing, Mich. 



No. 1349— PISTON WRENCH 

When a piston reaming jig is not at 
hand, reaming the wrist pin bearings is 
facilitated by the use of a piston wrench. 
A steel frame-work carries two handles 
in much the manner of a large tap 
wrench. The open end of the piston 
rests against a copper plate secured to 
one end of the frame. The handle at 
the other end is threaded and pointed 
and passes through the frame. The point 
sets into the lathe center point at the 
closed end of the piston, holding the 
piston securely in place. The reamer is 
held in a vice and the piston turned down 
over it. — L. C. Greenameyer, Reo Serv- 
ice Station, Lansing, Mich. 



No. 1350— CAR DOLLY 

Three features should characterize a 
well designed car dolly. They are: Adap- 
tability to any car, stability and easy 
action. By dividing a dolly up into two 
parts, one may be placed beneath each 
axle regardless of the wheelbase of the 
car. Stability in the dolly illustrated is 
brought about by placing the supports 
nearer one end of the dolly than the 
other. This permits the long end to be 
placed beneath the car, so that the re- 
sulting leaverage tends to keep the dolly 
upright. Large swiveled wheels are used 
that make the dolly very easy acting 
under load. — L. C. Greenameyer, Reo 
Service Station, Lansing, Mich. 



No. 1351— SURFACE GRINDING 

A common shaper may be used for 
surface grinding or buffing by means of 
the attachment illustrated. It comprises 
a buffing wheel, attached to the head of 
the shaper and driven through a flexible 
shaft from a leather friction wheel 
pressing on a cone pulley of a nearby 
lathe. The buffing wheel is fastened to 
the head of the shaper in the same man- 
ner as a shaper tool, and is fed into and 
along the work as though it were a tool. 
The friction wheel is held against the 
cone pulley by means of a clamp bracket 
fastened to the lathe bed. When not in 
use as a planer buffer the wheel may be 



used as a bench or portable buffing 
wheel. — J. O. Fountain, Maitland Garage, 
Maitland, S. D. 

No. 1352— STRAIGHTENING BENT 
RADL4T0RS 

In largre shops where the amount of 
work merits the investment, a hydraulic 
press offers the best means of straight- 
ening bent radiators. The bent radiator 
may be placed between the two heads 
of the press and a evenly distributed 
amount of pressure applied that will 
quickly force the radiator back to shape. 
In the smaller shops an arbor press and 
heavy plank might be used in a similar 
manner. — L. G. Greenameyer, Reo Serv- 
ice Station, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1353— BALANCING CONNECTING 

RODS 

When fitting or installing new connect- 
ing rods in an engine, care must be taken 
to choose pistons and connecting rods 
whose weights are equal. If the assem- 
blies are not of the same weight, the 
running balance of the engine will be 
destroyed and wear and noise will re- 
sult. When balancing connecting rods 
it is only necessary to make the weights 
of the crankshaft bearing end equal. The 
method of doing this is illustrated. The 
wrist pin end of the connecting rod is 
supported on a pivot; the crankshaft end 
resting on a metal support on the scale 
pan. The weight of ^e heaviest con- 
necting rod in the assembly is noted and 
that of the others is made the same by 
running a small amount of solder into 
the metal of the crankshaft bearing hub. 
— L. C. Greenameyer, Reo Service Sta- 
tion, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1354— REAMING FORD TRANS- 
MISSION DRUMS 

Standard reamers are provided for 
reaming out Ford transmission drums, 
and their use may be facilitated by using 
them in the following manner: First 
an old Ford front wheel hub is mounted 
on the bench, and the center part filled 
with babbitt and squared out until it will 
take the squared end of the largest 
reamer. Then each of the ends of the 
other reamers are enlarged by means 
of babbitt until they may be held in the 
bench support thus provided. Hie drum 
to be reamed is turned by means of a 
special spanner wrench, the jaws of 
which pass through holes in the trans- 
mission drum flange. A square cake pin 
is fitted around the hub of the bench 
support and catches all shavings as they 
drop from the reamer. — G. G. Foster, 
Ford Service Station, Lansing, Midi. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 




No. 1540 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Piston Alignment Jig — Spark Plug Cleaner — Hood Repair Stand — Wheel Cleaning 
— Electrical Testing — Preheating Furnace — Breast Drill Crutch — Adjustable Gear 
Puller — Combination Repair Stand — Bearing Reamer — Car Blocking 



No. 1355— PISTON AU6NMENT JIG 

This ji? permits ready testing of the 
piston and connecting; rod asaembljr 
for Blignment. The crankshaft bearing 
of the connecting rod is held on a hard- 
ened steel arbor, and the piston is pressed 
against a flat steel plate fastened to the 
face of the jig frame. In this position, 
the side of the piston comes next to a 
steel knife edge — lining np with it, if the 
'piston is in alignment, and forming an 
angle with it, if out of alignment. In the 
latter case, the connecting rod is bent 
untjl perfect. The jig must be carefully 
made, to assure accuracy in the test, but 
the time saved merits the expense. — 
Studebaker Service Station, Detroit. 

No. 1356— SPARK PLUG CLEANER 

Sparic plugs may be cleaned without 
taking them apart by means of a special 
cleaner made from a hack-saw blade. 
One end of the blade is ground down to 
about M, in. wide, with beveled edges, 
and the other end is fitted to a wooden 
handle. The ground down edge may be 
inserted into the spark ping bashing, and 
the carbon scraped away. — Charles Har- 
quard, Battle Creek, Hich. 

Ifo. 1357- HOOD REPAIR STAND 

It is net an easy matter to hold a hood 
during painting or repairing, nnless a 
special hood stand is at hand. Such a 
stand may be built up of wood, and is an 
exact duplicate of the hood supports on 
the car. By the aid of this stand a bent 
hood may be readily forced back to 
shape and fitted; the hood may be painted 
easily, or any part of the hood may be 
replaced. — Barton Auto Top Co., Detroit, 
Mich. 

No. 13SB— WHEEL CLEANING 

The usual method of removing paint 
from wheels about to be painted, is to 
apply the remover with a brush, and 
then scrape the paint off. By this method 
one man could clean about two sets of 
wheels in one day. By the following 
method one man can readily clean ten 
sets of wheels in one day. A large cylin- 
drical vat is provided, and is partially 
filled with the paint remover. The wheels 
are placed in tiiis vat and allowed to soak 
for a short time, after which the paint 
is so soft that it may be readily removed. 
A faucet at the bottom permits the vat to 
be emptied for cleaning purposes. — L. C. 
Greenameyer, Reo Station, Lansing, 
Mich. 

No. 1369— ELECTRICAL TESTING 

An old telephone magneto, together 
with an electric bell may be incorporated 
into a testing outfit for testing electrical 



circuits. Both are held in a substantial 
wooden box, provided with binding posts 
from which the leads and snap terminals 
are taken. When the circuit is completed 
the bell is caused to ring upon turning 
the magneto crank; but if the circuit is 
open the bell will not ring. — Charles 
Marquard, Am. Motors Co., Battle Creek, 
Mich. 

Na 1360— PREHEATING FURNACE 

An exceptionally simple but effective 
preheating fnmace may be constructed 
by using an old Ford cylinder casting as 
a base, and building up a blow torch 
from pipe nipples and copper tubing. 
The ends of the copper tubing are brought 
together inside of a smaller nipple; the 
end of the air tube bending over the end 
of the gas tube. The smaller nipple is 
in turn held within a large nipple by two 
screws, and several holes in this nipple 
provide additional air. The burner is held 
in the middle bearing of the casting; 
the space at the front being filled with 
coke, and that at the back being need 
to hold the babbitt ladles, soldering irons, 
etc. This furnace may be used as a sup- 
port for clamping pieces that are to be 
welded, and require preheating. — J. P. 
Young, United Motors, Reo Dealer, Bat- 
tle Creek, Mich. 

No. 1361— BREAST DRILL CRUTCH 

By means of a special crutch fitted 
to the breast drill, extreme pressures may 
be applied without causing discomfort to 
the operator. This crutch is fastened to 
the drill in the usual manner, and con- 
sists of a bent steel cross piece carrying 
a leather strap against which the pres- 
sure is applied. — J. P. Walter, Buick Mo- 
tor Car Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 

No. 1362— ADJUSTABLE GEAR 
PULLER 

This puller is particularly adapted to 
removing small gears and flanges such 
as are encountered on starting motors and 
generators. It consists of two pieces 10 
in. long and 1 in. wide, bent Z-shaped, 
each leg being about M in. long. These 
legs are held together by a piece of 
% in. stock that carries the pressure 
screw, and this cross piece may be placed 
at any required point between the legs 
through the several holes provided for 
that purpose. — Frank Teetor, Garage & 
Machine Shop, Battle Creek, Mich. 

Hfo. 1363— COMBINATION REPAIR 

STAND 

A repair stand that may be used for 
rear axles, engines or gearboxes com- 



prises four uprights joined at the top by 
removable supports. The supports are 
bent to form a rest for the rear axle or 
the gearbox, and one or both i^y be re- 
moved when engine work is being done. 
A shelf is also provided for storing tools 
and parts. — S. Rathbum, American Mo- 
tors Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1364— BEARING REAMER 

This is a hand-operated gang reamer 
for camshaft bearings or for crankshaft 
bearings. A steel shaft is threaded into 
a metal flange with a fine thread. Iliis 
flange is a duplicate of the one removed 
from the bearing end. A handwheel is 
mounted on the outer end of the shaft so 
that the shaft may be turned and the 
cutters rotated, the threads serving to 
feed the cutters through the bearings. 
The cutters are simply tool-steel bita 
passed through square slots in the shaft 
and held in place by a setscrew. These 
cutters are ground by rotating the shaft 
on lathe centers and then grinding the 
cutters to the required dimensions. — F. 
W. Bowen, Technical Department, Paige- 
Detroit Motor Car Co., Detroit. 



No. 1364a— CAR BLOCKING 

Safety demands that the wheels of the 
car be blocked when part is lifted from 
the floor. Angle iron strips form an ex- 
cellent blocking for this purpose. The 
strips should be 3 in. angle iron, about 




6 in. long, and placed beneath each of 
the wheels to be blocked. The featnre 
of the angle iron is that the weight 
of the car tends to hold the strip in the 
upright position, and to prevent it from 
sliding. — Stearns- Knight Station, Toledo, 
Ohio. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 



LE&TMEE STPftP 




222 AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Employees' Check System — Oil Delivery System — Buick Valve Tool — Body Dolly 
—Battery Charging System— Car Testing Seats— Time Card File — Tank Valve 
Wrench— Cut-Out Connection Kink — Fan Pulley Puller— Tire Repair Stand 



No. 1365— EMPLOYEES' CHECK 
SYSTEM 

In a shop employine many workmen, 
and where the nature of the work neces- 
sitates frequent absence from the shop, 
it is essential that the foreman have 
some check upon their movements. B; 
the provision of a large board panel, 
fitted with clock faces — one for each 
workman — the clock may be aet at the 
time any workman expects to return. 
On a pin beneath the clock face is hung 
a brass check, on one side of which is 
stamped the word "In" and on the other 
side "Out" A small rack beneath the 
check carries the name of the workman. 
By thu arrangement the foreman can see 
at a glance exactly what workmen are 
in the shop, and if out when they will 
return. — W. L. Schaffner, Goodrich Rub- 
ber Co., Detroit 

No. 136fi— OIL DELIVERY SYSTEM 

A porcelain sink may be incorporated 
into an oil delivery system in an attrac- 
tive manner. The sink is fastened to 
the wall and the pipe lines from the 
overhead oil tanks are carrietf to faucets 
mounted on the rear panel of the sink. 
Above this panel are four gage glasses 
mounted in a gage board and connected 
to the oil delivery lines. These gages 
■how the amount of oil in the tanks. 
Beneath the sink is a steel can that 
(utches waste oil and permits the sink 
to be kept clean. — Studebaker Service 
Station, Lansing, Mich. 

No, 1367— BUICK VALVE TOOL 

It is difBcult to remove and replace 
the spring rocking pins from Buick 
valve stems. This may readily be ac- 
complished with a special tool whereby 
the cage of the valve is securely held 
in an upright position, permitting the 
spring to be compressed in the valve 
and the locking pin to be inserted or re- 
moved. Two sockets should be provided 
in the base, one for the Little Six or 
Forty-five valve, and the other socket 
for the Big Six or Fifty-five valve. A 
similar receptacle may be used to store 
the locking pins after removal. — H. S. 
Williams, Wilmington Auto Co., Wil- 
mington, Del. 

No. 1366— BODY DOLLY 
A body dolly incorporating many val- 
uable features comprises a square 
wooden frame work mounted on two iron 
wheels. The ends of this frame work 
are cut away slightly, so that when the 
dolly is at rest the cut-away edges rest 
squarely on the fioor and support the 
body rigidly and act as a brake. The 
axle is placed at the middle of the frame, 
so that little effort is required to balance 



the body, and the truck has an exception- 
ally short turning radius. This type of 
dolly has come into universal use in 
many of the large body plants because 
of its simplicity and ease of operation. — 
G. B. Allen, Liberty Motor Car Co., 
Detroit 

No. 1369— BATTERY CHARGING 
SYSTEM 

It has been found good practice to T;e- 
charge all weak batteries found in cars 
brought into the service station. This 
may be done without removing the bat- 
tery from the car if each car stall be 
provided with a charging ontlet The 
charging circuit is carried to each car 
stall and each outlet is constructed in 
the manner illustrated. When a battery 
is being charged the double throw 
switch is closed so that the charging cur- 
rent passes through the battery. When 
no battery is on charge the double throw 
switch is thrown so that the charging 
current passes by the outlet. This switch 
arrangement permits from one to any 
number of batteries to be charged at one 
time. — L. C. Greenameyer, Reo Service 
Station, Lansing. 

No. 1370— CAR TESTING SEATS 

After overhauling a car it is advisable 
to make all tests and adjustments be- 
fore the body is replaced. This may be 
done with ease by means of special ear- 
testing seats that are clamped to the 
chassis, and incorporate the starting and 
ignition battery and a small tank for 
the gasoline supply. The electrical con- 
nections are made through snap fast- 
eners that are quickly attached to the 
proper terminals. — Oakland Motor Car 
Co., Pontiac. 

No. 1371— TIME CARD FILE 

The time cards of the individual work- 
man should be accessible at all times 
and stored in a place where they can- 
not become soiled. By the provision of 
a small box, the width of which is that 
of the time card, and which is divided 
into as many compartments as there are 
workmen, a means is provided to prop- 
erty file the cards. Each of the divisions 
bears the number and name of the work- 
man, and the card is kept on file from 
the time the work is started until 
completion. — Oakland Motor Car Co., 
Pontiac. 

No. 1372— TANK VALVE WRENCH 

Tightening or loosening the valve on a 
welding tank is facilitated by the use 
of the wrench shown. It is easily made 
of strap iron, about % in. wide and % in. 
thick, bent in the manner illustrated. An 
old or leaky valve may be quickly 



brought to a seat and gas leakage pre- 
vented. — Marrion Williams, Warren H. 
Shallcross Co., Hupmobile, Louisville. 

No; 1373— CUT-OUT CONNECTION 
KINK 

When installing cut-outs it is the usual 
practice to place the cut-out pedal oo 
the floor board. If the cord connecting 
the pedal to the cut-out be permanently 
fastened, it prevents easy removal of 
the floor board for inspection of parts. 
The use of a common harness snap to 
make this connection removes the dif- 
ficulty and permits the floor board to be 
readily removed. — William Jaegor, Hes- 
senius & Seubert Auto Co., Wilmont 
Minn. 

No. 1374— FAN PULLEY PULLER 

The fan pulley on the crankshaft of an 
Overland 76 may be readily removed by 
this puller. The central screw of the 
puller catches the starting crankpin in 
the pulley hub, and the removing strain 
is applied to a cast-iron stirrup, braced 
against the front-frame cross-member. 
To use, the central screw is simply 
passed through the starting crank open- 
ing in the frame, the starting pin is 
caught by the dog in the screw, and the 
■crew turned out — G. O. Simons, Simons 
Sales Co., Saginaw, Mich. 

No. 1374a— TIRE REPAIR STAND 
This stand is designed to accommodate 
either inner tubes or casings, and to bold 
all tools necessary for casing or tube re- 
pair. On a wooden upright carrying the 
tool boxes a flat wooden block is placed 




that offers a most convenient support for 
working on inner tubes. When working 
on casings this block is replaced by one 
rounded to fit the inside of the casing. 
These blocks should be made up of hard 
wood in the manner illnstrmted. — E. H. 
Shively, Lansing. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



J 7 SWIICH 

4|Two-mV 4-4i p — I 
2 SWITCH I IJ I tJ 



EATTDW Dl txrtm W MTIEW iK 
CARH»1 CAR.IP2 OffiWS 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Rear Axle Stand — U-Bolt Die Holder — Hydrometer Case — Tap Extension Wrench 
— Overhauling Batteries — Ford Engine Kinks — ^Job Card File — Spindle Bushing Re- 
mover — Slewing Castors — Replacing Spindle Bushings — Connecting Rod Jig 



No. 1S75— REAR AXLE STAND 

Th« fe&ture of thii rear axl« stand ia 
that it may be compreued into a amall 
space when not in use, and holds the 
axle Becurelr when in aie, besides pos- 
■essine the additional advantage that it 
may be adjusted to accommodate any 
axle. This is accomplished by means of 
hinged side members acting in the man- 
n^ similar to that of a pair of lazy 
tongs, perforations permitting the stand 
to be locked in the open position. — C. L. 
Haughn, Independent Garage, Battle 
Creek, Ulch. 



Not 1376— U-BOLT DIE HOLDER 

Crossed tbraada on U-bolte may be 
straightened by means of a die held in 
a special holder. This wrench is a piece 
of pipe fitted with a re-enforcing collar 
at the lower end and holding the die in 
the osnal manner. — Chas. Marquard, 
American Motors Co., Battle Creek, 
Hich. 



No. 1377— HYDROMETER CASE 

Hydrometers are exceedingly fragile 
and breakage reault« In a loss of time 
as well as of money. By the ose of a 
heavy wooden case especially constructed, 
the hydrometer is protected at all times 
irtien not in use, and may be stored in 
a handy position on the bench without 
danger of being broken. — J. F. Walter, 
Buick Motor Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 137ft— TAP EXTENSION WRENCH 

It is often foand necessary to com- 
pletely dismantle parts to reach a hole 
that it is desired to tap. This disman- 
tling can be obviated in many cases by the 
use of a tap wrench extension, compris- 
ing a piece of pipe squared at one end 
to hold the tap and fit it with a rod handle 
at the upper end. The squared end of 
the pipe should be case hardened to pro- 
mote durability, though in an emergency 
job this is unnecesBary. — Chas. Mar- 
quard, American Motors Co., Battle 
Creek. Mich. 



No. 1379— OVERHAULING 
BATTERIES 

The nsoal method of removing the top 
covering of storage batteries by means 
of a torch and heated putty knife ia 
tedious. If the acid be drained from the 
jan, the terminals drilled and removed 
from the posts, and the battery placed 
• bottom-side up in a pan of boiling water, 
the sealing compound is quickly melted. 



and a slight jar will cause the plates to 
drop out. The water may be heated by a 
small gas burner, or by a gasoline torch, 
and there should be sufficient water to 
extend about 2 in. up on the side of the 
battery. — Veata Accumulator Co., Chi- 

No. 136l>— FORD ENGINE KINKS 

When tightening the rear connecting- 
rod bearing on Ford engines, care must 
alwaya be token to prevent dropping one 
of the bearing nuts down into the fly- 
wheel case — and even then occasionally a 
nut will be dropped. This can be pre- 
vented by blocking the passage into the 
crankcase with a padding made up of cot- 
ton waste wrapped in burlap. After the 
completion of the work, this pad may be 
readily drawn from place. — Jamea Bald- 
win, New Harmony, Ind. 

No. 1381-^OB CARD FILE 

In the smaller shops a systematic 
method of holding job cards is provided 
by means of a sheet metel file divided 
into compartmente, each compartment 
holding the work card of an individual 
workman. This file is hung on the wall 
over the workman's desk, and in addi- 
tion to keeping the cards instantly avail- 
able prevents loss or soiling, — S. Rath- 
bum, American Motors Co., Battle Creek, 
Mich. 

No. 1382— SPINDLE BUSHING 
REMOVER 

The buahings on Ford ateering gear 
spindles may be quickly removed by 
means of a threaded punch that ia 
screwed into one of the bushings 
from the bottom and extends up- 
ward through the other bushing, 
permitting the first bushing to be 
driven out. The remaining bush- 
ing may then be easily driven out 
with a common punch. The thread- 
ed punch resembles a tap, and is a 
piece of round stock, threaded, cut 
to tap form and then case hardened. 
~3. F. Young, United Motor Co., 
Reo dealer. Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1383— SLEWING CASTORS 
In crowded garages and repair- 
shops, slewing castors are almost 
a necessity in moving cars to and 'f*w- 
from the stalls. Two castors are 
required, one beneath each of either 
the front or rear pair of wheels. A 
steel track is supported on a tri- 
angular steel framework, that is 



riveted together, and carried on three 
pivoted iron wheels. The wheels of the 
car are readily run into this track, per- 
mitting the car to be slewed to any de- 
sired position. — Delco Service Station, 
New York. 

No. 1384— REPLAaNG SPINDLE 
BUSHINGS 

Ford spindle bushings may be qnickly 
replaced without injury by the aid of a 
special punch that ia turned down to 
carry the new spindle, and having a 
shoulder that permits the bushing to be 
driven into place. As the shank of the 
punch paaaea through the center of the 
buahing, it prevente the bushing from be- 
ing squeezed out of shape, and the lower 
end acta as a guide that holda the bush- 
ing in line with the spindle hold. — J. F. 
Young, United Motor Co., Reo dealer, 
Battle Creek, Mich. 

No. 1384a— CONNECTING ROD JIG 

When refitting connecting rods to an 
engine, care should be token to aee that 
the wriat pin and crank bearinga arc 
parallel and in perfect alignment. This 
may readily be done by means of a jig. 
Tbia jig comprises two V blocks resting 
on a surface plato and two aligning 
blocks also reating on a surface plate. 
Arbora are placed through both the crank 
ahaft and wrist pin bearings, and the 
crank bearing arbor is rested in the V 
block. A wateh micrometer mounted on 
an upright may be used to tost for 
parallelism, and by swinging the connect- 
ing rod down to a horizontal position tlit 
test for twist may be applied. — L. C. 
Greenameyer, Reo Service Stotion, Lans- 
ing. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




226 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Casing Roller — Labor Charge Card — Drill Press Wedge — ^Job Card Board — Locat- 
ing Knocks — Clamp Dog — Valve Grinder — Miscellaneous Parts Storage — Drill 
Press Vise — Instruction Book File — Connecticut Switch Testing 



No. 1385— CASING ROLLER 

When building up sections in an auto- 
mobile casing, great pressure may be 
applied to the layers of the fabric by 
means of a special casing roller. This 
roller comprises two wooden rolls, one 
having a concave face and fitting onto 
the outside of the casing, the other hav- 
ing a rounded face and fitting into the 
inside of the casing. The outside roll 
is turned by a crank, and pressure is 
applied through a handwheel to the 
inner roll. By means of this device, in- 
side patches, etc., may be pressed into 
place much quicker and better. 



No. 1386— LABOR CHARGE CARD 

In calculating the labor charge to be 
placed on the job card after the com- 
pletion of the work, the foreman is con- 
stantly re-duplicating the same calcula- 
tions. If the price of labor for all pos- 
sible periods during the day be tabu- 
lated on a card and tacked up at the 
rear of the foreman's desk, a means is 
provided whereby the total labor charge 
wiU be seen at a glance. It is usually 
found sufficient to divide this card into 
M hr. periods and take the amount near- 
est to the working time. — J. F. Walter, 
Buick Motor Car Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1387— DRILL PRESS WEDGE 

An old file is usually used as a wedge 
to drive drills from position in the drill 
press head. A special device for this 
purpose permitting the drill to be read- 
ily removed comprises a wedge carried 
in a slotted handle so that a blow may 
be struck on the end of the wedge, quick- 
ly forcing the drill from place. A ring 
in the end of the handle permits the use 
of a chain to hold the wedge to the drill 
press. 



No. 1388— JOB CARD BOARD 

Each of the job cards of the individual 
workmen may be seen at a glance by 
the foreman if held on a board near 
the foreman's desk in the manner illus- 
trated. By this the foreman can tell in- 
stantly how much work each workman 
has on hand and the status of the work. 
The daily time cards are also held on 
this board, and at the top the standing 
order numbers are printed to enable the 
men to charge the jobs to the proper 
order number. — J. F. Walter, Buick 
Motor Car Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1389— LOCATING KNOCKS 

■ 

Perhaps the simplest device for mag- 
nifying engine noises comprises a lengfth 
of drill rod, bent and soldered to the 
bottom of an old oil can. The opening 
of the oil can is pressed against liie ear 
of the workman, and the end of the rod 
held against the engine casting. The 
drill rod transfers the noise, which is 
magnified by the oil can, the position of 
fi^reatest noise being that nearest the 
knock. — Fred Teetor Garage and Ma- 
chine Shop, Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1390— CLAMP DOG 

It is difficult to hold small pieces with 
an ordinary type of dog. For this pur- 
pose the work is facilitated by the use of 
a special clamp dog comprising two 
%-in. blocks bolted together and squared 
out to grasp the work between the mat- 
ing faces. A short rod fastened to one 
of these pieces engages with the face 
plate, driving the work. This clamp has 
also been found useful in holding small 
pieces while work is being done on the 
sensitive drill, and is often used as a 
hand clamp. — Chas. Marquard, Amer- 
ican Motors Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1391— VALVE GRINDER 

Under the action of an excessively rich 
mixture, tungsten valves will warp, and 
ordinary methods of grinding or refac- 
ing will be found difficult. Replacement 
is expensive. A simple lathe grrinding 
attachment may be constructed, driven 
through a leather friction wheel from 
the cone pulley or face plate, the grrind- 
ing head being carried in the tool i>ost 
of the lathe. Connection between the 
two is effected by a speedometer drive. 
A workman can reface a valve in ten 
minutes, whereas a new valve costs $1.75. 
—J. F. Walter, Buick Motor Car Co., 
Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1392— MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 

STORAGE 

If the workman must go to the stock- 
room every time he desires a lock washer 
or cotter pin, valuable time is lost and 
often the waste is increased, as the man 
takes more pieces than he requires to 
prevent another trip. By providing a 
small parts storage rack beneath the 
bench, permitting the storage of a work- 
ing supply of cotter pins and lock 
washers, these parts are immediately 
available and unused parts may be read- 
ily returned. Each of the compartments 



should be labeled with the part it is to 
hold.^J. F. Walter, Buick Motor Car 
Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1393— DRILL PRESS VISE 

In holding small pieces of work on the 
drill press a machinist's vise bolted to 
the drill table is exceptionally advan- 
tageous. Irregular shaped pieces may 
be held without difficulty, and in addi- 
tion to permitting the work to be done 
quicker practically removes the poon- 
bility of breaking the drill. The vise is 
held to the table by means of T-bolta and 
is removed when not in use. — S. Rath- 
bum, American Motors Co., Battle Greek, 
Mich. 



No. 1394— INSTRUCTION BOOK FILE 

Instruction and parts books are usually 
kept unsystematically in the foreman's 
desk and time is lost in obtaining the 
desired book. By the use of a simple 
file as illustrated any desired book may 
be obtained in an instant. The file com- 
prises a rack divided into a number of 
parts by means of wire partitions, and 
each compartment holds its own book. 
Parts books occupy one portion of the 
file and instruction books another, each 
being labeled to facilitate removal and 
replacement. This file is placed on top of 
the foreman's desk.— J. F. Walter, Buick 
Motor Car Co., Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1394a— CONNECTICUT SWITCH 

TESTING 

A fixture for a Connecticut type 
automatic switch is illustrated, incor- 
porating features that tould be adapted 
to almost any switch. The case of the 
switch is removed, and the base clamped 
in the fixture in such a manner ^t 
plunger terminals are pressed against 
the binding posts at the base of the 
switch, completing the testing circuit 
Each circuit is a duplicate of some elec- 
trical circuit on the car, and passes 
through its test lamp mounted on a 
panel at the rear of ttie fixture, receiv- 
ing its current from a battery. Thus the 
switch may be connected and completely 
tested in an instant. Then, no matter 
what the difficulty after the switch has 
been installed, it will be known that the 
switch is not at fault. This device illus- 
trates the first essential of successfol 
electrical testing — to test one unit at a 
time, and in such a manner that the 
operation of no other unit is involvedw— 
Auto Electric Service, Detroit. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No>I3aS 



nOKL NUMKP 



228 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Gabriel Snubber Kink — Instruction Book Rack — Cowl Protection — Soldering Acid 

Container — Clutch Spring Retainer — Shop Entrance Guards — Replacing Rear 

Wheels — Paint Removing — Spring Lubricator — Connecting Rod Jig — Testing 

Lubricating System 



No. 1895— GABRIEL SNUBBER KINK 

The ordinary method of replacing 
Gabriel snubbers and winding the leather 
strapB up on the car is difficult By 
compressing the interior of the anubber 
In a viae and locking it in the compressed 
position with a bent metal atrip, the 
■trap may be wound on before replace- 
ment. When in position the locking 
atrip is removed and the cap replaced. — 
Chas Marquard, Battle Creek, Mich. 

No. 1396— INSTRUCTION BOOK RACK 

Instruction booka are rendered instant- 
ly accessible if bung on chains from a 
rack placed at the rear of the foreman's 
desk. All parts of the chains, rings and 
rack should be strong enough to make 
theft difficult, and the chains should be 
long enongh so that the reader can usa 
the books without difficulty. Any book 
can be seen at a glance, and each is auto- 
matically returned to its proper position. 

No. 1897— COWL PROTECTION 

When freshly painted, the cowl offers 
a most convenient place for dust and dirt 
to gather. This dust embeds it«elf in 
the soft paint and destroys appearance. 
A sheet metal cover may be provided 
for placing over the cowl immediately 
after the painting. The rear edge of 
the cover rests on the windshield ledge, 
and the forward edge rests on the hood 
ledge at the front edge of the dash. — 
L. C. Greenameyer, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1398— SOLDERING ACID 
CONTAINER 

Soldering acid is usually in a common 
glass. This is easily tipped over, and 
being exposed, is subject to breakage. 
By providing a large wooden block, 
drilled out to hold the glass, a base is 
supplied that not only renders tipping 
over difficult, but also protects the glass. 
A small hole may be drilled in the top 
to carry the acid brush. — Hannan & 
Henry Garage, Ogdensburg, N. Y. 

No. 1899— CLUTCH SPRING 

RETAINER 
It is usually found necessary in remov- 
ing the clutch from Buick cars to dis- 
assemble the clutch spring housing. Dis- 
mantling may be obviated by the use of 
two steel hooks caught on the internal 
gear and fastened to the clutch hub by 
the two clutch hub bolts. The central 
retaining nut may be then removed and 
the clutch taken from the car and re- 
faced and again replaced with a mini- 
mum of work.— J. F. Walter, Buick 
Motor Car, Battle Creek, Mich. 



No. 1400— SHOP ENTRANCE GUARDS 
In those shops having the entrance in 
the form of a narrow passage way con- 
siderable time is lost in manoeuvering 
to avoid striking the sides. In such cases 
converging guard rails may be placed 
at one side of the entrance that will 
automatically swing the car into line 
with the door and prevent accidents. 
Another feature of tins guard rail is 
that it holds the car to one side of the 
entrance, so that any person caught in 
the entrance has a safety zone in which 
he can avoid the car. — S. Rathbum, 
American Motors Co., Battle Creek. 



No. 1401— REPLACING REAR 
WHEELS 

It is not always an easy matter to 
replace rear wheels on axles of the full 
floating type, as it is not good practice 
to drive the wheel in place. However, 
both wheels may be pulled into place at 
the same time by placing a threaded 
shaft through the axle housing and 
tightening up on two large nuts placed 
at each end against the wheel hub. Each 
nut is provided with two handles, one 
bent to form a crank tor speed work 
and the other a long straight handle 
slipped into a hole provided for that pur- 
pose and used as a lever. — Oakland 
Motor Car Co., Pontiac, Mich. 

No. 1402— PAINT REMOVING 

When removing paint with a liquid 
paint remover much of the liquid is 
wasted. Three sheet metal troughs may 
be provided and fitted around the car, 
inclined in a manner that permits drain- 
age to a catch basin. Paint remover 
may be then freely applied to the car 
surfaces and no particular care need be 
taken to prevent splashing or waste, as 
the surplus remover is caught by the 
troughs and carried to the basin. This 
surplus amount of remover serves to 
soften the paint quickly and greatly 
facilitates the work.— L. C. Greena- 
meyer, Reo, Lansing, Mich. 

No. 1403— SPRING LUBRICATOR 
A mixture of oil and graphite may be 
blown between the leaves of a spring by 
meana of a device similar to that used 
in cleaning parts. The oil-graphite mix- 
ture is carried in a metal container, and 
is drawn through the outlet tube by suc- 
tion of the air passing the nozzle from 
the air pressure line. It is essential 
that the mixture of oil and graphite be 
smooth and without lumps, and trial will 
show the proper consistency essential to 
operation. The springs are opened in 
the usual manner by a cold chisel or 



screwdriver and the lubricant blown into 
place. — 0. E. Richards, Grand Rapids, 
Mich. 

No. 1404— CONNECTING ROD JIG 

Scraping in new crankshaft bearings 
on connecting rods may be made much 
easier by the use of a special jig per- 
mitting the connecting rod bearing to 
be bored out on a drill press. The wrist 
pin is slipped in place and can^t be- 
tween two V-blocks fastened to the aide 
of the T-bed plate of the jig. It is held 
in this position by two planer stops, 
automatically lining up the crankshaft 
bearing with the wrist pin. The entire 
fixture is clamped to the table of the 
drill press under the boring head, which 
is simply a rod that is cut out fo hold 
a tool steel bit clamped in place by a 
set-screw. The new bushing is bored 
out to about .003 in. underaize, after 
which it is scraped to a fit on the crank- 
shaft in the usual manner. The use of 
this jig cuts the scraping process down 
from 3 hrs. to about 30 min.— S. E. Bar- 
ber, Hodskin Garage, Canton, N. Y. 

No. 1404a— TESTING THE LUBRI- 
CATING SYSTEM 

Oil pressure may be applied to the 
lubricating system by means of a testing 
tank duplicating the running conditions 
in the car. To do this the bolt cover 
of the crankcase is removed and the tank 
hose connected to the oil manifold. Ten 




lb. pressure is then applied to the oil in 
the tank and when the throws of the 
crankshaft are at Qie lowest point th^ 
drops of oil may be counted. The nnna.— 
her should be between 30 and 60 per miiv.- 
ute. The main bearings likewiae m»>'7 
be tested by observing the flow of ^^ 
from them and all parts may be ii 
for clearance. 



AUTOMOBILE EEPAIESHOP SHOKT-CUTS 




a^mmcssi^ No. 1403 



No 1404 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Running in Stand — Removable Wristpins — Shop Lighting System — Adjustable 

Flood Light — Auxiliary Truck Jacks — • Hacksaw Stock Rest — Refacing Cone 

Clutches — Portable Shop Crane — Large Capacity Truck — Radiator Repair Stand — 

Rear Axle Shaft Puller 



No. 1406— RUNNING IN STAND 

This stand was desired far running 
in th« bearinge and pistons of Buick en- 
gisM after overhauling. It coroprises 
an old Buick frame, cut off at each end, 
and mounted on angle iron supports, at 
about 30 in. from the floor. The engine 
to be nm in is fastened to the frame in 
the usual manner, and a special drive- 
shaft used to coimect it to an electric 
motor is permanently mounted on a con- 
crete base at the rear of the frame. By 
this, the bearings are run in and all stiff- 
ness removed, and the engine replaced, 
assured that everything is all ^ght. 

No. 1M6— REHOTING WRISTPINS 

It la not an easy matter to remove or 
replace wristpins without injuring the pis- 
ton. Particularly is this true in th« 
caaa of aluminum pistons. However, if 
a wooden block be provided, so cut away 
that the piston is supported on the lower 
half, and drilled for the exit of the wrist- 
pin, and a special punch placed beneath 
the arbor press plunger, the wristpin may 
be quickly removed or replaced without 
injury to the piston. If an arbor press 
ia not at hand, a viae may be used to 
apply the pressure. 

No. 1407— SHOP UGBTING SYSTEM 

In shops having high ceilings it is 
somewhat of a problem to so arrange 
the lights that the cars receive sufficient 
illumination, and to provide attachments 
for the inspection-lamp extensions. By 
suspending a horizontal beam from the 
ceiling on iron hangers the fixed lamps 
may be attached at a height that will 
provide adequate light for all general 
work. The extoision plugs likewise may 
be attached to this beam, and when the 
lights are not in use they may be readily 
hung up out of the way. One of the most 
valuable features of this system is that 
the inspection-lamp cords are distributed 
from overhead direcUy to the work, and 
the common nuisance of lamp cords 
strung over the floor is avoided.^J. S. 
Perkins, Dodge Brothers, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

NOL 1408— ADJUSTAB1.E FLOOD 
UGHT 

An adjustable light that may be set to 
direct a flood of light directly upon the 
desired point greatly facilitates night re- 
pair. Such a light may be easily con- 
structed by mounting two headlight re- 
flectors on a board that is pivoted to up- 
rights at each end, and carries adjusting 
quadrants, so that the board may be tilted 
and locked in any desired position. 
Mazda lights, connected to the lighting 
circuit, are placed in the reflectors. This 



lamp is also excellent for washrack use, 
as it may be easily moved from place to 
place. — L. G. Sterling, Cleveland, Ohio. 

No. 1409— AUXILIARY TRUCK JACKS 

Auxiliary jacks are as essential in 
truck repair as in passenger csr work, 
and an excellent set of jacks for this pur- 
pose may be made from an old internal- 
gear-drive rear axle. The axle ends are 
cut away and notched, and the axle cut 
in two. The two halves are then fastened 
together by three tie rods bolted through 
holes drilled in the axle web. The cost 
of this jack is practically nothing, and 
it is exceptionally strong, durable and 
not easily tipped over. — C. D. Crawford, 
Lawrence Motor Co., Pittsburgh, Pa. 

No. 1410— HACKSAW STOCK REST 

When cutting off msterial in a hack- 
saw, or in working on a long bar of stock 
in the forge, it is necessary that some 
support be used for the free end of the 
stock. A convenient and adjustable sup- 
port may readily be made by using an 
old differential half for a base, carrying 
an upright piece of pipe, that in turn 
holds the adjustable T-rest. A setacrew 
in the pipe permits the rest to be locked 
in any desired position. — J. S. Perkins, 
Dodge Brothers, Pittsburgh. 

No. 1411— REFACING CONE 
CLUTCHES 

This device was designed for forcing 
new clutch facings onto Pierce- Arrow 
clutches, but could readily be applied to 
many other clutches of a similar type. 
It comprises simply a wooden base some- 
what larger than the clutch, and carry- 
ing a central stud. As the clutch leathers 
provided for this clutch are already fast- 
ened at the ends, it is only necessary 
to set the clutch into the leather, place 
it over the stud and draw the two to- 
gether. A small amount of shellac 
is applied to the clutch and allowed 
to set before the stud nut is loos- 
ened. After this, leather pegs are 
used to complete the bond between 
the leather and the clutch.— C. F. 
Mohr, Pittsburgh. 



A portable shop crane may be 
constructed from 3-in. pipe and pipe 
fittings that has sufficient capacity 
to handle practically any part of 
passenger car work. The baee is 
triangular, and the jib is supported 
at the middle point by a triangular 
upright The jib should be a con- 
tinuous piece of pipe, ss its strength 



would be impsired were it divided at the 
junction with the upright. The load is 
lifted through the action of a crank, 
ratchet and drum, by which the rope is 
pulled over a flxed pulley and around a 
movable pulley, the ratchet permitting 
the load to be locked in any position. 

No. 1413— LARGE-CAPACmr TRUCK 

When moving bulky parte, such as 
stock from the elevator to the stock- 
room, a large-capacity truck permits the 
work to be done with a minimum of lost 
motion. An old frame, mounted on swiv- 
eled casters, and having guard rails at 
each end, provides such a truck. On this 
a large amount of material may be piled 
and earned to any desired point. This 
applies to bodies, engines, axles, etc. — 
L. G. Sterling, Cleveland, 0. 

No. 1414— RADIATOR REPAIR STAND 

Radiator repair ia awkward unless a 
suitable stand is used to hold the ra- 
diator during the work. A stand per- 
mitting the radiator to be held in any 
desired position comprises four leather 
capped uprights mounted on a wooden 
base. On these the radiator may be 
placed flat, inclined slightiy, or upright, 
so that the psrt to be repaired is ac- 
cessible. — F. E. Cooper, McAlister Bros., 
Cadillac Service Station, Pittsburgh, Pa. 

No. 14Ua— REAR AXLE SHAFT 
PULLER 

The rear axle shaft may be drawn 
from place with a special puller con- 
structed of a 6 in. pipe capped with the 
standard malleable iron cap. The pipe 
is 4H in. long and a 11& in. hols is drilled 
in the center of the pipe cap. Four guide 
lugs are riveted to the open end of the 
pipe fitting over the end of the bearing 
housing and permitting the ball bearings 
to slip into the pipe on runoval. A 
washer resting against the cap permits 
the nut to be removed easily in removing 
the axle. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



ENGIME BDNG RON IM 




Na 1410 



No. 1414 



232 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Time Card System — Grinding Clutch Plates — Preheating Furnace — Steering 

Spindle Jig — Cylinder Regrinding Fixture — Buick Clutch Compressor^ — Service Car 

Crane — Shop Signal System — Refitting Steering Gears — Repairshop Horse 



No. 1425~TIME CARD SYSTEM 

Where the number of workmen is 
large, it is essential that the foreman be 
able to see each of the time cards at a 
glance so that he can determine whether 
all the men are working, how much work 
each man has on hand, and the job num- 
ber that the man is working on. For 
this purpose racks placed along the rear 
of the foreman's bench and having the 
front strips of plate glass permits this 
thing to be readily done. The strips 
of glass are held in place by wooden end 
pieces, and similar wooden strips divide 
the rack into compartments for the indi- 
vidual workman's time cards. The glass 
being transparent, it is unnecessary to 
remove the cards to see upon which job 
the workman is working. — Willys-Over- 
land Service Station, New York. 



No. 1426--GRINDIN6 CLUTCH 
PLATES 

On the older Peerless models a disk 
clutch was used, and it was occasionally 
necessary to reface the disks. This can 
readily be done in a lathe with it special 
grinder. This grinder comprises simply 
a Y-shaped handle held in the tool post, 
and carrying the spindle on babbitt bear- 
ings. All end thrust is cared for by 
bronze thrust washers at the outer end 
of the spindle shaft. A small round 
leather belt is used to drive the grinder 
and is carried from an overhead shaft. — 
J. S. Perkins, Dodge Brothers, Pitts- 
burgh. 



No. 1427— PREHEATING FURNACE 

It is necessary that engine cylinders 
be preheated to a dull red heat before 
welding to prevent warping and subse- 
quent cracking. The usual method is to 
place the cylinder on a concrete floor and 
build a temporary brick preheating fur- 
nace around it. The work of welding, 
however, may be done much quicker by 
constructing a permanent furnace on the 
top of an ordinary blacksmith's forge. 
The cylinder to be preheated is placed 
in the furnace, charcoal placed around 
it and the fire started. The cylinder 
requires no further attention for about 
2 hours, when it is ready for welding. — 
Willys-Overland Service Station, New 
York. 



No. 1428— STEERING SPINDLE JIG 

Steering spindles may be quickly 
tested and straightened in an ordinary 
engine lathe, but this is not always ex- 
pedient. By the use of a special jig at- 



tached to the bench the spindles may be 
tested and straightened with the smallest 
possible loss of time. This jig is simply 
a piece of 3 x 1-in. stock, bent U-shape 
and bolted to the bench. A fixed lathe 
center is attached to one of the arms, 
and an adjustable center to the other. 
The spindles to be tested are swung be- 
tween these centers and the high point 
noted by means of a planer gage. After 
finding the point of bend, the spindle 
may be readily straightened. — Willys- 
Overland Service Station, New York. 



No. 1429— CYLINDER REGRINDING 

FIXTURE 

Though this fixture was designed for 
regrinding Pierce-Arrow cylinders, it 
may readily be adapted to similar work 
on any cylinders that are cast singly 
or in pairs. The cylinder block is bolted 
to a cast iron plate, that is in turn at- 
tached to a special face plate, so ar- 
ranged that the cylinder block falls with 
the arms of the plate. The cast iron 
plate has several holes for attachment 
to the face plate, so that it may be ofifset, 
permitting either one of the cylinders to 
be ground. The grinding head is simply 
a 2-in. bar stock, held in the tool rest, 
and carrying the grinding spindle on ball 
bearings in the usual manner. The wheel 
is driven by a small electric motor that 
is mounted on the compound rest. A 
fixture of this nature has been in use 
for nearly 2 years, and has proved en- 
tirely satisfactory. — C. F. Mohr, Pierce- 
Arrow Service Station, Pittsburgh. 



No. 1430— BUICK CLUTCH 
COMPRESSOR 

When removing the clutch from older 
Buick models it is usually necessary to 
remove the clutch spring. On replace- 
ment this spring must be compressed and 
the retaining nut fastened in place. By 
the use of a special clamp the clutch 
spring may be held in a compressed posi- 
tion after the clutch is removed, thus 
removing the necessity of compressing 
the clutch spring on replacement. This 
clamp comprises an L-shaped member, 
having a stud that fits into the holes at 
the side of the clutch hub and a pressure 
screw that holds the ball race in posi- 
tion. Two of these clamps are neces- 
sary in each case. — ^W. J. Stewart, Buick 
Motor Co., Pittsburgh. 



No. 1431— SERVICE CAR CRANE 

Cars disabled by broken front wheels 
or axles may be brought into the repair- 
shop by mean' of a crane attached to the 
rear end of Ae service car. This crane 



comprises a heavy iron supporty resting 
on the rear cross member, and carrying 
a grooved idler pulley overhanc^g the 
rear end of the car. The support is rig- 
idly held in place by a tie rod that is at> 
tached to a reinforced cross member at 
the middle of the car. A small gear 
hoist, placed near the driver's seat, and 
operated by a crank, is used to raise the 
front end of the wrecked car from tfae> 
ground. Even when the front end of the 
towed car is not wrecked, the use of 
the crane removes the necessity of hav* 
ing a steersman in the towed car. — 
Willys-Overland Co., New York. 



No. 1432— SHOP SIGNAL SYSTEM 

In the largest service stations it ia 
difficult to keep track of the motions of 
the men. Many will start work 5 min- 
utes after the starting time and get 
washed up before closing time. The 
amount of time lost in this manner 
amounts to considerable at the end of 
the year. By the provision of a larg# 
whistle, blown by air pressure from the> 
usual air pressure line, a signal may be 
given at both the start and close of the> 
working period. — C. F. Mohr, Pierce^ 
Arrow Service Station, Pittsburgh. 



No. 1433— REFITTING STEERING 

GEARS 

After new worm and sector gears have 
been placed in a steering gear, it is fre- 
quently found that high spots on the> 
teeth will cause the gear to work hard* 
in certain places. It is best practice U^ 
have the gears fitted right when they 
leave the shop. Grinding compound may^ 
be inserted in the worm and sector gears, 
and by working the gears back and forth- 
all high spots may be removed. To 
facilitate the work a special handle, giv- 
ing additional leverage, may be bolted U^ 
the steering wheels as shown. — J. S.. 
Perkins, Dodge Brothers, Pittsburgh. 



No. 1434— REPAIRSHOP HORSE 

The simplicity, strengrth and durability 
of this repairshop horse are commend- 
able. It comprises simply two strips of 
2-in. angle iron, bent to a U-form and^ 
bolted together back to back. A short 
separating strip is placed between the 
two backs, and this separator should be- 
about % in. thick. This permits bolts 
to be passed between the strips, and uae<^ 
to hold the work securely in place. Two* 
of these horses may be used as an engine- 
stand, a rear axle stand or in transmis- 
sion and gearbox work. — ^Willyt-Overi- 
land Co., New York. 



AUTOUOBILE KEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No. 1427 



No. 1430 



No. 1434 



284 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Crankshaft Gear Puller — Straightening Rear Axle Housings — Buick Valve Cage 
Puller— Automatic Air Tank Switch— Wall Tool Case— Adjustable Bench 
Crankshaft Supports — Brake Adjusting Gage — Cure for Overoiling 



No. 1435— CRANKSHAFT GEAR 
PULLER 

On Pierce- Arrow cars it is not an easy 
matter to remove the crankshaft gear, as 
the gear is so mounted that the standard 
puller cannot be used. There is, how- 
ever^ a V-ridge on the hub of the gear, 
upon which purchase may be obtained 
with a special puller. The jaws of this 
puller are in two parts, and after being 
slipped in place over the gear hub are 
bolted to the puller flange carrying the 
pressure screw. By turning the screw, 
the gear is drawn from place easily, and 
without the possibility of injury. — C. F. 
Mohr, Pierce-Arrow Service Station, 
Pittsburgh. 

No. 1436— STRAIGHTENING REAR 
AXLE HOUSINGS 

Rear axles may be straightened in the 
lathe by means of a tool that resembles 
the ordinary knurling tool. The only 
difference between the two is that the 
axle tool is larger and the rolls are not 
knurled. The axle housing to be 
straightened is first swung between lathe 
centers and rotated from the face plate 
by a large dog. The straightening tool 
is placed in the tool holder, and after 
the point of greatest bend is located, the 
rollers are pressed against the side of 
the housing and the axle rotated until 
all bend has been removed. — J. S. Per- 
kins, Dodge Brothers Service Station, 
Pittsburgh. 

No. 1437— BUICK VALVE CAGE 
PULLER 

After a continued period of use, Buick 
valve cages frequently become set in the 
cylinder heads, and can only be removed 
with difficulty by any of the ordinary 
tools. When this is the case a special 
puller may be used, and the cage drawn 
from place with ease and without in- 
jury. This puller comprises two U- 
shaped pieces of flat stock, one within 
the other; the outer one resting on the 
cylinder head and the inner one catching 
the upper valve washer by means of 
hooked jaws. A puller screw connects 
the two, and by it the valve is drawn 
free. It is always advisable, in using 
this device, to first turn the valve lock- 
ing pin crosswise, so that the lock 
washer is not bent by the force exerted 
upon it. — W. J. Stewart, Jr., Buick Serv- 
ice Station, Pittsburgh. 

No. 143a— AUTOMATIC AIR TANK 

SWITCH 

On the ordinary motor, air compressor 
and storage tank system, unless some- 



1 



A manufacturer Paid $100 

i 

for a Shortcut on this page. | 
Which one was it ? 

«HNNMHIM*tlMMINNNIMHH«WIHIINNIINIMWIMMIMNIHMM«nimillMIIHM*MMMnM«MWrt 



one watches the gage, the air pressure 
will run up to a dangerous point, or else 
fall so low that much time is wasted in 
waiting for a new supply of air. This 
may be avoided by the use of an auto- 
matic switch placed in the pump motor 
line, whereby the motor is stopped when 
the pressure is high, and started when 
the pressure is low. An old electric horn, 
attached to a plunger type switch, may 
be used for this purpose. Air pressure 
from the tank is applied to the reverse 
side of the horn diaphragm, holding the 
switch open above any desired pressure, 
and allowing the diaphragpn to fall back 
and close the circuit when the pressure 
is low. Adjustment is effected by means 
of a tumbuckle in the center of the 
switch rod. — Ed Sadring, South Side 
Garage, Billings, Mont. 



No. 1439— WALL TOOL CASE 

Storage for a large amount of small 
parts, as well as all of the common hand 
tools, is provided by a wall tool case, and 
a satisfactory design for such a case is 
illustrated. The rear compartment is 
bolted to the wall, and is divided into 
compartments fitted with drawers for 
nuts, bolts, washers and similar parts. 
The other two compartments are hinged 
to this, and are provided with hooks for 
carrying the hand tools. A clasp is fitted 
to the middle compartment, and when 
closed all compartments may be locked 
by a single padlock. — J. F. Hazelton, 
Billings, Mont. 



No. 1440— ADJUSTABLE BENCH 

LAMP 

Any shop may readily construct a set 
of adjustable bench lamp fixtures that 
are exceptionally satisfactory from ordi- 
nary %-in. pipe and the standard elec- 
tric fittings. Each fixture comprises 2 
pieces of pipe, 18 in. long, one bent to 
form a half circle at the end, and the 
other left straight, and carrying the lamp 
socket and shade. The two are connected 
hy a steel clamp, and the whole sus- 
pended on a wall bracket. The fixture 
may be swung up or down to any de- 
sired position, locking automatically in 
place, and may be extended or shortened 
at will. — J S. Perkins, Dodge Brothers 
Service SI aon, Pittsburgh. 



No. 1441— CRANKSHAFT SUPPORTS 

It is easier to fit the connecting rod 
bearings on the crankshaft after the 
crankshaft has been removed from the 
car. To do so, however, necessitates the 
use of some sort of a crankshaft holding 
fixture that will not injure the shaft and 
yet hold it securely to the bench. Such 
a support comprises a wooden grooved 
block attached to an iron framework that 
in turn is bolted to the bench, the crank- 
shaft being clamped in the groove in 
the block. Two of these supports are 
used, one at each end clamped to the 
main shaft bearing. — Dodge Brothers 
Service Station, Pittsburgh. 



No. 1442— BRAKE ADJUSTING GAGE 

A most convenient method of adjust- 
ing brakes on the rear axles is by the 
aid of a brake adjusting gage. The gage 
is simply a flat piece of steel, cut out 
to fit snugly over the axle shaft, and 
having the end graduated to the stand- 
ard setting in use on the common models 
handled. The usual practice is to set 
all contracting brakes so that the lining 
forms a true circle 1/32 in larger than 
the outer part of the brake drum, inter- 
nal brakes being set 1/32 in. smaller on 
the diameter. The proper setting is 
noted on the grage, and by swinging the 
gage from point to point the bands may 
be set to conform to the above condi- 
tions. This tool dispenses with the use 
of a heavy dummy drum. — ^W. J. Stew- 
art, Jr., Buick Service Station, Pitts- 
burgh. 



No. 1443— CURE FOR OVEROILING 

Dirty plugs, excess carbon formation 
and smoky exhaust are caused by oil 
working up past the pistons and into the 
combustion chamber. This oil may be 
returned to the crankcase through the 
wrist pins, if the cheeks of the pistons 
at each end of the wrist pins be relieved 
slightly to form a pocket to gather the 
oil. It is necessary to grind or turn 
away about .003 in. of material around 
the end of each wristpin, and this may 
be done in a lathe by an offset piston 
jig. This jig comprises a plate that is 
screwed onto the drive spindle of the 
lathe, to which is bolted a similar plate 
carrying a ring over which the piston 
is slipped. Slots in the latter plate per- 
mit the piston to be offset the necessary 
amount, and after the material is re- 
moved from one side the piston is turned 
half way around and the other side ma- 
chined.— C. F. Mohr, Pierce-Arrow Serv- 
ice Station, Pittsburgh. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



CCASEEINC KEHOVZD 




No. 143a 



No. 1442 



286 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Parts Card Holders — Adjustable Shock Crane — Customers' Car Key System — Tool- 
box Hanger — Speedometer Tester — Buick Valve Tool — Paint-Room Rolling Door 
— Jack Attachment— Demountable Wheel Stand — Acid Carboy Tilting Rack 



A 



PARTS CARD HOLDERS 

No. 1455— A most convenient way of 
holding a parts card of the stockroom 
bins is by means of a metal holder that 
may easily be made in any tin shop. The 
tin is cut into a rectangle about 1 in. 
longer and H in. wider than the card to 
be held, two of the corners are clipped 
and then three of the edges bent over. 
When tacked to the face of the bin the 
parts or inventory card may be slipped 
into it. The cost of these holders is 
practically nothing and they have been 
found to be entirely satisfactory; — F. E. 
Cooper, McAlister Bros., Pittsburgh, Pa. 



ADJUSTABLE SHOCK CRANE 

No. 1456 — This crane possesses the 
feature of an adjustable cross-bar, per- 
mitting the chain block to be raised when 
a high lift is required or to be lowered, 
as when removing a gear box or axle. 
The legs are hinged "^o the cross-bar at 
their point of attachment so that they 
may be brought together or extended, 
being locked in either position by a tie- 
rod. When not in use, the legs are 
brought together and the crane placed 
close to the wall, where it occupies little 
space. — C. D. Crawford, Lawrence Mo- 
tor Car Co., Pittsburgh, Pa. 



CUSTOMERS' CAR KEY SYSTEM 

No. 1457 — Only two keys are supplied 
to each car owner, and as these keys dif- 
fer widely much difficulty is experienced 
when the key is lost and replacements 
are not instantly available. In the larger 
service stations it is advisable to have on 
hand at all times two extra keys for each 
car, and these may be easily stored on a 
customers' car key board. On Cadillac 
cars the locks run from S-250 to S-500, 
and some one of these keys will fit any 
Cadillac car. By simply keeping the 
number of the key, the service station 
can easily make immediate replacement 
on lost keys. — F. E. Cooper, McAlister 
Bros., Pittsburgh, Pa. 



TOOLBOX HANGER 

No. 1458 — When working on a chassis 
on which the running board and prac- 
tically all other parts are removed, about 
the only place to put the toolbox is on 
the floor. If it is placed on the frame 
section it usually tips over, and if placed 
on the floor the mechanic loses much time 
by bending over and picking up the tools. 
By providing the side of the toolbox with 
a sheet-metal hanger that may be slipped 
over the side of the car frame the tool- 
box is always near the mechanic's hand 
and when he moves it may easily be 



moved to follow him. In some instances 
it has been found desirable to place a 
similar hanger on the opposite end of 
the box so that it may be suspended from 
the front axle, as when working beneath 
the car. — Maxwell Motor Co., Detroit, 
Mich. 



SPEEDOMETER TESTER 

No. 1459 — Road tests for determining 
the accuracy of a speedometer are not 
positive, and for this reason some method 
for checking the speedometer in question 
with a speedometer known to be right is 
advisable. An apparatus for doing this 
consists of a speedometer drive, driven 
by a friction wheel that may be set to 
any desired speed, the drive driving both 
the speedometer being tested and a stand- 
ard speedometer. The speed may be ad- 
justed so that the standard speedometer 
reads successively at 5, 10, 15, 20 m.p.h., 
and so on, up to the full capacity, and 
the corresponding reading of the speed- 
ometer being tested is compared with it. 
If a marked difference is shown, the 
speedometer should be returned to the 
manufacturer for repair, but if the dif- 
ference is only slight, the car owner can 
easily determine the accurate speed by 
knowing what the reading should be in 
any instance. — Stewart-Warner Service 
Station, Pittsburgh, Pa. 



BUICK VALVE TOOL 

Np. 1460— The usual method of dis- 
mantling Buick valves is to compress the 
spring in a vise and remove the pin. 
This, however, is not* so easy or efficient 
as when a special tool is used. This tool 
is simply a steel lever carried on a metal 
rest that is bolted to the bench, permit- 
ting the spring to be compressed and 
locked in the compressed position. The 
pivot end of the lever may be attached 
to the rest in any one of three positions 
so that jeveral sizes of valve cages may 
be accommodated. The lever likewise 
carries an H-shaped piece of -metal that 
flts over the valve stem and down on to 
the washer, so that the spring is com- 
pressed and the valve left in the normal 
position. One man can assemble or dis- 
assemble an entire set of valves in a 
very short time with this device. — W. J. 
Stewart, Jr., Buick Motor Co., Pitts- 
burgh, Pa. 



PAINT-ROOM ROLLING DOOR 

No. 1461 — All dust and cold air should 
be excluded from the paint room, yet the 
doors must be large and easily opened. 
A rolling canvas door is well adapted to 
these requirements in that it is easily 



operated and can be locked almost air- 
tight. Two layers of canvas are used, 
having wooden cross-strips between them 
at intervals to provide rigidity, a round 
wooden cross-piece at the bottom serving 
as a roll. The door is opened or closed 
by means of ropes passing around this 
roll and over a pulley. When closed the 
door is locked at each side by a wooden 
locking strip. — F. E. Cooper, McAlister 
Bros., Pittsburgh, Pa. 



JACK ATTACHMSNT 

No. 1462 — Most axle manufacturers 
recommend that a jacknever be placed 
beneath the truss rods. " To do so is 
likely to spring the axle or rod. A jack 
attachment permitting this to be done is 
a U-shaped piece of flat steel having a 
round shoulder at each end and fitted 
into drilled holes in the jack rest. This 
support is slipped around the truss rod 
and rested on the end of the jack so that 
the lifting strain is applied directly to 
the axle. — J. S. Perkins, Dodge Bros. 
Service Station, Pittsburgh, Pa. 



DEMOUNTABLE WHEEL STAND 

No. 1463 — Demountable wheels are 
flne for making tire changes on the road, 
but are not so easy to work upon when 
removed from the hub and when a tire 
change is being made in the shop. Hence, 
where considerable work is being done on 
demountable wheels the work may be 
speeded up by the use of a wheel-repair 
stand. This stand is simply a small 
bench in the center of which is mounted a 
single spindle and hub, over which the 
demountable wheel is placed. In this 
position the tire may be replaced or re- 
moved most readily if it is firmly held in 
a position convenient for use of the tire 
tools. An extension from the air line 
should be connected to a point conveni- 
ent to the stand. — ^Maxwell Motor Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 



ACID CARBOY TILTING RACK 

No. 1464 — Acid carboys containing the 
sulphuric acid used in battery work are 
exceedingly cumbersome and unless some 
ready method of tilting them is at hand 
it is difficult to transfer the acid into a 
smaller container. A tilting rack for this 
purpose is of strap iron riveted together 
from a base on which hangers attached 
by a clamp to the carboy are pivoted 
The carboy is held in place by two clamp 
bolts and as the pivots are placed about 
the center of weight the carboy auto- 
matically comes back to the upright po- 
sition after use. — Maxwell Motor Co., 
Detroit, Mich. 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No 1464 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Wash Rack Lamp — Rear Axle Speed Wrench : — Testing Demountable Wheels — 

Portable Shop Lamp — Storage Battery Repair — Maxwell Engine Stand — Auxiliary 

Jack — Battery Lifting Tongs — Fire Extinguisher Protection — Oil Transferring 



Nd. 147&— wash rack LAMP 

A good method ot supporting lights is 
to uae a rectangular wooden frame about 
15 ft. long and 7 ft wide canying the 
lights on the inside face and suspended 
from the ceiling by ropes. Tungsten 
lamps should be used, each provided with 
a metal reflector, and the entire frame- 
work may be raised or lowered throagb 
the rope. The hose also may be swung 
from the wooden frame, one extension 
dropping down each side of the car so 
that the apparatus is really a wash rack 
and lamp combined. — Flynn's Gari^e, 
Pittsburgh. 



No. 147S— BEAR AXLE SPEED 
WRENCH 

The time required in removal of the 
gear pinion and the large locknut on the 
Studebaker transmission housing has 
been decreased from 2 hr. to 20 min. by 
the use of special speed wrenches. Each 
of the wrenches is used in a bit brace 
and comprises a ring to which is fast- 
ened eight teeth fitting into castellations 
on the locknut. The larger wrench has 
a ring 4H in. in diameter with teeth 
% in. long and U in. wide. The smaller 
wrench has a ring 3 in. in diameter with 
teeth 14 in. long and 3/16 in. wide. — A. F. 
Bliss, Park Motor Co., Livingston, Mon- 
tana. 

No. 1477— TESTING DEMOUNTABLE 



It is essential that demountable wheeb 
be true. Often it cannot be determined 
whether the wheel itself is at fault or 
whether the axle is sprung. The wheel 
itself may be tested by removing it from 
the car and placing it upon a front wheel 
hub that is attached to the conventional 
axle. The axle in turn is bolted to a 
wooden horse and the wheel is rotated 
past a test gage at the side of the stand. 
If the ^eel is out of true one remedy 
is to shift its method of attachment to 
■ee if that does not correct the error. 
If not, it may be possible to shim the 
wheel slightly, but in cases of much de- 
struction the wheel should be rejected. — 
Maxwell Motor Co., Detroit 

No. 147»— PORTABLE SHOP LAMP 

A flood ot light may be directed on the 
point of work by means of a portable 
lamp readily constructed from materials 
available from any electrician. In form 
the lamp comprises an X-shaped base 
to which is secured an arched upright 
carrying the lamp. Both the base and 
vpright are conduit and are fastened 
together by the usual conduit elbows. 
The lamp is secured through the usual 



porcelain outlet at the end' of the over- 
hanging arm and is provided with a 
metal reflector. This lamp may be car- 
ried to any part of the shop and permits 
the workman to operate without the 
usual reflection common to the inspection 
lamp. — L. C. Rostucher, Detroit 

No. 1479— STORAGE BATTERY 
REPAIR 

An ordinary tea-kettle and gas burner 
may be quickly modified for tearing down 
batteries. First the lid is soldered in 
place and three outlets are soldered to 
the spout The kettle is filled wih water 
and placed on the gas burner. A hose is 
attached to each outlet on the spout and 
carried to the cells of the battery. By 
these the steam generated is passed into 
the cells, quickly softening the composi- 
tion so ^at the tops may be readily re- 
moved. Of course it is understood that 
the acid should be first poured from the 
cells. An additional kink on this equip- 
ment is an electric lighter on the gas 
burner. This is simply a Ford vibrator 
operated by three dry batteries through 
a push button and so connected that the 
spark is passed over the burner lighting 
the gas. — Jones & Loomis, Wyoming, 
Montana. 

No. 1480— MAXWELL ENGINE STAND 

An engine stand may be used for a 
running-in stand and to test the engine 
before it is replaced !n the frame. The 
standard Maxwell engine stand may be 
adapted to this purpose fay providing 
supports for a radiator at the front and 
together with a bracket for attachment 
of the gasoline tank, and an individual 
ignition system should also be' Incorpo- 
rated as part of the stand. — Maxwell 
Motor Co., Detroit 

No. 1481 — AUXILIARY 

Jack 

Ordinarily repairshop jacks 
are cast iron, but all places 
are not close to a foundry and 
hence this method of con- 
struction is difficult. An ex- 
ceedingly good set of auxil- 
iary jacks, however, may be 
built up from lU-in. pipe fit- 
tings in the manner illus- 
trated. A feature of this jack 
is that it is exceptionally 
stable on account of the large 
base. — Maxwell , Motor Co., 
Detroit. 

No. 1482— BATTERY UFT- 
ING TONGS 

Storage batteries are heavy 
and the handles provided 



are usually so small that difflcnlty is 
experienced in placing them In the 
battery box. Here is a pair of tongs 
resembling those used by an iceman, only 
being somewhat more shallow and pro- 
vided with a ring so that a chain block 
may be used if desired. By these tonga 
the battery may be quickly and easily 
carried from one part of tiie shop to tho 
other and removed and replaced in the 
battery box with a minimum of difficult. 
— Maxwell Motor Co., Detroit 

No. 1483— FIRE EXTDIGUISHEB 
PROTECTION 

The very fact that fire extinguishers 
must be in an accessible position renders 
them usually open to theft If the fire 
extinguisher is attached to a test bracket 
inside a wooden box that is provided with 
a glass front, it is protected at all times 
and accessible when necessary. A 
wooden mallet should be hung at the side 
of the box so that the glass may be 
broken without injury to the person re- 
quiring the extinguisher, and both box 
and mallet should be painted red so that 
they may be quickly seen. — Maxwell 
Motor Co., Detroit. 

No. 148aa— OIL TRANSFERRING 

Where the oil supply for the garage 
pumps is carried in metal tanks in the 
basement, transferring the oil from the 
barrel to the tank is facilitated by the 
use of a transferring frame. This frame 
is of steel, riveted together and having 
an inclined track that may be raised, per- 
mitting the rolling of the barrel above 
the tank opening. The bung of the bar- 
rel is then removed, allowing the tank to 
drain. By making the rack so that it 
fits around the tank it may be used on 
several tanks. — G. O. Simons, Simons 
Sales Co., Saginaw, Mich. 




AUTOMOBILE REPAIBSHOP SHORT-CXJTS 



TO BATTIRY 







240 AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 

Electricians* Service Kit — Battery Repair System — Radiator Testing — ^ Testing 

Ford Coils — Universal Speed Wrench — Transferring Battery Acid — Battery Post 

Drill — Night Service Bench — Battery Compound Urn — Pump Shaft Puller 



No. 1484— ELECTRICIANS' SERVICE 
KIT 

An ordinary grip-type metal tool box 
may be reconatructed into an electricians' 
Mrvice kit, providing all of the neces- 
ury equipment for the specialiEed work. 
A wooden sub-base is attached to the 
bottom of the case and contains six dry 
cells. These batteries are used to operate 
a buzzer or to supply electricity to a 
car disabled by battery failure. Both 
the terminals for the power line and the 
boszet are carried in an instrument 
block, as is the voltmeter'and ammeter. 
The balance of the case is used for the 
automobile tools and electrical equip- 
ment — E. Hoore, Auto Electric Service 
Station, Detroit. 



N«. 14SS— BATTERY REPAIR SYSTEM 

Hot water or steam is often used to 
soften the compound holding battery 
covers in place. Heat from electricity 
may be used in a similar manner. A 
box large enough to hold Ave batteries 
is lined with asbestos lined covering. 
This cover carries four resistance heat- 
ing coils similar to those used in an 
electric flat iron. When the batteries 
•re placed in the box, the cover closed 
and electricity passed through the coils, 
heat is generated that softens the seal- 
ing compound and permits the tops to 
be quickly removed. The cases them- 
selves may be removed after a similar 
treatment. This system is best for a 
large shop handling many batteries and 
ia cleaner and less complicated than the 
steam or hot-water systems. — Willard- 
Cowan- Vesta Battery Station, Denver. 



No. 1486— RADIATOR TESTING 

The common method of testing a radia- 
tor for leaks is to submerge it in water 
and apply air pressure, noting the posi- 
tion of the bubbles. When the water is 
dirty and the day dark this is not an 
easy matter, especially if the leak is 
small. By constructing the bottom of 
the testing tank of plate glass and plac- 
ing several electric lamps beneath it an 
intense illumination fs thrown through 
the water on the radiator that permits 
all parts to be seen and the leak to be 
readily located. This tank may be in- 
corporated into a radiator repair bench 
that is mounted on pipe standards. — 
O'Heara-Green Motor Co., Denver. 



current is interrupted at regular inter- 
vals, depending on the speed, by meani 
of a pointer resting on contacts that 
are fastened to a rotating part. This 
gives the same effect as interruptions 
at the commutator in actual service. — 
O'Meara-Green Motor Co., Denver. 



No. 1488— UNIVERSAL SPEED 
WRENCH 

A speed wrench permitting the ready 
removal of partially enclosed nots com- 
prises the usual socket attached to a 
shank throng^ a small universal joint 
At the upper end of this shank is a ball 
and cross pin. This ball permits the 
operator to exert a greater downward 
force without difllculty and the universal 
joint permits the wrench to be turned in 
an offset position. — J. N. Gaither, Moun- 
tain Motor Car Co., Denver. 



No. 1489— TRANSFERRING BATTERY 
ACID 

It is not an easy matter to transfer 
battery acid from the commercial car- 
boy to the shop container, if the carboy 
has to be tipped for this purpose. How- 
ever, the acid may be readily forced out 
by air pressure to any desired amount. 
A bent glass tube ia provided fitting 
tightly through a cork placed in the 
mouth of the bottle and extending to 
the bottom of the bottle. Pressure is 
applied to the surface of the liquid from 
a common foot pump through another 
glass tube in the cork. — E. Moore, Auto 
Electric Service Co., Detroit 



1*0. 149*— BATTERY POST DRILL 

This drill combines the center punch 
and drill commonly used in drilling bat- 
tery posts prior to the removal of the 
connector straps. It consists of a tubu- 
lar hand drill holding a punch through a 
pin and slot. This punch 
presses against a spring, and 
as the drill cuts into the post 
is forced up into the hollow 
shank. The clot is so gauged 
that it stops the drill at the 
required depth, leaving the 
center of the post intact so 
that only a small amount of 
burning is required on assem- 
bly. — Economy Battery Co., 
Denver. 



the night service man and prevents 
owners from helping themselves. It 
is simply a cabinet about 4 ft long, 
30 in. high and 2 ft. deep mounted 
on casters and containing three drawers 
that may be locked. The top carries a 
tray for smaller tools and a machinist's 
vise. In this bench are carried all sap- 
plies necessary to night service, such 
as spark plugs, terminals, wires, small 
bolts and nuts. The night man carries 
the key, is responsible (or all parts, and 
must account for them in the morning.— 
O'Meara-Green Motor Co., Denver. 



No. 1492— BATTERY COMPOUND 
URN 

Many shops use a kettle for melting 
the battery sealing compound. This, 
however, may easily be tipped over and 
the compound is not easily nsed. For 
this purpose an um resembling a coffee 
um and similarly provided with a draw- 
off faucet is most excellent. A hood 
should be provided to carry away the 
fumes, and when the compound is de- 
sired it may be obtained by simply open- 
ing the faucet — Willard-Cowan-Vosta 
Service Station, Denver. 



No. 1492a— PUMP SHAFT PULLER 

This tool is used in removing the pump 
shaft from the Twin-Six engine. It com- 
prises a U-shaped piece of % in. steel 8 
in. wide between the legs and 1% in. 
high to the under side. In the center is 
a 17/32 in. hole through which passes ■ 
M in. bolt 13 in. long. The lower end of 
this bolt is turned down and threaded 
'A in. by 26 pitch U. S. fine thread and 
a standard U In. nut is placed beneath 
the cross bar. To use, the small threaded 
end is placed in the pump shaft and the 
nut turned, pulling the shaft in place. 



Na 1487— TESTING FORD COILS 

A standard Ford magneto mounted on 

a special bench and driven by a small 

electric motor may be used to test Ford 

coils under actual service conditions. The 



No. 1491— NIGHT SERVICE 

BENCH 

A night service bench per- 
mits an accurate check to be 
kept on all parts handled by 




AUTOMOBILE EEPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




No. 14.87 



No. 1402 



AUTOMOBILE REPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 



Storage Battery Booster — Rear Axle Stand — Motor Hoist Tongs — Simple Front 

Wheel Gage — Air Piunp Eccentric Wrench — Storage Battery Handle — Piston Jig — 

Magneto Remagnetizer — Shop Floor Tra5ra— Knee Wrench 



(No. 149S) STORAGE BATTERY 
BOOSTER 

In winter, decreased battery capacity, 
increased friction reelBtance and difficult 
carburetion all combine to make starting 
difScult, and occasionally a battery be- 
comes so low it will not crank the en- 
gine. In such instances, as an emergency 
aid, 4 dry cells, connected in series across 
the battery terminals, providing it be 
6-volt, will provide sufficient power for 
cranking. The wire used as cell con- 
nectors, and to connect the 4 cells to the 
storage battery should be about No. 14 
or larger. — Alvin Treaselt, Passaic, N. 3. 



(No. 1494) REAR AX^E STAND 

Durability and easy constructions are 
features of this rear axle stand, in addi- 
tion to the essential fact Uiat it permita 
the work to be done mnch more effi- 
ciently. Notched steel endplates are cut 
from steel following the pattern shown, 
■o that a small amount of materials ie 
wasted. These plates are bolted to 
wooden uprights and hold the rear axle 
In a horizontal position through the truss 
rod, which is caught in the base of the 
groove. — L. C. Rostucher, Detroit. 

(No. 1495) MOTOR HOIST TONGS 

The usual method of removing or plac- 
ing an engine in the frame of a car is 
to remove a spark plug and screw a steel 
eye in for attachment of the chain hoist- 
ing hook. A much quicker method is to 
use steel tongs that grasp the cylinder 
at the rear just beneath the water 
Jacket, the weight of the engine applymg 
a pressure on the front hook, likewise 
caught beneath the water jacket and 
locking it securely in place. These tongs 
may be applied or removed in an instant 
and possess Uie additional advantage of 
holding the engine in a horizontal posi- 
tion.— Maxwell Motor Co., Detroit, Mich. 



(No. 1496) SIMPLE FRONT WHEEL 
. GAGE 

A gage for measuring the distance 
between the front wheels can be easily 
made from two ordinary yard measures, 
fastened together by two sliding clips. 
These clips should be made of spring 
brass, the two extensions being bent 
slightly in so as to exert a pressure be- 
tween the two measures. One side of 
one of the rules should be planed off 
and re-tnarked so that the reading can 
be made direct in inches without the 
necessity of adding the distance regis- 
tered on one rule to the other. The clips 
are fastened by short screws, one to 
each rule. — Chas. Field, Wymore, Neb. 



(No. 1497) AIR PUHP ECCENTRIC 
WRENCH 

The air pump eccentric on the Packard 
is not easily accessible and hence com- 
mon wrenches may only be used with 
difficulty. A short wrench, however, may 
be inserted behind the eccentric and a 
notched piece of pipe slipped over it and 
used to turn it from place. — Packard 
Motor Car Cc, Detroit. 



(No. 1498) STORAGE BATTERY 
HANDLE 

It ia easier to drag a storage battery 
from place to place in the shop than to 
carry it, because of the extreme weight. 
This may be most readily done by means 
of a steel handle hooked at one end to 
catch into the handle of the battery. Of 
course, care should be taken not to abuse 
the battery when transferring it in this 
manner.— L. C. Rostucher, Wetmore- 
Quinn Service Station, Detroit. 

(No. 1499) PISTON JIG 
New pistons when received from the 
factory-are usually over-size and require 
a certain amount of grinding and fitting 
before they can be used. This may be 
done on latiie, providing a piston Jig is at 
hand. Such a jig ia a round piece of 
stock drilled and tapped to fit over the 
driving center and turned down at the 
opposite end to carry any one of several 
snap rings as required by the various- 
sized pistons. The piston to be fitted is 
slipped over this ring and held in place 
by the tale center, and is automatically 
centered without further work. — C. F. 
Mohr, Pierce- Arrow Service Station, 
Fittaburgh. 



(No. 1600) MAGNETO 
NETIZKU 

The featare of this remagnetizer is 
that one of the poles ia adjustable and 
may be set so that any magneto may be 
accommodated. The pole piece ia divided 
into two parta, one L-shaped and the 
other I-shaped, each wound with about 11 
lb. of No. 20 magneto wire. Re-chargen 
operate tiain 110 volts D.C. line, one 
minute usually being required to saturate 
the magneto to a point where it can lift 
about 16 lb. — Dodge Brothers Service 
Station, Pittsburgh. 

(No. ISOl) SHOP FLOOR TRAYS 

Much of the grease, oil and dirt com- 
monly supposed necessary in a repairshop 
can be eliminated by the use of several 
shallow sheet metal trays. These trays 
are about 4 ft. wide and 6 ft. long and 
are placed beneath the car whenever the 
engine, base clutch, gearbox, etc., are bft- 
ing drained, flushed or lubricated. These 
trays are also used when the springs are 
being oiled, the method being to force the 
leaves open and shoot oil between them 
with an oil gun. — L. C. Rostucher, WeU 
more-Quinn Service Station, Detroit. 

(No. 1501a) KNEE WRENCH 
Certain engine pans and base bolts or- 
dinarily require two men in their re- 
moval or replacement — one to hold the 
head and one to turn the nut. One man 
may do this work by the use of a special 
knee wrench having a crotched handle 
that permits it to be held in place by 
the kpee of the workman. Both hands of 
the worlcman are left free for the use 
of the common socket wrench. — G. G. 
Foster, Ford Service Station, Lansing. 




AUTOMOBILE RBPAIRSHOP SHORT-CUTS 




V W W 40 41 - 



47 4S 40 30 i| -i? ■ 






r^i 



I4Q6 



AUTOMOBILE KEPAIRSHOF SHORT-CUTS 




It is the business paper for the business men in the ear, truck and 
accessory trade. 

The Repairshop Shortcuts appearing in this voluriie are reprinted 
from Motor World. Repairshop Shortcuts constitute a regular, 
editorial feature. New ones, and good ones, appear every Veek. 
But "Shortcuts" is only one of the many regular weekly features - 
that make Motor World invaluable to dealers and garpgeraoi. 
It is important, therefore, that you receive and read MotOR^ORii) 
regularly. It will aid you to do bigger business and to make larger 
profits. Price, two dollars per year, for 52 regular and special 
issues. Or if you want to get started in an easy and quick way we 
request you to use the attached coupon and send your order for the 
next 26 issues — six months' term. 



\^'' ^ 



TAKE ADVANTAGE OF TfflS SPECIAL OFFER 

Send your order at once. 

It will be the best one dollar investment you ever made. Just 
enclose a one dollar bill, a check or a money order. Send it at 
our risk. Address all communications to 



motor world 

239 West 39th Street, New York aty